Manual Del Vendedor-S525

AUCA FC9.
19- MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN YULEBRA
ÍNDICE 1 DE 2
N° DESCRIPCIÓN CÓDIGO
DOCUMENTOS ADMINISTRATIVOS
1 Orden (Instrumento Contractual) N/A
2 Acta de Entrega Recepción Original N/A
3 Garantía Técnica emitida por el Fabricante N/A
GENERAL
4 Lista de documentos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-002-1
5 Programa detallado de actividades (Cronograma) 3808-S525-M-VD-014-003-0
6 Plan detallado de control de Calidad y PPI (Programa de puntos de inspección) 3808-S525-M-VD-014-004-2
7 Descripción general de los equipos y catálogos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-005-0
MECÁNICA
8 Skid Sistema Contra Incendios 3808-S525-M-VD-014-006-5
9 Vista Isométrica Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-007-3
10 Hojas de Datos Bombas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-008-0
11 Curvas de Desempeño de las Bombas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-009-0
12 Plano Detalle: Acople 3808-S525-M-VD-014-010-0
13 Plano del Bastidor Skid Sistema Contra Incendio YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-011-3
14 Memoria de Cálculo del Bastidor 3808-S525-M-VD-014-013-5
15 Lista Partes y Piezas de las Bombas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-014-0

Motor Diesel - Plano Dimensional / Hoja de Datos, Curvas de Rendimiento
16 3808-S525-M-VD-014-015-0
17 Tanque de Combustible 3808-S525-M-VD-014-016-0
18 Vista Frontal Plano Arreglo General - Skid "YLP-SCI-SBCI-01" 3808-S525-M-VD-014-046-3
19 Vistas Laterales: Izquierda & Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-047-3
20 Vista Posterior Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-048-3
21 Vista de Planta Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-049-3
22 Cabezal de Pruebas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-050-0
23 Recomendación Grounting 3808-S525-M-VD-014-052-0
INSTRUMENTACIÓN
24 Lista de Instrumentos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-017-2
25 Hoja de Datos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-018-2
26 Planos de Ubicación y Canalizaciones de Instrumentos. 3808-S525-M-VD-014-020-0
27 Diagramas de Lazo de toda la Instrumentación Asociada a La Unidad 3808-S525-M-VD-014-021-0
28 Filosofía de Operación y Control 3808-S525-M-VD-014-022-1
29 Layout Interno y Externo de los Paneles de Control 3808-S525-M-VD-014-023-1
30 Lista de Entradas y Salidas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-024-2
31 Diagrama de Conexiones de los Paneles de Control 3808-S525-M-VD-014-026-1
32 Diagrama de Bloques del Control 3808-S525-M-VD-014-053-0
ELÉCTRICO
33 Diagrama Unifilar del Sistema 3808-S525-M-VD-014-025-0
34 Diagrama de Conexionado de los Paneles de Control. 3808-S525-M-VD-014-027-0
35 Diagrama dimensional Motores Eléctricos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-028-0
36 Hoja de Datos Motores Eléctricos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-029-1
37 Plano de Canalizaciones SKID 3808-S525-M-VD-014-030-0
38 Diagrama de Puesta a Tierra Skid 3808-S525-M-VD-014-031-B
39 Lista de Materiales Eléctricos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-032-0
40 Especificacion del Tablero de Eléctrico 3808-S525-M-VD-014-055-0
41 Dimensiones y Vistas Externas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-056-0
05/09/2018 ÍNDICEs 1 de 3
AUCA FC9.19- MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN YULEBRA
ÍNDICE 1 DE 2
42 Diagrama de Conexionado Esquematico Eléctrico 3808-S525-M-VD-014-058-1
DOCUMENTOS ADMINISTRATIVOS
VARIOS
43 Placas de Identificación (Name plates) 3808-S525-M-VD-014-033-0
44 Lista de Embalaje Equipos Importación 3808-S525-M-VD-014-034-0
45 Lista de Repuestos para dos años de Operación 3808-S525-M-VD-014-036-0
05/09/2018 ÍNDICEs 2 de 3
CRONOGRAMA DE TRABAJO
Client: CONSTRUCCIONES Y PRESTACIONES PETROLERAS CPP
Orders: OC# 4500361316
Project: SKID BOMBAS CONTRA INCENDIO
System: PACKAGED FIRE PUMP SYSTEM MONTH N O V I E M D I C I E M B R E E N E R O F E B R E R O M A R Z O A B R I L M A Y O
DAY 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 30 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10
ITEM DESCRIPTION STATUS

01 PURCHASE ORDER BY CPP PROCESADO
02 REVISION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER BY LEVO
03 KOM MEETING
04 ORDER ENTRY OF EQUIPMENTS TO AURORA PUMP
05 INITIAL ENGINEERING AND DRAFTING OF SKID
06 ELABORATION DRAWING OF SKID FOR APPROVAL
07 APROVAL DRAWINGS RETURNED BY CPP
08 MATERIALS LIST - SUBMITTAL TO CPP
09 RELEASED TO MANUFACTURER PUMPS
10 TESTING PUMP AS NFPA-20 - HYDROSTATIC
11 TESTING PUMP AS NFPA-20 - PERFORMANCE - FAT
12 LOGISTIC PURCHASE OF JOCKEY MOTOR
13 LOGISTIC PURCHASE OF DIESEL ENGINE
14 LOGISTIC PURCHASE OF CONTROLLERS
15 LOGISTIC PURCHASE OF ACCESORIES
16 MANUFACTIURE OF JOCKEY MOTOR
17 MANUFACTURE OF DIESEL ENGINE
18 MANUFACTURE OF CONTROLLERS
19 EXPORT CRATING FOR EQUIPMENTS
20 TRANSPORTATION TO MIAMI, FL
21 TRANSPORTATION TO GUAYAQUIL - ECUADOR
22 CUSTOMS ECUADOR
23 TRANSPORTATION TO QUITO-ECUADOR
24 LOGISTIC PURCHASE OF LOCAL MATERIALS
25 ASSEMBLY OF SKID BEGINGS
26 FINAL ASSEMBLY OF SKID
27 TEST OF SYSTEM
28 CRATING OF SKID
29 TRANSPORTATION TO WORK SITE
30 ENTREGA RECEPCION, DEL SISTEMA
Date NOVIEMBRE 28 DEL 2017
PAGINA 1 de 1
AUCA PROJECT
FC9.19 - MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN YULEBRA
EQUIP.: BOMBAS DE SISTEMA CONTRA INCENDIO REV. DATE
DESCRIPCIÓN : DESCRIPCION GENERAL DE LOS EQUIPOS 0 2/20/2018
TAG Nº: PCF-YLP-2402 PCF-YLP-2402
DWG/DOC. Nº: -
DWG/DOC. Nº: 3808-S525-M-VD-014-005
MR / SP Nº: 3808-E525-M-MR-100-003 / 61HFC0919-YLP-20-SP-005
PO N°: 4500361316
PROYECTO
OPTIMIZACION PETROLERA SHUSHUFINDI
MECÁNICA
INGENIERÍA CPP
APROBADO ✔ RECHAZADO .
VISTO APROBADO C / COM .

APROBADO C/ COM VOLVER A
ELIMINADO
PRESENTAR .
LAS FRASES “APROBADO” O “APROBADO CON COMENTARIOS” NO LIBERARÁN
AL PROVEEDOR DE SU RESPONSABILIDAD DE CUMPLIR CON TODOS LOS
REQUISITOS ESTABLECIDOS EN LA ORDEN DE COMPRA, SUS DOCUMENTOS
ADJUNTOS Y LAS NORMAS APLICABLES.
Jorge Romero May 10, 2018

por.......................................................... fecha.............................................................
jorge.romero@cpp.com.ec
AURORA
®
PACKAGED FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS

WWW.AURORAPUMP.COM
AURORA
®
Packaged Fire Pump Systems
At the heart of our systems you’ll find the Aurora pumps you’ve relied on for over 90 years.
Aurora offers custom and pre-engineered packaged fire pump systems. These systems are factory assembled and tested, leaving only pipe
connections, power connections and structural base grouting to be completed on site. All fire pump packages built to NFPA 20 & NEC standards
with UL listed/FM approved components.
Fire Pump Packages Standard Equipment Options Available

• UL listed/FM approved Aurora fire pump • Witnessed and non-witnessed complete system performance test
• UL listed/FM approved fire pump controller • Test line outlet to connect to remote tank with FM approved flow meter,
• Aurora jockey pump isolation valves and air release valve
• UL listed jockey pump controller • Test loop back to suction with FM approved flow meter, isolation valves
and air release valve
• Pressure sensing lines complete per NFPA 20
• Bypass loop with check valve, isolation valves & air release valve
• UL Listed / FM approved OS&Y gate valves,
butterfly valves and check valves • Main system pressure relief valve with enclosed waste cone
• Suction and discharge pressure gauges • Relief valve for jockey pump line
• Automatic casing air release valve • Double wall fuel tank with low fuel and leak detection alarms
• Casing pressure relief valve (electric packages) • Backflow preventor
• Hose header with valves, caps & chains • Critical grade muffler
• Suction and discharge piping per NFPA 20 • Packaged system drains piped to edge of skid
• All electrical components pre-wired at factory • Complete fire pump house
• Complete system hydrostatically tested
Diesel Driven Fire Pump Packages

also Include
• Dual batteries with racks and charger
• UL listed fuel tank sized per NFPA 20
• Residential grade muffler
• Flexible exhaust connector
• Engine cooling loop
2
Pump Features
A. Aurora Fire Pump

B. Motor
C. Control Panel (Fire Pump) P D I
D. Test Loop
E. Multi-stage Jockey Pump
F. Control Panel (Jockey Pump) W
G. OS & Y Gate Valve
H. Swing Check Valve N
A
I. Flow Meter G
J K
J. Suction Pressure Gauge H
K. Discharge Pressure Gauge
L. Coupling T
(Guard Not Shown)

M. Relief Valve
(Jockey Pump Line)
N. Air Release Valve
(Pump Casing)
O. Relief Valve (Fire Pump)
P. Air Release (Test Loop)
Q. Check Valve B
(Jockey Pump Line)

R. OS & Y Gate Valve
F L C
(Jockey Pump Suction) O
S. OS & Y Gate Valve V U
(Jockey Pump Discharge)
T. Butterfly Valve
U. Concentric Increaser
V. Eccentric Reducer
W. Butterfly Valve (Test Loop) R E M Q S
WWW.AURORAPUMP.COM 3
Pump Features
Drawing Component List

EFPS-1 EFPS-2 EPS-2V EFPS-3 EFPS-4 EFPS-5 EFPS-6 DFPS-1 DFPS-2 DFPS-3 DFPS-4 DFPS-5 DFPS-6 DEFPS
1 Aurora Fire Pump X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Coupling (Guard not Shown) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
3 Driver X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
4 Control Panel (Fire Pump) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
5 Jockey Pump (JP) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
6 Control Panel (JP) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
7 Relief Valve (Fire Pump Casing) X X X X X X X X
8 OS & Y Gate Valve X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
9 Eccentric Reducer X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
10 Suction Pressure Gauge X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
11 Air Release Valve (Pump Casing) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
12 Discharge Pressure Gauge X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
13 Concentric Increaser X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
14 Main Relief Valve X X X X X X X
15 Wafer Check Valve X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
16 Butterfly Valve (Discharge Side) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
17 OS & Y Gate Valve (JP Suction) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
18 Relief Valve (JP Line) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
19 Check Valve (JP Line) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
20 OS & Y Gate Valve (JP Discharge) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
21 Enclosed Waste Cone X X X X X X X
22 Butterfly Valve (Hose Header) X X X X X X X X X X X X
23 Hose Header X X X X X X X X X X X X
24 Hose Valve X X X X X X X X X X X X
25 Fuel Tank X X X X X X X
26 Battery Racks X X X X X X X
27 Butterfly Valve (Test Loop/Line) X X X X X X
28 Flow Meter X X X X X X
29 Air Release (Test Loop/Line) X X X X
30 Butterfly Valve (Bypass Line) X X X X
31 Wafer Check Valve (Bypass Line) X X X X
32 Air Release (Bypass Line) X X X X
4
Pump Features
Aurora Pump offers vertical turbine fire pump systems for static suction conditions. Vertical turbine
systems come complete with pump, driver, controller, flow-measuring device, relief valve with waste
cone, check valves, and pressure sensing line.
Vertical Turbine Horizontal Split Case

• UL listed and FM approved NFPA-20 design • UL listed/FM approved NFPA-20 design
• Flows from 500 to 4500 GPM • Flows from 250 to 5000 GPM
• Pressures from 70 to 387 psi • Pressures from 40 to 245 psi (40 to 190 psi at 50Hz)
• Special materials for seawater applications • Diesel and electric driven
• Diesel and electric driven
Vertical Split Case Vertical In-line

• UL listed and FM approved NFPA-20 design • UL listed and FM approved NFPA-20 design
• Flows from 250 to 2500 GPM • Flows from 50 to 1500 GPM
• Pressures from 40 to 200 psi (40 to 155 psi at 50Hz) • Pressures from 40 to 160 psi
• Space-saving design (40 to 120 psi at 50Hz)
• Space-saving design
6
Fire Pump Houses Summary

• Designed to meet specific environmental requirements • Each unit complete with Aurora fire pump, Aurora jockey pump,
• All-steel building controllers and associated pressure sensing lines,valves, piping and
electrical wiring.
• Easy access entries
• Built to NFPA 20 and NEC standards
• Electric heaters with built-in thermostat
• ISO 9001 Facility
• Continuous duty exhaust fan
• UL listed/FM approved components
• AC motor/solenoid operated louver
• All packaged systems hydrostatically tested
• Interior fluorescent and flood light, exterior 70 W HPS light
• Packaged systems performance test available
• Sprinkler system per NFPA
• Electric or diesel driven
• Finished through wall or floor penetration
• Skid-mounted or completely housed
• Mini power zone
• Single source responsibility
• Interior wall liner
ST ER E D Q U
EGI
ALI
R
ISO 9001
TY SYSTEM
LIC
IN
800 AIRPORT ROAD, 3601 FAIRBANKS AVENUE,

AU
ST
IT
DR
UT
HY
NORTH AURORA, ILLINOIS 60542 KANSAS CITY, KANSAS 66106

E
19 17
WWW.AURORAPUMP.COM
Because we are continuously improving our products and services, Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
AF-02-1035 03/25/13 © 2013 Pentair Ltd. All Rights Reserved.
FTA550E / FTA556E
Jockeyxg Pump Controllers
Jockeyxg Pump Controllers
Firetrol® FTA550E Series JockeyXG Pump Control- · Pressure recording

lers are intended for use with fire pump systems. They · Event log (3000 events stored in controller memory)
are used for pressure maintenance in fire pump instal- · Data log (including cycle counter)
lations to prevent unnecessary operation of the main · Door mounted display/user interface featuring a 128
fire pump. FTA556E Series are basically the same as x 64 pixel backlit LCD Graphical Display, Membrane
the FTA550E Series except they utilize wye-delta open Type User Controller Push-buttons and LED indica-
transition starting instead of across the line starting. tion for:
· Power ON
Approvals — Firetrol Jockey Pump Controllers are listed · Pump Running
by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with · Alarm
UL508A, Standard for Industrial Controls, and CSA, · 2 lines of user selectable display information
Standard for Industrial Control Equipment (cUL). They
are built to meet or exceed the requirements of the ap- FTA550 Series Jockey Pump Controllers
proving authorities as well as NEMA and the latest edition The FTA550E Jockey Pump Controller utilizes across
of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. the line, full voltage starting. Full voltage is applied to the
motor as soon as the controller is actuated, and the motor
Enclosures — The standard enclosures are NEMA Type 2 supplies its rated torque. When using full voltage starting,
(IEC IP22), drip-proof, for installation in areas protected the power source must have sufficient KVA capacity to
from direct sunlight with an ambient temperature above handle motor locked rotor current and prevent the line
41°F (5° C). voltage from dropping below acceptable levels.
FTA556E Jockey Pump Controllers utilize wye-delta
Standard Features—The following are included as open transition starting. Upon a call to start the starting
standard with each controller: contactor is engaged, after 2 seconds, the run contactor
· NEMA Type 2 (IEC IP22) Painted Steel Enclosure is engaged, bringing the motor to full speed.
· Circuit Breaker When the controller is actuated, either by a drop
· Horsepower Rated Motor Starter(s) in system pressure (in the “Auto” mode), or by placing
· Suitable for use as service equipment the HAND-OFF-AUTO switch in the “Hand” position, the
· HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch pump will start. In the “Auto” mode, the pump will con-
· Minimum run timer tinue to run until the pressure returns to a normal level
· On-Delay timer and the minimum run timer has expired, whichever occurs
· Pump restart timer last. In the “Hand” mode, the pump will continue to run
· Run/Start transition timer (FTA556E only) until the HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch is moved from
· Control circuit transformer with 24VAC the “Hand” position.
secondary The stainless steel pressure transducer is mounted
· 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) stainless steel solid state inside the enclosure and is piped to a fitting on the bot-
pressure transducer tom of the enclosure.
· Overpressure indication
· Low Pressure indication Options and Modifications —Refer to the Product
· Failed to start indication Description sheet for a complete listing of Options and
· Main switch not in “Auto” alarm Modifications.
111 Corning Road

Suite 120
Cary, North Carolina 27518
P +1 919 460 5200
F +1 919 460 5250
www.firetrol.com
While every precaution has been taken to ensure accuracy and completeness herein, ASCO Power Technologies assumes no responsibility, and disclaims all liability, for damages resulting from use of this information or
for any errors or omissions. Specifications and drawings are subject to change without notice. The ASCO, ASCO Power Services, and ASCO Power Technologies marks are owned by Emerson Electric Co. or its affiliates and
utilized herein under license. ©2017. Printed in USA.
Publication CB550E-01 Rev. B
Fire Pump Controllers for
Business Critical Continuity ™
Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers

Firetrol designed 4-stage
battery charger.
Compatible with mechanical and

electronic engine types.
Firetrol® combined automatic and manual Mark
IIXG based diesel engine fire pump controllers
are intended for starting and monitoring fire
pump diesel engines. The controller monitors,
displays and records fire pump system informa-
tion. Diesel engine fire pump controllers are
available in 12 or 24 volts, work with lead acid
or Nickel-Cadmium batteries and are designed
to operate seamlessly with either mechanical
or electronic engine types.
Battery Chargers
The controllers are supplied with two fully au-
tomatic, 200 amp hour, 4 step battery chargers.
The chargers feature Switching Technology and Operator Interface
10Adc Pulse-Width Modulated Output Current. The fire pump controllers feature an opera-
The 4 step charging cycle is as follows: tor interface with user keypad. The interface
Step 1 - Qualification Stage monitors and displays motor operating condi-
During this stage, the battery charger tions, including all alarms, events, and pressure
checks the batteries to insure they can conditions. All alarms, events, and pressure
accept a fast charge. It also checks conditions are displayed with a time and date
for missing or defective batteries. If stamp. The display is a 128x64 Backlit LED ca-
a missing or defective battery is de- pable of customized graphics and Cyrillic type
tected, a fault will be given. character display. The display and interface are
Step 2 - Fast Charge Stage NEMA rated for Type 2, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 pro-
Charges the batteries until they reach tection and is fully accessible without opening
peak voltage. the controller door. The user interface utilizes
Step 3 - Bulk Charge Stage multiple levels of password protection for sys-
Charges the batteries at a constant tem security. A minimum of 3 password levels
potential of peak voltage until current are provided.
reaches 500mA.
Step 4 - Float Charge Stage
Trickle charges the batteries to main-
tain peak potential.
Standard features include:
Approvals • AC Line and Battery Circuit Breakers
Firetrol fire pump controllers are listed by Un- • Manual-Off-Auto Selector Switch
• Manual Test Push-Button
derwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., in accordance • Two (2) Manual Crank Push-Buttons
with UL218, Standard for Fire Pump Controllers, • Two (2) 10 Amp Battery Chargers with 4 stage charging
cycle, selectable AC voltage (110/220), selectable DC
CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment, voltage (12/24) and selectable battery type (Lead Acid,
Ni-Cad 9/18 Cell, Ni-Cad 10/20 Cell
and approved by Factory Mutual. They are • Minimum Run Timer/Off Delay Timer
built to meet or exceed the requirements of • Programmable Daylight Saving Time Option
• Weekly Test Timer
the approving authorities as well as NEMA and • Engine Run Time Meter
the latest editions of NFPA 20, Installation of • Digital Pressure Display
• Solid State Pressure Transducer
Centrifugal Fire Pumps, and NFPA 70, National • Door mounted display/interface panel featuring a 128 x
64 pixel backlit LED Graphical Display, Membrane Type
Electrical Code. User Control Push-buttons and easy to read LED Indica-
tors for:
• AC POWER AVAILABLE
• ALARM
• MAIN SWITCH IN AUTO
• MAIN SWITCH IN MANUAL
• SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW
• ENGINE RUNNING
• ENGINE FAIL TO START
• ENGINE TEMPERATURE HIGH
• ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW
• ENGINE OVERSPEED
• ENGINE ALTERNATE ECM
• ENGINE FUEL INJECTOR MALFUNCTION
Digital Status/Alarm Messages • FUEL LEVEL LOW
The digital display indicates text messages for • AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED
• CHARGER MALFUNCTION
the stats and alarm conditions of: • BATTERY #1 TROUBLE
• BATTERY #2 TROUBLE
• Engine Run • Sequential Start Time • USB Host Controller and Port
• Minimum Run Time • Crank/Rest Time Cycle • Data Log
• Event Log (3000 Events)
/ Off Delay Time • Remote Start • Simultaneous Display of Battery Voltages, Charging
• Engine Fail to Start • System Battery Low Rates, AC Volts, System Pressure and Alarm Messages
• Disk Error message
• Low Suction Pressure• Manual Engine Crank • Disk Near Full message
• Pressure Error message
• Drive Not Installed • Fail To Start message
• Disk Error • Low Suction Pressure message
• Crank Cycle Status Indication (Displays Cranking Bat-
• Disk Near Full tery, Number of Starting Attempts and Crank/Rest Time
Remaining
• Pressure Error • 300 psi (20.7 bar) wet parts (solid state pressure trans-
ducer, solenoid valve, plumbing) for fresh water applica-
tions
The Sequential Start Timer and Minimum Run • NEMA Type 2 enclosure
Timer/Off Delay Times are displayed as numeric • Suitable for use as Service Equipment
• Each standard controller comes with user configurable
values reflecting the value of the remaining options for:
• AC Power Loss Start • Interlock Alarm
time. •Low Pressure Audible • Low Suction Pressure
• Main Switch Mis-Set • Manual Test
• Pump Run Alarm • Remote Start
• User Defined Input • Weekly Test Setup
• Low Pump Room Temp • Low Reservoir
• Relief Valve Open • High Fuel Level
• High Reservoir
LED Visual Indicators Event Recording
LED indicators, visible with the door closed, Memory - The controller records all opera-
indicate: tional and alarm events to system memory. All
• AC Power Available • Alarm • Main Sw. in events are time and date stamped and include
Auto • Main Sw. in Manual • System Pressure an index number. The system memory has the
Low • Engine Running • Engine Fail to Start capability of storing 3000 events and allows
• Engine Temperature High • Engine Oil Pres- the user access to the event log via the user in-
sure Low • Engine Overspeed• Engine Alter- terface. The user can scroll through the stored
nate ECM • Engine Fuel Injector Malfunction • messages in groups of 1 or 10.
Fuel Level Low • Automatic Shutdown Disabled
• Charger Malfunction • Battery #1 Trouble USB Host Controller
• Battery #2 Trouble The controller is equipped with a built-in USB
Host Controller. A USB port capable of accept-
Data Logging ing a USB Flash Memory Disk is provided. The
The user interface monitors the system controller saves all operational and alarm events
and logs the following data: to the flash memory on a daily basis. Each saved
• Number Calls/Starts • Engine Total Run event is time and date stamped. The total
Time • Last Run Time • Controller Power On amount of historical data saved depends on
the size of the flash disk utilized. The operator
Time • Last Start • Minimum System Pres-
can save settings and values to the flash disk on
sure • Maximum System Pressure • Last High
demand via the user interface.
Temperature • Last Low Oil Pressure • Last
Engine Overspeed • Last Low Fuel Level •
Last Charger Fail • Last Battery Trouble • Bat-
tery #1 Volts • Battery #2 Volts • Batter #1 USB Host Port
Amps • Battery #2 Amps and Flash Disk
CB1000-50
Emerson Network Power.
The global leader in enabling Business-Critical Continuity. EmersonNetworkPower.com
AC Power Embedded Computing Outside Plant Racks & Integrated Cabinets
Connectivity Embedded Power Power Switching & Controls Services
DC Power Monitoring Precision Cooling Surge Protection
Emerson Network Power and the Emerson Network Power logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. ©2010 Emerson Electric Co.
'iretrol Brand Products Cary North Carolina 21 6SA Phone 1 0 200 'aY 1 0 20 www.firetrol.com
Fire Pump Controllers for
Business Critical Continuity ™
Electric Fire Pump Controllers

Side-by-side disconnect/
circuit breaker provides
single handle sequencing
Combined automatic and manual fire pump

controllers for starting electric motor driven fire
pumps.
Firetrol® combined automatic and manual fire
pump controllers are intended for starting elec-
tric motor driven fire pumps and are available
in the following configurations:
FTA1000 – Full Voltage Starting
FTA1250 – Part Winding Reduced Current
Starting (Closed Circuit Transition)
FTA1300 – Wye-Delta Reduced Voltage Start-
ing (Open Circuit Transition)
FTA1350 – Wye-Delta Reduced Voltage Start-
ing (Closed Circuit Transition)
FTA1500 – Primary Resistance Reduced Volt-
age Starting (Closed Circuit Transi-
tion)
FTA1800 – Autotransformer Reduced Voltage
FTA1930 – Digital Solid State Reduced Voltage
Starting (Closed Circuit Transition) Operator Interface
The fire pump controllers feature an opera-
tor interface with user keypad. The interface
These Controllers are available assembled
with power transfer switches for use with an monitors and displays motor operating condi-
emergency generator set or second power tions, including all alarms, events, and pressure
source. conditions. All alarms, events, and pressure
conditions are displayed with a time and date
stamp. The display is a 128x64 Backlit LED ca-
pable of customized graphics and cryllic type
character display. The display and interface are
NEMA rated for Type 2, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 pro-
tection and is fully accessible without opening
the controller door. The user interface utilizes
multiple levels of password protection for sys-
tem security. A minimum of 3 password levels
are provided.
Standard features include:
Approvals • Voltage surge protector
Firetrol fire pump controllers are listed by Un- • Main Disconnect Switch sized for connected motor
horsepower and voltage
derwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., in accordance • Fire pump Circuit Breaker
with UL218, Standard for Fire Pump Controllers, • Single handle Isolating Disconnect Switch/Circuit
Breaker mechanism
CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment, • Motor contactor
• Emergency Manual Run Mechanism to mechanically
and approved by Factory Mutual. They are close motor contactor contacts in an emergency condi-
built to meet or exceed the requirements of tion
• Built-in Start and Stop push-buttons to bypass auto-
the approving authorities as well as NEMA and matic start circuits
the latest editions of NFPA 20, Installation of • Minimum Run Timer / Off Delay Timer
• Daylight Savings Time Option
Centrifugal Fire Pumps, and NFPA 70, National • Weekly Test Timer
• Elapsed Time Meter
Electrical Code. • Door mounted display/interface panel featuring a 128 x
64 pixel backlit LED Graphical Display, Membrane Type
User Control Push-buttons and easy to read LED Indica-
tors for:
• POWER AVAILABLE
• ALARM
• TRANSFER SWITCH NORMAL (If unit ordered with
Automatic Power Transfer Switch)
• TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY (If unit ordered with
• SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW
• PUMP RUNNING
• DELUGE OPEN
• REMOTE START
Digital Status/Alarm Messages • INTERLOCK ON
The digital display indicates text messages for • FAIL TO START
• MOTOR OVERLOAD
the stats and alarm conditions of: • EMERGENCY ISO SWITCH OFF (If unit ordered with
• Motor On • Sequential Start Time • PHASE FAILURE
• Minimum Run Time • Local Start • PHASE REVERSAL
• AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED
/ Off Delay Time • Remote Start • OVERVOLTAGE
• Fail to Start • System Battery Low • UNDERVOLTAGE
• Digital Pressure Display
• Under Voltage • Over Voltage • USB Host Controller and Port
• Solid State Pressure Transducer
• Locked Rotor Trip • Over Frequency • Data Log
• Emergency Start •Motor Over 320% • Event Log (3000 Events)
• True RMS Metering with simultaneous 3 Phase Display of
• Drive Not Installed • Motor Overload Amps, Volts, Frequency, Pressure and Alarm Messages
• Disk Error message
• Disk Error • Printer Error • Disk Near Full message
• Disk Near Full • Pressure Error • Pressure Error message
• Motor Over 320% message
• Local Start message
The Sequential Start Timer and Minimum Run • Remote Start message
• Emergency Start message
Timer/Off Delay Times are displayed as numeric • Fail To Start message
• Undervoltage message
values reflecting the value of the remaining • Overvoltage message
time. • NEMA Type 2 enclosure
• Suitable for use as Service Equipment
• Each standard controller comes with user configurable
options for:
• Interlock Alarm • Low Pressure Audible
•Low Suction • Pump Run
• User Defined Input • Weekly Test
LED Visual Indicators Event Recording
LED indicators, visible with the door closed, Memory - The controller records all opera-
indicate: tional and alarm events to system memory. All
• Power Available • Alarm events are time and date stamped and include
• Pump Running • System Pressure Low an index number. The system memory has the
• Remote Start • Transfer Switch Normal capability of storing 3000 events and allows
• Deluge Open • Transfer Switch Emergency the user access to the event log via the user in-
• Phase Failure • Phase Reversal terface. The user can scroll through the stored
• Interlock On • Fail To Start messages in groups of 1 or 10.
• Motor Overload • Emerg. Iso. Switch Off
• Automatic Shutdown Disabled USB Host Controller
• Overvoltage • Undervoltage The controller is equipped with a built-in USB
Host Controller. A USB port capable of accept-
Data Logging ing a USB Flash Memory Disk is provided. The
The user interface monitors the system controller saves all operational and alarm events
and logs the following data: to the flash memory on a daily basis. Each saved
•Motor Calls/Starts •Pump Total Run Time event is time and date stamped. The total
•Pump Last Run Time •Total Controller Pwr amount of historical data saved depends on
the size of the flash disk utilized. The operator
On Time
can save settings and values to the flash disk on
•Last Pump Start •Min/Max System Pressure
demand via the user interface.
•Last Phase Fail/Reversal •Last Locked Rotor Trip
•Last Locked Rotor Current •Min/Max Frequency
•Max Starting Currents •Max Run Currents
•Min/Max Voltage per Phase while idle (not USB Host Port
running) and Flash Disk
• Min Voltage per Phase during Start
• Min/Max Voltage per Phase during Run
CB1000-50
Emerson Network Power.
The global leader in enabling Business-Critical Continuity. EmersonNetworkPower.com
AC Power Embedded Computing Outside Plant Racks & Integrated Cabinets
Connectivity Embedded Power Power Switching & Controls Services
DC Power Monitoring Precision Cooling Surge Protection
Emerson Network Power and the Emerson Network Power logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. ©2010 Emerson Electric Co.
'iretrol Brand Products Cary North Carolina 21 6SA Phone 1 0 200 'aY 1 0 20 www.firetrol.com
Horizontal Split Case Pump Vertical Split Case Pump
AURORA 900 SERIES

®
SPLIT CASE FIRE PUMPS

Built Per NFPA 20
LISTED
WWW.AURORAPUMP.COM
AURORA 900 SERIES

®
Split Case Fire Pumps
Horizontal split case pumps are the most common type of fire
pump. These pumps are specifically designed and tested for
fire service applications where reliability of performance is of
vital importance. Split case pumps are characterized by:
• Easy access to all working parts;
• Rugged construction;
• Liberal water passages; and
• Efficient operation.
Split case fire pumps are specified when the source of water
is located above the surface of the ground and provides a
positive suction pressure to the pump at any performance point.
Single-stage or multistage pumps are available dependent upon
discharge pressure requirements.
In addition to horizontal split case pumps, Aurora also offers
Aurora split case fire pumps are built per the rigid standards of split case performance in a vertical format. Vertical fire pumps
NFPA 20 and are listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and provide distinct advantages over horizontal pump constructions.
approved by Factory Mutual (FM).
• Less floor space is required.
Available in a broad range of operating pressures and flows • In-line piping arrangement allows piping in any direction
from a minimum of 250 GPM, Aurora split case pumps can be in most cases.
driven by either an electric motor or diesel engine. Aurora’s
• Elevated motor protects against potential flooding if the
UL-Listed, FM-Approved fire pump packages also include the
pump station is in a low area.
system controller, with a full range of options and accessories
available to complete the NFPA-compliant fire pump package. • Components are register-fitted to prevent misalignment.
2
1
Pump Features
7
2
8 15 16
14
17
3 9 13
10
5 11 12
6 18
Vertical Horizontal
Split Case Split Case
1. Computer Machined 8. Internal Water Seal Passages 14. Split Case Design
major components with 360 degree registered between volute and stuffing box cannot simplifies disassembly. The suction and
fits to assure concentricity of parts. be damaged. discharge piping and shaft alignment are
not disturbed.
2. Integral Bearing Arms 9. Interwoven, Graphite
eliminate bearing misalignment and Impregnated T.F.E. 15. O-Ring Sealed Shaft Sleeves
simplify maintenance. prevent corrosion of the shaft. This eliminates
diagonally cut packing rings seal
the need for stainless steel shafts.
the pump shaft.
3. Enclosed Impeller Design
provides high efficiency and performance. 10. Stuffing Boxes 16. Case Wearing Rings
and throttle bushings protect the
are extra deep for proper sealing. Split packing
4. Dynamically Balanced Impeller glands simplify packing maintenance.
casing from wear and are easily and
inexpensively replaced.
is keyed to the shaft and secured by adjustable
shaft sleeves. 11. Double Row Thrust 17. Bronze Shaft Sleeve
ball bearing.
5. Double Suction Impeller prevents shaft wear, is slip fit over the shaft,
keylocked, and extends the entire length
balances hydraulic thrust loads. 12. Grease Seals of the seal box.
and nonsparking neoprene rotating slingers
6. Cast Iron Drip Rim Base protect both bearings during pump operation
18. Certified Performance Test
directs condensation and any stuffing box and washdown.
leakage to drain. with Positive Suction Pressure
13. Bearings is provided for each fire pump for customer
7. Short Bearing Span selected for 50,000 hour minimum life
approval. Pumps are also hydrostatically tested
per NFPA 20 at no less than 250 psi.
holds shaft deflection to .002" at face of at maximum load. Average bearing life
stuffing box at maximum load. 5 x minimum.
Fire Pump Feature Selector
Standard Optional
• Bronze fitted pump construction • Ductile iron casings (available in selected 481 and 485 models)
• Bronze shaft sleeves • Right- or left-hand rotation
• Bronze case wearing rings • Impeller wearing rings
• Dynamically balanced impellers • Stainless steel shafts
• Stainless steel impeller key • Double row ball bearings on inboard side
• Carbon steel shaft • External bypass line from casing to stuffing boxes
(optional on Model 480s, standard on Model 490s)
• Corrosion-resistant lantern rings*
• Formed steel drip-rim base (horizontal electric driven units only)
• Bronze stuffing box bushings
• 15' Suction lift test to verify performance at 150% of rated flow
• Bronze glands
• Available accessories include valves, headers, main relief valves,
• Interwoven graphite-impregnated T.F.E. packing rings increasers and reducers, waste cones, and more.
• Cast integral bearing arms (most models)
• Regreaseable ball bearings
• Double row thrust bearing (outboard side)
• Upper casing lifting lugs
• Water slingers and grease seals
• Hydrostatic and Certified Performance test**
• Coupling guard SUCTION SUCTION

STANDARD VERTICAL PUMPS PROVIDE OPTIONAL
RIGHT-HAND ROTATION IN-LINE PIPING IN ANY DIRECTION LEFT-HAND ROTATION
• Suction and discharge gauges with shutoff cocks (TOP VIEW HORIZONTAL PUMP) (ALSO AVAILABLE RIGHT- OR LEFT-HAND) (TOP VIEW HORIZONTAL PUMP)
• Automatic air release valve

* Standard on Model 490s; furnished when suction pressure is below 40 psi on Model 480s.
• Casing relief valve (electric driven units only) ** Test is performed with positive suction pressure.
ST ER E D Q U
EGI
ALI
R
ISO 9001
TY SYSTEM
LIC
IN
AU
ST
IT
DR
UT
HY
19 17
800 AIRPORT ROAD, NORTH AURORA, ILLINOIS 60542 WWW.AURORAPUMP.COM

Because we are continuously improving our products and services, Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
AF-02-1033 11/26/12 © 2012 Pentair Ltd. All Rights Reserved.
AUCA PROJECT
DESCRIPCIÓN : LISTA DE ENTRADAS Y SALIDAS 2 5/18/2018
TAG Nº: PCF-YLP-2402
DWG/DOC. Nº: -
DWG/DOC. Nº: 3808-S525-M-VD-014-024
PO N°: 4500361316
PROYECTO
Ing. de Diseño
Instrumentación y Control CPP
APROBADO RECHAZADO .
VISTO ✔ APROBADO C / COM .

ELIMINADO
PRESENTAR .
Henry Cueva Jun 28, 2018

por.......................................................... fecha.............................................................
hcueva@cpp.com.ec
Departamento: INSTRUMENTACIÓN
Skid Bombas contra incendio
SELLOS Código CPP No.: 3808-S525-M-VD-024
Revisión No.: 3
DATOS DE PROCESOS
TIPO DE TIPO DE
REV ÍTEM No. TAG TIPO DE INSTRUMENTO SERVICIO SISTEMA UNIDADES DIAGRAMA DE LAZOS NOTAS
E/S SEÑAL
RANGO OPERACIÓN
1 de 1 .
CONTROLADOR BOMBA DIESEL FT1100J (DP-0069)
2 1 YI-24261 ALARMA MOTOR DIESEL EN FUNCIONAMIENTO DO Contacto Seco DP-0069 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 2 HS-24261 ALARMA ENCENDIDO APAGASDO/LOCAL DI Contacto Seco DP-0069 N/A
2 3 XA-24261 ALARMA ALARMA COMUN SISTEMA DE BOMBEO DIESEL DO Contacto Seco DP-0069 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 4 LAL-24261 ALARMA ALARMA BAJO NIVEL DE COMBUSTIBLE DO Contacto Seco DP-0069 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 5 LSL-YLP-24151 BAJO NIVEL DE COMBUSTIBLE SEÑAL BAJO NIVEL DE COMBUSTIBLE DI Contacto Seco DP-0069 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 6 YS-YLP-24161 PRESENCIA DE LIQUIDO SEÑAL DE FUGA EN PARED INTERNAE TANQUE DIESEL DI Contacto Seco DP-0069 3808-S525-M-VD-021
CONTROLADOR BOMBA ELÉCTRICA FTA 1300
2 7 HS-24161 ALARMA ENCENDIDO APAGASDO/LOCAL DO Contacto Seco DP-0449 N/A
2 8 YI-24161 ALARMA BOMBA EN FUNCIONAMIENTO DO Contacto Seco DP-0449 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 9 XA 24161 ALARMA ALARMA FALLA DE FASE O DE ENERGÍA DO Contacto Seco DP-0449 3808-S525-M-VD-021
CONTROLADOR BOMBA JOCKEY FTA 550E
2 10 XA-24361 ALARMA ALARMA FALLA DE ARRANQUE DE BOMBA DO Contacto Seco DP-0450 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 11 YI-24361 ALARMA BOMBA EN FUNCIONAMIENTO DO Contacto Seco DP-0450 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 12 HS-24361 ALARMA ENCENDIDO APAGASDO/LOCAL N/A
INSTRUMENTOS
2 14 PSL-YLP-24161 TRANSDUCTOR DE PRESION BAJA PRESION DEL SISTEMA AI 0-5 VDC DP-0449 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 15 PSL-YLP-24261 TRANSDUCTOR DE PRESION BAJA PRESION DEL SISTEMA AI 0-5 VDC DP-0069 3808-S525-M-VD-021
2 16 PSHL-YLP-24361 TRANSDUCTOR DE PRESION ALTA-BAJA PRESION DEL SISTEMA AI 0-5 VDC DP-0450 3808-S525-M-VD-021
NOTAS:
Variable según instrumento

(A) alarma / ( I ) indicación
(HH-H-L-LL) solo para alarmas
Numeración igual al instrumento
Firetrol Jockey XG Pump Controller
Modbus Communications Protocol
For software release 905100-004
This document describes the Modbus communications The maximum number of bytes contained within one
protocol as an optional function supported by the packet of communications is 64.
Firetrol Jockey XG Pump Controller. It includes
Device Address Field This is the first byte of
instructions on how to activate this Option and
each Modbus RTU transmission. The device
establish communication with the Jockey Pump
address is a number limited to the range of 1 – 247
Controller via the network.
for the Jockey Pump Controller.
Modbus Protocol Function Code Field This is a second byte of
each transmission and represents the commanded
Implementation Basics action to the slave device (for queries from the
master) or the action that was taken by the slave
The Jockey Pump Controller supports the Modbus device (for responses from the slave). Codes
protocol via RS-485 communication network, where it between 1 and 127 are defined as Modbus RTU
functions as a slave device. The RS-485 medium is a functions. Presently, 2 functions are supported:
multi-drop standard, which allows for multiple slave
devices on a single loop. In order to use 1. Function #3. - Read Holding Registers.
communication functionality, the user needs to have 2. Function #6. - Preset Single Register.
the Option installed in the factory or order the
hardware connectivity kit and Option activation as an These function codes are detailed in the Supported
add-on. Function Codes section.
Data Field. The Data Field varies in length
Hardware, Option activation requirements depending on whether the message is a request or
a response packet. This field typically contains
The Jockey Pump Controller Modbus communication
information required by the slave device to
via the RS-485 port is available as optional package.
perform the command specified in a request
For those don’t have this option pre-installed, they will
packet or data being passed back by the slave
need to contact the factory.
device in a response packet.
Option activation:
Error Check Field The Error Check Field
The option activation is done through the Jockey
consists of a 16 bit Cyclical Redundancy Check
Pump Controller GUI by a factory authorized Rep.
(CRC16). It allows the receiving device to detect a
only. User can setup the parameters by following the
packet that has been corrupted with transmission
procedures below:
errors. Refer to CRC-16 Algorithm for details.
1. Main Menu -> Settings -> Option Settings ->
Modbus Slave Packet Framing and Timing
2. Once in Modbus Slave screen, user can change
address and baud rate as desired. The default values The Modbus RTU protocol does not define any
are address 1 and 19200 baud rate. explicit packet synchronization bytes. Synchronization
 Baud rate selection range: from 1200 to 115200 is accomplished implicitly with the use of silent
for Serial hardware package. intervals. According to the Modbus RTU standard, all
 Address setting range: from 1- 247 master messages must start with a silent interval of at
least 3.5 character times. This means that every byte
Modbus RTU Packet Format within a packet must precede the next byte by fewer
than 3.5 character times based on the baud rate. And
Every Modbus RTU Packet consists of the following every new packet of data must begin at least 3.5
fields: character times or more after the packet that had
 Device Address Field preceded it.
 Function Code Field CRC-16 Algorithm
 Data Field
 Error Check (CRC) Field Procedure The algorithm essentially treats the entire
data packet (less the start, stop, and, if used, parity
bits) as one continuous binary number. Since we are
ASCO Power Technologies, 50-60 Hanover Rd, Florham Park, NJ 07932
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 1 XXXXXX-XXX X
Firetrol Jockey XG Pump Controller Modbus Communications Protocol 905100-004
doing a 16-bit CRC calculation, the binary number SHIFT CRC16REG one bit to the RIGHT
(entire packet) is multiplied by 216 and then divided by END
NEXT Y
the generator polynomial. In the case of the Modbus END
protocol, the generator polynomial is 216 + 215 + 22 + 1. NEXT X
The 16-bit remainder of the division, which is the 16-
bit CRC checksum, is then appended to the end of the The resulting CRC16REG contains the 16-bit CRC checksum
packet. The resulting data packet including the 16-bit
CRC checksum, when divided by the same Generator CRC-16 C Programming Language Example:
Polynomial at the receiver, will give a zero remainder CRC16_checksum is a C language function that
if no transmission errors have occurred. calculates and returns the 16-bit CRC checksum of a
The binary value of the Generator Polynomial is A001 string of characters. This is the brute force method as it
hex. This is obtained by first dropping the most- consumes a lot of processing power performing
significant-bit of the polynomial and then reversing the numerous bit shifts. A table look-up method based on
bit order. This yields 1010000000000001 or A001h. this function would be more suitable for embedded
systems where processing power is at a premium. The
The steps for generating the 16-bit CRC checksum following four parameters are passed as part of the
are as follows: function:
1. Initially, load the 16-bit CRC register with the value 1. pointer to string
2. length of string (in bytes)
FFFF hex.
3. initial CRC value
2. Exclusive OR the 16-bit CRC register with the first 4. desired Generator polynomial
data byte of the packet and store the result in the 16- Included to make this CRC-16 function
bit CRC register. generic for any generator polynomial
3. If the Least Significant Bit (LSB) of the 16-bit CRC The function is defined as follows:
register is equal to one, then shift the 16-bit CRC unsigned int CRC16_checksum(unsigned char *Buffer, int Length)
register to the right by one bit and then Exclusive {
OR the result with the generator polynomial, A001 unsigned int index;
unsigned int CRC = 0xFFFF;
hex. Otherwise, just shift the 16-bit CRC register to unsigned int GenPoly = 0xA001;
the right by one bit.
While (Length--) { /* for each data byte in string */
4. Repeat step 3 until eight right shifts have been
performed. CRC = CRC ^ (unsigned int) *Buffer++; /* exclusive OR
data byte */
5. Exclusive OR the 16-bit CRC register with the next
data byte of the packet. For (index = 0; index < 8; index++) { /* for each of the 8 bits */
If ((CRC & 0x0001) == 1) CRC = (CRC >> 1) ^ Genpoly;
6. Repeat steps 3-5 until all the bytes of the data packet Else (CRC = CRC >> 1);
have been used in step 5.
} /* for statement */
7. The 16-bit CRC register contains the new checksum } /* while statement */
to be appended to the end of the packet, Least
Significant Byte first. return(CRC);
}
Example: Assume the transmitting device desired to
CRC-16 Pseudocode: Below is the pseudocode for send the ASCII string “ASCO”. Using an ASCII
generating the 16-bit CRC checksum. XOR is the character look-up table, we have the following
Exclusive-OR function: hexadecimal codes for each of the ASCO letters:
CRC16REG = FFFF hex A = 0x41 S = 0x53
GENPOLY = A001 hex C = 0x43 O = 0x4F
FOR X = 1 to number of bytes in packet
BEGIN The transmitter determines the 16-bit CRC checksum
XOR CRC16REG with the Xth data byte as follows (in C, both methods are equivalent):
FOR Y = 1 to 8
BEGIN CRC16_checksum((unsigned char *)“ASCO”, 4)
IF [(the least-significant-bit of CRC16REG) = 1] THEN which returns CRC = 0xCD94
SHIFT CRC16REG one bit to the RIGHT or
XOR CRC16REG with GENPOLY
OTHERWISE
CRC16_checksum((unsigned char *)“\x41\x53\x43\x4F”, 4)
which returns CRC = 0xCD94
Before sending the string, the transmitter would

append the CRC checksum (in byte reverse order) to
the string as follows:
“ASCO\x94\xCD” or the equivalent in hexadecimal
notation “\x41\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”
If the receiving device received the string without any

transmission errors, then doing the 16-bit CRC
checksum on the entire received string would yield
(again, both methods are equivalent):
CRC16_checksum((unsigned char *)“ASCO\x94\xCD”, 4)

which returns CRC = 0x0000
or
CRC16_checksum((unsigned char *)
“\x41\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”, 4)
Since the CRC checksum is equal to zero, the

transmission is deemed valid.
Had an error been induced during the transmission,

such as the ASCII character ‘A’ being inadvertently
changed to the character ‘B’ (which is hexadecimal
0x42), the receiving device would determine the new
checksum as:
CRC16_checksum((unsigned char *)“BSCO\x94\xCD”, 4)

or
CRC16_checksum(“\x42\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”, 4)
Since the CRC is NON-ZERO (0x3300), the receiver

would assume an error had occurred and discard the
packet.

Supported Function Codes
Function # 03 (03h) – Read Holding Registers the data register definitions of the Jockey Pump
Controller.
This function code allows the master to read one or
more consecutive data registers from the Jockey Pump The following example shows the format of a
Controller. The data registers are always 16 bit (two transmission between a client device and the
byte) values, transmitted high order byte first. Refer to responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1. The
the Register Map for details about the data register client desires to set the Selected Event register 40159
definitions of the Jockey Pump Controller. to a data value 5 (05 hexadecimal).
The following example shows the format of a Master Transmission
transmission between a master client device and the Packet Format Example (in hex)
responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1. The Slave address 01
master desires to read the Timestamp, beginning at Function code 06
Data starting address (high byte) 00
Holding register location 40004 (which is a “Data Data starting address (low byte) 9E
starting address” of 3 decimal or 03 hexadecimal). Set Data (high byte) 00
Set Data (low byte) 05
Master Transmission
CRC16 (low byte) 28
Packet Format Example (in hex) CRC16 (high byte) 27
Slave address 01
Function code 03 Jockey Pump Controller Response
Data starting address (high byte) 00 Packet Format Example (in hex)
Data starting address (low byte) 03 Slave address 01
Number of registers (high byte) 00 Function code 06
Number of registers (low byte) 06 Data starting address (high byte) 00
CRC16 (low byte) 35 Data starting address (low byte) 9E
CRC16 (high byte) C8 Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 05
Jockey Pump Controller Response CRC16 (low byte) 28
CRC16 (high byte) 27
Packet Format Example (in hex)
Slave address 01
Function code 03
Byte count 0C Function # 16 (10h) – Preset Multiple Registers
Data word #1 (high byte) 00 This function currently is not supported.
Data word #1 (low byte) 0C
Data word #2 (high byte) 00
Data word #2 (low byte) 09 Exception Responses
Data word #3 (low byte) 25 If the Modbus master device sends an unsupported
Data word #4 (high byte) 00 command, attempts to read an invalid holding register,
Data word #4 (low byte) 01
or attempts to write invalid data, the Jockey Pump
Data word #5 (low byte) 08 Controller issues an exception response. The format
Data word #6 (high byte) 00 for the exception response is as follows:
Data word #6 (low byte) 0A 1. SLAVE ADDRESS
CRC16 (low byte) 8E 2. FUNCTION CODE*
CRC16 (high byte) B7 (with the most-significant-bit set to a 1)
3. ERROR CODE
Function # 06 (06h) – Preset Single Register 4. CRC16 – low order byte
5. CRC16 – high order byte
This function code allows the master device to modify * Note the high order bit of the function code has
the contents of a single configuration register within been set to one to indicate an exception response
the Jockey Pump Controller. The data registers are has been generated.
always 16 bit (two byte) values, transmitted high order
The following table is a list of the exception codes
byte first. Refer to the Register Map for details about
supported by the Jockey Pump Controller.

Exception Response Error Codes CRC16 (high byte) 23
Error Error Jockey Pump Controller Jockey Pump Controller Response

code name implementation
The slave does not support the Packet Format Example (in hex)
01 Illegal function function code contained in the Slave address 01
master query packet. Function code 86
The slave does not support the Error code 02
Illegal data Holding Register address CRC16 (low byte) C3
02 CRC16 (high byte) A1
address referenced in the data field of
the master query packet.
The slave does not support the .
Illegal data
03 data referenced in the data field
value
of the master query packet.
The slave is unable to perform
the action requested due to an
Negative
07 invalid privilege level, a
Acknowledge
temporary restriction, or an
internal resource conflict.
The following example shows the format of a

transmission between a client requesting device and
the responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1.
The client device attempts to write an invalid data
value 3100 (0C1C hexadecimal) to the Selected Event
register 40159 (9E hexadecimal). The Jockey Pump
Controller responds with Error code 03.
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data starting address (low byte) 9E
Data (high byte) 0C
Data (low byte) 1C
CRC16 (low byte) EC
CRC16 (high byte) ED
Jockey Pump Controller Response

Slave address 01
Function code 86
Error code 03
CRC16 (low byte) 02

transmission between a master device and the
responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1. The
master device attempts to write to an invalid address,
40141 (8C hexadecimal). The Jockey Pump Controller
responds with Error code 02.
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data starting address (low byte) 8C
Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 06
CRC16 (low byte) C8
Register Map
The following table describes the mapping of the registers defined in the Modbus protocol within the Jockey
Pump Controller.
Jockey Pump Controller Modbus Register Map Table
Notes including a release number, e.g. “Rel. XX”, mean that the register number was introduced in that release, is
defined in that and higher-numbered release installations, and is undefined for lower-numbered releases.
Function
Code(s)
Register Bit Description Units Write Range Scaling / Notes
40001-40003 Undefined Registers
40004 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Hour Hr RO 0 – 23

40005 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Minute Min RO 0 – 59
40006 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Second Sec RO 0 – 59
40007 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Month Month RO 1 – 12
40008 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Day Day RO 1 – 31
40009 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40010 0x03 Number of Events in Onscreen Buffer RO 0-255
40018 0x03 D0 Phase Rotation ABC RO BOOL

D1 Phase Rotation CBA RO BOOL
D2 -
Reserved Bits
D15
40025 0x03
D0 Input 1 - User 1 RO BOOL
D8-
Reserved Bits
D15
40026 0x03
D0-D3 Reserved Bits
D4 Input 21 – Manual stop input / Auto (MOA) In RO BOOL
D5-D6 Reserved Bits
D7 Input 24 – Local start / Manual (MOA) In RO BOOL
D8-
Reserved Bits
D15
40027 0x03
D0 Output 1 – Motor run primary (1CR) RO BOOL
D1-D3 Reserved Bits
D4 Output 5 – User output 1 RO BOOL
D5 Output 6 - User output 2 RO BOOL
D12-
Reserved Bits
D15
40028 0x03 Pressure PSI RO 0 - 6000 0.1 * Raw

Function
Code(s)
40029 0x03 Stop Pressure PSI RO 0 - 600

40030 0x03 Start Pressure PSI RO 0 - 600
40031 0x03 On Delay Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40032 0x03 On Delay Count Down Sec RO 0 - 5999
40033 0x03 Minimum Run Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40034 Undefined Register
40035 0x03 Motor Elapsed Time Min Run Sec RO 0 - 60000
40045 0x03 ADEMDR10 RO 0 - 65535 for diagnostic

40047 Undefined Registers

40048 0x03 Restart Delay Timer setting Sec RO 0 - 10
40049 0x03 Restart Delay Timer current value Sec RO 0 - 10
Data Logging
40050 0x03 Last Motor Start Hour Hr RO 0 - 23
40051 0x03 Last Motor Start Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40052 0x03 Last Motor Start Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40053 0x03 Last Motor Start Month Month RO 1 - 12
40054 0x03 Last Motor Start Day Day RO 1 - 31
40055 0x03 Last Motor Start Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40056 0x03 Last Phase Failure Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40057 0x03 Last Phase Failure Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40058 0x03 Last Phase Failure Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40059 0x03 Last Phase Failure Month Month RO 1 - 12
40060 0x03 Last Phase Failure Day Day RO 1 - 31
40061 0x03 Last Phase Failure Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40062 0x03 Last Phase Reversal Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40063 0x03 Last Phase Reversal Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40064 0x03 Last Phase Reversal Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40065 0x03 Last Phase Reversal Month Month RO 1 - 12
40066 0x03 Last Phase Reversal Day Day RO 1 - 31
40067 0x03 Last Phase Reversal Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40082 0x03 Minimum Pressure PSI RO 0 - 600

40083 0x03 Maximum Pressure PSI RO 0 - 600
40084 0x03 No. Of Cycles RO 0 - 10000

40085 0x03 Number of Motor Starts RO 0 - 10000
40086 0x03 Last Motor Run Time Minutes Min RO 0 - 59
40087 0x03 Last Motor Run Time Seconds Sec RO 0 - 59
40088 0x03 Total Motor Run Time Hours Hr RO 0 - 59999
40089 0x03 Total Motor Run Time Minutes Min RO 0 - 59
40090 0x03 Total Motor Run Time Seconds Sec RO 0 - 59
40091 0x03 Total Unit Run Time Hours Hr RO 0 - 59999
40092 0x03 Total Unit Run Time Minutes Min RO 0 - 59
40099 0x03 Over pressure value setting PSI RO 0 - 600
40107 0x03 Software Version ASCII Characters 1 and 2 RO ASCII

Function
Code(s)

40112 0x03 Model Number ASCII Characters 1 and 2 RO ASCII
40114 0x03 Serial Number ASCII Characters 1 and 2 RO ASCII
40123 0x03 Horse Power RO 0 - 29999
40130 0x03 Reverse Phases RO 0, 1
0 - Single Phase,
40134 0x03 Single Phase RO
1 - 3 Phase
0 - Disabled,
40136 0x03 Manual Stop RO
1 - Enabled
0 - psi,
40137 0x03 Pressure Units RO 1 – bar
2 - kPA
40138-40141 0x03 Undefined Registers
0 - Off,
40142 0x03 Hourly Pressure Recording RO
1 - Hourly
40143 0x03 Delta Pressure Recording PSI RO 1 - 999
40148 – 40157
for diagnostic
40148 0x03 ADEMDR0 RO 0 - 65535
40149 0x03 ADEMDR1 RO 0 - 65535
40150 0x03 ADEMDR2 RO 0 - 65535
40151 0x03 ADEMDR3 RO 0 - 65535
40152 0x03 ADEMDR4 RO 0 - 65535
40153 0x03 ADEMDR5 RO 0 - 65535
40154 0x03 ADEMDR6 RO 0 - 65535
40155 0x03 ADEMDR7 RO 0 - 65535
40156 0x03 ADEMDR8 RO 0 - 65535
40157 0x03 ADEMDR9 RO 0 - 65535
Event Logging
40158 0x03 Total Number Events RO 0 - 3000
0x03
40159 Selected Event RW 1 - 3000
0x06
40160 0x03 Event ID (Refer to event description table below) RO 0 - 174
40161 0x03 Event Hour Hr RO 0 - 23
40162 0x03 Event Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40163 0x03 Event Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40164 0x03 Event Month RO 1 - 12
40165 0x03 Event Day RO 1 - 31
40166 0x03 Event Year RO 1700 - 3000
40167 0x03 Event value (Pressure reading or error codes) PSI RO 0 - 65535

Function
Code(s)
40177 0x03
D0 LED 1-Power Available RO BOOL
D1 LED 2-Alarm RO BOOL
D2-D4 Reserved Bits
D5 LED 6-Pump Running RO
D6-
Reserved Bits
D15
40179 0x03 Firmware build Version ASCII Characters 1&2 RO ASCII

40180 0x03 Firmware build Version ASCII Characters 3& 4 RO ASCII
40184 0x03 Boot loader Version ASCII Characters 1 and 2 RO ASCII
40189 0x03 Firmware compile time ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII
40202 0x03 Over pressure enabled RO BOOL
40207 0x03 User input audible RO BOOL

40208 0x03 User input common alarm RO BOOL
40209 0x03 Undefined Register
40236 0x03 ZX_AB RO BOOL

40237 0x03 ZX_CA RO BOOL
40238 0x03 Battery fault RO BOOL
40239 0x03 Program pin input RO BOOL
40240 0x03 Test pin input RO BOOL
40241 0x03 Clock battery input RO BOOL
40242-40256 Undefined Registers. Reserved for options
40257 0x03 Software Version ASCII characters 1 and 2 RO ASCII

40300 0x03 Calibration factor Pressure RO -32768 - +32768

40301 0x03 Calibration factor Ia RO -32768 - +32768
40302 0x03 Calibration factor IaHI RO -32768 - +32768
Function
Code(s)
40303 0x03 Calibration factor Ib RO -32768 - +32768

40304 0x03 Calibration factor 04 RO -32768 - +32768
40305 0x03 Calibration factor Vca RO -32768 - +32768
40306 0x03 Calibration factor Vbc RO -32768 - +32768
40307 0x03 Calibration factor Vab RO -32768 - +32768
40308 0x03 Calibration factor IbHI RO -32768 - +32768
40309 0x03 Calibration factor Ic RO -32768 - +32768
40310 0x03 Calibration factor IcHI RO -32768 - +32768
40312 0x03 Power starts RO 0-65535
0-do nothing
1-Message Only
2-User 1 Out
3-User 2 Out
4-User 3 Out
40313 0x03 User input 1 action to take RO 5-User 4 Out
6-User 5 Out
7-User 6 Out
8-User 7 Out
9-User 8 Out
10-User 9 Out
40314 0x03 User input 2 action to take RO Same as 40313
40322 0x03 User input 1 debounce time RO 2-99

40331 0x03 User input 1 pump room audible RO BOOL

40340 0x03 User input 1 pump room alarm RO BOOL

40349 0x03 User input 1 ON message ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII

Function
Code(s)

Function
Code(s)

40429-40438 Undefined Register
40439 0x03 User input ON message ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII

40449 0x03 User input 1 OFF message ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII
Function
Code(s)
40539 0x03 User input OFF message ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII
40549 0x03 Service message line 1 ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII
Function
Code(s)

40569 0x03 User input enabled RO BOOL
40570 0x03 User input debounce time RO 2-99
40572 0x03 User input alarm RO BOOL
40573 0x03 Service due enabled RO BOOL
40574 0x03 Service due month RO 1-12
40575 0x03 Service due day RO 1-31
40576 0x03 Service due reset RO BOOL


40705 0x03 Cycle count last hour RO 0 - 65535
40706 0x03 Cycle count last day RO 0 - 65535
40707 0x03 Cycle count last month (30-day period) RO 0.0 – 6553.5
40708 0x03 Cycle count average per hour (in tenths) RO 0.0 – 6553.5
40709 0x03 Cycle count average per day (in tenths) RO 0.0 – 6553.5
Cycle count average per month (30-day period) (in
40710 0x03 RO 0.0 – 6553.5
tenths)
40711 0x03 Cycle count per user-defined interval RO 0 - 65535
40712 0x03 Test Mode health flags (upper 16 bits) RO 0 - 65535
40713 0x03 Test Mode health flags (lower 16 bits) RO 0 - 65535
40714 0x03 Reserved RO

Jockey controller event message descriptions corresponding to event ID

Numeric IDs defined in the current release will retain their meanings in later releases. As additional features are
added and events defined, this list may expand; therefore user applications should treat unspecified IDs as
“unknown” rather than hard errors. This list may include numeric IDs which do not apply to a specific
installation due to feature set (particularly optional features).
ID Event message description ID Event message description ID Event message description

1 Pump Running 38 Reserved 75 Reserved
2 Pump Stopped 39 Reserved 76 Reserved
3 Low Clock Battery 40 Reserved 77 Reserved
4 Fail to Start 41 Reserved 78 Reserved
5 Fail to Start Noted 42 Reserved 79 Pressure Log
6 Call to Start 43 Reserved 80 Pressure Log Run
7 Reserved 44 Reserved 81 Database Clear
8 Reserved 45 Reserved 82 System Reset
9 Reserved 46 Reserved 83 Reserved
11 Reserved 48 User 1 On 85 Data Log Cleared
12 Reserved 49 User 1 Off 86 Clock Set Entered
13 Reserved 50 User 2 On 87 Clock Set Complete
14 Phase Failure 51 User 2 Off 88 Reserved
15 Phase Reversal 52 User 3 On 89 Reserved
16 Reserved 53 User 3 Off 90 Reserved
17 Motor Overload 54 User 4 On 91 Reserved
19 Reserved 56 User 5 On 93 Reserved
27 Motor Normal 64 User 9 On 101 Reserved
28 Interlock On 65 User 9 Off 102 Reserved
29 Interlock Off 66 Reserved 103 Reserved
32 Low Pressure 69 Reserved 106 Parameters Reset
33 Normal Pressure 70 Reserved 107 Passwords Reset
34 Reserved 71 Pressure Fail 108 Service due – line 1 message
35 Reserved 72 Pressure in range 109 Service Due Reset
116 Automatic Start 159 Reserved 202 Reserved
117 Automatic Start Clear 160 Reserved 203 Reserved
130 Main Switch Off 173 Reserved 216 Reserved
131 Main Switch Auto 174 Daylight Savings 217 Reserved
132 Main Switch Manual 175 Service due – line 2 message 218 Reserved
133 System Overpressure 176 Reserved 219 Reserved
134 System Pressure OK 177 Reserved 220 Reserved
137 Reserved 180 Mode Off OFF 223 Reserved
138 Reserved 181 Mode Auto OFF 224 Service Due line 3
139 Reserved 182 Mode Manual OFF 225 Service Due line 4
140 Reserved 183 Reserved
150 Reserved 193 New firmware load
151 Auto start Input Off 194 New firmware detected
153 Pressure Delta 196 Reserved
154 1CR 197 Reserved

Firetrol Mark II XG Electric VFD Fire Pump Controller
for software release 826529-0034
This document describes the Modbus communications  Error Check (CRC) Field
protocol as an optional function supported by the
The maximum number of bytes contained within one
Firetrol Mark II XG Electric Fire Pump Controller. It
packet of communications is 64.
includes instructions on how to activate this Option
and establish communication with the Electric Fire Device Address Field This is the first byte of
Pump Controller via the network. each Modbus RTU transmission. The device
Modbus Protocol for the Electric Fire Pump Controller.
Function Code Field This is a second byte of
Implementation Basics each transmission and represents the commanded
The Electric Fire Pump Controller supports the action to the slave device (for queries from the
Modbus protocol via the TTL port to RS-485 or master) or the action that was taken by the slave
Ethernet communication network, where it functions device (for responses from the slave). Codes
as a slave device. The RS-485 medium is a multi-drop between 1 and 127 are defined as Modbus RTU
standard, which allows for multiple slave devices on a functions. Presently, 2 functions are supported:
single loop. In order to use communication 1. Function #3. - Read Holding Registers.
functionality, the user needs to have the Option 2. Function #6. - Preset Single Register.
installed in the factory or order the hardware
connectivity kit and Option activation as an add-on. These function codes are detailed in the Supported
Function Codes section.
Hardware, Option activation requirements
The Electric Fire Pump Controller Modbus depending on whether the message is a request or
communication via the TTL port is available as a response packet. This field typically contains
optional package. For those don’t have this option pre- information required by the slave device to
installed, they will need to contact the factory. perform the command specified in a request
Option activation:
The option activation is done through the Electric Fire
Pump Controller GUI by a factory authorized Rep. Error Check Field The Error Check Field
only. User can setup the parameters by following the consists of a 16 bit Cyclical Redundancy Check
procedures below: (CRC16). It allows the receiving device to detect a
Modbus Slave
address and baud rate as desired. The default values Packet Framing and Timing
are address 1 and 19200 baud rate. The Modbus RTU protocol does not define any
 Baud rate selection range: from 1200 to 115200 explicit packet synchronization bytes. Synchronization
for Serial hardware package. 9600 and 19200 is accomplished implicitly with the use of silent
for Ethernet hardware package (restricted by intervals. According to the Modbus RTU standard, all
connectivity module) master messages must start with a silent interval of at
 Address setting range: from 1- 247 least 3.5 character times. This means that every byte
within a packet must precede the next byte by fewer
Modbus RTU Packet Format than 3.5 character times based on the baud rate. And
preceded it.
 Device Address Field
 Function Code Field
 Data Field
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 1 381339-301 E
Firetrol Mark II XG Electric VFD Fire Pump Controller (Release 32) Modbus Communications Protocol
CRC-16 Algorithm FOR Y = 1 to 8
BEGIN
Procedure The algorithm essentially treats the entire IF [(the least-significant-bit of CRC16REG) = 1] THEN
data packet (less the start, stop, and, if used, parity SHIFT CRC16REG one bit to the RIGHT
bits) as one continuous binary number. Since we are OTHERWISE
the generator polynomial. In the case of the Modbus NEXT Y
END
CRC checksum, when divided by the same Generator
CRC-16 C Programming Language Example:
Polynomial at the receiver, will give a zero remainder
CRC16_checksum is a C language function that
if no transmission errors have occurred.
calculates and returns the 16-bit CRC checksum of a
The steps for generating the 16-bit CRC checksum
following four parameters are passed as part of the
are as follows:
function:
FFFF hex. 2. length of string (in bytes)
hex. Otherwise, just shift the 16-bit CRC register to unsigned int CRC = 0xFFFF;
unsigned int GenPoly = 0xA001;
4. Repeat step 3 until eight right shifts have been While (Length--) { /* for each data byte in string */
5. Exclusive OR the 16-bit CRC register with the next data byte */
6. Repeat steps 3-5 until all the bytes of the data packet If ((CRC & 0x0001) == 1) CRC = (CRC >> 1) ^ Genpoly;
Else (CRC = CRC >> 1);
7. The 16-bit CRC register contains the new checksum } /* for statement */
} /* while statement */
}
CRC-16 Pseudocode: Below is the pseudocode for
send the ASCII string “ASCO”. Using an ASCII
generating the 16-bit CRC checksum. XOR is the
character look-up table, we have the following
Exclusive-OR function:
hexadecimal codes for each of the ASCO letters:
CRC16REG = FFFF hex
GENPOLY = A001 hex A = 0x41 S = 0x53
C = 0x43 O = 0x4F
CRC16_checksum((unsigned char *)“ASCO”, 4)
or




or
“\x41\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”, 4)


checksum as:

or

packet.

Function # 03 (03h) – Read Holding Registers about the data register definitions of the Electric Fire
Pump Controller.
more consecutive data registers from the Electric Fire The following example shows the format of a
Pump Controller. The data registers are always 16 bit transmission between a client device and the
(two byte) values, transmitted high order byte first. responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
Refer to the Register Map for details about the data The client desires to set the Selected Event register
register definitions of the Electric Fire Pump 40159 to a data value 5 (05 hexadecimal).
Controller. Master Transmission
The following example shows the format of a Packet Format Example (in hex)
transmission between a master client device and the Slave address 01
responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at address 1. Function code 06
The master desires to read the Timestamp, beginning Data starting address (low byte) 9E
at Holding register location 40004 (which is a “Data Set Data (high byte) 00
starting address” of 3 decimal or 03 hexadecimal). Set Data (low byte) 05
CRC16 (low byte) 28
Master Transmission CRC16 (high byte) 27
Slave address 01
Electric Fire Pump Controller Response
Function code 03 Packet Format Example (in hex)
Data starting address (high byte) 00 Slave address 01
Data starting address (low byte) 03 Function code 06
Number of registers (high byte) 00 Data starting address (high byte) 00
Number of registers (low byte) 06 Data starting address (low byte) 9E
CRC16 (low byte) 35 Data (high byte) 00
CRC16 (high byte) C8 Data (low byte) 05
CRC16 (low byte) 28
Slave address 01
Function code 03 Function # 16 (10h) – Preset Multiple Registers
Byte count 0C This function currently is not supported.
Data word #2 (high byte) 00 Exception Responses
Data word #3 (high byte) 00 If the Modbus master device sends an unsupported
Data word #3 (low byte) 25 command, attempts to read an invalid holding register,
Data word #4 (high byte) 00 or attempts to write invalid data, the Electric Fire
Pump Controller issues an exception response. The
Data word #5 (low byte) 08 format for the exception response is as follows:
Data word #6 (high byte) 00 1. SLAVE ADDRESS
Data word #6 (low byte) 0A 2. FUNCTION CODE*
CRC16 (low byte) 8E (with the most-significant-bit set to a 1)
CRC16 (high byte) B7 3. ERROR CODE
4. CRC16 – low order byte
Function # 06 (06h) – Preset Single Register 5. CRC16 – high order byte
* Note the high order bit of the function code has
This function code allows the master device to modify been set to one to indicate an exception response
the contents of a single configuration register within has been generated.
the Electric Fire Pump Controller. The data registers
are always 16 bit (two byte) values, transmitted high
supported by the Electric Fire Pump Controller.
order byte first. Refer to the Register Map for details
Error Error Electric Fire Pump Controller Electric Fire Pump Response
Illegal data
value
Negative
Acknowledge

the responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at
address 1. The client device attempts to write an
invalid data value 3100 (0C1C hexadecimal) to the
Selected Event register 40159 (9E hexadecimal). The
Fire Pump Controller responds with Error code 03.
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 0C
Data (low byte) 1C
CRC16 (low byte) EC

Slave address 01
Function code 86
Error code 03
CRC16 (low byte) 02

responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
The master device attempts to write to an invalid
address, 40141 (8C hexadecimal). The Electric Fire
Pump Controller responds with Error code 02.
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 06
CRC16 (low byte) C8
Register Map
The following table describes the mapping of the registers defined in the Modbus protocol within the Electric Fire
Pump Controller.
Electric Fire Pump Controller Modbus Register Map Table
Notes including a release number, e.g. “Rel. 30”, mean that the register number was introduced in that release, is
Function
Code(s)
40003 0x03
D0 Power Available LED RO BOOL
D1 Alarm LED RO BOOL
D2 Low Pressure LED RO BOOL
D3 Phase Reversal LED RO BOOL
0-Phase Failure,
D4 Phase Failure LED RO
1-Not Phase Fail.
0-Deluge Open,
D5 Deluge Open LED RO
1-Delug. Not Open
D6 Interlock LED RO BOOL
Pump Running LED
D7 RO BOOL
(Motor On and Current > 0.2 * FLA)
D8 -
Undefined Bits
D15
40004 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Hour Hr RO 0 – 23

40005 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Minute Min RO 0 – 59
40006 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Second Sec RO 0 – 59
40007 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Month Month RO 1 – 12
40008 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Day Day RO 1 – 31
40009 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40011 0x03 Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40012 0x03 Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40013 0x03 Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40014 0x03 Ia A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40015 0x03 Ib A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40016 0x03 Ic A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40017 0x03 Frequency Hz RO 0 - 1000 0.1*Raw
D2 -
Undefined Bits
D15
40019 0x03 Min Start Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40020 0x03 Min Start Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40021 0x03 Min Start Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40022 0x03 Max Start Ia A RO 0 - 30000 0.1*Raw
40023 0x03 Max Start Ib A RO 0 - 30000 0.1*Raw
40024 0x03 Max Start Ic A RO 0 - 30000 0.1*Raw
40025 0x03
D8 Input 9 – Tester input RO BOOL
D9 Input 10 – Auto Start RO BOOL
D10 Input 11 – Manual test pushbutton RO BOOL
Function
Code(s)
D11 Input 12 – AC control voltage present RO BOOL

D12 Input 13 – Transfer load disconnect RO BOOL
D13 Input 14 – Emergency isolating switch RO BOOL
D14 Input 15 –Transfer to emergency input RO BOOL
D15 Input 16 – Soft starter over temp. input RO BOOL
40026 0x03
D0 Input 17 – Soft starter full speed input RO BOOL
D1 Input 18 – Motor acceleration RO BOOL
D2 Input 19 – Deluge open input RO BOOL
D3 Input 20 – Interlock input RO BOOL
D4 Input 21 – Manual stop input RO BOOL
D5 Input 22 – Emergency run input RO BOOL
D6 Input 23 – Remote start RO BOOL
D7 Input 24 – Local start RO BOOL
D8-
Undefined bits RO BOOL
D15
40027 0x03
D1 Output 2 – Motor run secondary (2CR) RO BOOL
D2 Output 3 – Audible alarm output RO BOOL
D3 Output 4 – Common alarm output RO BOOL
D12 Output 13 – Test solenoid output RO BOOL
D13 Output 14 – Phase reversal output RO BOOL
D14 Output 15 - Phase reversal output RO BOOL
D15 Output 16 – Phase failure output (NC) RO BOOL

40034 0x03 Off Delay Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40036 0x03 Motor Elapsed Time Off Delay Sec RO 0 -60000
40037 0x03 Motor Acceleration Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 60
40038 0x03 Motor Acceleration Count Down Sec RO 0 - 60
40039 0x03 Load Shed Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 60
40040 0x03 Load Shed Count Down Sec RO 0 - 60
40041 0x03 Series Pumping Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 60
40042 0x03 Series Pumping Count Down Sec RO 0 - 60
40043-40044 Undefined

Data Logging
Function
Code(s)


40068 0x03 Last LR Trip Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40069 0x03 Last LR Trip Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40070 0x03 Last LR Trip Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40071 0x03 Last LR Trip Month Month RO 1 - 12
40072 0x03 Last LR Trip Day Day RO 1 - 31
40073 0x03 Last LR Trip Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40074 0x03 Minimum Run Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw

40075 0x03 Minimum Run Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40076 0x03 Minimum Run Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40077 0x03 Maximum Run Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40078 0x03 Maximum Run Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40079 0x03 Maximum Run Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40080 0x03 Minimum Frequency Hz RO 0 - 1000 0.1 * Raw
40081 0x03 Maximum Frequency Hz RO 0 - 1000 0.1 * Raw
40084 0x03 Engine Calls to Start RO 0 - 10000

40093 0x03 Max Run Ia A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw

40094 0x03 Max Run Ib A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40095 0x03 Max Run Ic A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40096 0x03 Last LR Trip Ia A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40097 0x03 Last LR Trip Ib A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40098 0x03 Last LR Trip Ic A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw

Function
Code(s)

40122 0x03 CT Ratio RO 0 - 29999
40123 0x03 Horse Power RO 0 - 29999
40124 0x03 Under Voltage V RO 0 - 9000
40125 0x03 Over Voltage V RO 0 - 9000
40126 0x03 Voltage Imbalance % RO 0 - 100
40127 0x03 Frequency Low Limit Hz RO 0 - 70
40128 0x03 Frequency High Limit Hz RO 0 - 70
40129 0x03 Motor Current Overload (1.5 * FLA) A RO 0 - 29999
40131 0x03 System Voltage V RO 0 - 10000
40132 0x03 System Frequency Hz RO 500-600 Hz
40133 0x03 Motor FLA A RO 0 - 29999
0 - Single Phase,
1 - 3 Phase
40135 Undefined
0 - Disabled,
1 - Enabled
0 - psi,
2 - kPA
0 - Off,
40138 0x03 Low Suction Control RO 1 - Alarm,
2 - Shutdown
0 - Suction,
40139 0x03 Low Suction Input RO
1 - level
40140 0x03 Low Suction Delay Sec RO 0 - 255
0 - Auto,
40141 0x03 Low Suction Reset RO
1 - Manual
0 - Off,
1 - Hourly
40144 undefined
0 – 6,
Day of
40145 0x03 Weekly Test Day RO Sunday = 0,
Week
Monday = 1, etc
40146 0x03 Weekly Test Run Interval Min RO 0 - 255
40147 0x03 Weekly Test Week Interval Week RO 0-5
0 = normal Rel34
40148 0x03 VFD Bypass Switch Position RO
1 = bypass
0 = not ready Rel34
40149 0x03 VFD Drive Ready Status bool RO
1 = ready
0 = off / sleep Rel34
40150 0x03 VFD power contactors energized bool RO
1 = powered
0 = off Rel34
40151 0x03 VFD soft start command (controller output) bool RO
1 = active run
0 = VFD active Rel34
40152 0x03 VFD Bypass (controller has bypassed the VFD) bool RO
1 = Bypass
40153 0x03 VFD Bypass 1CR (attempting to run without VFD) bool RO Rel34
40155 0x03 VFD Overpressure (overpressure alarm is active) bool RO Rel34
40156 0x03 VFD Failure (VFD Failure state and output) bool RO Rel34
40157 0x03 VFD Maximum Current Permitted A RO 0 – rating of VFD Rel34
Event Logging
0x03
0x06

Function
Code(s)

40165 0x03 Event Day RO 1 - 31
40166 0x03 Event Year RO 1700 - 3000
THIS IS THE END OF MARK 2 MODBUS LIST. All subsequent fields are XG only
40171 0x03 Minimum idle voltage Vab V RO 0 - 1000

40172 0x03 Minimum idle voltage Vbc V RO 0 - 1000
40173 0x03 Minimum idle voltage Vca V RO 0 - 1000
40174 0x03 Maximum idle voltage Vab V RO 0 - 1000
40175 0x03 Maximum idle voltage Vbc V RO 0 - 1000
40176 0x03 Maximum idle voltage Vca V RO 0 - 1000

40177 0x03
D2 LED 3-Transfer Switch Normal RO BOOL
D3 LED 4-Transfer Switch Emergency RO BOOL
1-Phase Failure,
D4 LED 5-System Pressure Low RO
0-Not Phase Fail.
1-Deluge Open,
0-Delug. Not Open
D6 LED 7-Deluge Open RO BOOL
D7 LED 8-Remote Start RO BOOL
D8 LED 9-Interlock On RO BOOL
D9 LED 10-Fail to Start RO BOOL
D10 LED 11-Motor Overload RO BOOL
D11 LED 12-Emergency ISO Switch Off RO BOOL
D12 LED 13-Phase Failure RO BOOL
D13 LED 14-Phase Reversal RO BOOL
D14 LED 15-System Overpressure RO BOOL
D15 LED 16-OverVoltage RO BOOL
40178 0x03 D0 LED 17-Under Voltage RO BOOL
D1-
Undefined
D15

40199 0x03 Weekly test start time Hour Hr RO 0 - 23
40200 0x03 Weekly test start time Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40201 0x03 Weekly test week counter RO 0-5
40203 0x03 Voltage Min limit enabled RO BOOL
40204 0x03 Voltage Max limit enabled RO BOOL

Function
Code(s)
40205 0x03 Frequency Min Limit enabled RO BOOL

40206 0x03 Frequency Max limit enabled RO BOOL
40209 0x03
D0 Output 17 – Shunt trip normal RO BOOL
D1 Output 18 – Shunt trip emergency RO BOOL
D2-
Undefined
D15

40242-40256 Undefined registers. Reserved for options

40262 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw

40263 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40264 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40265 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Ia A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40266 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Ib A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40267 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Ic A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40268 0x03 ADEMDR00 RO 0 - 65535

40269 0x03 ADEMDR01 RO 0 - 65535
40270 0x03 ADEMDR02 RO 0 - 65535
40271 0x03 ADEMDR03 RO 0 - 65535
40272 0x03 ADEMDR04 RO 0 - 65535
40273 0x03 ADEMDR05 RO 0 - 65535
40274 0x03 ADEMDR06 RO 0 - 65535
40275 0x03 ADEMDR07 RO 0 - 65535
40276 0x03 ADEMDR08 RO 0 - 65535
40277 0x03 ADEMDR09 RO 0 - 65535
40278 0x03 ADEMDR10 RO 0 - 65535
40279 0x03 ADEMDR11 RO 0 - 65535
0 – Disabled
1 – EN Low Zone
40280 0x03 Opt. EL EM EN Series Pumping Enable RO
2 – EL High Zone
3 – EM Mid Zone
0 – inactive
40281 0x03 Opt. EL EM EN Series Pumping User Input RO
1-8 User Input
40282 0x03 Opt. EL EM EN Series Pumping Normally Connected RO BOOL
0 – inactive
40283 0x03 Opt. EL EM EN Series Pumping User Output RO
1-8 User Output
40284 0x03 Opt. EL EM EN Series Pumping RESERVED RO
40285-40299 Undefined registers.


Function
Code(s)

0-do nothing
1-Message Only
2-User 1 Out
3-User 2 Out
4-User 3 Out
6-User 5 Out
7-User 6 Out
8-User 7 Out
9-User 8 Out
10-User 9 Out

Function
Code(s)

Function
Code(s)

Function
Code(s)
Function
Code(s)

0 = disabled
40577 0x03 VFD Type RO 1 = Control Rel34
Techniques
40578 0x03 VFD Communications Fault bool RO BOOL Rel34
40579 0x03 VFD Parameter Fault (parameter is not set as desired) bool RO BOOL Rel34
0 = off
1 Terminal PID
40580 0x03 VFD Diagnostics RO Rel34
2 Terminal NoPID
3 = Keypad
40581 0x03 VFD Rated RPM 1/min RO 0 - 65535 Rel34
40582 0x03 VFD Set Pressure PSI RO 0 - 600 Rel34
40583 0x03 VFD Set Pressure Band PSI RO dependent Rel34
40584 0x03 VFD P-gain 0.1 RO Rel34
40585 0x03 VFD I-gain 0.1 RO Rel34
40586 0x03 VFD (reserved) RO Rel34
40587 0x03 VFD Acceleration Time sec RO Rel34
40588 0x03 VFD Deceleration Time sec RO Rel34
40569 0x03 VFD Bypass Timer Enabled bool RO BOOL Rel34
40590 0x03 VFD Bypass Timer Delay sec RO Rel34
40591 0x03 VFD Metering Trip Fault Code RO Rel34
40592 0x03 VFD Metering Pressure PSI RO Rel34
40593 0x03 VFD Metering RPM 1/min RO Rel34
40594 0x03 VFD Metering PID error percentage 0.01% RO -32767 to +32767 Rel34 Signed
40595 0x03 VFD Metering Current (high portion for dual system) amp RO high part of 32-bit Rel34 Unsigned
40596 0x03 VFD Metering Current (low portion of 32-bit value) amp RO 0 – 65535 Rel34 Unsigned
40597 0x03 VFD Pause Time – Length of ½ speed sincerity test sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40598 0x03 VFD Shutdown Reboot Time – from bypass to normal sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40599 0x03 VFD Soft Starter Bypass time sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40600 0x03 VFD Set Pressure Validation Time sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40601 0x03 VFD Stopping Time sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40602 0x03 VFD Sleep Time – time before automatic VFD poweroff sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40603 0x03 VFD Failure Timeout sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
VFD Wakeup Time – time o allow for VFD Ready after
405604 0x03 sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
powerup
40605-40676 Undefined registers
40677 0x03 Service message line 3 ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII Rel. 30

Function
Code(s)

Electric controller event message descriptions corresponding to event ID

1 Pump Running 52 User 3 On 103 Load Restored
2 Pump Stopped 53 User 3 Off 104 Weekly Test Running
3 Low Clock Battery 54 User 4 On 105 Weekly Test Done
4 Fail to Start 55 User 4 Off 106 Parameters Reset
5 Fail to Start Noted 56 User 5 On 107 Passwords Reset
6 Call to Start 57 User 5 Off 108 Service due – line 1 message
7 Locked Rotor Trip 58 User 6 On 109 Service Due Reset
8 Rotor Trip Clear 59 User 6 Off 110 Target Alarm
9 Over Voltage 60 User 7 On 111 Target Alarm Clear
10 Over Frequency 61 User 7 Off 112 City Water Press LOW
11 Under Voltage 62 User 8 On 113 City Water Press OK
12 Under Frequency 63 User 8 Off 114 Low Suction Level
13 Voltage Imbalance 64 User 9 On 115 Suction Level OK
14 Phase Failure 65 User 9 Off 116 Automatic Start
15 Phase Reversal 66 Emergency Switch On 117 Automatic Start Clear
16 Current > 320% FLA 67 Emergency Switch Off 118 Calibration Error
17 Motor Overload 68 Over temp Bypass 119 Cal. Error Cleared
18 Battery Normal 69 Over temp Normal 120 Test In Progress
19 Nominal Voltage 70 Motor Start Checked 121 Test Completed
20 Nominal Voltage 71 Pressure Fail 122 Jockey Pump Running
21 Voltage Balanced 72 Pressure in range 123 Jockey Pump Off
22 Nominal Frequency 73 Reserved 124 Jockey Pump Trouble
23 Nominal Frequency 74 Reserved 125 Jockey Pump OK
24 Phase Nominal 75 USB drive near full 126 Emergency Stop
25 Phase Sequence 76 USB drive has space 127 Emergency Stop Released
26 Nominal Current 77 USB drive error 128 Factory Mode
27 Motor Normal 78 USB drive OK 129 VFD Bypass
28 Interlock On 79 Pressure Log 130 VFD Active
29 Interlock Off 80 Pressure Log Run 131 VFD Failure
30 Deluge Open 81 Database Clear 132 VFD Failure Clear
31 Deluge Closed 82 System Reset 133 System Overpressure
32 Low Pressure 83 Disk Dump 134 System Pressure OK
33 Normal Pressure 84 Disk Dump Clear 135 VFD Drive Diagnostics On
34 Manual Stop Button 85 Data Log Cleared 136 VFD Drive Diagnostics Off
35 Manual Stop Released 86 Clock Set Entered 137 Weekly Test Due
36 Power Transferred 87 Clock Set Complete 138 Weekly Test Due Clear
37 Power Re-transferred 88 Low Suction Pressure 139 Softstarter fault
38 Control Voltage OK 89 Suction Pressure OK 140 Softstarter Ok
39 No Control Voltage 90 Reservoir Low 141 Log softstarter fault
40 Load Disconnect 91 Reservoir OK 142 Log VFD failure
41 Load Reconnect 92 Low Pump Room Temp 143 VFD Ready
42 Local Start Input 93 Pump Room Temp. OK 144 VFD Not Ready
43 Local Start Clear 94 Pump Room Trouble 145 Shunt trip normal
44 Remote Start Input 95 Pump Room Normal 146 Shunt trip emergency
45 Remote Start Clear 96 Min Start Volts 147 Flow meter On
46 Emergency Run On 97 Max Start Current 148 Flow meter Off
47 Emergency Run Off 98 Zone Enabled 149 Low Pressure Sensor
48 User 1 On 99 Zone Disabled 150 Auto start Input
49 User 1 Off 100 Zone Call To Start 151 Auto start Input Off
50 User 2 On 101 Zone Start Done 152 Reserved
51 User 2 Off 102 Load Shed 153 Pressure Delta
154 1CR 182 Reserved 210 Reserved
155 2CR 183 Duty pump 211 Reserved
156 Reserved 184 Standby pump 212 Reserved
157 USB Drive Found 185 Unit available 213 Reserved
158 USB Drive Access 186 Unit not available 214 DSS PARAM fault
159 USB Open 187 Dump valve On 215 DSS PARAM Clear
160 USB Open Failed 188 Dump valve Off 216 VFD PARAM fault
161 USB Writing 189 Shutdown activated 217 VFD PARAM Clear
162 USB closed 190 Shutdown released 218 Manual Test Input
163 Reserved 191 User input On 219 Manual Test Clear
164 Reserved 192 User input Off 220 Reserved
165 Reserved 193 New firmware load 221 Reserved
166 Reserved 194 New firmware detected 222 Reserved
167 Test Button 195 DSS COMM fault 223 Reserved
168 Test Failed 196 DSS COMM Ok 224 Service Due line 3
169 Test Override 197 VFD COMM fault 225 Service Due line 4
170 Auto Shutdown Disabled 198 VFD COMM OK 226 VFD Sleep (power off)
171 Auto Shutdown Enabled 199 Relief valve open electric 227 VFD Wakeup (power on)
172 Manual Start 200 Relief valve open OFF electric 228
173 Reserved 201 DSS UTS too slow 229
174 Daylight Savings 202 Reserved 230
175 Service due – line 2 message 203 Reserved

Firetrol Mark II XG Diesel Fire Pump Controller
Firetrol Mark II XG Diesel Fire Pump Controller. It
and establish communication with the Diesel Fire Device Address Field This is the first byte of
Modbus Protocol for the Diesel Fire Pump Controller.
The Diesel Fire Pump Controller supports the Modbus action to the slave device (for queries from the
protocol via the TTL port to an RS-485 or Ethernet master) or the action that was taken by the slave
communication network, where it functions as a slave device (for responses from the slave). Codes
device. The RS-485 medium is a multi-drop standard, between 1 and 127 are defined as Modbus RTU
which allows for multiple slave devices on a single functions. Presently, 2 functions are supported:
loop. In order to use communication functionality, the 1. Function #3. - Read Holding Registers.
user needs to have the Option installed in the factory 2. Function #6. - Preset Single Register.
or order the hardware connectivity kit and Option
activation as an add-on. These function codes are detailed in the Supported
Data Field The Data Field varies in length
The Diesel Fire Pump Controller Modbus depending on whether the message is a request or
communication via the TTL port is available as an a response packet. This field typically contains
Option activation:
The option activation is done through the Diesel Fire
Modbus Slave
preceded it.
 Data Field
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 11 381339-300 C
Firetrol Mark II XG Diesel Fire Pump Controller Modbus Communications Protocol
BEGIN
END
are as follows:
function:
}
CRC16REG = FFFF hex
C = 0x43 O = 0x4F
or




or
“\x41\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”, 4)


checksum as:

or

packet.

Function # 03 (03h) – Read Holding Registers about the data register definitions of the Diesel Fire
Pump Controller.
more consecutive data registers from the Diesel Fire The following example shows the format of a
(two byte) values, transmitted high order byte first. responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
register definitions of the Diesel Fire Pump Controller. 40077 to a data value 5 (05 hexadecimal).
responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address 1. Slave address 01
The master desires to read the Timestamp (time & Function code 06
date), beginning at Holding register location 40004 Data starting address (low byte) 4C
(which is a “Data starting address” of 3 decimal or 03 Set Data (high byte) 00
hexadecimal). Set Data (low byte) 05
CRC16 (low byte) 88
Master Transmission CRC16 (high byte) 1E
Slave address 01
Diesel Fire Pump Controller Response
Number of registers (low byte) 06 Data starting address (low byte) 4C
CRC16 (low byte) 88
CRC16 (high byte) 1E
Slave address 01
Data word #4 (high byte) 00 or attempts to write invalid data, the Diesel Fire Pump
Controller issues an exception response. The format
Data word #5 (low byte) 08 for the exception response is as follows:
Function # 06 (06h) – Preset Single Register * Note the high order bit of the function code has
the Diesel Fire Pump Controller. The data registers The following table is a list of the exception codes
are always 16 bit (two byte) values, transmitted high supported by the Diesel Fire Pump Controller.
Error Error Diesel Fire Pump Controller Diesel Fire Pump Response
The slave does not support the
Illegal data
value
Negative
Acknowledge

the responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address
1. The client device attempts to write an invalid data
register 40077 (4C hexadecimal). The Diesel Fire
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 0C
Data (low byte) 1C
CRC16 (low byte) 4C
CRC16 (high byte) D4

Slave address 01
Function code 86
Error code 03
CRC16 (low byte) 02

responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
address, 40141 (8C hexadecimal). The Diesel Fire
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 06
CRC16 (low byte) C8
Register Map
The following table describes the mapping of the registers defined in the Modbus protocol within the Diesel Fire
Pump Controller.
Diesel Fire Pump Controller Modbus Register Map Table
Function
Code(s)
40004 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Hour Hr RO 0 – 23

40005 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Minute Min RO 0 – 59
40006 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Second Sec RO 0 – 59
40007 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Month Month RO 1 – 12
40008 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Day Day RO 1 – 31
40009 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40010 0x03 D0 Main Switch in Auto LED RO BOOL

D2 Engine Fail To Start LED RO BOOL
D3 Charger Malfunction LED RO BOOL
D4 Battery 1 Trouble LED RO BOOL
D6 System Pressure Low LED RO BOOL
D7 Engine Running LED RO BOOL
D8 Engine Temperature High LED RO BOOL
D9 Engine Oil Pressure Low LED RO BOOL
D10 Engine Over speed LED RO BOOL
D11 Low Fuel Level LED RO BOOL
D12 –
Undefined bits
D15
40011 0x03 Battery 1 Volts V RO 0 - 5000 0.01 * Raw

40012 0x03 Battery 1 Charger Current A RO 0 - 1500 0.01 * Raw
40013 0x03 Battery 1 Malfunction RO > 0 - malf, 0 - OK
40014 0x03 Battery 1 AC Volts V RO 0 - 3000
40019 0x03 D0 Input 1 - User 1 RO BOOL

D9 Input 10 – Crank 1 RO BOOL
D10 Input 11 - Crank 2 RO BOOL
D11 Input 12 – Manual stop RO BOOL
D12 Input 13 - Manual mode RO BOOL
D13 Input 14 - Off RO BOOL
D14 Input 15 – Auto mode RO BOOL
40020 0x03 D0 Input 17 - Remote Start RO BOOL

D1 Input 18 - Remote Interlock RO BOOL
D2 Input 19 - Deluge Valve Open RO BOOL
D3 Input 20 - Engine Running RO BOOL
Function
Code(s)
D4 Input 21 - Engine Over-speed RO BOOL

D5 Input 22 - Engine Temperature High RO BOOL
D6 Input 23 - Engine Oil Pressure Low RO BOOL
D7 Input 24 - Low System Pressure Switch RO BOOL
D8-
Undefined Bits
D15
40021 0x03 D0-D7 Undefined RO BOOL

D8 Input 25 – Low fuel RO BOOL
D9 Input 26 – High fuel RO BOOL
D10 Input 27 – Low pump room temp RO BOOL
D11 Input 28 – High reservoir level RO BOOL
D12 Input 29 – Low reservoir level RO BOOL
D13 Input 30 – Relief Valve open RO BOOL
D14 Input 31 – Spare RO BOOL
D15 Input 32 – Control voltage RO BOOL
40022 0x03 D0 Output 1 - Crank 1 RO BOOL

D1 Output 2 - Crank 2 RO BOOL
D2 Output 3 - Audible Alarm RO BOOL
D3 Output 4 - Common Alarm RO BOOL
D12 Output 13 - Test Solenoid RO BOOL
D13 Output 14 - Engine Running RO BOOL
D14 Output 15 - Engine Over-speed RO BOOL
D15 Output 16 - CPU Failure RO BOOL
40023 0x03 D0 Output 17 - Fuel Valve RO BOOL

D1 Output 18 - Not In Auto RO BOOL
D2 Output 19 - Engine Trouble RO BOOL
D3 Output 20 - Common Pump Room Trouble RO BOOL
D4 Output 21 - Engine Temp High RO BOOL
D5 Output 22 - Engine Oil Pressure Low RO BOOL
D6 Output 23 - Fail To Start RO BOOL
D7 Output 24 - Spare RO BOOL
D8-
Undefined Bits
D15

40027 0x03 On Delay Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40029 0x03 Minimum Run Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40030 0x03 Off Delay Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40031 0x03 Motor Elapsed Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
40034 0x03 Motor Crank Timer RO 0 - 100
Data Logging
40035 0x03 Last Engine Start Hour Hr RO 0 - 23
40036 0x03 Last Engine Start Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40037 0x03 Last Engine Start Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40038 0x03 Last Engine Start Month RO 1 - 12
40039 0x03 Last Engine Start Day RO 1 - 31

Function
Code(s)
40040 0x03 Last Engine Start Year RO 1700 - 3000
40041 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40042 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40043 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40044 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Month RO 1 - 12
40045 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Day RO 1 - 31
40046 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Year RO 1700 - 3000
40047 0x03 Last Charger Failure Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40048 0x03 Last Charger Failure Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40049 0x03 Last Charger Failure Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40050 0x03 Last Charger Failure Month RO 1 - 12
40051 0x03 Last Charger Failure Day RO 1 - 31
40052 0x03 Last Charger Failure Year RO 1700 - 3000
40053 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40054 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40055 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40056 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Month RO 1 - 12
40057 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Day RO 1 - 31
40058 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Year RO 1700 - 3000
40059 0x03 Last Low Fuel Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40060 0x03 Last Low Fuel Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40061 0x03 Last Low Fuel Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40062 0x03 Last Low Fuel Month RO 1 - 12
40063 0x03 Last Low Fuel Day RO 1 - 31
40064 0x03 Last Low Fuel Year RO 1700 - 3000
40065 0x03 Minimum Battery 1 Voltage V RO 0 - 5000 0.01 * Raw

40066 0x03 Maximum Battery 1 Voltage V RO 0 - 5000 0.01 * Raw
40069 0x03 Minimum System Pressure PSI RO 0 - 6000 0.1 * Raw

40070 0x03 Maximum System Pressure PSI RO 0 - 6000 0.1 * Raw
40071 0x03 Calls To Start RO 0 - 50000
40072 0x03 Number Engine Starts RO 0 - 50000
40073 0x03 Last Engine Run Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
40074 0x03 Total Engine Run Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
40075 0x03 Total Unit Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
Event Logging
0x03
0x06
40078 0x03 Event ID (See Diesel event description table) RO 1-191
40083 0x03 Event Day RO 1 - 31
40084 0x03 Event Year RO 1700 - 3000
40085 0x03 Event value (Pressure value or error codes) PSI RO 0 - 65535
40086 0x03 Event Onscreen Buffer RO 0-255
40087 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Battery 1 Volts V RO 0 - 5000 0.01 * Raw
40088 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Battery 1 Charger Current A RO 0 - 1500 0.01 * Raw
40089 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Battery 1 AC Volts V RO 0 - 3000
40092 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Bttery 2 AC Volts V RO 0 - 3000

Function
Code(s)
40093 0x03 AC Power Loss Start Enable RO BOOL

40094 0x03 AC Power Loss Start Time Sec RO 5 - 300
10 – System
40095 Battery Trouble Volts RO 0.1*raw
voltage
40096 0x03 Over Pressure setting PSI RO 0 - 600
40097 0x03 AC Power Loss Restart Hours
40098 0x03 ECM FIM Delay Enable
40099 0x03 ECM FIM Delay Time
40100 0x03 Heat Soak High Temp Delay Enable
40101 0x03 Heat Soak High Temp Delay Time

40112 0x03 Model Number ASCII characters 1 and 2 RO ASCII

40114 0x03 Serial Number ASCII characters 1 and 2 RO ASCII
40122 0x03 Number of Events in Onscreen Buffer RO 0 - 255
40123 0x03 Alarm 1 RO

40124 0x03 Alarm 2 RO
40125 0x03 Alarm 3 RO
40126 0x03 Alarm 4 RO
40127 0x03 Alarm 5 RO
40128 0x03 Alarm 6 RO
40129 0x03 Alarm 7 RO
40130 0x03 Alarm 8 RO
40131 0x03 Alarm 9 RO
40135 0x03 Configuration Byte RO BOOL Match MarkII

D0 Undefined RO BOOL
D1 Reserved RO BOOL
D3 Reserved RO BOOL
Result same as
D4 Remote Start On Delay Enabled RO BOOL
register 40235
40136 0x03 Manual Stop Only RO BOOL

1 - PSI
40137 0x03 Pressure Units RO 2 – BAR
3 - kPA
0 - Off
40138 0x03 Low Suction Control RO 1 - Alarm
2 - Shutdown
40139 0x03 Low Suction Input RO 0 - Suction

Function
Code(s)
1 - Level
40140 0x03 Low Suction Delay Sec. RO 0 - 65535
0 - Auto
1 - Manual
40142 0x03 Pressure Recording Hourly Enable RO BOOL
40143 0x03 Pressure Recording Delta P PSI RO 9 - 50
40144 Undefined
Day of
40145 0x03 Weekly Test Day RO 0-6 0 - Sunday
Week
Minute
40146 0x03 Weekly Test Run Time RO 5, 30 - 60
s
40147 0x03 Weekly Test Week Interval Weeks RO 0-5
40148 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40149 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40150 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40151 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Month RO 1 - 12
40152 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Day RO 1 - 31
40153 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Year RO 1700 - 3000
40154 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40155 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40156 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40157 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Month RO 1 - 12
40158 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Day RO 1 - 31
40159 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Year RO 1700 - 3000
40160 0x03 ADEMDR00 RO 0 - 65535
40161 0x03 ADEMDR01 RO 0 - 65535
40162 0x03 ADEMDR02 RO 0 - 65535
40163 0x03 ADEMDR03 RO 0 - 65535
40164 0x03 ADEMDR04 RO 0 - 65535
40165 0x03 ADEMDR05 RO 0 - 65535
40166 0x03 ADEMDR06 RO 0 - 65535
40167 0x03 ADEMDR07 RO 0 - 65535
40168 0x03 ADEMDR08 RO 0 - 65535
40169 0x03 ADEMDR09 RO 0 - 65535
40170 0x03 ADEMDR10 RO 0 - 65535
40171 0x03 ADEMDR11 RO 0 - 65535
40172 Undefined register
40173 0x03 Battery 1 current Min. A RO 0-1500 0.1*raw

40174 0x03 Battery 1 current Max. A RO 0-1500 0.1*raw
40177 0x03 D0 LED 1-AC Power Available RO BOOL
D2 LED 3-Main Switch In Auto RO BOOL
D3 LED 4-Main Switch In Manual RO BOOL
D4 LED 5-System Pressure Low RO BOOL
D5 LED 6-Engine Running RO BOOL
D6 LED 7-Engine Fail To Start RO BOOL
D7 LED 8-Engine Temperature High RO BOOL
D8 LED 9-Engine Oil Pressure Low RO BOOL
D9 LED 10-Engine Over speed RO BOOL
D10 LED 11-Engine Alternate ECM RO BOOL
D11 LED 12-Engine Fuel Injector Malfunction RO BOOL
D12 LED 13-Fuel Level Low RO BOOL
D14 LED 15-Charger Malfunction RO BOOL
D15 LED 16-Battery # 1 Trouble RO BOOL
40178 0x03 D0 LED 17-Battery # 2 Trouble RO BOOL

Function
Code(s)
D1-
Undefined RO
D15


40209 0x03 Primary crank type RO 1-2
40210 0x03 Primary crank attempts RO 0 - 255
40211 0x03 Primary crank interrupt RO 0-8
40212 0x03 Primary crank fail output RO 0 - 16
40213 0x03 Primary crank reset time Sec. RO 0-
40214 0x03 Secondary crank type RO 1 - 23
40215 0x03 Secondary crank attempts RO 0 - 255
40216 0x03 Secondary crank test RO BOOL
40217 0x03 Secondary backup RO BOOL
40218 0x03 Undefined

40219 0x03 Non alternating RO 0-2
40221 0x03 Engine speed factor RO 100

40222 0x03 Engine type RO 0-2

40224 0x03 Primary start RO BOOL
40225 0x03 Battery voltage RO 0-999 0.1*raw
40226 0 – Lead
0x03 Battery type RO
1 - NiCad
40227 0x03 Battery voltage Min. alarm limit setting V RO 0 - 5000 0.1*raw
40228 0x03 Battery voltage Max. alarm limit setting V RO 0 - 999 0.1*raw
40229 0x03 Battery AC voltage Min. alarm limit setting V RO 0-3000
40230 0x03 Battery AC voltage Min. limit enabled RO BOOL
40231 0x03 Battery AC voltage Max. alarm limit setting V RO 0-999
40232 0x03 Battery AC voltage Max. limit enabled RO BOOL
0 – OFF
40233 0x03 Coil continuity RO 1 - Coil 1 only
2 - Coil 2 only

Function
Code(s)
3 - Coils 1 & 2
40234 0x03 Manual test duration feature settings Min. RO 0 - 99
40235 0x03 Remote start use on delay RO BOOL
40236 0x03 Remote start auto shutdown RO BOOL
RO 0–
1 – PTR
40237 0x03 User input pump room
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40239 0x03 Program mode input RO BOOL
40240 0x03 Test mode input RO BOOL
40242 0x03 Total Engine Run Time hour Hr. RO 0 - 65535
40243 0x03 Total Engine Run Time Min. Min. RO 0 - 59
40244 0x03 Last Engine Run Time hour Hr. RO 0 - 65535
40245 0x03 Last Engine Run Time Min. Min. RO 0 - 59
40246 0x03 Total Unit Time hour Hr. RO 0 - 65535
40247 0x03 Total Unit Time Min Min. RO 0 - 59
0–
1 – PTR
40248 0x03 User input 1 pump room setting RO
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40262 0x03 Undefined register
0–
1 – PTR
40263 0x03 Opt. AF pump room temp setting RO
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
40264 0x03 Opt. AG low reservoir pump room setting RO
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40265 0x03 Opt. EG relive valve pump room setting RO 0–

Function
Code(s)
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
40266 0x03 Input 26 pump room setting RO
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40269 0x03 Opt. AF pump room temp audible RO BOOL
40270 0x03 Opt. AG low reservoir pump room audible RO BOOL
40271 0x03 Opt. EG relive valve pump room audible RO BOOL
40272 0x03 Input 26 pump room audible RO BOOL
40275 0x03 Opt. AF pump room alarm RO BOOL
40276 0x03 Opt. AG low reservoir pump room alarm RO BOOL
40277 0x03 Opt. EG relive valve pump room alarm RO BOOL
40278 0x03 Input 26 pump room alarm RO BOOL
0 – Disabled
1 – EN Low Zone
2 – EL High Zone
3 – EM Mid Zone
0 – inactive
1-8 User Input
0 – inactive
1-8 User Output

40302 0x03 Calibration factor Volts1 RO -32768 - +32768
40304 0x03 Calibration factor VAC1 RO -32768 - +32768
40307 0x03 Calibration factor Amp2 RO -32768 - +32768
40312 0x03 Power starts RO 0 - 65535
0-do nothing
1-Message Only
2-User 1 Out
3-User 2 Out
4-User 3 Out
6-User 5 Out
7-User 6 Out
8-User 7 Out
9-User 8 Out
10-User 9 Out

Function
Code(s)



Function
Code(s)


Function
Code(s)


Function
Code(s)

Function
Code(s)

40577 0x03 Standard input 55 ON message ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII
40627 0x03 Standard input 55 OFF message ASCII char 1&2 RO ASCII

Function
Code(s)

Function
Code(s)

Diesel controller event message descriptions corresponding to event ID

1 Engine Running 50 Reserved 99 Relief Valve Closed
2 Engine Stopped 51 USB drive near full 100 Charger 1 Fail
3 Low Clock Battery 52 USB drive has space 101 Charger 1 Recovered
4 Fail to Start 53 USB drive error 102 Charger 2 Fail
5 Fail to Start Noted 54 USB drive OK 103 Charger 2 Recovered
6 Call to Start 55 Pressure Log 104 Battery 1 Trouble
7 Over Voltage 56 Pressure Log Run 105 Battery 1 Clear
8 Under Voltage 57 Database Clear 106 Battery 2 Trouble
9 Battery Normal 58 System Reset 107 Battery 2 Clear
10 Nominal Voltage 59 Disk Dump 108 Crank 1 Button
11 Nominal Voltage 60 Disk Dump Clear 109 Crank 1 Button Clear
12 Interlock On 61 Data Log Cleared 110 Crank 2 Button
13 Interlock Off 62 Clock Set Entered 111 Crank 2 Button Clear
14 Deluge Open 63 Clock Set Complete 112 Calibration Error
15 Deluge Closed 64 Low Suction Pressure 113 Cal. Error Cleared
16 Low Pressure 65 Suction Pressure Clear 114 No Control Voltage
17 Normal Pressure 66 Pump Room Trouble 115 Control Voltage OK
18 Manual Stop Button 67 Pump Room Normal 116 Missing Battery
19 Manual Stop Released 68 Zone Enabled 117 Missing Battery OK
20 Local Start On 69 Zone Disabled 118 AC Power Lost
21 Local Start Clear 70 Zone Call To Star 119 AC Power Restored
22 Remote Start Run 71 Zone Start Done 120 Test In Progress
23 Remote Start Term 72 Weekly Test Running 121 Test Completed
24 Emergency Run On 73 Weekly Test Done 122 Automatic Start
25 Emergency Run Clear 74 Parameters Reset 123 Automatic Start Clr
26 User 1 On 75 Passwords Reset 124 City Water Press LOW
27 User 1 Off 76 Service due – line 1 message 125 City Water Press OK
28 User 2 On 77 Service Due Reset 126 Low Suction Level
29 User 2 Off 78 Flow Meter On 127 Suction Level OK
30 User 3 On 79 Flow Meter Clear 128 Target Alarm
31 User 3 Off 80 Fuel Spill Input 129 Target Alarm Clear
32 User 4 On 81 Fuel Spill Clear 130 Main Switch Off
33 User 4 Off 82 Engine Over speed 131 Main Switch Auto
34 User 5 On 83 Engine Over speed Clear 132 Main Switch Manual
35 User 5 Off 84 Engine Temp High 133 Jockey Pump Running
36 User 6 On 85 Engine Temp High OK 134 Jockey Pump Off
37 User 6 Off 86 Oil Pressure Low 135 Jockey Pump Trouble
38 User 7 On 87 Oil Pressure Low OK 136 Jockey Pump OK
39 User 7 Off 88 Fuel Level Low 137 Battery 1 Out
40 User 8 On 89 Fuel Level Low OK 138 Battery 1 Out Off
41 User 8 Off 90 Fuel Level High 139 Battery 2 Out
42 Secondary ECM On 91 Fuel Level High OK 140 Battery 2 Out Off
43 Secondary ECM Clear 92 Low Pump Room Temp 141 Charger 1 Out
44 Emergency Switch On 93 Pump Room Temp. OK 142 Charger 1 Out Off
45 Emergency Switch Off 94 Reservoir High 143 Charger 2 Out
46 Motor Start Checked 95 Reservoir High Clear 144 Charger 2 Out Off
47 Pressure Fail 96 Reservoir Low 145 Weekly Test Due
48 Pressure in range 97 Reservoir Low Clear 146 Weekly Test Due Clear
49 Reserved 98 Relief Valve Open 147 System Overpressure

148 System Pressure OK 184 Test Button 220 Reserved
149 Fuel Injector Fail 185 Test Failed 221 Input 26 ON
150 Fuel Injector OK 186 Test Override 222 Input 26 OFF
151 Primary Fail Start 187 Auto Shutdown Disabled 223 Input 27 ON
152 Primary Fail Clear 188 Auto Shutdown Enabled 224 Input 27 OFF
153 Primary Interrupt 189 Manual Start 225 Input 28 ON
154 Primary Int. Cleared 190 Reserved 226 Input 28 OFF
155 Reserved 191 Daylight Savings 227 Input 29 ON
156 Coil continuity 1 Fail 192 Service due – line 2 message 228 Input 29 OFF
157 Coil continuity 2 Fail 193 Reserved 229 Input 30 ON
158 AC Power Loss Start 194 Reserved 230 Input 30 OFF
159 AC voltage high 195 Reserved 231 Reserved
160 AC voltage normal 196 Reserved 232 Reserved
161 AC voltage low 197 Reserved 233 Reserved
162 Secondary Crank 198 Reserved 234 Reserved
163 Secondary Crank Off 199 Reserved 235 Manual Test Input
164 AC Power Loss Delay 200 Duty pump 236 Manual Test Clear
165 Fuel Valve Relay Status 201 Standby pump 237 Tank 1 Fail Input
166 Low Pressure Sensor 202 Unit available 238 Tank 1 Fail Clear
167 Auto start Input 203 Unit not available 239 Tank 2 Fail Input
168 Auto start Input Off 204 Dump valve On 240 Tank 3 Fail Clear
169 Reserved 205 Dump valve Off 241 Service Due line 3
170 Pressure Delta 206 Shutdown activated 242 Service Due line 4
171 Cranking 1 207 Shutdown released 243
172 Cranking 2 208 User input On 244
173 Reserved 209 User input Off 245
174 USB Drive Found 210 New firmware load 246
175 USB Access 211 New firmware detected 247
176 USB Open 212 Reserved 248
177 USB Open Failed 213 Reserved 249
178 USB Writing 214 Reserved 250
179 USB closed 215 Reserved 251
180 Mode Off OFF 216 Reserved
181 Mode Auto OFF 217 Reserved
182 Mode Manual OFF 218 Reserved

AUCA FC9.19- MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN YULEBRA
ÍNDICE 2 DE 2
QAQC
46 WPS, WPQ , PQR 3808-S525-M-VD-014-037-0
47 Procedimientos de preparación de superficie y pintura 3808-S525-M-VD-014-038-0
48 Procedimientos de ensayos no destructivos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-039-1
49 Procedimientos de pruebas en taller (Hidroestática) 3808-S525-M-VD-014-040-0
50 Procedimiento de IZAJE 3808-S525-M-VD-014-041-1
51 Certificado UL-FM equipos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-042-1
52 Certificados de materiales 3808-S525-M-VD-014-043-0
53 Certificados de fabricación y pruebas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-044-0
54 Manual de instalación, operación y mantenimiento 3808-S525-M-VD-014-045-3
55 Anexos
Registro de Maquinado de Bridas SKID de Bombas Contra Incendio 8" N/A
Registro de Maquinado de Bridas SKID de Bombas Contra Incendio 10" N/A
Skid Sistema Contra Incendios 3808-S525-M-VD-014-006-6
Vista Isométrica Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-007-4
Plano del Bastidor Skid Sistema Contra Incendio YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-011-4
Vista Frontal Plano Arreglo General - Skid "YLP-SCI-SBCI-01" 3808-S525-M-VD-014-046-4
Vistas Laterales: Izquierda & Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-047-4
Vista Posterior Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-048-4
Vista de Planta Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-049-4
05/09/2018 ÍNDICEs 3 de 3
Nº.: 1
LISTA DE SOLDADORES
Rev.: 0
ENMSCO CIA LTDA PRUEBAS DE CALIFICACIÓN Fecha: 21/02/2018
CLIENTE: LEVO CIA LTDA ORIGEN: ESTRUCTURAS METÁLICAS Por: R.T.
SERVICIOS DE INSPECCION NO DESTRUCTIVA Y DE SOLDADURA SINDES-FO-IN-013 │REV. 0
APROBADO
ESPESOR (mm)
POS. PRUEBA
REFERENCIA
ID. CUPÓN
ESTAMPE
PROCESO
Destructivos
Destructivos
ITEM
WPS
APELLIDOS - NOMBRES CEDULA ESTADO FINAL FECHA
Visual
No
PROCESO FCAW│E71T-1││ Espesor: 8,00 mm
1 LUIS OBDULIO FLORES VEGA 1710627207 1 3G W- 207 FCAW 8,00 EN-WPS-2018-001 AWS D1.1 SI SI SI APROBADO 21/02/2018
Elaborado por:
Ing. Oscar Yanchapaxi
SINDES ECUADOR S.A.
PROYECTO
BOMBAS DE SISTEMA CONTRA
INCENDIOS
PLAN DE PINTURA
Documentos Generales Página 1
PLAN DE PINTURA
PLAN DE PINTURA
Rev. Aprob.
Rev. No. Prep. por Fecha Fecha Fecha
Por Por
A L.M. 08/12/2017 C.LL. 08/12/2017 S.M. 08/12/2017 Para Aprobación
0 L.M. 24/01/2018 C.LL. 24/01/2018 S.M. 24/01/2018 Para Aprobación
Estos datos son confidenciales y no serán revelados a otros o reproducidos de ninguna manera, o
usados para cualquier objetivo, excepto con el permiso escrito.
Este documento impreso es una “COPIA NO CONTROLADA”

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
PLAN DE PINTURA
CONTENIDO
1 OBJETIVO ...................................................................................................................... 3
2 ALCANCE ....................................................................................................................... 3
3 RESPONSABILIDADES ............................................................................................... 3
5 PLAN DE PINTURA ...................................................................................................... 3

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
PLAN DE PINTURA
1 OBJETIVO
Establecer el sistema de pintura y todas sus especificaciones técnicas a

utilizarse en el presente proyecto.
2 ALCANCE
Este plan es aplicable únicamente para el presente proyecto.
3 RESPONSABILIDADES
4.1 El Gerente de Proyecto o su delegado es responsable por implementar el

plan de pintura en función de los requerimientos y especificaciones del
Cliente.
4.2 El Supervisor de Pintura es responsable por:
 Supervisar continuamente la correcta aplicación del sistema de pintura

en función de las especificaciones técnicas indicadas en las hojas de
datos y en los manuales del fabricante de la pintura.
 Verificar que los equipos y accesorios estén acordes a los

lineamientos solicitados por el fabricante para la aplicación de la
pintura descrita en este plan.
 El supervisor de Control de Calidad es responsable por inspeccionar y

certificar cada una de las etapas involucradas en el proceso de
pintura, en acuerdo las especificaciones aplicables.
5 PLAN DE PINTURA

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
PLAN DE PINTURA
PAINT PROCEDURE PLAN

ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
PROJECT: SHAYA DATE: 24-01-2018 ENGINEERING CHIEF: ING. SERGIO MARCEL

CUSTOMER: CPP PLACE: TALLER TECHNICAL MANAGER: ING. CRISTIAN LLIVE
DESCRIPTION: REV: 0 ELABORATED BY: ING. MARITZA MATOS
INCENDIOS
EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM
SURFACE AREA: SKID / PIPPING

CLANING
SSPC SP10
SYSTEM:
ANCHORAGE 1.0 – 3.0 MILS
SHOP PAINT BY LEVO CIA. LTDA.
TRADE- DFT (MILS)

COAT NUMBER GENERIC NAME THINNER COMMENTS
REFERENCE MIN MAX
SILICATE ZINC EPOXY GREENISH -
1st SIGMAFAST 302 SIGMA THINNER 2.5 3.5
PRIMER BLUE COLOR
POLYAMIDA CURED GREY - GREEN
2nd SIGMACOVER 435 SIGMA THINNER 3.5 6.0
EPOXY COLOR
ALIPHATIC ACRYLIC
3th SIGMADUR 550 SIGMA THINNER 2.0 2.5 RED COLOR
POLYRETHANE
TOTAL 8 12
PAINT PROCEDURE PLAN PAM-EP-ECU-QAQC-20-ESP-006-00 COATING SYSTEM N° 1

w PPG Protective &
Marine Coatings
QUALITY MANAGEMENT No . PCM- 2- F 0 2 - 008
BU MPC
Ba t c h Re c o rd Ca rd Pa ge : 1/ 1
Protective Marine Coat i ngs
BATCH RECORD CARD
Product na me : S ' FAST 302 BAS GREY 5000002160 Artic l e nr : 00283312

Supplied by : PPG PROTECTIVE & MARINE COATI NGS Batch no. : P7 4 0334374
Customer :
Date of production : 18.10 . 201 7 1 Exp.date: 1 8 . 10 . 2019 1 Batch Size: 9.987 , 000 KG
INSP. CHARACTERISTIC METHOD UoM Lower Lirnit Upper Lirnit Result
FINENESS SM 3 12 - 01 ¡.¡m 60 , 00 80 , 00 75, 00
DRYING SM 3 1 5- 01 min 25 , 00 90 , 00 60 , 00
SAG RESISTANCE ¡.¡m SM 3 1 5 - 20 ¡.¡m 1000 , 00 1100,00
SOL ID CONTENT SM 310-35 % 77 , 60 81 , 60 80 , 88
VISCO. BROOKFIELD Mpas SM 311 - 15 mPa.s 2000 , 00 3500,00 3490 , 00
VISCO . BROOKFIELD MIXED SM 3 11 -15 mPa.s 2500,00 4000 , 00 4000 , 00
DENSITY SM 311 - 05 g/cm3 1' 950 2 , 150 2 , 121
-
.. '
~
We , PPG PMC Po1and , hereby certify that this batch has been madé in accordance with the
prescribed fo r mu lation a nd manufact u ri ng p r ocedure.
This cer tificate has been made automatica11y by an e1ectronic data process i ng system
and does therefore not require any signature.
A reproduction of this document , even part i a11y, without formal authorisation of PPG ,
is forbidden .
w PPG Protective &
Marine Coatings
QUALITY MANAGEMENT No . PCM- 2- F 02- 0 0 8
BU MP C
Bat ch Record Card Page: 1/ 1
Protective Marine Coa t ings
BATCH RECORD CARO
Product name : S ' FAST 302 HRD 0000001400 Artic1e nr : 00283313

Supp1ied by : PPG PROTECT I VE & MARINE COATINGS Batch no . : P722266185
Customer :
Date of production : 08 . 06.2017 1 Exp . date: 08.06.2019 1 Batch Si ze: 7.600 , 000 KG
INSP. CHARACTERISTIC METHOD UoM Lower Limit Upper Limit Result
F'INENESS SM 3 1 2 - 01 ¡.¡m 55 , 00 60 , 00 55 , 00
SOLIO CONTEN T SM 3 1 0-35 % 83 , 00 87 , 00 83 , 83
VISCO . BROOKF'IELD Mpas SM 311 - 15 mPa . s 26000,00 32000,00 26000 , 00
DENSITY SM 3 1 1 - 05 g/cm3 1 , 620 1 , 720 l ' 64 8
SOLIO CON TE NT 1h/105°C I SO 325 1 % 83 , 00 87 , 00 83,07
..
-
.. '
y
..
We , PPG PMC Poland, hereby certify that this batch has been madé in accordance with the
prescribed formula t ion and ma nufacturing p r ocedure .
This certificate has been made automatically by an electronic data processing system
and does therefo r e not require any signature.
A reproduction of this document , even partially , wi thout formal a u t horisat i on of PPG ,

i s forb i dden .
N" : PCM-2-F02-008
SIGMA
COATINGS Batch Record Card Date 06-06-2002
Page : 1 of 1
1 COMPOUND PRODUCT
Product name base THINNER 21-06
Supplied by SIGMA COATINGS N.V
For project
SPEC. FOR THE

COMPONENTS Spec's Base Results Binder Spec's pigment Results pigment
Batch size (kg) 826
Batch number 1P18020384
Production date 03.02.2018
Mass density (23.C) 0.86-0.88 0.872 g/ mi

-
.. \
Refrective lnd. (2o•q 0.8-1 .2 l. O y

..
-
-
THIS PRODUCT HAS NO EXPIRATION DATE, EVAPORATED
Rev 7 06.06.2002 Doc: EP Sigma Thinn er 21-06 BRC
PCM-2-F02-008
w PPG Protective &
Marine Coatings
QUALITY MANAGEMENT No . PCM- 2 - F 0 2- 008
8() MP C
Batch Re cord Ca r d Page: 1 / 1
Protective Mari n e Coatings
BATCH RECORD CARD
Product na me : S ' COVER 435 BAS LIGHTGREY 9553052 1 64 Article nr : 00141102

Supplied by : PPG PROTECTIVE & MARINE COATINGS Batch no . : 2743347356
Custome r :
Date of production : 16.11.2017 1 Exp . date: 1 6.11.2019 1 Batch Si ze : 11 .103 , 000 KG
INSP . CHARACTERISTIC METHOD 1 UoM Lower Limit Upper Limit Result
Fineness SM 3 12 - 01 ¡.¡m 100 150 1 30
Den s ity SM 311 - 02 kg/dm3 1 , 510 1,550 1,541
Vi s cosity Haake SM 3 11- 25 dPas 20 35 35
Sol id content SM 3 1 0-35 % 76 , 0 79,0 78, 4
Drying SM 315 - 01 min 1 80 240 240
Sag res i stanc e SM 3 1 5-22 ¡.¡m 500 800
Gel t i me SM 3 1 4 - 31 min 480 960 960
Curi ng SM 321-20 Consistent
Co l o ur SM 3 1 1 - 67 .t:onsistent
General appearance SM 322 - 29 Con.sis t ent
Viscosity Haake mixed SM 311 - 25 dPas 8 10 10
-
.. '
~
We , PPG PMC Coatings Belgium BVBA, hereby ce rti fy tha t this bat é h has been made i n
accordance wi th t h e prescribed formu 1 at i on and man u factu ri ng p:ocedure.
This certificate has been made automatically by an e l ectronic data processing system
and does therefore not require any signat u re.
A reprodu c t i o n of t his d o c u ment , even partia1ly , wi t hout formal authorisatio n of PPG,

is forbidden .
m PPG Protective &
Marine Coatings
QUALITY MANAGEMENT No . PCM-2-F02-008
BU MPC
Batch Record Card Page: 1/ l
Protective Marine Coat i ngs
BATCH RECORD CARO
Product na me : S ' COVER 256/435/456/522 HRD 0000001360 Artic1e nr : 00141100

Supplied by : PPG PROTECTIVE & MARINE COATINGS Batch no . : 2743347818
Customer :
Date of production : 17.11.2017 1 Exp . date: 17.11.2019 1 Batch Size : 6 . 100,000 KG
INSP . CHARACTERISTIC METHOD UoM Lower Limit Upper Limit Result
Density SM 3 1 1 - 02 kg/dm3 o' 920 0,940 0 , 933
Viscosity Haake SM 311-25 dPas 3 6 3
Sol id content SM 3 1 0 - 35 % 4 6, o 48 , 0 46' 9
Amine SM 314-35 mg/g 120 140 122
Curing SM 321 - 20 Consistent
General appearance SM 322-29 Consistent
..
-
.. J
~
..
We , PPG PMC Coatings Belgium BVBA , hereby ce r tify that this batéh has been made in
accordance with the prescribed formu1at i on and manufacturing p:ocedure.
This certificate has been made automatica1ly by an e 1ectronic data processing system
and does therefore not require any signature .
A reproduction of this document , even partially , without formal authorisation of PPG ,

is forbidden.
- - - -- - - - --- - - -
·- -· ~ · • oo¡." ..J;:' ,, , • - ~; ~ -. ·~. ·-·-, • '' '":·':·. '• · ·- : . . ... ,-.... ~.,:_:--;· - •. • ,,_-. , , _. , . , . ,. ~ • - ~•• -'. ' ' •-,: -; -:· --·- ~ - ,- •o - : , _ c i'• .• ' •'- · ~ · ., .;.,·• :_:,...- • -~- - - ~ .· .._.--;· ·••- r-:• ,,,- ,,, • -•·· · ·• - ~ · · --. -' -,
N": 1 PCM-2-F02-008
Batch Record Card Date 1 06-06-2002
Page: 1 of 1
1 COMPOUND PRODUCT
For project
SPEC. FOR THE

..
Batch size (kg) 826
Production date 28.12 .2017
Ma ss density (23"C) 0.840-0.850 0.844 kg/1 /
.. ~
Refrect ive lnd. (20"C) 1-1.4 1.2 y
-
,.
THIS PRODUCT HAS NO EXP IRATION DATE, EVAPORATEO
Rev 7 06.06.2002 Doc: EP Sigm a Thinn er 91-9 2 BRC
PCM-2-F02-008
m . ustrie. .s .C olom.bia LTDA.
.PPG In·. d
NIT: 900.007.650-4
CJ 51 No. ~llrtasQí . Antloqu l_o , colomb~
PBX:{S74)3787400· FAX:((S74)2n19Sl
www.ppc. com · info@'ppg.com
CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION DE CALIDAD
CLIENTE :
ARTICULO: 238847 S'DUR 550 BASE Z 0070 ..
F. DE FABRICACION: 23.01.2018
LOTE: 29446 F. DE VERIFICACION: 23.01 .2020
PRUEBA UNIDAD RESULTADO LIMITE INFERIOR LIMITE SUPERIOR

MOLIENDA FINAL (~m) ~m 20.00 15.00 20 .00
VISCOSIDAD BROOKFIELD. CP 700.00 700.00 900.00
DENSIDAD g/ml g/mL 1.17 1.17 1.21
%SOLIDOS % 57.00 55.00 57.00
RESISTENCIA CHOREO LENETA (~m) ~m 304.80 150.00 2000 .00
APARIENCIA_ASPECTO EN EL ENVASE CUMPLE
SECADO AL TACTO. min 102.00 90.00 120.00

CURADO SISTEMAS BICOMPONENTE N/ A BUENA
ANALISTA: MOYANO, JORGE ELIECER
OBSERVACIONES :
W
PPG Industries Colombia LTDA.
NIT: 900.007.650-4
Cl51 No. 41>-13 ttogüi ,-Antloqu i•Cok>mb~.
PBX:(S14)3737400 - FAX:((S74)2n1953
www.ppc:com - in f~pPI: com
CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION DE CALIDAD
CLIENTE:
ARTICULO: 238759 S'DUR 188/520/550 HRD 0000001240
F. DE FABRICACION: 09.12.2017
LOTE: 28918 F. DE VERIFICACION: 09.12.2019
PRUEBA UNIDAD RESULTADO LIMITE INFERIOR LIMITE SUPERIOR

VISCOSIDAD BROOKFIELD. CP 246.00 150.00 350.00
DENSIDAD g/ml g/ml 1.07 1.05 1.08
%SOLIDOS % 75.39 74 .00 76.00

APARIENCIA_ASPECTO COLOR CUMPLE
ANALISTA: USUGA HIGUITA, JUAN CAMILO
OBSERVACIONES:
N" : PCM-2-F02-008
SIGMA
COATINGS Batch Record Card Date 06-06-2002
Page : 1 of 1
1 COMPOUND PRODUCT
For project
SPEC. FOR THE

Batch size (kg) 826
Production date 23.10.2017
0.872 g/ mi
Mass density (23"C) 0.86-0.88
-
" J
Refrective lnd. (20"C) 0.8-1.2 l. O ~
-
-.
THIS PRODUCT HAS NO EXPIRATION DATE, EVAPORATED
Rev 7 06.06.2002 Doc:EP Sigma Thinner 21-06 BRC
PCM-2-F02-008
Laboratorio de Metrología
LABORA TORIO DIMENSIONAL LONGITUD

CERTIFICADO DE CALIBRACIÓN
1. DATOS
Hoja:OI / 02
Empresa: LA PEINT URE CIA. LTOA . Certificado No.: LL-2017-0588
Solicitante: lng. Rodrígo Oniz Fecha de Calibración: 2017-10-06
Dirección: Quito, León de Febres Cordero N56-208 y Capitán Alfonso Yépez Próxima Calibración: 2018-10-06
2. IDENTIFICACIÓN DE LA UNIDAD BAJO PRUEBA (U.B.P)
Equipo: Medidor de Espesor Rango: O- 10 mm
:'\1arca: Mitutoyo Div. de escala: 0,01 mm
.\ lodelo: \: I D Alcance Cal.: 10 mm
Código: 7313 Dispositivo de lectura: Análogo
Serie: QPD56O
Cód. lnt.: \: 1 D
3. CO:\"DICIONES AMBIENTALES
Temp. Amb.: 20 (+/-2)°C Lugar de Elaboración: Laboratorio Tecniprecisión
Humedad Relativa: 50( +/- 15)%
~. TR..-\ZABILIDAD
:'\!~todo Empleado: Por comparación con bloques patrón Clase O. En base al Procedimiento de calibración LCT-PCL-15.
lncenidumbre de :vtedida: La incenidumbre de calibración (U) se ha obtenido multiplicando la incenidumbre estándar de medida por
el factor de cobertura k=2 Que, para una distribución normal corresponde a una probabilidad de cobenura de aproximadamente el 95%; y.
se estimó de ac uerdo al documento "Guide to the Express ion of Uncenainty in Measurement" de la ISO .
PA TRO:\"ES LTILIZADOS:
Fecha Próxima
DESCRIPCIÓN DEL PA TRÓJ\ - ~~~elo Serie Trazabilidad Certificado
Calibración Calibración
Jgo. Bloques Patrón Clase O RSII2MA1 40814 . 4 ! ~ EN 1 LNM·L·PL·2016-0321 2016-05-23 2018-05-23
5. ESTADO EN QUE SE RECIBIÓ EL INSTRUMENTO

OBSERVACIONES 11 RESULTADO
[lnspeccton vtsual: 11 Corlforme
·¡
Prueba de función: -
[Palanca levanta hus.illo 11 Conforme
6. RESULTADOS OBTENIDOS
RESULTADO DEL MEDIDOR DE ESPESOR
Valor Patrón Corregido (*)Valor Medido U.B.P Error
Item
mm mm ~
1 0,0000 0,000 0,0
2 1,0000 1,003 3,0
3 1,9999 2,000 0,1
'.
4 3,0001 3,001 0,9
5 4,0001 4,000 -0,1
6 5,0000 5,002 2,0
7 6,0000 6,003 3,0
8 7,0001 · 7,002 1,9
9 8,0001 8,002 2,0
10 9,0001 9,002 1,9
11 10.0000 10.000 0.0
(*) El val01: medtdo U B. P. es resultado del promedio de 3 repeticiones
INCERTIDUMBRE DE CALIBRACIÓN:
11 11 ± 5,8 !fm 11 k=2 11
LCT-FCL-15-REV.00-2014
Av. 1 O de Agosto Nº 65 - 95 y Bellavista. Edif1cio Morb 3er p1so
Te!.593 02 6 0 3 5 8 11 / 3 L164 32 4 j 6 00 1 3 7 5 LABORATORIO DE
Cel. 0999 436 479 / 0987 836 8 55 / 0984 950 765
E-mail. : ventas1>tecn1precision.com / calibracion :Q:cablemodem.com.ec METROLOGIA ECUATORIANO
laboratono 9 tecnipreclsion.com / calidad1i,t ecmpreci s1on.com
fa cebook: / Tecniprec's1ón Cia . Ltda ..- Pág1na Ofi cial
www . te en i p re e i s i o n . e o m
Hoja:02 / 02
Emp resa: LA PEfNTURE CIA. LTDA. Certifi cado No. : L L- 2 O 1 7- O 58 8
Solicitante: lng. Rodrigo Ortiz Fecha de Cali bración : 2017- 10-06
Di rección: Quito, León de Febres Cordero N56-208 y Capitán Alfo nso Yé pez Próxima Ca libración: 2018- 10-06
7. GRÁFICO DEL AN:\LISIS
ERRORES DE LOS PUNTOS MEDIDOS EN mm
~ 0,003
i
e:: o0.006
~::
OC4
~ .002 ~
·~
~o--~~~~~,~
0,003
o¡ • 0.002
~--~0 ~----~~------ñnN.---~~~~~~~~~~._----~1-----~~~--~~--~
•
o.• o.• 0,~
0,000 -=-==-=-=-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4
--
~.004 L------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------J
0,0 1,0 2,0 3,'0 4,0 5,0 6,0 7,0 8,0 9,0 10,0
. O.BSER\'ACIOl"ES
. :..." · ~es 1 a dos obtenidos hacen referencia al ítem mencionado en el punto 2 del presente documento.
el cliente se entregara una copia de la trazabi lídad de los patrones empleados en esta calibración por el laboratorio.
ento no significa certificación de cal idad y no debe ser utilizado con fines publicitarios. Prohibida su reproducción parcial.
.: ~e -: '"':!· ~ · · n t al deberá hacerse con la autorización escrita de la Dirección General de Tecnipreci sión.
... :::: n ~ase a s res ultados obten idos es responsabilidad del usuario el analizar los resultados de calibración con respecto a las
e ' ;J~ ·: :: ~ a c i , e · e ·tablec idas por el mismo, para determinar el criterio de aceptación o rechazo.
Técnico \'lagnitu"d·de Longitud
LCT-FCL-15-REV.00-201 4
Av. 1 O de Agosto Ng 65 - 95 y Bellavista , EdifiCIO Morb 3er piso

Tel.593 02 6 035 811 / 3 4 64 324 / 6 001 375
Ce!.: 0999 436 479 1 0987 836 85 5 / 0984 950 765
LABORATORIO DE
E·mail.: ventas (l tecnlprecision.com / callbradon-a:cable modem.com. ec METROLOGIA ECUATORIANO
laboratono~ctec nipr ec i Sio n.com / calidad atecnipreci s1on.com
fac:ebook . Tecn1prec1S1Ón Cia Ltdñ. ·Página Oficial www. te en i p re e i si o n . e o m
Te en i precisión-~~~ia.Ltda.
Laborator io de Metrología
LABORA TORIO DIMENSIONAL LONGITUD

l. DATOS
H oja : OI / 02
Empresa: LA PEIN TURE CIA . LTDA. C ertificado No. : L L - 2 O1 7 - O 5 9 O
Solicitan te: Ing. Rodrigo Ortiz Fecha de Calibrac ión : 2017-10-06
Dirección: Quito, León de f cbres Cordero N56-208 y Capitán Alfonso Yépez Próxi ma C alibr ación : 2018- 10-06
2. IOENTIFlCACIÓ N DE LA UNIDAD BAJO P RUEBA (U.B.P)
Equ ipo: Medi dor de Revestimiento Ra ngo: 0 - 1500~m
Ma r ca: Positector Div. de escala : l ¡..un
Modelo: NID Alcance: 1,01 mm
Cód igo: 6000 Dis positivo de lec tura: Digital
Serie: 747662
Serie Sensor: FS 215969
3. C O NDIC IONES AMBIENTALES
Temp. Amb. : 20 (+1-:w c Luga r de Elabo ración: Laborato rio Tecniprec isión
H umedad Relativa : 50 (+/- 15)%
4. T R AZABlLIDAD
Método Em pleado: Por comparación con Placas de espesor. En base al Procedimiento de Calibraci ón LCf- PCL-39.
Ince r tidumbre de M edida : La incertidumbre de calibración (U) se ha obtenido multiplicando la incertidumbre estándar de medida por
el factor de cobertura k=2 Que, para una distribución nonnal corresponde a una probabilidad de cobertura de aproximadamente el 95%; y,
se estimó de acuerdo al docum ento "Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement" de la ISO .
EO VIPOS UTILIZADOS:
Fecha de Próxima
DESCRIPC IÓN DEL PATRÓN Modelo Serie Trazabiüdad Documento ~ ... ;~¡: Verificsl'inn
Juego de Placas de Espesor C Probe CS 1 1275 INEN LNM-L-20 17590001 OD 2017-09- 12 2019-09-12
5. ESTADO EN QUE SE REC IBIÓ EL INSTRlJM ENTO

OBSERVAC IONES Jl RESULTADO ~
InspecCión visual: jJ_ Confonne

Prueba de función:
Sonda 11 Conforme
6. RESULTADOS OBTE NIDOS
R ESU LTADO ME DIDOR DE R EVESTIMIENTO ,
Valor Patrón C orregido ,. Error

ltem • v alor Medido U.B.P mm
mm IJffi
1 0,0000 0,0000 0,0
2 0,0235 0,0227 -0,8
3 0,0524 0,0500 -2,4
4 0,0773 0,0780 0,7
5 0, 1305 0,1 313 0,8
6 1.0035 0,9947 -8,8
*F./ valor medulo U B. P es resultado del promedw de 3 repeticiones
11 INCERTID UMBRE DE CALIBRACIÓN: n ± 7,6 !lffi 11 k=2 l

LCf-FCL-39-REV.00-201 7
Av. 1 O de Ayosto Na 65 - 95 y Bellavista. Edificio Morb 3er piso

Tf'l :;q;1 nr> Fi n::!"i R11 1 1 4n4 :;~ ;:¡a 1 R nm :n!i
Tecniprecisió
Laboratorio de Metrologí
Hoja: 02 / 02
Imp resa: LA PEINTURE CIA. LTOA. Certificado No.: LL -20 17- 0 590
Solicita nte: lng. Rodrigo Ortiz Fecha de Ca lib ración: 201 7- 10-06
Dirección: Quito, León de Febres Cordero N56-208 y Capitán Alfonso Yépez Pr óxima Cali b ración : 201 &-1 0-06
7. GR ÁFICO DEL AN ÁLISIS

- - - - - - - - - - - - ---- -----.
ERRORES DE LOS PUNTOS MEDIDOS EN mm
¡~ ~·~: ~--- o¡o

:S -o:oo-40
. UJ .
1'
___ _ _ _ _ _-o,oo _________,e.iL--- ~ -0,002
_ ----- o,l _ ~=~
__ - ~---........__
- _-- ..----~-
.Q,OOSO - -----
-0,0120 -o,oog
0,000 0,024 0,052 0,077 0,131 1,004
L -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8. OBSERVACJONES
8.1 Los resultados obtenidos hacen referencia al ítem mencionado en e l punto 2 del presente documento.
8.2 Este documento no signific.a certificación de calidad y no debe ser uti lizado con fines publicitarios. Prohibida su reproducci ón parcial,
la reproducció n total deberá hacerse con la autorizació n escrita de la Dirección General de Tecniprecisión.
8.3 Los errores determinados en la ca l.ibración, quedan a consideración del cliente quién determina el uso o no del equipo en base a sus
políticas de calidad.
LCT-FCL-39-REV.00-20 17
1 O de Agosto N" 65 - 95 y Bellavista. Edtficlo Morb 3er piso

TRI -~g::¡ n;J fi n~"i R 11 1 :1 tlF.tl ::i:J4 1 R nm ~7"i
IN N ~VA EC 0
71
In d u s t r i al Solu ••
- ~-
:·
. ~-~ . _. ..l
LABORATORIO DE TEMPERATURA
Certfficado No.: !1\'NT •• 1. -245 F e d c.-.lt br ión : 201 / 8-21
Propietario : LA PE!NTURE
Dire<:ció:n: León Fabres Cordero N56-208 y A lfonso Yépez
Ei pre ant Certif1cedn de C alibre~ción posee la tr?..zab11idatl

F.quipo: le mocupla da SuperfiCie en esta magnitud hacia el Patron N;:;c¡on 1 de Tempera\lxa
d 1 INEN, el cual ~s traz.ablt1 a J8 realfzacíón de la unidad de
medjda de acuerdo al Sdem<~ fi'lternac onal de Un1d;;des Sf.
1
Pos;Tector
La caf·bración fue r altznda baJo un S1stema de Ge-:stión de la
747662 c aridad conbm e con b r'ITE lNEI\'-ISOi!EC 17025::.:006 .
DPM Les resuttados de la cailbt ción y su incenídumbre ~tl!

6xponen €f1 lss páginas í ~;)Ui e nte s; y snr"l parte de este
documenlú ~- 5C refieren al momento y cond!ciones en qu& se
OPMS 2 14eú8 reslizó la calí ación
E~te latJoratorio na SE f&sponsabiltza de k:Jc; p rytJIC:oa que

p~da Gcasrc.nar el uso i ade cuad~ del iwtrumen o calibrado
Er usuari o 9Sta obligado a te¡ eí el inslrum_nto 11lcalibrado en
intervalos ptc ¡..'Íado5 '
(-40 a 80) oc
El presente cert i f~eado dQ cálttxicié~l certifica los valoms
o.1 ·e obtenio os expresado:: como los resultados de las
· libracif.'lnes y no r: os 1 U'f8 un certifw:-_do de a¡:>lifud p¡o.ra ef
uso del pa1ró.1 , 1lstnJmento o eqvipo.
Ub.ica i6n:
Este d::>cumento r o sJQnllica certtfica ción de caiijad y no
Obt.l!rvacion ~: Tipo!< d be SE r ut1hzado con fines ¡:x4bf ·!arios Pro'libida 5 u
roproduccíón ¡>arcial, la rep roducCión total debani l'!acat'!l
con la autorización escrlia de la Gerenc1a éCllica de
I N~~OVAT F. C lndu9 tria! Solutions .
Laboratc·nos INNOVATEC ''
In . Oíego Almeida
Gerente Técnico
DlreC(;ión: G elli.'ICI .lo'>IÍ Maria Goon-ero N6S-1 70 'i AlfófiGO del Hierro , Íllll0\13teo@imlo~tcc . oo m . ~ ; Telf· (593¡ 604{)60/
INN ~~ VA TEC
l udu s t r i a l Solut
C erttti c~do No.: F cha d e líbrs jón: 01 7-08- 7
Prr;~ picl:ntio : LA PE IMT RE

Direcc1ón : eon FAbres Cordero NSó 203 y Alfo'1s.o Yépn
TEMPERATURA: (20 :t 10) " C HUMEDAD ReL: {40 :t 15) %HR
~ E TODO UTIL fZAOO: Por - ll'~tión oon rr:u . ¡¡ r dor pñtrón AEQlifi Jlf<lteJlm• nto de c<~ l. aetón INN-PC-02.
INCERTIDUMBRE DE MEDIDA · le inceni, u1 hrc e• pnn4td ha obhm'do IT!u 1i:>licando 111 lncertdUmble e5tándar d e me-du;ta por
El tacto· de ccbertua K::2 q• , para una ciíslli>xión no•mi!l coo llipOnd a l/11.."1 prob il·--ed de C<Jb.:it&ra de a.pro:óm11dam
nte e l 95%.
y. !té la esümó e a t:c~rd<> al doeymento "GYide t o !he Ellpt ·on of U11certll1nty · Me Sllremeflf' d~ la ISO.
PATRONES UT!LIZAOOS·
lNEN 2018-04
RE VL TAD06 TEMPERATURA
'!' r n
tL --
22,7
-- -~ _3:_~.4 --=--lf--
39 .5
-- ·--
1
¡·_-_ -2 ,1
I
1-- - 37,4 --
-49,3 45,4 -3,9
- - ---
59 ,0
- ~.4 --- -5,7
¡-- ·- - · ·-- - - - --
78,8 68 ,4 -10,4
JI
- -
Curva Clll CallbraeiÓil
'1 .0
2.0 .
oo •··
_,·01
~... -1.0
~
t: ~.o '
4.1
..(lt) l
-10.0
-12 o v.-.:or Noma~r ('C)
--~- ---J --·- - --- · -
E Palm Beach Gardens

Florida
U.S.A. 33418-3526
Telephone: (561) 758-8664
Email: hatetesters ,aol.com
~e ~r 1 th 20 17
~ T . -T or. lnc .
RIOC Par· \\-est
Pe ·:yh·ania
L ..-\. 15275
CERTIFICATE OF CALIBRATION
~IODEL: Mark Vll
PARTNO: AG-730
SERIAL NO: A23
ORDER NO: 025279
The pressure gauge, No. 81292020, on your Mark VII Adhesion Tester has been re-
cal ibrated using a Budenberg 6" Standard Test Gauge Number 13007746 to ensure
that it is within our specification i.e. accurate to within 1% of Full Sea le Deflection.
Temperature was 71 F and Relative Humidity was 62%.
Your Mark VII Adhesion Tester has been calibrated following cyclíc prooftesting to
ensure it is within the accuracy of +/- 1% full scale deflection. The calibration
equipment used is a deadweight tester with an accuracy of +/- 0.068% and is directly
traceable to National lnstitute of Standards and Technology .
Calibration is valid for one year, i.e. until December 12th 2018.
MALCOLM COOPER, P.E.

Technical Director
DeFelsko Corporation
DeFelsl<o® 800 Proctor A venue
Ogdensburg, Ncw York 13669-2205 USA
Certificate of Calibration
Certificate Number: 17-490695
Nomenclature: Adhesion Tester Laboratory Environment

Manufacturer: DeFelsko Corporation Temperature: 23 ± 5°C
Model: PosiTest AT-M Relative Ilumidity: Up to 95%
Serial No: AT14309
Date of Calibration: November 14, 2017
Test Method: This Adhesion Tester was calibrated to manufacturer's specifications according
to procedure MP 2571 using a calibrated Load Cell traceable to NIST by
certificates 945162, 104446.001 and 63339.
Adhesion Tester Full Measurement

Gage* (psi) Load Cell (psi) Range Accuracy (%)
481 476 0.17%
984 975 0.30%
1497 1495 0.07%
1965 1957 0.27%
247j 2469 0.13%
2957 2959 -0.07%
*Uneertainty ± 6.5 psi
Calibration Performed by: Micah Wclls
Technician
DeFelsko Corporation operates under Management Procedures intended to implement the

requirements ofiSO 9001 , lSO 10012-1, ISO 17025 and ANSI/NCSL 2540-1. This document
certifies that the Adhesion Tester identified above has met the published specific ation of:
± 1% of full measurement range
Calibration interval will vary based on usage, handling and storage conditions. This certificate
shall not be reproduccd, except in full, without the written approval ofDeFelsko Corporation.
Page 1 of 1 Management Forrn 2007.03- 10/2014

~~
AUCA PROJECT
FC9.19 ·MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN YULEBRA
PETROAMAZONAS EP
.. ----
~~.~
DESCRIPCIÓN : PROCEDIMIENTOS DE ENSAYOS NO DESTRUCTIVOS 1 41512018
TAG N°: YLP-SCI-SBCI-01

Ecu a dor
DWG/DOC. N°: .
G
! '!l~SifU ' ! ' ! ' I <I'I I · ~
Y I'RI :S'I.\! 'H l~I .S
DWG/DOC. N°:
MR/SP N°:
3808-S525-M-VD-014-039
3808-E525-M-MR-100-003 1 61 HFC0919-YLP-20-SP-005
1'1 · 1R< 11 1 ){AS~ .•\
PON": 4500361316
PROYECTO
OPTIMIZACION PETROLERA SHUSHUANDI
MECANICA
INGENIERIA CPP
APROBADO
~ RECHAZADO
D
VISTO
D APROBADO C 1 COM
D
ELIMINADO
D PRESENTAR D
LAS FRASES "APROBADO" O "APROBADO CON COMENTARIOS" NO LIBERARÁ
L PROVEEDOR DE SU RESPONSABILIDAD DE CUMPLIR CON TODOS LO
REQUISITOS ESTABLECIDOS EN LA ORDEN DE COMPRA, SUS DOCUMENTO
DJUNTOS Y LAS NORMAS APLICABLES.
por....... ~~~~~.~.~~~~~......................
...... ~,..c. .. ec
~~.r...~.~·.. ~~~~.............. .................
fecha .....
-·
----------
PROYECTO
+ Levo BOMBAS DE SISTEMA CONTRA
INCENDIO
INSPECCION POR ULTRASONIDO

INSPECCION POR
ULTRASONIDO
Rev. No. Prep. por Fecha Rev. Por Fecha Aprob. por Fecha
o F.F. 08/12/2017 C.LL. 08/12/2017 J.A. 0~/12/2017 Información
usados para cualquier objetivo, excepto con el permiso escrito .
Este documento impreso es una " COPIA NO CONTROLADA"

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

CONTENIDO
J. OBJETO ..................................................................................................................... 3
2. ALCANCE.................................................................................................................. 3
3. PERSONAL ................................................................................................................ 3
4. CODIGO DE REFERENCIA ................................................................................... 3
5. EQUIP0 ..................................................................................................................... 4
6. MATERIALES A INSPECCIONARSE.................................................................... 4
7. PROCESO .................................................................................................................. 4
8. TECNICA ................................................................................................................... 5
9. METODO DE CALIBRACIÓN ................................................................................ 6
JO. CRITERIO DE ACEPTACIÓN/RECHAZO ...................................................... JO
J2. REFERENCIAS .......................................................................... ~ .....-~ .. :.................... J2
J3. REGISTROS ......................................................................................... :.................... J3
Estos datos son confidenciales y no serán revelados a otros o reproducidos de ninguna manera , o
Este documento impreso es una "COPIA NO CONTROLADA"

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

1. OBJETO
Este procedimiento describe los requisitos mínimos para la inspección de

soldaduras, material base planchas u superficies de tuberías, detección de
fallas por Ultrasonido . utilizando la técnica de Phased Array, para la
Soldadura de Tuberías.
2. ALCANCE
Este procedimiento describe el método para realizar la inspección por

ultrasonido mediante la técnica de Phased Array, de uniones soldadas en
tuberías, soldadura Juntas a Tope . Con Diámetro Exterior desde 2.375"
hasta 36" en rango de espesores desde 4 mm hasta 50 mm, también se
puede aplicar sobre planchas o tuberías en el material base con el objete de
detectar fallas como fisuras laminación etc. Materiales de la tubería API-5L-
X40, X52, X60, X70 o equivalentes.
3. PERSONAL
La calificación del personal será de acuerdo al procedimiento basado en la

práctica recomendada ASNT- TC- 1A, Ed. 2001 .
Solamente el personal calificado y certificado Nivel 11 y 111 en ·)nspección por
ultrasonido, técnica phase array será el responsable de realizar la
exanimación y emitir los informes. Personal Nivel 1 podrá realizar la
inspección bajo supervisión del personal Nivel 11 o 111.
4. CODIGO DE REFERENCIA
• ASME 801LER ANO PRESSURE VESSEL CODE, SECTION V,

ARTÍCULO 4
• ASME 831 .3 PROCESS PIPING
• ASME 831.4 Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons
• ASTM 2700-09 Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Welds
Using Phased Array

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

• WELDING OF PIPELINES AND RELATED FACILITIES API STANDARD

1104 REAFFIRMED, APRIL 2010.
5. EQUIPO
El equipo a utilizar para realizar esta inspección será el siguiente :
• Omniscan versión MX2 marca Olympus ; o Phasor de Marca General

Electric PA:16:64M PHASED ARRA Y con encoder de un plano sensor de
16, 32 o 64 elementos y software ES Beam tool, para configuración del
equipo.
• Palpador multielementos referencia 5L 16-9.6X1 OAP-P-1 0-0M de 5

MHZ y 16 elementos y/o palpadores de 2.25 a 5 MHZ de 16 hasta 64
elementos
• Zapata angular SA 1O-N55 S según la curvatura exterior de la tubería
6. MATERIALES A INSPECCIONARSE
El procedimiento se aplica a metales ferrosos y no ferroso~ y a soldaduras

con penetración completa o parcial, en planchas, ·tubería, perfiles y
estructuras en general.
Soldadura de tubería, juntas a tope bisel en V, mayor detalle se indica en los

WPS, utilizado para el efecto. La geometría de la junta que debe
establecerse en el WPS es un prerrequisito y dato obligatorio previo a la
inspección de juntas soldadas por Phased Array .
Aceros: Material de la tubería API-5L-X40-52-60-70 Etc. consignado

en los correspondientes procedimientos de Soldadura WPS , Diámetros de
Tuberías desde 2.375" hasta 24", Espesores de Pared desde 4.77 a 20 mm
7. PROCESO
usados para cualquier objetivo , excepto con el permiso escrito .

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

El barrido debe cumplir con un desplazamiento paralelo al cordón de

soldadura para examinar toda la longitud de la misma. Es importante realizar
con el palpador una ligera rotación entre so y 7° para detectar defectos de
orientación particular como fisuras.
Cualquier discontinuidad detectada superior al 30 % del nivel de referencia

se analizará para determinar si se trata de una posible fisura.
Para mayor seguridad y en el caso de poder realizar el barrido por ambos

lados de la soldadura se lo debe hacer especialmente para
confirmar la presencia de discontinuidades en juntas tubo a tubo. En el
caso de juntas entre tubo y accesorio el barrido puede realizarse en el tubo y
mientras sea físicamente posible se hará un segundo barrido en el
accesorio . El método de ultrasonido por Phased Array se aplicará
únicamente en soldaduras donde físicamente se pueda realizar el barrido sin
complicaciones o incertidumbres que interfieran el resultado final del ensayo.
8. TECNICA
La técnica a ser usada es Ultrasonido Manual Pulso eco, serán utilizan las
técnicas de ondas longitudinales y transversales, con el método de Arreglo
de Fases.
Con tiempos precisos de retardos de disparo entre , los elementos,
electrónicamente se puede controlar la focalización y la direccíón del haz por
el principio de Huyghens ~ · ·
La tecnología de arreglo de fases consiste en la habilidad de modificar

electrónicamente las características acústicas del palpador. Las
modificaciones del palpador se realizan reduciendo retardos de tiempo en
señales : enviada (pulso) y recibidas (Eco) por los elell)entos individuales de
un arreglo.

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

9. METODO DE CALIBRACIÓN
Se utilizará la Calibración de acuerdo a Manual OmniScan MX o PHASOR

XS de General Electric utilizando el bloque IIW Tipo 1 o IIW Tipo 2
CALIBRACIÓN CON TRANSDUCTOR DE HAZ ANGULAR
Para la calibración del transductor de haz angular descrito a continuación es

llevado a cabo utilizando un transductor Olympus 5L 16-9.6X1 0-A 10-
P-1 0-0M, con una frecuencia de 5 MHz. El transductor es montado sobre
una zapata recta SA 10-0L. Se recomienda utilizar un bloque de calibración
ASTM E-164 IIW Tipo 1 o Tipo 11, para este procedimiento de calibración. En
el siguiente procedimiento se utilizó un bloque IIW Tipo 11 de acero al carbón.
Para calibrar, siga estos pasos:
1. Realice el ajuste inicial rango velocidad y ángulos del palpador.

Conecte el transductor a un cable apropiado y conecte el cable de los
conectores para transductor en el OmniScan O Phasor XS
2. Introduzca el valor correcto de la zapata y permita que el equipo

reconozca el Transductor por medio del software y bibliotecas disponibles.
3. Introduzca el valor aproximado de la velocidad de . onda de corte del

material que será inspeccionado. Para este ejemplo usa~do . acero al carbón ,
introduzca una velocidad de 0.1280 in/us (3251 mm/us si está trabajando en
unidades métricas).
4. Introduzca un rango apropiado para el bloque de prueba que está siendo

utilizado. Para este ejemplo, introduzca un rango de 10.00 pulgadas (250 .0
mm si está trabajando en unidades métricas).
5.0 Introduzca la Geometría de la junta, ángulo de-bisel, talón, altura del

talón, etc.
• Calibración por Velocidad

• Calibrando en Retardo de Zapata
• Calibrando en Sensibilidad

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

El proceso de calibración se realiza con la función de rechazo

apagada y con el fin de calibrar los siguientes tres parámetros de
manera ordenada:
1. Velocidad del sonido del material. Mediante la ayuda de dos

radios de distancia conocida ubicados en los bloques IIW tipo 1,
tipo 11 o ose, se realiza la calibración de la velocidad del
sonido o tiempo de vuelo de la onda sónica transversal en el
acero de bajo carbono, que en este caso debe permanecer
cercana a los 3240 m/s.
2. Retardo de la zapata. Debido a que la zapata angular utilizada

en esta inspección genera que los múltiples cristales emisores
del tren de ondas se encuentren a distancias diferentes del
metal base, es necesario que el equipo genere una
secuencia de disparos de la onda de los diferentes elementos
para de esta manera generar un tren de ondas refractado
coherente con la inspección .
3. Sensibilidad. Con la ayuda de radios o reflectores de 1/16 in a

una profundidad de 15 mm, se determina el número de
decibeles necesario para que este tipo de indicaciones
pequeñas alcancen amplitudes, visualizadas en el sean A, entre
un 40 y 60%, la ganancia utilizada para este fin será
usada como el factor B, en la determinación del ~scalafón
de la indicación, factor D.
Curvas de referencia
Palpador Angular
@,. IB{,'
,.
... ... ,. ,. ,. ,.
.... ,. ,.
,. ,.
,.-"' ... ....
.... .... ,. ,. ,.
Con el palpador en la posición A, investigar el agujero de mayor amplitud.

La reflexión de este agujero será elevada al 80% de la altura de la pantalla,
usados para cualquier objetivo , excepto con el permiso escrito.

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

determinándose el nivel de ganancia primaria . Luego con el palpador en la

posición B se obtendrá un segundo punto los otros puntos de la curva serán
determinados.
NOTA:
Siempre que cualquier punto de referencia caiga abajo del 20% de la altura
de la pantalla , debe ser trazada una curva auxiliar.
La calibración de sensibilidad debe ser comprobada cada 4 horas de

trabajo continuo o en cualquier tiempo por solicitud de fiscalización .
Bloque de referencia.
Para referenciar los defectos se utilizará un Bloque del mismo material a

inspeccionar, con ranuras de acuerdo a Código API 1104 ltem 11.4. 7.1 Fig .
22A Reference Block for Manual UT
Nolch Block Sido View
End View
Dim• ns.C>ns:
í Nominal ppe ...,..:>lllhickne-.
N Notch d ~ plh = 10% í pus a minus 10% of nolch d ~~plh
A 2 in. (50 rrrn) minimum l&nglh
B 0. 125 in. (2.2 mm) maxinumnolch .,..idlh
C 11 . 3 5 T plus 2 in. (50 mm) minimum l• nglh
O 3. 1 in. (80 mm) minimum -Mdlh
E 1 in. (25 rrrn) minimum notch length
R1 Out side radius of pipe
R2 R3 dius of insic5 nolch = R1 mi rus O.9 í
R3 Radius of outsid& nolch = R1 minus O. 10 í
Figur 22A-I~ lerence m e~ lor r·,.lanu al UT


PROYECTO
INCENDIO
INSPECCION POR ULTRASONIOO

La sensibilidad será ajustada en con el bloque de referencia del mismo

material a inspeccionas que contenga una ranura interna y una ranura
externa y comprobado con probetas que contengan defectos.
CONDICION DE SUPERFICIE
La zona donde se realizará el barrido ultrasónico o zona aledaña a la

soldadura , antes de realizar dicho barrido debe ser cepillada o grateada en
un espacio de tres pulgadas en ambos lados de la soldadura . De existir
pintura esta debe ser retirada con grata para que no interfiera al ensayo
ACOPLANTE
Carbometil celulósico (CMC), conocido también como Gel biodegradable,

utilizado principalmente como espesante en la industria alimenticia,
cosmética etc.
El CMC tipo gel se debe utilizar como acoplante en una superficie de barrido
cuya temperatura sea menor a 60° C.
En el caso que se deba inspeccionar soldaduras con temperaturas

superiores a 60° C, se debe utilizar aceite comestible como acoplante.
TÉCNICA DE BARRIDO
El área de barrido será previamente inspeccionada visualmente, para

ver posibles discontinuidades que interfieran en la inspección.
Es responsabilidad del cliente liberar las juntas soldadas mediante VT
inspección visual.
El barrido será ejecutado como se indicó en el punto 8.2
CRITERIO DE REGISTRO E IDENTIFICACION
Serán registradas todas las discontinuidades cuyo eco sobrepase el 50% de

altura del pico en la pantalla y la detección será realizada de acuerdo al
método de los 6d8 .

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

IDENTIFICACION DE SOLDADURAS.
Las soldaduras serán identificas de acuerdo a lo establecido por el QAQC

mecánico del cliente
1O. CRITERIO DE ACEPTACIÓN/RECHAZO
CRITERIOS DE ACEPTACIÓN. Según API 1104
Las indicaciones relevantes deben observar lo establecido en el apartado

11.4.7 como nivel de evaluación o sensibilidad y de acuerdo al apartado
9.6.2 como criterio de aceptación o rechazo .
Las indicaciones deben considerarse como defectos si una de las siguientes

situaciones existe:
• Las indicaciones determinadas como fisuras deben ser consideradas

defectos.
• Las indicaciones de superficie lineal (LS) (adem~s . de las fisuras)

interpretadas como abiertas a la superficie LO o OD deben ser
consideradas defectos si existe una de las siguientes condiciones:
• La suma de indicaciones LS en una longitud continua de 12" (300mm)

de soldadura excede 1" (25mm).
• La suma de las indicaciones LS excede 8% de la longitud de la soldadura.
• Las indicaciones lineales internas (LB) (además de las fisuras)

interpretadas como sub-superficiales dentro de la soldadura y no
conectadas con la superficie ID o 00 deben ser consideradas defectos si
existe una de las siguientes condiciones:
usados para cualquier objetivo, excepto con el penmiso escrito.

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

• La suma de indicaciones LB en una longitud continua de 12" (300mm)

de soldadura excede 2" (50mm) .
• La suma de indicaciones LB excede 8% de la longitud de la soldadura .
• Las indicaciones transversales (T) (además de las fisuras) deben ser

consideradas volumétricas y evaluadas utilizando los criterios para
indicaciones volumétricas. La letra T debe ser utilizada para designar
todas las indicaciones transversales reportadas.
• Las indicaciones agrupadas volumétricas (VC) deben considerarse

defectos cuando la dimensión máxima de indicaciones de VC exceden
Y2" (13mm).
• Las indicaciones individuales volumétricas (VI) deben considerarse

defectos cuando la dimensión máxima excede 1/8" (3m m) tanto en ancho
como en longitud.
• Las indicaciones de raíz volumétricas (VR) interpretadas como abiertas a

la superficie ID deben considerarse defectos si existe una de las
siguientes condiciones:
• La dimensión máxima de indicaciones VR excede~~~ (6mm) .
• La longitud total de indicaciones VR excede Y2" (13mm) en una longitud

continua de 12" (300mm) . V • •
• Cualquier acumulación de indicaciones relevantes (AR) debe ser

considerada como defecto cuando existe una de las siguientes
indicaciones:
• La suma de indicaciones por arriba del nivel de evaluación excede 2"

(50mm) en 12" (300mm) de longitud de soldadura : ·
• La suma de indicaciones por arriba del nivel de evaluación excede el 8%

de la longitud total de la soldadura.

PROYECTO
INCENDIO

CRITERIOS DE ACEPTACIÓN. Según ASME 831.3
Los criterios de aceptaCión de las soldaduras en ltem 3.44.6.2 del Código

ASME 831.3. Inspección ultrasónica: Las discontinuidades de tipo lineal no
son aceptables si la amplitud de la discontinuidad detectada, excede el nivel
de referencia y sus longitudes exceden lo siguiente:
• 6 mm (V4 in .) for Tw :S 19 mm (314 in .)

• Tw/3 for 19 mm< Tw :S 57 mm (2V4 in .)
• 19 mm for Tw > 57 mm
Tw =espesor nominal de pared más delgado de los componentes soldados a

tope
SISTEMA DE RASTREABILIDAD
El informe debe indicar claramente el equipo, el número de tubo

inspeccionado y el lugar donde existe cualquier discontinuidad,
discriminando si se trata de una soldadura longitudinal o circular.
El plan de escaneo por el método de Phased Array'. debe contener las

pantallas de A sean, S sean, C sean y alternativamente la representación
geométrica de la junta soldada denominada Ray Tracing. ·
Para dimensionar las discontinuidades se debe utilizar las herramientas que

facilita el software asociado al equipo Omniscan MX2 O PHASOR XS
cursores y compuertas. Para ello se debe actuar el Sean S y el Sean C.
Se marcará los defectos encontrados y que necesitan_ser reparados.
12. REFERENCIAS
• MANUAL DE SEGURIDAD
• PROCEDIMIENTO EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN PERSONAL
----- - - -
PROYECTO
INCENDIO

13. REGISTROS
• INSPECCION POR ULTRASONIDO

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
PROCEDIMIENTO DE PRUEBAS
Documentos Generales HIDROSTATICAS Página 1
PROCEDIMIENTO DE PRUEBAS HIDROSTATICAS
Pruebas
Hidrostaticas
Rev. Aprob.
Rev. No. Prep. por Fecha Fecha Fecha
Por por
A L.M 13/03/2018 C.LL 13/03/2018 S.M. 13/03/2018 Informacion

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
CONTENIDO
1 OBJETIVO ...................................................................................................................... 3
2 ALCANCE ....................................................................................................................... 3
3 EXCLUSIONES .............................................................................................................. 3
4 CODIGOS Y NORMAS DE REFERENCIA ................................................................. 4
5 PROCEDIMIENTO ........................................................................................................ 4
5.1 REQUERIMIENTOS GENERALES.......................................................................... 4
5.2 REQUERIMIENTOS DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA ...................................... 5
5.3 DISCOS CIEGOS PARA LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA ....................................... 6
5.4 REQUISITOS ANTES DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA .................................... 6
5.5 EJECUCION DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA ................................................... 7
5.6 REQUISITOS FINALIZACION DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA .................... 8
5.7 REGISTROS DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA .................................................... 8
6 REGISTROS ................................................................................................................... 8

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
1 OBJETIVO
Establecer los requerimientos necesarios para ejecutar las pruebas hidrostáticas

en tuberías metálicas y accesorios asociados a estas.
2 ALCANCE
Establecer los requerimientos mínimos para llevar a cabo las Pruebas

Hidrostáticas de sistema nuevos de tuberías, enterradas y aéreas, después de la
construcción para probar sus esfuerzos y hermeticidad.
3 EXCLUSIONES
Los siguientes casos están excluidos de la presente especificación:

Equipos o paquetes previamente probados por el fabricante.
 Sumideros y drenajes atmosféricos.
 Líneas y sistemas abiertos a la atmósfera.
 Tuberías para instrumentos entre la válvula de raíz y el instrumento

conectado.
 Equipos Rotativos.
 Dispositivos de alivio de presión.
 Instrumentos

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
4 CODIGOS Y NORMAS DE REFERENCIA
Los códigos, normas y prácticas que se listan forman parte de esta

especificación. Cada especificación y/o apéndices deberán ser las últimas
versiones, a no ser que se indique de otra manera.
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
 ” ASME B31.3 “Process Piping”
 Documentos del Proyecto: Listado de líneas
5 PROCEDIMIENTO
5.1 REQUERIMIENTOS GENERALES
El Contratista deberá suministrar al Supervisor por parte del Cliente los

procedimientos en detalle de las pruebas hidrostáticas, formatos y los circuitos
planificados para la aprobación del Cliente. El Contratista deberá probar
hidrostáticamente todos los sistemas de tuberías de acuerdo a la Norma de
Diseño ASME B31.3 y el listado de líneas del proyecto.
El fluido utilizado para las pruebas será agua para todas las tuberías de
procesos, aire seco o fluido de servicio para ciertos sistemas de servicio de
utilidades.
El Contratista debe proveer todo el equipo, instrumentación y cartas necesarias,

con los debidos certificados de calibración, para el correcto desarrollo y debida
documentación de las pruebas ejecutadas.
Todos los componentes de tubería deben ser inspeccionados para determinar si

tienen la suficiente capacidad para sostener la presión de prueba.
Instrumentos y equipos deben ser excluidos de las pruebas.

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
Al menos que se especifique otra cosa equipos montados en patines no deben

ser probados en campo.
Todas las pruebas hidrostáticas desarrolladas a los sistemas de tuberías

deberán ser presenciadas por el Supervisor por parte del Cliente.
Cuando un sistema de tuberías de una clase se conecta con un sistema de
tuberías de una clase diferente en una válvula bridada, esta última debe ser
incluida en el sistema de mayor clase. Cuando el sistema termina en una válvula
roscada, esta válvula debe ser incluida en la prueba con el otro extremo tapado.
El Contratista será responsable de la lectura, registro y análisis de los datos de

presión y temperatura para determinar si se presentan fugas en el sistema
probado. Todas las fugas deben ser localizadas y reparadas por el Contratista.
El certificado de registro de las pruebas de presión, temperatura, tiempo, fecha,

descripción del sistema, datos de la prueba, variación presión-temperatura y las
notas correspondientes deben ser suministrados al Cliente.
El Contratista deberá proporcionar al Cliente todos los certificados de calibración

de los equipos a ser utilizados, previo a la ejecución de las pruebas.
El Contratista será responsable por drenar el fluido, y disponerlo en el lugar que

se haya determinado en el desarrollo del proyecto. Los puntos de drenaje
temporales deberán ser instalados donde se requieran los mismos que una vez
finalizada la prueba deberán ser debidamente tapados y soldados
5.2 REQUERIMIENTOS DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA
La presión de prueba será en conformidad con el párrafo 345.4.2. “Test

Pressure” de la norma ASME B31.3, es decir:
No menor que 1.5 veces la presión de Diseño.
Para temperaturas sobre la temperatura de prueba, la mínima presión será

calculada por la ecuación:
PT= (1.5 * P * ST) / S
(Excepto si ST/S ≤ 6.5)
PT: Mínima presión de prueba

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
P: Presión interna de diseño

ST: Valor del esfuerzo a la temperatura de prueba.
S: Valor de esfuerzo a la temperatura de diseño.
Todas las juntas y conexiones serán examinadas para comprobar si existen
fugas (párrafo 345.2.2 ASME B31.3)
El mínimo tiempo de duración de las pruebas de presión serán de una (1) hora.
5.3 DISCOS CIEGOS PARA LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA
Los equipos que no van a ser probados, de acuerdo al numeral 345.3.4 del
ASME B31.3 deberán ser desconectados del sistema de tuberías o aislados con
ciegos.
Para las pruebas deberá utilizarse discos ciegos de cara plana F/F o R/F con
empaquetaduras non asbesto de 1/16 de espesor para bloquear la succión,
descarga y aislar las válvulas del sistema en donde sea posible. Así como Oval
Ring acorde con su correspondiente rango de presión y clase de construcción.
5.4 REQUISITOS ANTES DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA
Antes de la Prueba Hidrostática el El Contratista presentará al Cliente toda la

documentación, registros y reportes del sistema de tuberías a ser probado para
asegurar que el sistema se encuentra completamente liberado de acuerdo con el
código y especificaciones, así como los certificados de calibración de equipos.
El sistema de tuberías debe ser completamente chequeado por el personal de la

Contratista.
El Contratista será el responsable de la inspección visual final de los trabajos y
comparará que el sistema esté de acuerdo a los P&ID’S e Isométricos emitidos
en la Ingeniería de Detalle, verificando principalmente los siguientes aspectos:
El Sistema se encuentre completo y no existan partes faltantes.
Garantizar la limpieza del sistema de tuberías con agua para eliminar polvo,
residuos de electrodos y otras impurezas, posteriormente un Flushing en la
misma para el secado.

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
Garantizar la correcta ubicación de las válvulas de venteo y drenaje, y durante el

proceso de llenado de agua que las válvulas de los venteos en los puntos más
altos del Sistema estén abiertas para eliminar el aire de las líneas y poder iniciar
la prueba hidrostática.
Alguna discrepancia u observación existente debe ser corregida inmediatamente
antes de iniciar la prueba Hidrostática, la cual se iniciará solamente con la
aprobación y autorización del Cliente.
5.5 EJECUCION DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA
Los métodos y presiones de prueba estarán en conformidad con el acápite 3.1

de éste documento y el listado de líneas.
El Contratista garantizará que llenado del sistema de tuberías se realice con

agua limpia.
El Contratista debe garantizar que el sistema se encuentre debidamente

soportado, soportes de tubería, permanentes y temporales, para asegurar que
éstos soporten el peso del líquido de prueba.
Todas las juntas, incluyendo las soldadas deber quedar expuestas para la
respectiva examinación durante la prueba.
Se realizará la examinación visual de todas las juntas empernadas, soldadas y

válvulas, para asegurar que el sistema esté libre de fugas.
Los venteos y otros puntos altos deben ser cerrados cuando el sistema esté
completamente lleno y libre de aire.
El Cliente debe presenciar la ejecución de la prueba hidrostática para que se dé

cumplimiento con todos sus requerimientos, para esto el Contratista debe
informar al Cliente del inicio y la terminación de la Prueba Hidrostática.

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
5.6 REQUISITOS FINALIZACION DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA
El Contratista después de la finalización de la prueba hidrostática debe retirar

todos los discos ciegos temporales, todas las bridas ciegas permanentes
retornar a su apropiada posición, todas las líneas y accesorios de tubería deben
ser completamente drenados y limpios.
Todas las conexiones para venteo y drenaje que fueron añadidos para la prueba
serán cerrados y sellados de acuerdo con las especificaciones de tubería.
5.7 REGISTROS DE LA PRUEBA HIDROSTATICA
La Contratista será responsable de llenar el registro de cada sistema probado.

En este registro debe incluir como mínimo la siguiente información:
 Fecha de la prueba
 Identificación del sistema de tubería
 Isométricos de las líneas que forman los sistemas de Tuberías a ser
ensayados.
 Presión de Prueba
 P&ID’s de Referencia.
 Registro de los liqueos identificados, tipos de reparaciones o correcciones
realizadas.
 Firma de aprobación de la Prueba Hidrostática de parte del cliente.
El Contratista será responsable de archivar todos los registros de la prueba para

asegurar que todos los sistemas de tubería han sido probados según los
requerimientos de los códigos y especificaciones.
6 REGISTROS
Reporte de prueba hidrostática

2 3 4 5 6 7 8
.ARTS
\O'IJI,'flo\TI: IolM.~·-
A 1 1..,..,,._.""""""..... 1 lA
...., .. ~I:QCOfl1ttl:-aMDI
8 lO 1.0' n.MIIil[, .\le ll!IL rr• ...., ~»~~

8
"MDCrT "· loll Afti'1'T

12 ICLT-111.11 flLL n M.Y .t4t3 n, \lit INY K»>JTT,
es A.tM !H. n.n:liKI e~ 11'\.n, u•llluc-e.r. r •
)14 DI.. Mtoa.O M.l
13
,. , . n..MIIL.Ct ftSI, ff , tLI" 1111
" •• ....rr rf , IC)MXST
" lll......_D . .T
....
r:--I.a-::':..~ c:.."'.r,r;)~~~~
e l7 t' nMrCil:, MCI etSII, IT, 'ti...P IIW e

lO t' t.r.lltn rT, ICI .uJU1
l9 JGLT-IT\18 flLL 111 IIIL'f AltO •1, 'oUt IN'f ~.

ct AIM ... o.Ltllll CAa P\.TJ. 214-UI....C~ 1 S
1M. AIID&.CI . .,
D D
NOTAS 'ERAlES
---
-- _. - -..
~M .!!!.
-·-· G
1\JK\l" ll.l 10 "1()' 'l)>
fi'IU .\ i \ f11h l_\
SHAYA
•tu•••• s.A.
-- F
-- -· --·
I'I LliOUit\)).\
fii:II.Jt - ....o • , . _ .. -..-.
+Levo _.,._
--
8IID IIS'I'Ill.l CON"'''A INCWllDKMI n.f-BCI-IICI-0
ltiN/MI 1 - • ..U
~., :
"'·
1
4 5 6 7
3 4
A3
SISTEMA Ut:. {.;ALJUAU DATE 1 Fecha :
+Levo 17/03/2012
BOL TS TIGHTENING REPORT 1 Reporte
REGISTRO DE APRIETE DE PERNOS N° 1
CLIENT 1 Cliente: CPP PROJECT 1 Proyecto: SKID DE BOMBAS CONTRA INCENDIOS
STRUCTURE OR EQUIPMENT
ISKID DE BOMBAS CONTRA INCENDIOS
Estructura o Equipo: 1
MINIMUM FASTENER TENSION (Kips) FOR 1 Tensión mfnima de los sujetadores para :
Bolts size inch ASTM A193 B7

Tamaño perno Pernos A193 B7
Ft-Pound /Libras Pie
1/2 45 BOL T TIGHTENING EQUIPMENT USED:
9/16 70 Equipo usado para el apriete de pernos
5/8 90 ¡TORQUE STANLEY 400 LB- FT NO. PART.
3/4 165 20020040628A2 1
l
7/8 270 Fecha de Calibración:
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
400
600
800
L NUEVO
l
TENSION READING* AFTER Mechanic Name
DATE FLANGE # BOL TS DIAMETER SIGNA TU RE
ADJUSTMENT Nombre del
mecánico
Fecha #de Brida Diametro del perno Lectura tensión luego del ajuste Firma
17/05/2018 BRIDAA1 7/8" 270 CRISTIAN LLIVE
17/05/2018 BRIDA AS 7/8" 270 CRISTIAN LLIVE
18/05/2018 BRIDA B1 7/8" 270 CRISTIAN LLIVE
18/05/2018 BRIDAB6 7/8" 270 CRISTIAN LLIVE
19/05/2018 BRIDA C1 7/8" 270 , CRISTIAN LLIVE
19/05/2018 BRIDA D1 3/4" 165 CRISTIAN LLIVE
19/05/2018 BRIDAD2 3/4" 165 ' CRISTIAN LLIVE
19/05/2018 BRIDA D3 3/4" 165 CRISTIAN LLIVE
* Each tension reading shall be the average of three bolts.

Cada lectura de tensión debe ser el promedio de lectura de tres pernos
1 APPROVED BY 1 Aprobado por
REGISTER BY 1 Registrado por REVISED BY 1 Revisado por APPROVED BY 1 Aprobado por
NAME 1 Nombre : CRISTIAN LLIVE JUAN AMORES SERGIO MARCEL;t
POST 1 Cargo: LEVO 1 IF\If"'l LEVO /1
d ¡\\_"
. .\
~ ~/ ¡:;._¡
SIGNATURE 1 Firma : S
/
,~
' \ ~ "l. \
DATE 1 Fecha : 19/05/2018 ..._.,19/05/2018 1WÓ5/2~18 1
\
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
SHAYA
FC9.19- MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN
YULEBRA
PROCEDIMIENTO PARA PRUEBAS DE

Doc. No. AISLAMIENTO ELÉCTRICO EN CABLES DE Hoja N° 1 de 9
CONTROL E INSTRUMENTACIÓN
CONTENIDO
1. OBJETIVO
2. ALCANCE
3. RESPONSABILIDADES
4. DOCUMENTOS DE REFERENCIA
5. DEFINICIONES Y ABREVIATURAS
6. DESCRIPCIÓN DE LA ACTIVIDAD
7. ANEXO 1: CONCEPTOS BASICOS DE LA PRUEBA PARA MEDICIÓN

DE LA RESISTENCIA DE AISLAMIENTO
YULEBRA

1. OBJETIVO
Establecer las actividades mm1mas a realizarse para la ejecución de las

pruebas de medición de las resistencias eléctricas y de aislamiento para
cables de bajo voltaje nuevos o que ya hayan sido puestos en operación y
utilizados en aplicaciones de instrumentación o control , para con ello
garantizar un correcto y óptimo funcionamiento; y salvaguardar la integridad
del personal de operación.
2. ALCANCE
Este procedimiento comprende todos los trabajos necesarios a realizarse

para llevar a cabo la prueba de aislamiento eléctrico para todos los
conductores de un cable multiconductor con la finalidad de establecer el
estado del aislamiento del cable sometido a prueba .
3. RESPONSABILIDADES
3 .1 El Supervisor del área respectiva será responsable de verificar que el

personal a su cargo haya sido debidamente entrenado para realizar las
actividades conforme lo marca el presente procedimiento y que se
cumplan las normativas pertinentes.
3.2 El Responsable de Calidad verificará que el proceso sea ejecutado de

acuerdo a los lineamientos marcados en el procedimiento, para esto
programará revisiones a las actividades indicad§IS .en el mismo para
asegurarse que no se estén cometiendo desviaciones al proceso,
asegurando así la calidad del trabajo terminado.
3.3 El supervisor de Seguridad Industrial deberá difundir y hacer cumplir cada

punto de este procedimiento concernientes a la seguridad del personal del
ejecutando el trabajo y del persona que pudiera ser afectado por la
realización del mismo; también será el encargado de gestionar la
·aprobación de los permisos de trabajo .
YULEBRA

4. DOCUMENTOS DE REFERENCIA
Para elaborar el presente procedimiento se utilizan los siguientes

documentos:
4.11EEE-43
4.2 NEMA WC 71
4.3NEMA WC 3
4.41CEA S-19-81
4.5 Especificaciones del cliente.
4.6 Catálogos del fabricante.
5. DEFINICIONES Y ABREVIATURAS
NEC National Electric Cede (NFPA-70) Edición 2005.

NEMA National Electric Manufacturers Association
IEEE lnstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
ICEA lnsulated Cable Engineers Association
6. DESCRIPCIÓN DE LA ACTIVIDAD
1. Previo a la realización de las pruebas de medición de resistencia de

aislamiento se notificará al Representante del Cliente acerca de la
ejecución de las mismas; adicionalmente se informará también al
Supervisor de Seguridad para que esté en conocimíento de la misma,
tramite el respectivo permiso y llene el AST de la actividad a desarrollarse.
2. También se deberá verificar, que el equipo de medición (megger) esté

funcionando correctamente y se revisará el certificado de calibración del
mismo constatándose que aún este vigente de acuerdo a la fecha de la
última calibración .
3. Posteriormente se señalizará con cinta de peligro ambos extremos del

cable bajo prueba .
4. Verificar y asegurar que el cable sometido a prueba se encuentre fuera de

servicio en caso de un cable que haya estado funcionando . Este estado
debe mantenerse hasta la finalización de los trabajos.
5. Se debe establecer el extremo del cable desde donde se va ha realizar la

prueba, generalmente este lado es el que presente mejores facilidades
YULEBRA

para el personal y un punto del sistema de tierra de la instalación, de no

contar con un punto de tierra se tendrá que enterrar una varilla cooperweld
para aterrizamiento.
6. Como inicio de las actividades se procede a preparar las puntas en ambos

extremos del cable a ser probado, para lo cual en el extremo en donde no
se realizará la prueba se desconectarán los cables que hayan estado
conectados o se pelarán las puntas en caso de ser cables nuevos o spare y
se abrirán sus puntas con la mayor distancia posible y asegurándose de
que no haya contacto entre los conductores. Al otro extremo se
cortocircuitarán todos los conductores del cable multiconductor que no
están bajo prueba y se aterrizarán para realizar las conexiones con el
equipo de medición tal como se muestra en la figura 6.1.
MEGGER
Figura 6.1
7. La aplicación de voltaje será de acuerdo a las-especificaciones del cable

bajo prueba. La siguiente Tabla indica los valores a aplicarse de acuerdo a
las posibles tensiones nominales:
Rango de tensiones del cable Tensión de prueba

(V) (V)
< 1000 500

YULEBRA

1000-2500 500 - 1000

2501-5000 1000 - 2500
5001- 12000 2500-5000
> 12000 5000- 10000
8. La prueba se inicia aplicando el voltaje de prueba a uno de los conductores

del cable; el tiempo de aplicación será de 1 minuto y se registrará el valor
de resistencia obtenido en ese intervalo de tiempo , luego se quitará el
voltaje aplicado a ese conductor.
9. Posteriormente se procederá a realizar la prueba con otro conductor, para

lo cual se desconectará el cable a probar del resto de conductores
aterrizados y el antes probado se aterrizará con los demás cables y se
repite el procedimiento del ítem 8.
1O. Lo descrito anteriormente se repetirá con cada uno de los conductores del
cable bajo prueba .
11. A continuación se indican condiciones climáticas para la realización de las

pruebas, sin embargo, se debe indicar que el encontrarse fuera de estos
rangos ocasiona una lectura diferente de la resistencia de aislamiento.
Temperatura permisible: 18 - 23 grados centígrados

%Humedad relativa requerida : 40-70%
12.Adicionalmente a la prueba realizada, se medirá la ~esistencia de cada

conductor para verificar su buen estado, para ello 'se cortocircuitarán dos
cables y del otro extremo se medirá su ohmeaje; si el éable bajo prueba
tiene un conductor de tierra se podrá medir la resistencia entre cada cable y
tierra; de no ser así se podrá considerar uno de los conductores como tierra
y medir la resistencia de todos los conductores respecto a ese cable
elegido.
13. Para cables de corta distancia se considerará , ~n buenas condiciones si

cumple con la regla de un megaohmio descrito en el Anexo 1.
FC9.19 - MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN
YULEBRA
-·
7. ANEXO 1:
CONCEPTOS BASICOS DE LA PRUEBA DE MEDICIÓN DE LA RESISTENCIA

DE AISLAMIENTO
7.1 MEDICIÓN DE LA RESISTENCIA DE AISLAMIENTO
Un cable con un buen aislamiento tiene alta resistencia; mientras que un

aislamiento pobre tiene baja resistencia relativamente. Los valores reales
de resistencia pueden ser más altos o más bajos, dependiendo de factores
cómo la temperatara o el contenido de humedad (la resistencia disminuye
con la temperatura o la humedad).
Sin embargo, con los registros y un poco de sentido común , se puede

tener una buena imagen de las condiciones del aislamiento de valores
que son sólo relativos .
El probador de aislamiento MEGGER es un instrumento pequeño que da

una lectura directa de la resistencia de aislamiento en ohms o megaohms.
Para un buen aislamiento, la resistencia se lee generalmente en el rango
de los megaohms .
El probador de aislamiento MEGGER es esencialmente un medidor de

resistencia de alto rango (óhmetro) con un generador de corriente directa
interconstruido. Este medidor es de construcción especial con bobinas de
corriente y bobinas de voltaje que permiten que los ohms verdaderos se
puedan leer directamente, independientemente del voltaje aplicado. Este
método no es destructivo; es decir, no ocasiona deterioro del aislamiento.
El generador puede operarse manualmente o eléctricamente para

desarrollar un voltaje alto de CD que ocasiona el ·flujb .de una pequeña
corriente a través y sobre las superficies del aislamiento. bajo prueba .
7.2 FACTORES QUE AFECTAN LAS LECTURAS DE RESISTENCIA

DE AISLAMIENTO
Recuerde que la resistencia medida (del aislamiento) serán determinadas
por el voltaje aplicado y la corriente resultante (R = E/1) . Existen distintas
cosas que afectan la corriente, incluidas la temperatura del aislamiento y la
humedad , como se mencionó en la sección anterior. Ahora , consideremos
sólo la naturaleza de la corriente a través del aislamiento y el efecto del
tiempo que se aplica voltaje .
La corriente a través y a lo largo del aislamiento forma parte de una

corriente relativamente estable en las trayectorias de fuga sobre la
superficie del aislamiento. La electricidad también fluye a través del
FC9.19 -MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN
YULEBRA

volumen del aislamiento. Realmente, como se muestra en la figura 7.1,

nuestra corriente total comprende tres componentes:
Corriente de carga capacitiva - Corriente que empieza alta y cae después

de que el aislamiento se ha cargado a voltaje pleno (de manera similar al
flujo de agua en una manguera de jardín cuando se abre la llave).
Corriente de absorción - También una corriente alta inicialmente que luego

cae (por razones que se analizan en la sección Método de tiempo -
resistencia).
Corriente de conducción o fuga - Una corriente pequeña esencialmente

estable a través y sobre el aislamiento.
Como se muestra en la figura 7.1, la corriente total es la suma de las tres

componentes y es la corriente que puede medirse directamente por un
microampérimetro, en términos de megaohms con un voltaje particular por
medio de un instrumento MEGGER (óhmmetro). Debido a que la corriente
total depende del tiempo que se aplica el voltaje, usted puede ver ahora
porqué la ley de Ohm R = E/1 sólo se mantiene, teóricamente, para un
tiempo infinito (es decir, usted debe esperar antes de tomar una lectura).
1111
!()
IJ)
Corrien1e de Carga
JI) Capaci1iva
w 1\
511
Cl)
:' 1'\1'
~ f\ 1' -' Corrien1e To1al
~
....
:! 21.1 '
_1
1'1.
!"-.... ........
Q.
f'. ..... ~
~ 15
:-- ...... r-
~
E
"' \
..., 1.
~
E
.
9
8
7 IL ~
't:
;;; -
<..> I
4 Corrlen1o de \ ·"" ~
3
f- Fuga
1 ~ ~,
25
1 1 Corrion1e do
Abson: ion
2 1
15 1/ 1\
1
V
.15 2 25 J .e
Figura 7.1
'
S Ji .7 B .91 JJ
SEGUNDOS
15 2 2.5 3
'
C 5 6 7 8 9 10
7.3 PRUEBA CORTO TIEMPO O LECTURA PUNTUAL

YULEBRA

En este método, usted conecta simplemente el instrumento MEGGER a

través del aislamiento que se va a probar y lo opera por un periodo corto de
tiempo específico (generalmente se recomienda 60 segundos). Como se
muestra esquemáticamente en la figura 7 .2, usted simplemente toma un
punto en una curva de valores crecientes de resistencia; con frecuencia el
valor sería menor para 30 segundos, más para 60 segundos. Tome en
cuenta también que la temperatura y la humedad , así como la condición de
su aislamiento afectan su lectura.
E st~ es la
Lec tura
o Ti em- 60 see
Figura 7.2
Si el aparato que está usted probando tiene una capacitancia muy
pequeña, tal como un tramo corto de alambrado doméstico, la prueba de
lectura puntual es todo lo que se requiere.
7.4 RESULTADOS OBTENIDOS.- LA REGLA DE UN MEGAOHM
Durante muchos años, los profesionales del manteriimien~o han utilizado la

regla de un megaohm para establecer el límite infEJrior permisible para la
resistencia de aislamiento .
Esta regla se puede enunciar como :
La resistencia de aislamiento debe ser aproximadamente un megaohm por

cada 1,000 volts del voltaje de operación, con un valor mínimo de un
megaohm.
Por ejemplo, un motor de 2,400 volts nominales -debe tener una resistencia
de aislamiento mínima de 2.4 megaohms. En la práctica, las lecturas de
megaohms generalmente están considerablemente arriba de este valor
mínimo en equipos nuevos o cuando el aislamiento está en buenas
condiciones.
Estudios más recientes del problema, han dado lugar a fórmulas para los
valores de resistencia de aislamiento que se basan en la clase de material
aislante utilizado y en las dimensiones eléctricas y físicas de los tipos de
YULEBRA
- -·-·- - - - - - - - - - - - · r-·-·-- ·-------·-·- ·-- - -·-· ·- ··- --- - ~ - --- - · · -- -· --

equipo en consideración.
Para las instalaciones de cables y conductores se presentan una amplia

variación de condiciones desde el punto de vista de la resistencia de
aislamiento. Estas condiciones resultan de las distintas clases de
materiales aislantes utilizados, la capacidad de voltaje del espesor del
aislamiento, y la longitud del circuito involucrado en la medición. Además,
tales circuitos generalmente se extienden sobre grandes distancias , y
pueden estar sujetos a amplias variaciones de temperatura, que pueden
tener un efecto en los valores de resistencia de aislamiento obtenidos . Las
terminales de los 'Cables y conductores también tendrán un efecto en los
valores de prueba a menos que estén limpios y seco, o protegidos .
La lnsulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA) da valores

mínimos de resistencia de aislamiento en sus especificaciones para
distintos tipos de cables y conductores. Estos valores mínimos son para
alambres y cables de un solo conductor nuevos después de que han
estado sujetos a una prueba de alto voltaje de CA y basada en una prueba
de potencial de CD 500 volts aplicado durante un minuto a una temperatura
de 60° F.
Esos valores mínimos normales (para cables de un solo conductor) se
basan en la fórmula siguiente:
R = K.Log 10 ( ~)
donde:
R = megaohms por 1000 pies de cable
K = constante del material aislante
=
O diámetro exterior del aislamiento del conductor
=
d diámetro del conductor
Valores mínimos de K a 60° F
Tipo de aislamiento
Papel impregnado . ..... . . .... . ... . . .. . .. 2,640
Cilmbrico barnizado . .. ... . . . . . .. . ... .. .... 2,460
Polietileno termoplóstico . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .... 50.000
Polietileno compuesto ....... .. .. . .... . . .. 30.000
Polivinilo termoplóstico:
Cloruro de polivinilo 60 ' C .. . . .. ............ 500
Cloruro de polivinilo 75< C . . . ... 2,000
Grado Hule natural Hule sintético

Código . . . . . . . . . . .-.- . . ... 950
Rendimiento .. . . . ........ 10.560 ...... .... 2.000
Resistente al calor .. ...... 10.560 . . .2.000
Resistente al ozono . . . .10.000 {butilo) .... . . . .2.000
Kerita . . . . ... .. .... . . . ... 4.000
AUCA PROJECT
DESCRIPCIÓN : Certificados de Fabricación y pruebas 0 4/9/2018
TAG Nº: PCF-YLP-2402 PCF-YLP-2402
DWG/DOC. Nº: -
DWG/DOC. Nº: 3808-S525-M-VD-014-044
PO N°: 4500361316
PROYECTO
MECÁNICA
INGENIERÍA CPP

ELIMINADO
PRESENTAR .
Jorge Romero Apr 17, 2018

por.......................................................... fecha.............................................................
jorge.romero@cpp.com.ec
DIESEL FIRE PUMP CONTROLLERS --- MARK II XG
TEST REPORT
REPORTE DE PRUEBA ELECTRICA DIESEL Serial No.
1658996-01RE
FTA1100 No. de Orden
Job No. / Número de Trabajo : 2753931

CAT. NO. FTA / Descripción: FTA 1100-JL12N-B-F-J-LE-N31S-ZPM
EXTERNAL INSPECTION / INSPECCION EXTERNA

NEMA Enclosure Type / Tipo de gabinete: 2 3 4 4x 12 304 SS 316 SS
General Appearance / Apariencia General Mounting Legs / Soportes de piso
Pilot Device Nameplates / Nameplates de los Botones y Lámparas 4X Pilot Devices / 4X Lámparas
Flush Crank Pushbutton / Botones de Crank (deben estar planos ) Extended Stop/Reset Pushbutton / Boton de Stop (debe sobresalir )
Stainless Steel Hardware / Hardware de acero inoxidable 4X Pilot Devices / 4X Botones
Door Keys / Llaves de la puerta
Door Handle NEMA Type / NEMA de la manija de la puerta: 2 3 4 4x 12
INTERNAL INSPECTION / INSPECCION INTERNA

Door Gasket NEMA Type / NEMA del empaque de la puerta: 2 3 4 4x 12
Enclosure Sealed / Sellado del Gabinete Door Gasket Sealed / Sellado del Empaque de la puerta con gabinete
Door Latch and Rod Test / Prueba del mecanismo de cerrado de puerta Door Interlock Test / Prueba del “Interlock” de la puerta
Mark II XG Gasket / Empaque del Mark II XG Mark II XG Gasket Sealed / Sellado del empaque del Mark II XG
Break Glass Window Gasket / Empaque en la ventana de cristal Break Glass Window Label / Etiqueta de arranque manual
Ferrite Core, Presure Transducer Cable / Ferrita en el cable del de emergencia
transductor de presión Relays / Relevadores 12V 24V
Finger Safe Cover, Charger Transformers / Cubierta de Test Solenoide / Prueba de Solenoide 12V 24V
protección en los transformadores de carga Charger Transformers / 12V 24V
Tropicalization / Esponja para la humedad Transformadores de carga
STANDARD LABELS AND MARKINGS / INSPECCION DE ETIQUETAS

Mounting Legs Label / Etiqueta de montaje de soporte para el piso Ground Requirements Tag (yellow) / Tarjeta amarilla de los
Ground Torque Label / Etiqueta de torque de tierra requerimientos de tierra
Contactor Torque Label / Etiqueta de torque del contactor Component Labels / Etiquetas de los componentes
Terminal Block Labels / Etiquetas de Terminal Block Terminal Blocks Torque Label / Etiquetas de torque en los
Conduit Entry Instruction Tag / Etiqueta de instrucciones para instalacion terminal blocks
de conduit (en la puerta) Conduit Entry Warning Tag (gland plate) / Etiqueta de "warning"
Charger Label / Etiqueta de los cargadores en la entrada del conduit - tapa removible
Mark II XG Password Label / Etiqueta de Password para Mark II XG Engine Test Label / Etiqueta de "Engine Test"
TIGHTNESS / COMPONENTES APRETADOS

Control Plate / Plato de control Contactor Plate / Plato del contactor
Relay Terminals / Terminales en los relevadores Contactor Lugs / Lugs del contactor
Mark II XG Terminals / Terminales en el Mark II XG All other terminals / El resto de las terminales
WET PARTS / SISTEMA DE PRESION SS (Stainless Steel) / Acero Inoxidable

Pressure Transducer Type / Tipo de Transductor de Presión: 300 psi 600 psi
Leak Detector Test / Prueba de detección de fugas Corrosion Inhibition / Oxidación
System Pressure Label / Etiqueta del sistema de presión Test Solenoid Drain Label / Etiqueta del solenoide de drenado
System - Drain labels properly located / Verifique que las etiquetas del sistema de presión y del drenado esten colocadas correctamente
CHARGER SETUP / CONFIGURACION DE LOS CARGADORES

Charger Input 115VAC / Entrada de cargador a 115 VAC Charger Input 230VAC / Entrada de cargador a 230 VAC
Charger Output 12VDC / Salida de cargador a 12 VDC Charger Output 24 VDC / Salida de cargador a 24 VDC
Lead Acid (Pb) / Plomo- Acido
Chargers NiCad 18 Cell / Cargadores NiCad 18 celdas NiCad 20 Cell / NiCad 20 celdas
12/30/09 ECN 225567 Rev.B TR1100MARK II XG Página 1 de 5 FRM-138 Rev F

TEST REPORT
1658996-01RE
Verify jumpers 6-6, 8-8, and 11-11-11-11 are in place on engine terminal strip / Verificar que los jumpers 6-6, 8-8 y 11-11-11-11 esten
ensamblados en el lado de las terminales designadas para el motor
MARK II-XG PRELIMINARES DELUGE = CLOSED / PRELIMINARES DEL MARK II-XG DELUGE =
CERRADO
Clock Battery Installed / Batería para el reloj instalada
Firmware Updated / Firmware actualizado Factory Defaults Restored / Valores de Default re-establecidos
Clear Data Log / Limpieza de historial de datos Clear Event Log / Limpieza de historial de eventos
Serial Number / Número de serie
Model Number / Número de modelo 12V 24V
Lead Acid / Plomo - Acido NiCad
Autostart Polarity (NC) / Polaridad de Autoencendido (NC)
Lamp Test / Prueba de lámparas Audible Test / Prueba de Alarma USB Test (Verify green led) / Prueba del USB -Verificar led verde
Set Clock / Ajuste de Reloj Factory Options Installed / Opciones de fábrica instaladas
HOME SCREEN READINGS / LECTURAS EN PANTALLA DE MARK II-XG MOA = OFF(APAGADO)

Battery Volatges / Volatjes de Batería Battery Currents / Corrientes de Batería AC Voltages / Voltajes de AC
Pressure / Presión Date and Time / Fecha y Hora
Verify Manual Stop/Reset Pushbutton / Verificar el botón de paro manual
Verify Shutdown Solenoid On (Engine Terminal 12) / Verificar que la lampara de "Shutdown Solenoid" encienda (Terminal 12)
BASIC LED INDICATORS / LED INDICADORES BASICOS (MARK II-XG)

Main Swicth in Auto LED / LED encendido de "Main Switch in Auto"
AC Power available LED / LED encendido de "Power Available"
System Low Pressure LED / LED encendido de "Low System Pressure"
Alarm LED / LED encendido de "Alarm"
Main Switch in Manuel LED / LED encendido de "Main switch in manual"
Automatic Shutdown Disabled LED / LED encendido de " Automatic Shutdown Disabled"
MANUAL START / ARRANQUE MANUAL MOA=MANUAL DELUGE=CLOSED(CERRADO)

Main Swicth in Manual LED / LED encendido de "Main Switch in Manual"
SMR Relay Off (not in Auto) / Relevador SMR apagado Mx Relays Off / Relevadores Mx apagados
Fuel Valve On / Verificar que la lámpara de "Fuel Valve" encienda Shutdown Solenoid Off / Lámpara de "Shutdown Solenoid" apagada
Crank on Battery #1 Pushbutton / Prueba del botón de arranque de batería 1
Crank on Battery #2 Pushbutton / Prueba del botón de arranque de batería 2
Crank on Battery #1 and Battery #2 Pushbuttons (Manual) / Prueba simultanea de los botones de arranque de batería 1 y batería 2 (manual)
AUTOMATIC START WITH AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN ENABLED / ARRANQUE AUTOMATICO CON

APAGADO AUTOMATICO HABILITADO MOA = AUTO
Main Switch in Auto LED / Led encendido de SMR Relay On / Led del relevador MX1, MX2 Relays On / Leds de rele_
"Main Switch in Auto" SMR debe encender vadores MX1 y MX2 deben encender
Low Pressure Start / Prueba de arranque en baja presión Min Run Shutdown (5 min test) Prueba de apagado automatico
Crank Alternation in Auto / Prueba de arranque alternado despues de 5 minutos de funcionamiento la unidad debe apagarse
Fuel Valve On / Lámpara encendida de valvula de combustible Shutdown Solenoid / Lámpara encendida de "Shutdown Solenoid"
Stop / Reset Pushbutton / Prueba de los botones de Stop/Reset
Remote Start in Auto 13, 14 / Prueba de arranque remoto (TB3-13 y 14)
Deluge Start in Auto 16, 17 / Arranque de valvula de alivio Deluge en TB3-16 y 17
Auto Start (TB4- 1 and 2) / Simular auto-arranque (TB4- 1 y 2)
Engine Test in Auto / Prueba de la máquina (motor diesel) Weekly Test in Auto / Prueba Semanal

TEST REPORT
1658996-01RE
ENGINE FAULT SHUTDOWN IN TEST / PRUEBAS DE APAGADO AUTOMATICO (EN FALLA)

Engine Overspeed Shutdown / Low Oil Pressure / Baja presión de aceite High Temperature / Temperatura Alta
Apagado de la maquina en sobrevelocidad
Remote Interlock Shutdown 15, 16 / Apagado remoto, conectar jumper en TB3- 15 y 16
Battery #1 crank after Battery #2 failure / Prueba con arranque de batería 1 con falla de batería 2
Battery #2 crank after Battery #1 failure / Prueba con arranque de batería 2 con falla de batería 1
Battery failure 3 sec / Falla de batería, despues de 3 segundos se debe de activar la alarma
Charger failure after loss of Ac power (auto mode) / Falla de cargador despues de perdida de alimentación de AC
Verify Battery #1 backup of Mark II (AC Power Off) / Verificar batería #1 de respaldo de Mark II-XG cuando la alimentación de AC falla
Verify Battery #2 backup of Mark II (AC Power Off) / Verificar batería #2 de respaldo de Mark II-XG cuando la alimentación de AC falla
AUTOMATIC START WITH AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED (MANUAL STOP ONLY) / ARRANQUE
AUTOMATICO CON APAGADO AUTOMATICO DESHABILITADO (SOLO PARA PARO MANUAL)
Low Pressure Start / Arranque en baja presión Manual Stop Pushbutton Shutdown / Botón manual de paro y apagado
BUILT IN ALARMS, MARK II-XG STANDARD / CONFIGURACION DE ALARMAS EN MARK II-XG

Charger Malfunction (non latching) / Alarma de "Charger Malfunction" Low Pump Room Temperature (non latching 54, 55 / Baja
No Retenida temperatura en el cuarto - No retenida conectar 54, 55
Engine Coolant Temperature High (latching) / Temperatura alta en el Low Fuel Level (latching) 59, 60 / Nivel bajo de combustible -
enfriador del motor - Retenida Retenida conectar 59, 60
Engine Oil Pressure Low (latching) / Baja presión del aceite en el Low Reservoir (non latching) 64, 65 / Nivel bajo de reserva -
motor - Retenida No retenida conectar 64, 65
Battery #1 Trouble (latching) / Problema en batería #1 - Retenida Relief Valve Open (non latching) 140, 141 / Valvula de alivio
abierta - No Retenida conectar 140, 141
Battery #2 Trouble (latching) / Problema en batería #2 - Retenida High Fuel Level (non latching) 150, 151 / Nivel alto de
combustible - No Retenida conectar 150, 151
Engine Overspeed (latching) Sobrevelocidad en el motor - Retenida High Reservoir Level (non latching) 160, 161 / Nivel alto de
Fail to start (latching) / Falla al arrancar el motor - Retenida reserva - No Retenida conectar 160, 161
BUILT IN ALARMS, ELECTRONIC ENGINE / CONFIGURACION DE ALARMAS PARA MOTOR

ELECTRONICO
Alternate ECM (latching) Engine Terminal 301 / Modulo de Control FIM (latching) Engine Terminal 302 / Funcionamiento no correcto
Electronico (ECM) alternativo - Retenida TB301 del injector de combustible - Retenida conectar TB 302
BUILT IN ALARMS, FM COIL CONTINUITY / CONFIGURACION DE ALARMAS PARA CONTINUIDAD

EN LA BOBINA FM
Contactor Coil 1 (TB9) / Continuidad de bobina, TB-9 Contactor Coil 2 (TB-10) / Continuidad de bobina 2, TB-10
REMOTE ALARMS / ALARMAS REMOTAS

Engine Run ERR (18, 19, 20) and (18E, 19E, 20E) / Relevador de motor funcionando ERR: 18, 19, 20 y 18E, 19E, 20E
Engine Trouble ETR (21, 22, 23) / Relevador de problema en motor ETR: 21, 22, 23
MOA Switch Mis-set SMR (24A, 25A, 26A) / Relevador de switch MOA mal seleccionado SMR: 24, 25, 26
Common Alarm ALR (AL1, AL2, AL3) / Relevador de alarma común ALR: AL1, AL2, AL3
Low Fuel Level FLR (61, 62, 63) / Relevador de nivel bajo de combustible FLR: 61, 62, 63

TEST REPORT
1658996-01RE
ALL OPTIONS INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL / VERIFICAR QUE TODAS LAS OPCIONES ESTEN
INSTALADAS Y FUNCIONANDO
1 B 2 F 3 J 4 LE 5 N31S 6 ZPM
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24
PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT / PREPARACION PARA EMBARQUE DE LA UNIDAD

Designated User input for customer is / La entrada para el usuario es: User input 8 is default / Por default, la entrada 8 ya esta asignada
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 none para el Usuario, a menos que en el diagrama este ocupada.
Designed input for the Low Suction Alarm is / La entrada para la alarma de Low Suction es: Low Suction Alarm input 5 is default / Por default
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 none la entrada 5 ya esta asignada para la alarma de low suction, a
menos que en el diagrama este ocupada.
Deluge Open jumper installed / Jumper de Deluge open instalado

Place Controller in the OFF mode / Colocar el switch MOA en posición de apagado
Automatic Shutdown Disabled / Apagado automatico deshabilitado
On Delay = 0 Min Run = 30 Weekly Test Timer = 30 Weekly Test Timer = off
Coil Check 1 + 2 Disabled / Bobinas "coil check" #1 y #2 deshabilitadas
Mechanical Engine Enabled / Maquina mecánica habilitada Electronic Engine Enabled / Maquina electrónica habilitada
Main Switch Mis-set = drop-out / Switch principal mal colocado
Save event log to USB Memory Stick and verify green LED / Grabar el historial de eventos a la memoria USB y verificar que el led verde encienda.
Verify filename, event log and setting on PC / Verificar el nombre del archivo, el historial de eventos y la configuración en la PC
Verify settings to Work Order / Verificar las configuraciones en la Orden de Trabajo
Store file on network / Guardar el archivo en la red
Clear Events Log / Limpiar historial de eventos. Clear Data Log / Limpiar historial de datos
Place all circuit breackers in the OFF position / Colocar todos los breackers en la posición de apagado
Place MOA switch in the OFF position / Colocar el switch MOA en la posición de apagado
Clock Battery Cover Label Installed / Verificar la etiqueta que cubre a la batería
FM DIESEL ENGINE ALARMS

FM 1333 3.6.1 Enabled
Alarm Message Terminal* Audible Common Alarm

ECM Warning Terminal 303
ECM Failure Terminal 304
Low Suction Pressure (VSSLC Engine Option) 305
High Raw Water Temperature 310
Low Raw Water Flow (Clogged Strainer) 311
Low Engine Temperature 312
Coil Check Enabled
*Note: Alarm is activated by the application of "ground" to the terminal.
MARK II-XG SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE:

Software P/N 826530-045 Boot P/N 811924-009
AS-2000- 003 Berison Part No. 17501750 Rev. F

TEST REPORT
1658996-01RE
STANDARD LABELS AND MARKINGS / INSPECCION DE ETIQUETAS:
Data Plate: Model No. Serial No. 12 or 24 V Neg Encl Type

AC Volts Hz AC Amps PSI Bars
Instruction Plate / Etiqueta de Instrucciones Serial Tag inside of door / Tarjeta de serie adentro de la puerta
Disconnect Switch Voltage Tag (L1, L2) / Etiqueta de voltaje de entrada Warning Label / Etiqueta de “Warning”
de AC (L1, L2) FC Drawing pasted inside door / Dibujo FC pegado adentro de la puerta
Export Label / Etiqueta de Exportación FM
MANUALS AND DOCUMENTATION / MANUALES Y DOCUMENTACION:

General Information / Información General Instruction Manual / Manual de Instrucciones.
WS- 1100-1083 WD- 1100-1177
DD-
FC- 1100-692
REMARKS / COMENTARIOS:
Rev Battery Charger / Revisión del cargador de batería: Y
Code (Internal use) / Código: 100
Tested by / Probada por: Antonio Mendez Date / Fecha: Apr-09-2018 | 8:38:14 AM

Visual Inspection by / Inspección visual: Idalia Ríos Date / Fecha:

JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLER --- JOCKEY XG
TEST REPORT
REPORTE DE PRUEBA ELECTRICA Serial No.
1660673 RE
FTA550 No. de Orden

CAT. NO. FTA / Descripción: FTA 550E-AA007B-AC-AM-F-J-S-ZPJ

NEMA Enclosure Type / Tipo de gabinete: 2-3R-12 4-4x
Door Handle NEMA Type / NEMA de la manija de la puerta: 2-3R-12 4-4x
General Appearance / Apariencia General Verify Aligment of Keypad / Alineación de Teclado
Nameplates / Nameplates de los Botones Mounting Hardware / Soportes de montaje
Stainless Steel Hardware / Hardware de acero inoxidable Door Lock / Candado de manivela en "ON"

Door Gastek Sealed / Sellado Tropicalization / Esponja para la humedad

Ground Torque Label / Etiqueta de torque de tierra Ground Label / Etiqueta de tierra o chasis.
Contactor Torque Lable / Etiqueta de torque del contactor Disconnect L1, L2, L3 Labels / Etiquetas de Disconnect L1, L2, L3
Terminal Block Labels / Etiquetas de Terminal Block Cable Labels / Etiquetas en los cables
Contactor Labels / Etiquetas del contactor Terminal Blocks Torque Label / Etiquetas de torque en los Terminal
Fuse Type Label / Etiqueta para Tipo de Fusible blocks
Jockey XG Password Label / Etiqueta de Password para Jockey XG Warning Label PN/ Etiqueta de “Warning” LL-1285 (A)
Serial Tag inside of door / Tarjeta de serie adentro de la puerta WS Drawing pasted inside door / Dibujo WS pegado adentro de la puerta
UL Label B 84657100
Label LL-1658 Verify all data / Verificación de datos de la etiqueta LL-1658
Data Plate: Model No. Serial No. Encl Type HP Volts
Phase Hz PSI Bars SCCR
FLA BOM No.

Option Board/ Tablilla de Opciones TD Cables / Cables del Transductor de Presión
Contactor Plate / Plato del contactor Ground Lugs and terminals / Lugs y terminales de tierra
Relay Terminals / Terminales en los relevadores Ground Wires connected to plate / Cables de tierra conectados al plato
All other terminals / El resto de las terminales
WET PARTS / SISTEMA DE PRESION

SS (Stainless Steel) / Acero Inoxidable
3R Washers / Arandelas en Nema 3R Transducer Mfg. / Mfr. del Transductor: 1200HGG3002A3UA
RATINGS / ESPECIFICACIONES
Line Voltage / Voltaje de Línea : 460 Volts Transfomer PN / NP del transformador: 917248-001
Overload Range / Rango de Sobrecarga: 10-14 Setting / Ajuste: 11
JOCKEY XG PRELIMINARES / PRELIMINARES DEL JOCKEY XG

Hi-Pot Test at / Prueba de Hi-pot a 2600 VAC Phase Test (Option BW)/ Prueba en cada fase (Opción BW)
Serial Number / Número de serie Interlock On LCD / Interlock encendido
08/09/12 JOCKEY XG (F) Página 1 de 3 FRM-164 Rev A

JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS --- JOCKEY XG
TEST REPORT
1660673 RE
FTA550 No. de Orden
Model Number / Número de modelo HP Voltage / Voltaje

Lamp Test / Prueba de lámparas Audible Test / Prueba de Alarma
Factory Options Installed / Opciones de fábrica instaladas Clock Battery Installed / Batería para el reloj instalada
Set Clock / Ajuste de Reloj Date and Time / Fecha y Hora
HOME SCREEN READINGS / LECTURAS EN PANTALLA DE JOCKEY XG

Pressure / Presión Start-Stop / Arranque - Paro
BASIC ALARMS / ALARMAS BASICAS

Power Available LED / Led de potencia disponible Alarm LED / Led de Alarma
System Pressure Low LCD / Sistema con baja presión en pantalla Audible Alarm (if equipped) / Alarma Audible
Phase Failure LCD / Falla de fase en pantalla Phase Reversal LCD / Fase invertida en pantalla
Pump Runing LED / Led de bomba corriendo Fail to Start LCD / Falla de arranque de motor en pantalla
MANUAL START / ARRANQUE MANUAL

Manual Start-Stop / Arranque y paro manual
AUTOMATIC START / ARRANQUE AUTOMATICO

Low Pressure Start / Arranque en baja presión Auto Start / Arranque automático
REMOTE ALARM CONTACTS / CONTACTOS PARA ALARMA REMOTA

Phase 1 Failure Alarm Relay Contacts / Contactos de alarma para falla de fase 1
Phase 1-2 Reversal Alarm Relay Contacts / Contactos de alarma para fases invertidas 1 y 2
Pump Running Contacts / Contactos para bomba corriendo
1 AC 2 AM 3 F 4 J 5 S 6 ZPJ
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24
Designated User input for customer is / La entrada para el usuario es: User input 4 is default / Por default, la entrada 4 es asignada para
1 2 3 4 none el usuario, a menos que en el diagrama este ocupada.
On Delay = 0 Min Run = 0

Modbus disabled / Modbus deshabilitado Store file on network / Guardar archivo en red
Clear Events Log / Limpiar historial de eventos Clear Data Log / Limpiar historial de datos
Reset Cycle Counter / Limpiar contador de ciclos

JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERS --- JOCKEY XG
TEST REPORT
1660673 RE
FTA550 No. de Orden
JOCKEY XG SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE:


DD- 550-05 WS- 550-468
FC- Other-
Other- Other-
Tested by / Probada por: Francisco Sebastian Date / Fecha: Feb-06-2018 | 3:31:17 PM

Visual Inspection by / Inspección visual: Rosy Pérez Date / Fecha:

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP CONTROLLERS --- MARK II XG
TEST REPORT
1660672-01 RE
FTA740-1800, FTA1900, FTA1930 No. de Orden

CAT. NO. FTA / Descripción: FTA 1300-AM250B-F-J-S-ZPM

NEMA Enclosure Type / Tipo de gabinete: 2 3R 4 4x 12 304 SS 316 SS
General Appearance / Apariencia General Mounting Legs / Soportes de piso
Pilot Device Nameplates / Nameplates de los Botones y Lámparas 4X Pilot Devices / 4X Lámparas
Flush Start Pushbutton / Botón de Start (debe estar plano ) Extended Stop Pushbutton / Boton de Stop (debe sobresalir )
Stainless Steel Hardware / Hardware de acero inoxidable 4X Pilot Devices / 4X Botones
Door Keys / Llaves de la puerta
Door Handle NEMA Type / NEMA de la manija de la puerta: 2 3R 4 4x 12

Door Gasket NEMA Type / NEMA del empaque de la puerta: 2 3R 4 4x 12
Enclosure Sealed / Sellado del Gabinete Door Gasket Sealed / Sellado del Empaque de la puerta con gabinete
Door Latch and Rod Test / Prueba del mecanismo de cerrado de puerta Door Interlock Test / Prueba del “Interlock” de la puerta
Mark II XG Gasket / Empaque del Mark II XG Mark II XG Gasket Sealed / Sellado del empaque del Mark II XG
Circuit Breaker Secuence Test / Prueba de secuencia del Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Trip Arm Adjustment / Ajuste del brazo del Breaker
Ferrite Core, Pressure Transducer Cable / Cable del transductor de presión y de la ferrita
Ferrite Core, Motor Current Cable / Cable de corriente del Motor y la ferrita
Finger Safe Cover, Control Transformer / Cubierta de protección en el transformador de control
Finger Safe Shroud(s), Isolation switch(s) / Cubierta en el switch de aislamiento
Finger Safe Shrouds, Contactors / Cubierta de proteccion en el Contactor Tropicalization / Esponja para la humedad

Mounting Legs Label / Etiqueta de montaje de soporte para el piso Ground Label / Etiqueta de tierra o chasis.
Ground Torque Label / Etiqueta de torque de tierra Terminal Blocks Torque Label / Etiquetas de torque en los Terminal
Contactor Torque Lable / Etiqueta de torque del contactor blocks
Terminal Block Labels / Etiquetas de Terminal Block Relays Labels / Etiquetas en los Relevadores
Contactor Labels / Etiquetas del contactor Disconnect L1, L2, L3 Labels / Etiquetas de Disconnect L1, L2, L3
Fuse Type Label / Etiqueta para Tipo de Fusible Cable Labels / Etiquetas en los cables
Mark II XG Password Label / Etiqueta de Password para Mark II XG Caution Breaker Label / Etiqueta de "Caution" en el breaker

Control Plate / Plato de control Breaker Plate / Plato del breacker
Contactor Plate / Plato del contactor Bus Bars
Relay Terminals / Terminales en los relevadores Power Cable Connections / Conexiones de los cables de energía
Contactor Lugs / Lugs del contactor Breaker Adjustemt Rod / Ajuste del mecanismo (On/Off)
Mark II XG Terminals / Terminales en el Mark II XG del breaker
All other terminals / El resto de las terminales Ground Lugs and terminals / Lugs y terminales de tierra
WET PARTS / SISTEMA DE PRESION SS (Stainless Steel) / Acero Inoxidable

RATINGS / ESPECIFICACIONES
Line Voltage / Voltaje de Línea : 460 Volts Frequency / Frecuencia : 60 Hz
Control Voltage / Voltaje de Control : 120 Volts
Control Transfomer Type / Tipo de transformador de control: B250BTZ13JK
Fuse Tipe / Tipo de Fusible 1 Amps 250 Volts
2/15/10 ECN 226238 Rev. C TR1000MARK II XG Página 1 de 5 FRM-134 Rev E

TEST REPORT
1660672-01 RE
Relay Voltage / Voltaje del relevador: 120 Volts Contactor Voltage / Voltaje del contactor: 460 Volts
Pilot Light Voltage / Voltaje de la lámpara : Audible Alarm Voltage / Voltaje de la alarma: 120 Volts
Contactor Frequency / Frecuencia del contactor: 60 Hz
Surge Arrester Voltage / Voltaje del supresor: 600 Volts MAX Cable Retainers / Sujetadores de cable
Ground Lug Type / Tipo de Lug: LT-1014
POWER TRAIN / CONEXIONES DE POTENCIA

Full Load Amperes / Amperaje de Carga máxima: 302
Isolating Switch : T5H400 Setting / Ajuste: Breaker: T5L400 Setting / Ajuste: 10
Primary Power Wire / Cable de poder del primario: Contactor Wire / Cable del contactor: 250 KCMIL
Secondary Wire / Cable del secundario: 4 AWG Ground Wires / Cables de tierra
Cable Retainer / Sujetadores de cable
1M: A210 2M: A210 1S: A110 2S:
Resistor Assembly No. / Num. del ensamble del resistor:
Coils are tagged / Etiquetas en las bobinas:
Ohms Meter readings / Lecturas del multímetro : Ω Ω Ω
Current Transformers / Transformadores de corriente : 2500:5
Auto Transformers / Autotransformadores :
Phase Test / Prueba en cada fase Hi-Pot Test at 2600 VAC / Prueba de Hi-pot a 2600 VAC
MICRO-OHM TEST from input contactor, through breaker to output contactor, max 10 mΩ /
PRUEBA DE MICRO OHM desde la entrada del contactor, a traves del breaker hacia la salida del
contactor – resistencia máxima permitida = 10 mΩ
Input to 1M Contactor: L1-T1 : 1.43 mΩ L2-T2 : 1.25 mΩ L3-T3 : 1.36 mΩ
Input to 2M Contactor: L1-T1 : 1.33 mΩ L2-T2 : 1.16 mΩ L3-T3 : 1.05 mΩ
MARK II XG PRELIMINARES WITH INTERLOCK ON INSTALLED / PRELIMINARES DEL MARK II XG

CON INTERLOCK ON INSTALADO
Interlock On LED / Led de Interlock encendido Deluge Open LED / Led de Deluge Open
Clock Battery Installed / Batería para el reloj instalada
Serial Number / Número de serie
Model Number / Número de modelo HP Voltage / Voltaje
FLA CT Ratio Frequency / Frecuencia
Autostart Polarity (NC) disabled (default) / Polaridad de Autoencendido (NC) deshabilitada (default)
Autostart Polarity (NC) enabled / Polaridad de Autoencendido (NC) habilitada
Lamp Test / Prueba de lámparas Audible Test / USB Test (Verify green led) / Prueba del USB -Verificar led verde
Prueba de Alarma
Set Clock / Ajuste de Reloj Factory Options Installed / Opciones de fábrica instaladas
HOME SCREEN READINGS / LECTURAS EN PANTALLA DE MARK II XG

Frequency / Frecuencia ABC Rotation / Rotación ABC CBA Rotation / Rotación CBA Single Phase / Fase
Voltages / Voltajes Currents / Corrientes
Pressure / Presión Date and Time / Fecha y Hora
BASIC ALARMS / ALARMAS BASICAS

Power Available LED / Led de potencia disponible
Alarm LED / Led de Alarma Audible Alarm (if equipped) / Alarma Audible Audible Alarm Silence / Silenciar Alarma
Motor Overload LED (Overload limit - 150-% Motor FLA) / Led de sobrecarga de motor

TEST REPORT
1660672-01 RE
Under Voltage Alarm limit LED / Led de Alarma para bajo voltaje Over Voltage Alarm Limit LED / Led de alarma para sobrevoltaje
System Pressure Low LED / Led para sisitema con baja presión
Phase Failure LED / Led para falla de fase
Phase Reversal Switch / Switch para fase invertida Phase Reversal LED / Led para fase invertida
MOTOR CURRENT MEASUREMENT AND LOCKED ROTOR PROTECTION / MEDICION DE CORRIENTE

DEL MOTOR Y PROTECCION DEL ROTOR
Circuit Breaker Test (Copy attached) / Prueba del Circuit Breaker
Current Transformer Test / Prueba de corriente en los transformadores
Pump Runing LED / Led de bomba corriendo Fail to Start LED /Led de falla de arranque de motor
MANUAL START / ARRANQUE MANUAL

Local Start Pushbutton / Botón de arranque manual (Botón verde) Manual Stop Pushbutton shutdown / Botón manual de paro y
Remote Start LED / Led de arranque remoto apagado de motor
EMERGENCY RUN / ARRANQUE DE EMERGENCIA

Emergency Run Electrical Assist / Arranque de Emergencia Emergency Run Message / Mensaje de arranque de Emergencia
AUTOMATIC START WITH AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN ENABLED / ARRANQUE AUTOMATICO CON

APAGADO AUTOMATICO HABILITADO
Low Pressure Start / Arranque en baja presión Min Run Shutdown (1 min test) / Funcionamiento mínimo de 1
minuto antes de apagar motor
Auto Start (TB3-9 and 11) / Arranque automático (TB3-9 y 11) Min Run Shutdown (1 min test) / Funcionamiento mínimo de 1
minuto antes de apagar motor
AUTOMATIC START WITH AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED (MANUAL STOP ONLY) / ARRANQUE
AUTOMATICO CON APAGADO AUTOMATICO DESHABILITADO (SOLO PARA PARO MANUAL)
Low Pressure Start / Arranque en baja presión Manual Stop Pushbutton Shutdown / Botón manual de paro y apagado
AUTOMATIC START WITH DELUGE VALVE / ARRANQUE AUTOMATICO CON VALVULA DE ALIVIO
Deluge Open LED / Led de “Deluge open” Deluge closed to shutdown / Deluge cerrado para apagarse
REMOTE ALARM CONTACTS / CONTACTOS PARA ALARMA REMOTA

Phase 1 Failure Alarm Relay Contacts (4CR) 15, 16, 17,18 / Contactos Single-phase 1 motor start protected / Protección de arranque
de alarma para falla de fase 1 para la fase 1
Phase 1-2 Reversal Alarm Relay Contacts (5CR) 23, 24, 25, 26 / Contactos de alarma para fases invertidas 1 y 2
Pump Running Contacts 19, 20, 21, 22 and 19A, 20A, 21A, 22A / Contactos para bomba corriendo
Soft Starter Bypass Alarm Relay Contacts (OTR) 106, 107, 108, 109 / Contactos de alarma para el bypass del soft starter
Emergency Isolating Swicth OFF Alarm Relay Contacts (21CR) 66, 67, 68, 69 / Contactos de alarma para el switch de emergencia

TEST REPORT
1660672-01 RE
1 F 2 J 3 S 4 ZPM 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24

Designated User input for customer is / La entrada para el usuario es: User input 8 is default / Por default, la entrada 8 ya esta asignada
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 none para el Usuario, a menos que en el diagrama este ocupada.
Designed input for the Low Suction Alarm is / La entrada para la alarma de Low Suction es: Low Suction Alarm input 5 is default / Por default
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 none la entrada 5 ya esta asignada para la alarma de low suction, a
menos que en el diagrama este ocupada.
Interlock On jumper installed / Jumper de Interlock On instalado Deluge Open jumper installed / Jumper de Deluge open instalado
Shorting Bar Installed / Shorting Bar Instalada
On Delay = 0 Min Run = 10 Weekly Test Timer = 10 Weekly Test Timer = off
Acceleration Timer = 2 FTA 1930 Bypass Timer = 10
Automatic Shutdown Disabled / Apagado automatico deshabilitado
Save event log to USB Memory Stick and verify green LED / Grabar el historial de eventos a la memoria USB y verificar que el led verde encienda.
Verify filename, event log and setting on PC / Verificar el nombre del archivo, el historial de eventos y la configuración en la PC
Verify settings to Work Order / Verificar las configuraciones en la Orden de Trabajo
Store file on network / Guardar el archivo en la red
Clear Events Log / Limpiar historial de eventos. Clear Data Log / Limpiar historial de datos
Clock Battery Cover Label Installed / Verificar la etiqueta que cubre a la batería.
MARK II XG SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE:

AS-119- 8-003 Berison Part No. 17462284 Rev. L
STANDARD LABLES AND MARKINGS / INSPECCION DE ETIQUETAS:
Data Plate: Model No. Serial No. Encl Type HP Volts

Phase Hz PSI Bars Withstand
Instruction Plate / Etiqueta de Instrucciones Serial Tag inside of door / Tarjeta de serie adentro de la puerta
Line Terminal Label / Etiqueta de la Terminal de Línea Warning Label / Etiqueta de “Warning”
Export Label / Etiqueta de Exportación FC Drawing pasted inside door / Dibujo FC pegado adentro de la puerta
Mark II LRA Labels / Etiquetas LRA en el Mark II Caution Door Label / Etiqueta de “Caution” en la puerta
FM

TEST REPORT
1660672-01 RE

DD- WS- 1300-808
FC- 1300-757 Other-
Motor Connection / Conexión del motor (1300-1350,1930)
Renewal Parts / Actualización de partes Breaker Specs / Especificaciones del breaker

Mark II XG frecuency / Frecuencia en el Mark II XG : 60 Hz
Tested by / Probada por: Felix Armenta Date / Fecha: Feb-16-2018 | 2:41:39 PM

Visual Inspection by / Inspección visual: Rosy Pérez Date / Fecha:

Sales Order: 2753922-W
Size: 6-481-20
Type:
R.P.M.: 1770
03/09/2018
.PENTAIR Stage:
Spec. Gravity:
1
1.0
Certified By Date Imp. Dia. : 19.000
WO/ Serial No.: 2526143
AURORA. Curve No: 246035
Test No : 318175
Plotted By : 5260, DM
Date: 3 / 9 / 2018
LEVO CIALTDA
Customer
Eff.%
25
D TDH Lo. BHP <> Eff
100
,e
22·" 90
20)0 80
U5
a..
17
., V
,. - -- -- """' 70
e:
, ..... ..... ....
"ro Q) 15
,
1
60
I
~
~
...
--
(.) 1'-
.E
....
--
f
ro 12 IC"
' 50
e:
>.
o V
,
o , """"' ......
ro
o 10
,
~
', ,.......
B.H.P.
40 ,- 400
1- ro..
, '
1
7•e 30 300
" 1
11
5 1
11
- - - 20 200
2•C
" JI,
1 - -1"""
10 100
o o 1
o
o 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
P~/{~ CAPACITY- U.S. GALLONS PER MINUTE ~}/,krlr aJja f/¡t t45~
'3/f /Í8
Sales Order: 2753931
Size: 6-481-20
Type:
R.P.M.: 1760
02/21/2018 Stage: 1
____________________ ____________ Spec. Gravity: 1.0
Certified By Date Imp. Dia.: 19.000
WO/Serial No.: 2526150
Curve No: 246025
Test No: 218319
Plotted By: 5260, DM
Date: 2/21/2018
LEVO CIA LTDA
Customer
Eff. %
TDH BHP Eff
250 100
225 90
200 80
Total Dynamic Head in PSI
175 70
150 60
125 50
B.H.P.
100 40 400
75 30 300
50 20 200
25 10 100
0 0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
CAPACITY - U.S. GALLONS PER MINUTE

North Aurora Operations
800 Airport Road
North Aurora, IL 60542
Phone: (630) 859-7000
Fax: (630) 859-1226
April 10, 2018
Levo Cia Ltda

Centro Ejectuivo Espacia d
Of. 212 - Cumbaya d
Quito, EC d
d
Reference: Customer P.O. No. TECHINT-01-2017

Pentair Water Sales Order No. 2753931
Pump Serial Number: 18-2526150-1
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
We certify that the pump referenced above has been hydrostatically tested in
compliance with customer order and Pentair specifications at 345 psi for 10
minutes. During the pump test, there was no evidence of fluid escaping from the
external surfaces of the pump.
Best regards,
Laurel Lundborg
Quality Supervisor
Pentair - North Aurora Operations
Phone: 630-966-2747
Fax: 630-859-7034
Laurel.Lundborg@Pentair.com
Form Hydro Cert1.docm Rev. 01/13/10

800 Airport Road
Phone: (630) 859-7000
Fax: (630) 859-1226
April 10, 2018
Levo Cia Ltda

Of. 212 - Cumbaya d
Quito, EC d
d
Reference: Customer P.O. No. TECHINT-01-2017

Pentair Water Sales Order No. 2753922
Pump Serial Number: 18-2526143-1
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
We certify that the pump referenced above has been hydrostatically tested in
compliance with customer order and Pentair specifications at 345 psi for 10
minutes. During the pump test, there was no evidence of fluid escaping from the
external surfaces of the pump.
Best regards,
Laurel Lundborg
Quality Supervisor
Phone: 630-966-2747
Fax: 630-859-7034
Form Hydro Cert1.docm Rev. 01/13/10

~ . PO# 3391696
SO# 2753931/3213082ADG113
AURORA
MFG SN: SO122293P
CLARKE ESN: PE6068E003777
Fire Protection Products, lnc.
Mechanlcal Englne Dyno Test Sheet
1'"'"'.._ TLl(,JI- LlF';~,;~.e~ Usted BHP:

~;¡ 1 T"'odBH~77 Jad<et Wftlf Hca111f Tl'lennOitll
T~7!1T~~
~
i'"'""pyng5'"FElPOlPP'C()O / """' ./7~o
-..........-tJW.
&nghe up
ptpgt!dym Eor
A.
ºnMtion'
S«:ure to d)no, ln5tM coo«ng ~~nes, fue! ns l!l1d ~ clrcults. """'-'-= ,..._IC't.----fE)
Yfl/ttMECAB on
Verffy Battety Functloo
B. Ched< unlt tor prope¡ oil nnd ooolanl ~
ETS-energlled lo stop
JUorJWETRI ~~~RI (C,D)
C. lnl!tnll ground lnd betteJY cable lor fl od<¡.V~ortyvoltmeter ft11haws battery,Cnlnk englne Wilh Battery 11 marual ennk IJ'Wftch. 1 bli1k •blirol< 2bltl~. 1 t.OK?
O. lnstall grt)UI'Id end bl:ttory cable 1« 12 Ol\ly'. Verffyot'lyYOI!meter 12 ahows bettery, ~k rtngln!! wllh Bltle.y 12 rntni.IJI tnnk switch. 2.0K?
E. Upon inldl!tioo olbfrtteries, verlly ~ llm9 b1ink:s eoo::oróng to onglne ~-
F. Comeet (2) 1~ l&lds to englne heiiiM lhlllmoslllt, (1) le$\leii<IIO mlddlo post/blue w1re o1 btltlttJY lsomlor. (1) testlead to lkermuor 'W" (H ~
VC11yengi'le~
G. Vetrrvopora!Jon of llw, coolan! tcmpemure atann, 1nd check box acoordinalv. Note. enginc must NOT bo rot11tlno 10 e'llble tl'is elarm. m...., 1
..,._.....
-- """""""'-
Alaml Vertflcallon ChecUst, ret.renQI Proclldure Cl S312l
Verft:allon Checklill
Enl¡iole Run ......... (2:) 1 ~_?nn{3)

1 lDwOI~A!pll•l
'-=
~' 1'19':.m:'~~""'P ~~ 1Crm 11 1Cran~ 12
../ 1 / 1 v 1 /.Y/.r V' V

~::_w~Aow
v .Avlv
lmw Cocbnt Temp V~,_._ T-~~~310
Whh lhe ~ NSli l!tiNtfrNG U!l top 011' switch to tho! rlcM , /
t:fl!l~· Ei!11 atmtll! 1!m11 m •ru .. .,..l.'!ll!ll!!t!llil! 1Z1 b Qlf: m!1m w3Jsl 1lillr.lll!!2í !! R1!!m 111111
v' V:
~ Dll' swltd> bid to 1~ lo,ft podtlon 10 th&t the whll~"' !Mich 1111 (thed boi .neo- ~tlrel
71 ~ )9.¡7 7 .IJ'~ 93'7 '?.("' 79 ~fJ/Ú .~ r...+' ::J.

~ íf.:S 1/.P 197.1'
79./71 ~ Al I/-<Jt'7 !';.i' .... .Yvoc
>e ~ X
></ >< ></ >< ><:' ><:/ ><
7/./7 1/d'J í'tJ1 ?7V 'nf IJ.u¡?I.Q.;¡ ¡r,.y , ....- ..
,.. ~-17 1'7ú> V7:l '1,.<"5 '7D "71 l/.otr 'P."2 ~k '
l Q-1- Se1~m~rlrnum drQOp ~ tNrt CUC893
¡ "-}- 1nd menu"' mqo(lldup ooltap lltfl
•
" "
~ _,_,_
•"~ 1
~
•
a
a.
a
..
! . ;
'
'
.,"'e• ·:~
e 11
w
'' ' " U M '> " "

~
" " " w
··~-
,,..
a; 1~. ""' ·~ I:::~:..K;..., ·-··
....
(/) ¡::
6) Endolf'aMrT.U.~drvop~l.'
1) EndoiEt91e~(IJOmi1ueo11mh.ltotn1)
. '""' -
''"';,...,__u,.,,
·~
®0
-sr.Y
'""""'
V"
.2- J-'L...,-;a,.,...-~/.=o_ _,
J/J.IIf1 [18]
1 (
800 Airport Road
Phone: (630) 859-7000
Fax: (630) 859-1226
April 9, 2018
Levo Cia Ltda

Of. 212 - Cumbaya
Quito, EC d
d
Reference: Customer PO No. Techint-01-2017

Sales Order No.: 2753931
Work Order No.: 2526150
d
d
d
CERTIFICATE OF NEW EQUIPMENT
We certify that the product furnished on this purchase order has been
manufactured using new equipment and products.
Best regards,
Laurel Lundborg
Quality Supervisor
Phone: 630-966-2747
Fax: 630-859-7034
Form Cert of Compliance1.docm Rev. 01-05-10

800 Airport Road
Phone: (630) 859-7000
Fax: (630) 859-1226
April 9, 2018
Levo Cia Ltda

Of. 212 - Cumbaya
Quito, EC d
d
Reference: Customer PO No. Techint-01-2017

Sales Order No.: 2753922
Work Order No.: 2526143
d
d
d
CERTIFICATE OF NEW EQUIPMENT
We certify that the product furnished on this purchase order has been
manufactured using new equipment and products.
Best regards,
Laurel Lundborg
Quality Supervisor
Phone: 630-966-2747
Fax: 630-859-7034
Form Cert of Compliance1.docm Rev. 01-05-10

Page 1 of 1
- - -- -- ¡
B.._HlMMEI.SIEI&lNJL_COMPANY __ _ _ - - - -- -- -
R10538 1
R. P.M. CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE NUMBER
Customer's Equipment
Customer Di!a Torquemeter Model 48706V(2-4)-N-F·Z
Customer: AURORA PUMP Torquemeter Serial: 487C6V14110131
Factory Reference Nurnber: 106678 System Model: 733

System Serial: 5306
Purchase Order· 3392864 SHC Condition Rating: Good
CALIBRATION RESUL TS
Applied OJtput
RPM_ RP~--
o o
900 900
4450 4450
1
8000 8000
1
1
NIST Trace1ble Standards
~ Read.Qut
1
Mode!: 9 1208 Model:722
1
SHC ID#: SP17 SHC ID#: SP4
1
Calibration reports on file.
Ambient temperalure during calibration was 73 •F

Calibrated using R.P.M reference standard per SHC procedure 223-1236 rev E
This calibration meets S. Himmelstein and Campan y specífications of ooe RPM or less error.
Combined standard uncertainty: +1·1.0 RPM ior test speeds from 900 RP~ lo 2.000 RPM, +/-2.0 RPM for test spee9s from 2,001 RPM to
5,0C<l RPM or -+1-3.0 RPM f~X test speeds from 5,001 RPM lo 10,000 RPM wilh a coverage faCior, kequal to 2.
-¡ Uncertainly was calculated using SHC procedure 223-1237 rev. F.
1
1 1 Calibrated by:
c;;;r_¿-.:k~~---=-==-=-- 05-Jan-18
1
Approved by: __ i
1 ~ BMY
Tom Marek 1 Cal Lab Supervisor
1 ~018
1
ai S. Himmelstein and Co. metro!ogy lab.l
r~w~~,@
Calibrated
2490 Pembroke Ave. Hoffman Estales, IL '.
This report musl not be used to claim product
NVLAP lAS CODE 200487.0 approval, or endofsement by NVLAP, N!ST,
Complies Wi!lliS0-17025 or any agency ol the U.S. federal governmeol
This report ma_v_oo_be_r_eprod

-~-~-·"-_xcept~n-t-un_,Wl_·'-~~~: written consent ol S. Himmelsteio aod eo_._ _ __ ____ __ _j
•
1
lden Research Laboratory
-r a z ·ZK· zmz·r :r--· -~
Calihration Repor·t 2 J.7 1APG002-R l

Magneti- Fiu \ · Mder
ti.,;
Aur·o n l-t>cut'a ir Pump Group

SOU 1\ irport { oad
J 'o nh ;-\ urora. ll 6054
D at;; tl fls ~u t: : . \ :ptemh..:r 15. 2 01 7
Manu lil ' lur<..:r: IT . ,8.1
• fodd l\'umh~r: FS!'v l4000
Pu rcha s~ Ord ·r Num ber: 33X38 - . eria l N um ber: SE4 1Fi l23983. l ó 150426: .-:2
Calil ntt i<n Date: Augu~ r :24. 20 17
The calibration and lmc<:abil it y ,¡ /' tl1e transfcr standards used in rhi ~ cn líbra! i 1n are maintaincd
accord ing tLí Quali ty M an ua l (Q M ivl-01) Rcvi si0n " · The m~asu rement resul ts are rraceal !e
throuuh an unbrokcn chaü1 Ll r compari sons to re rcrencc srandards ckvdopcd a11d maültairPd by
the 0: ationa! In ~ti nttc uf Standard s and Teclu1o logy. T hc uncen ai nty reponed wi th the data is the
ex pand~d uncertaim .. and i ~ based on the standa rd uncen aint y multiplied by a e \·erage fa.::to r uf
k=:2, prtl\'Ídi n g a i ~::vel or co nfidencc or approximatel y 95%.
This calibration \nt.s pcrfonncd at the Alel en .Re -earch L:-tboratory Hl lden factli ty. A! the time of
the ca lihra ti(lll. the average e nvironm ent al conditi on" were as lisred in the Report Tables. Th.:-
bcst ~sfimal<:: of gravi tat iunal accd nation a l th c: ·ite o!.' calibrat.ion was 32. J 625t1/s 2.
Thc calibratio.n proeedure- s alisfy th e requirem ents of ANS JJNCS L 25 40-1-! 994 . Par! 1.
ISOI!EC I 7025:2005. Alden's tlow meter ca]ibrati ons us ing thc g ra vim etric How measuremeut
method comply \Vi th AS M E/ ANS l ~-1FC-9M- t 988 tv1easure mcnt of Liq ui d Flow in C losed
Conduit s by Wcighing M<:thod .
This repü11 is noi to he usccl l'o claim product endor.scm em by NVLAP or <1ny agency of thv U . ·.
Go vcrnn cnL and slwll no! b<.: reproduco:::d. cxcep1 in fufl , w itho ut ·¡he wril!e!Í pe nnis ·ion c,f thc
iss uing la bo rato ry.
Re ie' ed by: Philip S. Stacy Cahbrated by: Dav id Voisi ne
Director. Calibration Services Ca !ibraíi on Tec hnician
Alelen Resea rch Laho ratory T 508-829 -600 0

30 Shrews bury Street F 508-829 ·5939
Holdt• n, MA 0 1.'>20 Page -~ of 4
r
_,
A en Research Laborato1y -- ¡::z::¡ . n . 6Z? - - ·- Ti raz· -
Ca libration Report 217 JAPG002-RJ

. 1agnetic Flow ,1etcr
f( >t
Auror.1-Pentaü· Pump Gro up

"00 Airporl Road
Dat e ,)f ls:u · \:p!L'Jllbt:r l .5.

: a nuJ:1cnnc:r: 1~ .. AI3B
:zo 17
1t n h Aun,ra. Jl 6054
~~~~~~
NVLAP LAS COOE 200798-0
\.loJL'f . iumbcr: FS 1-+00(1 •

Purdlast: Ord~:r ' umher : .:1383895 Sai:JI N umb -r: SE4 l f ; 1:2J983 , 161:0426552
Calihmtic.•n Da ll:: A ugusr 14, 201 7
Alelen Standards Tracenbitíty Jnformation

~ TA.'l!) \RD ~iüDEl LA ST NEXT
111·:-;r·1 11' r 1<"•. ~1A 'llfACI UR H
H \l!3[ H NC:-.WER CAUI:!R.A TIUN CALU310\Tl0N
lO-tú A· D Boazd 0:\UI 1 mno; bl10 11 1) 1 2~~/57 1 ~f131201 7 D e fu t ~ u:sc m 6 mt11
'~ 1(10.0\'<llb '"•k "fo lcd,, So•Je To kdo 713 1! 2017 1{~9i 10 18
!lilll Prima~ t 'P\mler ,\¡_!¡kn t 5} 13 1:\ Che~.:ked Oa dv C hctked D31ly
5-s_'l l Oi.lkT~o.· mJt.'1-.J.twc:P wb\! (l mt:ga DN I -RID 7 /:2~i20 17 l /26/101~
.¡ 1 1 ·\Jr;t•u:·nt fCJJ_I 'Cr.l tu,-,., !'rnh(.' om ~~·:t DP2t>-RTD 7f.?!>J'20J7 ! 126:2UI S
Tbe mea u remen! result s are IYac.:eabk through an unbroken eh a in of compari sons to the S f ( the
inte rnational Systern of unirs ) and rJ1e National Lnstilwe of Standards and Techno logy.
Alde n Resea r ch Lah oratory T 508·829-6000

30 Shrewsbury Street F 508-829-5939
Holden, MA 01520 Page 3 of 4
r iY\·- .._1
H2A Cf:N S ~N D
Alden Research Laboratory

- -
Cali bration Report 2 l 71APG002-R I

l'vL,gnetic Flow t fek r
hu
A ut·ot-a-Pen tair Pum p Group
~!.~~~
800 A iqJCll1 Roa<.l
1 orth Aurora. 11 6054
Da t..: t f lss u ~: : S.: 1kml r 15. 20 17 NVLAP LAB CODE 200798-0
. -Lmu 6 ·ru rer:
l'vf,,,Id t..: um hcr: FS M4000
'Purdw -t' Ord.:r r umb~r: J3S3~l/ 5 Serial Lun ber: SE41 Fi l 239S3. 161 50 26552
;dibration Da t..: : August 2..¡. _o 17
As Found is As Left Cal. ibrati n Rcsults

l\! UT MUTU.
M UT .'h g.
Fk1 11 !\·kl cr •JUl' Ern~t 0
Run fJ¡, ,, (mA b >500 ) ·o Rdg
l 1 t~.:c: rt a im y O ut pUl Gl'M (mA ( m.o.
- G P:\'1 ,,
o m :\ Ba <XI ) B a~~~ll
Erro r % { rn A
Rd~ b cd)
~!t Rd[!
25 ll l.l ~ (l o ll. l ! 1'! .." ~ 9 7 1041.>7.0 -0.1.:!
'
- 1(1-17.:!.0 0 .1 1 19.8471 1041ifdl . fJ. (IO
2.' 10482.0 0. 11 J(j.8 J9'l 1 0~1 .0 -0.2U -0. 17
q lo~ no tJ.I 1 }l) .~ 3 ~ i 10460.0 -0. 1 t a l 1 ~1 6 0 U. l -
¡¡ 104tJS.O 0. / J ! 9.834 .1 lfi~ 5 7.(1 ·0. 11 GP,\ ·1
1 111493. 0 V. l l 19.831 7 J()..í5ó.O -tU S
2-l 1(1477. 0 0. 1( 19.~!1 '9 1045 0.0 -0.2ó -0.26 na
10 8 t14 ~ ..l. 0.1 1 16. 179'2 804.1 .7 -0.06 -0.06 na
-
' .'lU3ó .Í\ 0. 11 l ó.i28 7 1.1til0.4 -0.33 -0.33 nJ
1:' 553.1 .5 O. l l 1.~ ..3 7 ~.) 5529 .5 -0.07
26 5532.:> 0. 11 12.37 JJ 552X.S -0. 06
Jó 5533.5 0. 11 12 .3649 5524.6 -0. 16 -0. 10
28 55 19.2 0. 11 12.3 54.) 5:1 17.7 -0.03 at55 17 0. 15
27 552 1.·1 0. 11 12.3507 55 15.2 -0. 11 G PM
6 55 0~ .5 0. 11 12.3435 55 10.4 0.02
J 551\9.0 0.11 12.3 163 54'Y2.4 -0..\0 •
Alden Research Laboratory T 508-829-6000

30 Shrews bury Stree t F 508-829-5939
Hold en, MA 01520 Page 1 of 4
Alden Research Laboratory
Calihration Reporf 2171APG002 -Rl
Mag net ic Flnw M~ter
IÍ)f
Aurora-Prntair Pump Group

800 Aí rport Road
Dare üf I ·. ue: Sep1 ·mber 1-, 201 7

tfmm acturer: 12·· ABB
orth A urora, IJ 60 4
~!A~~~
NVLAP LA.B CODE 200798-D
1 '1odel umber: F M400U .

Pllr-.:ha ·e Or .ler 1umbcr: 3383 95 Serial N umber: SE4 1F/ l 23983 . J 61 504265 -2
Calibration Date: Augus! 24. 201
As Found is As 1 eft Ca libration ResuJts

~1 UT MUT .-\~g. M U I" U.
¡:-¡,\\ 1\1ett-r 1\IUl
Ru11 Flo" Error (mi\ (lilA ha.;e~ l ) ~-. Rú¡,;
U w..:~ n a • nty u!pU! ,ptvf¡,n.'\ Err<lr
1: GP~\1 Base"'!) l) fl { Jllr\
"o mA Ba,;edi
~·n Rdg R J~ based )
.¡ 3111 5. 1 0. 11 ~-'61)1 J(l l 1.7 -0. 11 -11. 11 nn
11 "iUll5 .7 0. 11 i\.55 79 30 10.2 0. 15 f) 1.~ na
li :<OW1 .9 0.11 8.5497 J OO~ . R 0.00 0.00 na
--
~ -,
lllOt>. K 0.11 5.5213 100·-1.7 -0.2i -0. 2 1 na
21 J00o.6 0. 11 5.5175 1002 .2 -0.44 -0.+1 na
1~ tt9~ . s \). 11 .U6 27 51JJ .7 O. lJ9
5 50 3.6 IJ. Il 4.761 7 :i03. 1 -0. 11
I CJ 503.2 0. 11 4. 71l01 502.0 -0.2-l
14 .JQtJ.X 0.11 4. 75$5 SOO.'J 0.23 -O.IS
30 501.1 O. J 1 ~ . 75.': 3 SOIH -0. 06 ¡J(500 0.-+2
21J 50(J.9 0. 11 4. 757J ~00.1 ·0.14 GP~I
20 5(J!J.3 0.11 -1.75 61 4'J9.3 -0. 19
12 4'1'.!.7 O. 11 4. 7537 -197.1{ -0.3X
~1 501 . 1 0. 11 4. 7535 49 7.6 -IJ. 7()
13 501.0 o.r 1 4.7497 495.1 -1. 17
32 7.Cfft 0 . 0~ 3.9Q:I7 -:l .5 0.00 o 1\ú
As Found is As Left Caiibrarion Results

Mctc:r J>arameter f'._s Lefl Value
Full Sc;¡le Flow 10567 . 19 G Vr-..1
Span Cs -14 694
Sy.~tem zero 1.92 53
The !'v1cter Undcr Te t was h"Juud to be in tolerancc ~111d withi11 Ulc Cl ierlt_acceptance cri teria of0.5% irom
500 gpm to 10460 gpm.
Alden Resea rch Laboratory T 508-829-6000

30 Shrewsbury Street F 508-82 9-5939
Holden, MA 01 S20 Page 2 of 4
' 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 \ 1 \
·•
CAl.IB RATION
~ mi-
Da! '
o...
- 2. 4 • 1 ~
e·, ALt>t; r.J
&-2.4- lg
1
·i -
-fl
~A~ --
:.~.:
FM-24
S. H IMMELSTEfN ANO C OMPANY
Page 2 of 2
CALIBRATION CERTIFICA TE NUMBER 401 0153
CALIBRATION DATA
Clockwise Co unter clockW ISC
· Display Ou tput
Applied Torque tX\ Ap pl1ed rorque Q\;tput
Output 1Y Display Outpul lbf-in
lbf-in !bf-in
lbf-in lbf-in lbf-in -14945 .9
Shunt Cal -14942.4
Shunt Cal 14904.3 14903 .5 -2 .6
0.0 -1.1
0.0 5.4 4.0 -2497 .0
-2499 o -2494 .6
2498 .9 2494.1 24934 -4994 .5 -4998 o
4988 .7 -4 997 9
4997 .7 4990.4 -7496.9 -749 9 .0
7486.6 -7496.9
7496.6 7487 o -9995 9 -9994.2 -9996 .7
9985.6 9984 .9 - 12495 .0
9995 .5 -12494 .9 -12492 .2
12482.9 12482.2 -14992 .1 -14994 .8
12494.4 -14993 .8
14985.5 14986 .2 -17492_4 - 17495.0
14993.2 -17492 .8
17490.5 17491 .3 -19992 9
17492 .1 -19991 .8 - 19990.5
19996.4 19998 .3 -17496.7
19991 .0 - 17492 .8 -1 7493 .9
17502 .6 1749 1.3 -14996.1 -14998.7
17492 .1 - 14993.8
150069 14986 .2 -12501.6
14993 .2 - 12494.9 - 12499 .1
12505 .9 12482.2 -10002 .0
12494.4 -9995 .9 -10000 .0
10008.4 9984 9 -7500.0 -7503.0
9995.5 -7496.9
7507 .1 7486 .6 -5002.0 -5005 .2
7496.6 -4997.9
499 7.7 50053 4988 .7 -2502 .5 -2 505 .0
2493 .4 -2499.0
2498.9 2505.5 0 .9 -2 .0
4 .0 0.0
0.0 10.1
RESULTS CounterclockwiH
Clockwise
Y=m(X)+b
Best Fit Line Equation Y=m (X i +b
1 .00017E+OO
Best Fit Line Slope (m) 1.00016E+OO
7.87498E-01
Bes! Fit Line lntercept (b) -1.1000 2E+OO
0.062 0.020
Combined Error (% Fuii-Scale) -14944 .1 Jbf-in
Cal Signal 14912.1 Jbf-in
The combined error of this calibration data meets current specifications.

•combined Error is the maximum deviation of ascending and descending calibration points from the Best-
Fit-Line. lt includes the effects of non-finearity , hysteresis and non-return to the first catibration point.
0.100 .-------.-------.,----------....---------~
i'
~ 0.050 -r--- -- - - -l---- - -· - CW lncreasing
~ - - - CW Decreasing
3
u. - CCW lncreasing
""e
::-- 0.000 . ¡ - -- CCW Decreasing
w
'O
~ -0 .050 t-- - - - - - 1 -- - -
§
u
-0.100 ~~-----+-------1------+-------_J
-20000 -10000 o 10000 20000
Applied Torque (lbf-in)

S.HIMMELS:mN
& COMPANY
L.'. :rfe''.. C .:.:;·c t 'fl: «' t ; rn.~J. . ... tJ : ;; ! Jr.r;.r J !I-..; 0
CALIBRA TI ON CERTIFICA TE NUMBER 4010153 Page 1 of 2
CUSTOMER INFORMA TION CALIBRA TION lABORA TORY

Aurora Pump S. Himmelstein & Company
800 Airport Road 2490 Pembroke Ave.
North Aurora, IL 60542 USA Hoffman Estates. IL 60169
Purchase Order 3392864 Phone (847}-843-3300
E-mail Sales@Hirnmelstein .com
ITEMS CALIBRA TED
48706V(2-4 )-N-F-Z S/N 48706V1411 01 31
733 S/N 5306 CH : 1
OTHER EQU IPMENT

Cal1brai io F1xture F07
Data Acquistion System 004
N.I.S.T TRACEABLE STANDARDS

SHC ID DESCRIPTION TRACE NUMBER NEXTCAL DUE
M09 SHC 100" Calibration Arm S-6065 20444-1 14-Mar-22
E1 09 AnalogicAN 31 00 DC voltage std . 2039200209 31-Mar-18
VV0 1 25 Lb. Class 4 wts. # 1-#20 Ml-0213-11322 28-Feb-18
PROCEDURE
S.Himme!stein procedure 223- 1059 rev F. In accordance with PO . 3392864
This calibratio n complies with ISO/lEC 17025:2005
1 0-Po int w/Pertormance Test
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Temperature 71 .64 (±1°F)
Relative Humidity 12.8% (±2%)
UNCERTAINTY
The expanded uncertainty of the calibration data is 0.02S% of full-scale. _
Expanded uncertainty is calculated by multiplying !he combined standard uncertairity a coverage factor, by
k. of 2. The confidence leve! for this uncertainty is 95%. The combined standard uncertainty is
determined per NIST Technical Note 1297, as described in document 223-1207 rev G.
Use of equipment not shown in this report may cause additional uncertainties.
-·
Calíbrated by : BMY 01/05/2018 Approved by: ~ 01/05/2018
mon!tl/daylyeaJ Tom Marek!Callab Supervisor monthldaylyear
This repon may not be used to claim product certitication by NVLAP. NIST or any agency of the US. Federal Government.
This report may not be reproduced , except in fu/1, without the written consent of S Himmelstein and Company .
PENTAIA PUMP GROUP
AURORA
Pump Performance Program
FAIRIANKS MORSE TestNo 318175
HYOIIIOMATIC
MVEIIS
800 Airport Road, North Aurora, IL 60542
Serial No: 2753922 -W Primary Secondary Other

Customer LEVO CIA LTDA GPM 2000.00 3000.00
Pump Size 6-481-20 TDH 323.00 209.95
Pump Model EFF
lmpeller Diameter 19.000

F~ing Tip Work
Stages
Di!!i! PQint GPM TDHfosil BHP Effi,i§ns¡~ B.eM

1 0.00 166.24 81.63 0.00 1770.00
2 513.61 165.07 120.45 41.01 1770.00
3 1072.27 162.78 166.02 61.25 1770.00
4 1513 .89 155 .32 193.37 70.85 1770.00
5 1979.86 141.71 216.33 75.55 1770.00
6 2486.12 125 .04 232.24 77 .98 1770.00
7 2971.46 lO 1.41 238.07 73.74 1770.00
8 3248 .79 85 .36 238.07 67.86 1770.00
> Pentai r
J. T • - ~ .,
CALIBRATION RECORD
PRESSURE GAUGES
lfi,.r:·o.r¡.,; · ~
L..___ Z 'i1i.,.-
¡ '.'::'~ ..FQ r.~-&.L •.d.: r. ~ .SSW. -~
1 1 ~ J :1
P SI
¡- !V."l .-.<:'lll.a..l.
¡::u:_.-,l~
1E.<;T
PO" H
·,;, 2
t :;..s.LII: OlEUl
UNC.On -" :~ CAt CATE C\.! D~T ( CAl CFRT a
UtiP..A TGR
mu:or
Ck!O!RA10H
/ ~Zl- t:. Z? l !V& ../ ~~r.P

/JJ-:<1 . /c.· !':;(. ,_- ..._. ,.
/2.=;.·
~.
'
..¡-;o_t-=-
. .;...:·, ,. / ¡' ~/'
.0?~_, ~ . -;7"'.~
~~-.~~z .¡.··1-__.
•
¡
!¡--·r-T-~-~~--1--T----r---~--+---r---~----~------+---~
1
T
1
-,f
f""G of:' trlJI'!:tr~ ~, t...w: IJ<IOC~s:.c ; , ~4 c.U: r~..: ..'\ .l!...r:a:u nca :.· • Fw,u o .. AU:.ttanc• ~ I.Sil ~ 15 1 ~• »=- te N
U;: ~~lnM!.4r. rA51~;res ann1~:>j¡y {N!Sq
-
TEST 6 UGE
~ ',
Scale-Oivision = 2ft H20
,,.,...,oM·v .. nsxF.S.D.
CALIBRATION
PENTAIR PUMP GROUP
AUIIOilA
Pump Performance Program
fAIA8ANKS MORSE TestNo 318174
HVOIIOMATIC
MYfftS
800 Airport Road, North Aurora, IL 60542
Serial No: 2753931-W Primary Secondary Other

Customer LEVO CIA LTDA GPM 2000.00 3000.00
Pump Size 6-481-20 TDH 323 .00 209.95
Pump Model EFF
Impeler Diameter 19.000

F~ing Tip WO!k
Stages
DiUi! PQinl GPM TDH !!!§il ID:!f Effj~i~[!~ll RPM

1 0.00 164.13 83.22 0.00 1760.00
2 540.48 162.99 120.51 42.58 1760.00
3 1052.06 159.85 162.54 60.28 1760.00
4 1486.35 153 .25 190.75 69.57 1760.00
5 1999.32 140.54 213.99 76.50 1760.00
6 2565.64 120.95 230.24 78.52 1760.00
7 2999.97 LO L.26 235.01 75.31 1760.00
8 3250. 13 81.94 234.06 66.29 1760.00
COAT/NG SPECIFICATION 1 MATERIAL
GLOSS RED ENAAIEL l SPECIFICATION ~ 66B c::::j
NAMC OF COATING: M STitHOARD Gt.OSS RED ~TER RroUCIBLE

L.YtD F'Rff AIR-MY DWICL.. COATING
SPE:CIFICAnOH NO. 668
GCNE:RIC AIAK(UP: IVATE'R REDUCIBlE IAODIFlED AUO'D WITH RUST INHIBITOR.
RECOAIMCHDED USE: FOR ALL FIRC PUMPS AHD ACCf:SSORfES TO BE PAIHTED
UNLESS OTHERWrSC SPE:CIFIED. (STANDARD FIRE PUIAP PAIHT)
COLOR: GLOSS RED (.f057.f)

SURFACE PREP: SURFACE: IAUST Bf DRY ANO FREE OF' ALL DUST, 0/RT,
GRrAS;_ OIL. LOOSE PAIHT AHD RUST. .
RCCOIAIAEHDED PRIIAE:R: HOHE AS STANDARD.
RECOMMEHOED THIHHER: IVATE'R, IF HECF:SSAR'f •
NOTE: PAIHT TO BE SHIPPED TO NORTH AURORA AT ~
SPRAY VISCOSfTY. (45-55 SCCOHDS N0.4 FORD CUP) · ill
ME:THOD OF APPLICATlOH: SPRAY
PERCEHT OF SOUDS: J2.0" +/- 2"
DES/RED WET Fll.M
THICKHESS PER C~T: 2.8 - J.4 AMLS.
DESIRED DRY FlLJI

THICKHESS PER COAT: 2 MIL MIHIMUM. 1WO C~T PROCESS
ORYING nME:: (70 TOUCH) JO IIINUTES TO f HOUR.
CL.EAHUP: LACQUER THINNER OR S~ NID WATER

EQUIPMENT:
OTHER: WATER/AOUEOUS AMONIA WIXTURE
THEORF:TICAL COVERAGE: 500 SO. FT. PER GALLON AT 1 MIL (DRY)
THIS COATIHG /S FOR INDUSTRIAL. USE ONLY, NOT INTENDED

WARNING: FOR USE AROUNO THE HOME. THIS MATERW. /S Fl.AAIAAABLE.
VAPOR IS HARAIFUL. NIO 15 NOT TO BE TAKEN INTERNALLY.
USE WfTH ADEOUATE VfNTli.ATION. TH/S MATERIAL MUST
CONFORM TO LOCAL. STATE'. AHD FrDERAL AJR · POaUTION
RULES ANO REGULATION. PUMP MAHUFACTURER /S NOT
RESPONSIBLE FOR 0AMACE TO THE C~TING INCURRfl)
DURING SHIPAIOO OR INSTAUAnON.
COLOR FORMULA CHAHGED FROM 40247 TO 40574 AROUND
NOTE: 10/17/96 TO GIVE HIGHER GLOSS F1NISH.
E1,_,~,, 1UPMTED TEXT 1 CM SRJ

ol ...20-01 1RO«MD ~TLF CJI
.PENTAIR
·> ur-
PentaiT
1~"'1 ,,,f•"1 ••
f .. •.•
·.~·t
1 r"\"" ·
CALIBRATION RECORD
PRESSURE GAUGES
H'!!-TO:."''"l .. ~·] ' _í Q _ _ _ *'!-1 1('51 P"J'I(l' JO 3 ~-r)j

¿ .. , J 1
'1 3
UN /,:,
PSI
A.>l .
l ES T ~c n.t .f,L
ll: S l TF.S • ..Al u TilLE O~
~~~~~;f~~
,ioC Tl tAL ~ CT U.:. l
t;_,r,; 1Al'Jo1.E OFCI..t..le=\ATCA
CA1F fJC¡ ' l l
,..At/.,;; POIN T f'Q!H T FlE ""RKS C:OI'J!;IliON OF EO'J•F-\t! rr t.AL >l;."l<;' lOH
"". IY ) > RE.Ml'f'G H l') ~
F' EAo:•.¡c. r .Al 0 AT1: Ql;E Q..\ TE CJt.l C.EJH•
1 ~ ¡<.../' 10 nt ~--,
_,_.. ., 1 Lf&,? ?O (Ji :<,' a::.. -r;;aoD (~ "'TEC.-\:1
az./e- . ~¡?
. 10 lp, ¡ l.-O <{¡, z_ 3o ;;'f. 3 -rZ:cJ.!
-
.:' 7-/7 (;. & <?,¿?
~.-1 5
lf :
'l -:; ;,. ' ;:.t~ ,;,, ¿ ·''O ;,.~>
"·
;:
::Y"~ ~-.:.•; .- ~., ,·-?' ~--
, ~.:_.,..,. .'
..
Tt.:! L"oJti'Vt;"oo!nt Ni~r> t/lltl n pror.Mv.l1 Vid t .atit'l'"'od In iltt : !O..."l("- e v.l«• f'l ~T.t-'r'!i CkM!>Iy A:-'1.~~ M~.u.al en.d ll lt'~ :0 lf'e
r.Qiiofta! P.!-~lu'~ d S : ~.-® ar.:t hc.tlfldo9y (Nr$1 ¡
"
._. 4 4
__ ,., /
, .•
~
• •
1
•
50
·1·' ' . 1(·/
1
1\'\\·' 1 1l11
11
.'·'
•
·''
1
! 11¡ /
1¡ ¡ l; /
1
-
--
--::-
-20 --<-
_/
Scale-Div·ISIO(f
- ::::; J ft H
·~~ • •n ' "'"'
10
CAL . ~ ,....,
, IBRA ,. " "
. •:. - :- - TION -
:·¡
,-
'
10 Nr· 8! 75
TEOHIKT INSPECTION REPORT
Ingeniería y Construcción FR-GU-PR0-701 )1 ROí
,....--._ 1.0 General
Project 3808 CAMPO AUCA lnspection Report Nr 001

Supplier LEVO Cia . Ud. lnspection Date 09tl March 2018
1
Purchase Order 4500361316 1 rev 1 00 Next visit N/A

Sub Supplier PENT AIR-AURORA
Sub Order - lnspection Agency Global lnspection Services
Inspector Mr. Javier Mata
Location of this inspection 800 Airport Road
City North Aurora , IL 60542 Client T echint 1 Construcciones y
Prestaciones Petroleras
Country EE.UU.
Reference Nr 2753931 sx
Contact Mr. Mark Schmidt
Phone and Fax +1 630 .859-7040 (office)
+1 630.945-6265 (mobile)
Email mark.schmidt@pentair.com
1.1 General Description

T-a/ Nr.
6-481-20 (s/n 2526150) Right-Hand Rotation Diesel Fire Pump
6-481-20 (s/n 2526143) Left-Hand Rotation Electric Fire Pump
1.2 Summary of findings in previous inspection

N/A
1.3 Status of inspection

POitemNr. ducription Qty Qty Qty Qty %Qty
ordered preuntecl acceplMin ~ KCepiiHto
thls vlsit to date date
6-481 -20 (s/n Right-Hand Rotation Diesel Fire
1 1 1 - -%
2526150) Pump
'
- 6-481-20 (s/n Left-Hand Rotation Electric Fire
1 1 :1 - -%
2526143) Pump
1.4 Status of Fabrication

% O.UV.ryDate
Di .... Plan Actual Contnct 1 Prevtous Fcncut 1 Current Forecut
E .....
lauance of Sub PO
-%
-%
-%
-C}~ .PO
- 1 -
In accordance wtth ac;hedule
1 -
Material -% % QPOhu 1 1 days of dHiy wlth to Schedule r,
Fabrlcatton -% -% DeiiYety Tenna 1-
Tntlng -% -% (*) reasons of the delay:
Dellvery -% -% -
2.0 Participants
Page 1 of 6
ID Nr· 8175
iTECHIHT
1
INSPECTION REPORT
Ingenien a y Construcción FR-GU-PR0-701-01 ROi
- . -· - ~------------------~
Name Posltlon Telephone E.ftNIII

Mr. Mark Schmidt PENTAIR Customer Service Manager +1 630.859-7000 mark.schmidt@pentair.com
Mr. Dan Rotta PENTAIR Test Lab Manager +1 630.945-6265 -
Mr. Javier Mata GIS Inspector obo Techint +1 312.401-3811 javiermata 142@hotmail.com
3.0 Apphcable Oocuments
3808-E525-M-MR-100-003 Oataa"-t & 3808-8525-M-VD-014-008

rev .OO Specs rev.OO
Other applicable documents- lnspection Requirements & Documents , Forms , Cedes , Standards, Drawings, Specifications.
type IMuancect.te title status
Approved with
3808-8525-M-VD-014-008 rev.OO 21.12.2017 Data Sheets of Pumps
Comments
3808-8525-M-DS-1 00-003 rev . B 20. t 0.2017 Data Sheets - SCI 's Pumps For Approval
3808-E525-M-MR-1 00-003 rev .OO 26.10.2017 Material Requisition - SCI 's Pumps For Purchasing
3808-E525-M-SIT -100-003 rev .01 10.2017 Supplier lnspection & Testing Mínimum Requirements -
3808-E525-M-SP-100-003 rev.OO 26.10.2017 Specification - SCI's Pumps For Application
'-- ---
NFPA-20 - Standard -
PAM-EP-ECU-QAQC-20-ESP-006-00 12.2015 Especificación de Recubrimientos -
PENTAIR: Certified Witness Performance Test
LAB-001 rev.04 09.2017 -
Procedure
4500361316 rev.OO 22.11.2017 Purchase Order -
4.0 Activities performed
~ Une ofiTP Activity Reeults
1
- Pump Performance Test Satisfactory
5.0 lnspection Oetails
lt was attended an inspection visit at PENTAIR-AURORA on 09 1h March 2018 in order to witness Performance Test over two (2 ) Fire
Pumps:
,/ Right-Hand Rotation Diesel Fire Pump, 6-481-20 , s/n 2526150
Left-Hand Rotation Electric Fire Pump, 6-481-20, s/n 2526143
Calibration Certificates
-Befare beginning of Performance Tests , it was successfully completed the revision of Calibration Certificates for the equipment used
during inspection visit:
./ Pressure Gauges
./ Magnetic Flow Meter
./ Miscellaneous equipment
./ Torque meter
Visual lnspection
- lt was successfully completed a vi sual inspection over both fire pumps in order to detect any deviation that could interfere on
functionality.
- Results were evaluated as Satisfactory .
Page 2 of 6
ID Nr: 8175
.TECHIHT INSPECT REPORT
Ingeniería y Construcción FR-GU-PR0-701-01 R01
?ainting lnspection
- lt was successfully completed the Dry Film Thickness (DFT) checking, as per corresponding Coating Specification.
- Results were evaluated as Satisfactory.
Performance Test
- Performance Test Procedure was reviewed before beginning of testing .
- All Fire Pumps were tested in accordance with NFPA-20 and UL listed 1 FM approved .
Diesel Fire Pump:
Data point GPM TDH (psi) BHP Efficiency RPM
1 0.00 164.13 83.22 0.00 1760.00
2 540.48 162.99 120.51 42.58 1760.00
3 1052.06 159.85 162.54 60.28 1760.00
4 1486.35 153.25 190.75 69.57 1760.00
5 1999.32 140.54 213.99 76.50 1760.00
6 2565.64 120.95 230.24 78.52 1760.00
7 2999.97 101 .26 235.01 75.31 1760.00
8 3250.13 81 .94 234.06 66.29 1760.00
- Primary: 2000gpm at 323ft, 1760rpm.

- Secondary: 3000gpm at 210ft, 1760rpm.
Electric Fire Pumo·

Data point GPM TDH (psi) BHP Efficiency RPM
1 0.00 166.24 81.63 0.00 1770.00
2 513 .61 165.07 120.45 41 .01 1770.00
3 1072.27 162.78 166.02 61 .25 1770.00
4 1513.89 155.32 193.37 70.85 1770.00
5 1979.86 141.71 216.33 75.55 1770.00
6 2486.12 125.04 232.24 77.98 1770.00
7 2971.46 101.41 238.07 73.74 1770.00
8 3248.79 85.36 238.07 67.86 1770.00
- Primary: 2000gpm at 323ft, 1770rpm.

Secondary: 3000gpm at 210ft, 1770rpm.
Next Schedule
- Related to the next schedule, which does not have to be attended by signed Inspector, Vender informed about below dates for both
Fire Pumps:
../ Re-package on Monday 19th March 2018 .
../ Shipping on 20th March 2018 .
../ Estimate date of arrival al site on 23'd March 2018.
6.0 Non-conformities or pending issues found in this inspection
N/A
7.0 Other items with non-conformities or pending issues (excluding those listed in previous 6.0)
Page 3 of 6
ID Nr: 8175
TECBIHT INSPECTION REPORT
lngeniena y Construcc1ón F-R-GU-PR0-701-01 R01
8.0 Aetions required
¡~esponsible
9.0 Pietures
Pie. 01: Pressure Gauge Cal ibration
Pie. 03: Pressure Test (actual) Pie. 04: Pressure Test (actual)
Page 4 of 6
ID Nr 8175
TECBIMT INSPECTION REPORT
Ingeniería y Construcción FR-GU-PR0-70 1-01 RO 1
Pie. 05: Flange Bolt Tensioning
Pie. 07: Ventilation during filling with water
10.0 Attaehments
- Pump Performance Program for Electric Fire Pump

- Pump Performance Program for Diesel Fire Pump
-Performance Test Curve for Electric Fire Pump
-Performance Test Curve for Diesel Fire Pump
- Calibration Certificates : Pressure Gauges 1 Magnetic Flow Meter 1 Miscellaneous equipment 1 Torquemeter
11 .0 Released goods
J ttem Qty Deacription T•g /serial number Observlltions Reluae
t-'age ') ot b
Certificado No.: INNP-2018-249 Fecha de calibración (C 2018-05-17
Propietario: Levo Cia. Ltda
Dirección: Interoceánica Km 10 1/2 Cumbayá , Centro Ejecutivo Espacial Oficina #212
Valores
Resumen de Resultados
si kPa %
Histerisis máxima determinada: 0,0 0,0 0,0
Error máximo del instrumento: 0,0 0,0 0,0
Error mínimo del instrumento: 0,0 0,0 0,0
Incertidumbre: 2,9 20 1,5
Curva de Calibración Promedio
4,0
3,0
2,0
e
-o
u
1,0
:0
Q)
~
Q)
0,0
"'....o ~~ ~
'\.~' ~~ 'b~ '
...
e§
t -1,0 "Y
LJ.J
-2,0
-3,0
-4,0
Valor Nominal VError .± lt¡certidumbre
Unidad de los graficos: psi
Ninguna
Realizado por: - - - - -=-

Técnico Lab.: lng. Mateo Bórquez Jefe Lab.: lng . Diego Almeida Hoja 3de3
Dirección: Gral. José Maria Guerrero N69-170 y Alfonso del Hierro innovatec@innovatec.com .ec Telf. (593) 6040 607
~
(AC'C"R E O 1T"'E"Dl
Cert . 11: 4038.01
Industrial Solutions
INNOVATECIS CIA. L TOA.
LABORATORIO DE PRESIÓN
Certificado No.: INNP-2018-250 Fecha de calibración (Calibration date) : 2018-05-17

Certiflcate Number:
Cliente (Customer) : Levo Cia. Ltda

Dirección (Direction) : Interoceánica Km 10 1/2 Cumbayá, Centro Ejecutivo Espacial Oficina #212
El presente Certificado de Calibración posee la trazabilidad en esta magnitud hacia el

Equipo: Manómetro Patrón Nacional de Presión del NIST, el cual es trazable a la realización de la unidad
lnstrument: Pressure Gauge de medida de acuerdo al Sistema Internacional de Unidades SI.
La calibración fue realizada bajo un Sistema de Gestión de la Calidad conforme con la

Marca: ISO/lEC 17025:2005.
Brend:
AST
Los resultados de la calibración y su incertidumbre se exponen en las páginas
Modelo: ************ siguientes y son parte de este documento y se refieren al momento y condiciones en
Model: que se realizó la calibración .
Intervalo de medición: Este Laboratorio no se responsabiliza de los perjuicios que pueda ocasionar el uso
Measurement range:
(O a 200) psi inadecuado del instrumento calibrado. El usuario está obligado a tener el instrumento
recalibrado en intervalos apropiados.
División de escala:
Resolution:
5 psi El presente certificado de calibración certifica los valores obtenidos expresados como
los resultados de las calibraciones y no constituye un certifiCBdo de aptitud para el uso
del patrón, instrumento o equipo.
Serie: •••••••••••• Este documento no significa certificación de calidad y no debe ser utilizado con
Seria/ Number: fines publicitarios. Prohibida su reproducción parcial, la reproducción total deberá
hacerse con la autorización escrita de la Gerencia Técnica de INNOVATEC
Industrial Solutions.
Tipo de Lectura: Analógico
Reading Type: Analog This Certifica/e of Calibration is traceable to NIST's National Pressure Standard in the
United States, which is traceable to the realiza/ion of the unit of measurement
according to the lntemational System of Units SI.
Código Empresa: INN-P-18-234 The calibration was pertormed under a qtJality fT!anagement system in accordance with
Company Code: the ISO/lEC 17025: 2005. . .
The resu/ts of the calibration and uncertafhty ai-e p(esented in the following pages and
Ubicación: are part of this document and refer lo the time and conditions under which the
Location:
Taller calibration was pertormed.
This laboratory is not responsible for any damages that may result from improper use
of the calibrated instrument. The user is required to ha ve the instrument recalibrated at
Medio Utilizado: Agua appropriate interva/s.
Medium used: Water
This calibra/ion certifica/e certifies the expressed values obtained as the results of the
calibra/ion and does not constitute a r;ertificate of contormity tor use of the standard,
Observaciones: ************ instrument or equipment.
Observations:
This document does not mean qliality certifica/ion and should not be used for
advertising purposes. Partial reproduction is forbidden , the total reproduction must
have a written authorized issued by the Technical Management team of INNOVATEC
Lugar de Calibración: Laboratorios INNOVATEC Industrial Solutions.
Place of Calibra/ion: INNOVATEC's Laboratories
lng. Diego Almeida

Gerente Técnico
Dirección: General José Maria Guerrero N69-170 y Alfonso del Hierro; innovatec@innovatec.com.ec; Telf: (593) 6040 607
INN-FC-05 (1) Hoja1de3

Certificado No.: INNP-2018-250 Fecha de calibración (1 2018-05-17
Dirección : Interoceánica Km 10 1/2 Cumbayá, Centro Ejecutivo Espacial Oficina #212
Temperatura Inicial: 21,8 •e Humedad Relativa Inicial: 53,9 %HR

Temperatura Final: 21 ,8 •e Humedad Relativa Final : 53,7 %HR
METODO UTILIZADO: Por comparación con Manómetro Patrón según procedimiento de calibración INN-PC-05.
INCERTIDUMBRE DE MEDIDA: La incertidumbre expandida se ha obtenido multiplicando la incertidumbre estándar de

medida por el factor de cobertura K=2 que, para una distribución normal corresponde a una probabilidad de cobertura de
aproximadamente el 95%; y, se la estimó de acuerdo al documento "Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in
Measurement" de la ISO .
PATRONES UTILIZADOS:
Patrón Marca Trazabllidad Certificado No. Fecha Calibración Próxima Calibración
Manómetro Fluke 1002080180 2017-11-28 2018-11
Lectura del Instrumento Serie 1 Lectura del Instrumento Serie 2

Patrón
Ascendente Descendente Ascendente Descendente
psi kPa psi kPa psi kPa psi kPa psi kPa
0,00 0,00 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0
20,00 137 ,90 25,0 172,4 25,0 172,4 25 ,0 172,4 25 ,0 172,4
100,00 689,48 100,0 689,5 100,0 689,5 100,0 689,5 100,0 689,5
180,00 1241 ,06 180,0 1241 ,1 180,0 1241 '1 180,0 1241 '1 180,0 1241 '1
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Lectura Promedio del

Patrón Error Promedio Histéris~s Incertidumbre Uk=2
Instrumento
0,00 0,00 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
20,00 137,90 25,0 172,4 5,0 34,5 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
100,00 689,48 100,0 689,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
180,00 1241 ,06 180,0 1241 '1 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Hoja 2 de 3
Dirección: Gral. José Maria Guerrero N69-170 y Alfonso del Hierro innovatec@innovatec.com.ec Telt. (593) 6040 607
Certificado No. : INNP-2018-250 Fecha de calibración (C 2018-05-17
Dirección: Interoceánica Km 10 1/2 Cumbayá, Centro Ejecutivo Espacial Oficina #212
Valores
si kPa %
Error minimo del instrumento: 0,0 0,0 0,0
Curvé! de Calibración Promedio
10,0
8,0
6,0
e
·o
.~
'C 4,0
Cll
~
Cll
'C
..... 2,0
o
.....
.....
w
0,0
')..~cf 'b~'
.....
-2,0
-4,0
Valor Nominal ~
Error±
. Incertidumbre
Ninguna
.( .
Realizado por: _ _ _ __
Técnico Lab.: lng . Mateo Bórquez
0¡tz_
J;_ .
Aprobado por: - - - - - -
Jefe Lab.: lng. Diego Almeida
----- _/
Hoja3de3
~
(AC'C'R E D 1T10)
Cert. 11: 4038.01
Industrial Solutions
INNOVATECIS CIA. L TOA.
,
CERTIFICADO DE CALIBRACION
LABORATORIO DE PRESIÓN
Certificado No.: INNP-2018 _251 Fecha de calibración (Calibration date): 2018-05-17

Certificate Number.·
Cliente (Customer) : Levo Cia. Ltda

Dirección (Direction) : Interoceánica Km 10 1/2 Cumbayá, Centro Ejecutivo Espacial Oficina #212
El presente Certificado de Calibradón posee la trazabilidad en esta magnitud hacia el

Equipo: Manómetro Patrón Nacional de Presión del NIST, el cual es trazable a la realización de la unidad
lnstrument: Pressure Gauge de medida de acuerdo al Sistema Internacional de Unidades SI.
La calibración fue realizada bajo un Sistema de Gestión de la Calidad conforme con la

Marca: ISO/lEC 17025:2005.
Brand:
AST
Los resultados de la calibración y su incertidumbre se exponen en las páginas
Modelo: •••••••••••• siguientes y son parte de este documento y se refieren al momento y condiciones en
Model: que se realizó la calibración.
Intervalo de medición: Este Laboratorio no se responsabiliza de los perjuicios que pueda ocasionar el uso
Measurement range:
(O a 200) psi inadecuado del instrumento calibrado. El usuario está obligado a tener el instrumento
recalibrado en intervalos apropiados.
División de escala:
Resolution:
5 psi El presente certificado de calibración certifica los valores obtenidos expresados como
los resultados de las calibraciones y no constituye un certificado de aptitud para el uso
del patrón, instrumento o equipo.
Serie: •••••••••••• Este documento no significa certificación de calidad y no debe ser utilizado con
Serial Number: fines publicitarios. Prohibida su reproducción parcial, la reproducción total deberc~
hacerse con la autorización escrita de la Gerencia Técnica de INNOVATEC
Industrial Solutions.
Tipo de Lectura: Analógico
Reading Type: Analog This Certificate of Calibration is traceable to NIST's National Pressure Standard in the
United States, which is traceable to the realization of the unit of measurement
according to the Jntemational System of Units S/.
Código Empresa: INN-P-18-235 The calibration was performed under a quality management system in accordance with
Company Code: the ISO/lEC 17025: 2005. · '
The results of the calibration and uncertainty are ¡jresented in the fo/lowing pages and
Ubicación: are part of this document and refer to the time and conditions under which the
Location:
Taller calibration was performed.
Thís Jaboratory is not responsible for any damages that may result from improper use
of the calibrated instrument. The user is required to ha ve the instrument recalibrated at
Medio Utilizado: Agua appropriate intervals.
Medium used: Water
This calibration certificate certifies /he expressed va/ues obtained as the results of /he
calibra/Ion and does not constitute a certificate of conformity for use of the standard,
Observaciones: •••••••••••• lnstrument or equipment. '
Observations:
This document does not mean quality certification and should not be used for
advertising purposes. Partial reproduction is torbidden. !he total reproduction mus!
have a written authorized issued by the Technical Management team of INNOVATEC
Lugar de Calibración: Laboratorios INNOVATEC Industrial Solutions.
Place of Calibration: /NNOVATEC's Laboratories
~-~
lng. iego Almeida
Gerente Técnico
Dirección: General José Maria Guerrero N69-170 y Alfonso del Hierro; innovatec@innovatec.com.ec; Telf: (593) 6040 607
INN-FC-05 (1) Hoja1de3

Temperatura Inicial: 21,8 •e Humedad Relativa Inicial: 53,9 %HR

Temperatura Final: 21 ,8 ·e Humedad Relativa Final: 53,7 %HR
METODO UTILIZADO: Por comparación con Manómetro Patrón según procedimiento de calibración INN-PC-05.
INCERTIDUMBRE DE MEDIDA: La incertidumbre expandida se ha obtenido multiplicando la incertidumbre estándar de

medida por el factor de cobertura K=2 que, para una distribución normal corresponde a una probabilidad de cobertura de
aproximadamente el 95%; y, se la estimó de acuerdo al documento "Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in
Measurement" de la ISO.
PATRONES UTILIZADOS:
Patrón Marca Trazabllldad Certificado No. Fecha Calibración Próxima Calibración
Manómetro Fluke 1002080180 2017-11-28 2018-11
lectura del Instrumento Serie 1 lectura del Instrumento Serie 2

Patrón
Ascendente Descendente Ascendente Descendente
0,00 0,00 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0
20,00 137 ,90 20,0 137 ,9 20,0 137,9 20,0 137 ,9 20,0 137,9
100,00 689,48 100,0 689,5 100,0 689,5 100,0 689,5 100,0 689,5
180,00 1241 ,06 180,0 1241 ' 1 180,0 1241 ' 1 180,0 1241 ,1 180,0 1241 ' 1
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
lectura Promedio del

Patrón Error Promedio Histéris[!; Incertidumbre Uk=2
Instrumento
0,00 0,00 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
20,00 137,90 20,0 137,9 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
100,00 689,48 100,0 689,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
180,00 1241,06 180,0 1241 '1 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,9 20
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Hoja 2 de 3
Dirección: Gral. José Maria Guerrero N69-170 y Alfonso del Hierro innovatec@innovatec.com.ec Telf. (593) 6040 607
Valores
si kPa %
Error minimo del instrumento: 0,0 0,0 0,0
Curva de Calibración Promedio
4,0
3,0
2,0
e:
·O 1,0
u
'5
QJ
~
QJ
0,0
"O
~
\)~ ,;\)~ ~~
.... co\J•
o.... -.,:
.... ·1,0 ">
UJ
·2,0
-3,0
-4,0
Valor Nominal Error± Incertidumbre
Ninguna
~- .
~~
Aprobado por: - - = - - - - -
Técnico Lab.: lng. Mateo Bórquez Jefe Lab.: lng. Diego Almeida Hoja3de3
•
Cia.Ltda.
Labo ra t o1·io de Met i"Di ogfa
Emprcsll: \'I(TOR Zl ~1(; .\ I.HF-20 17-00:>-1

Solil"itanlc: lng. Yiclor /.uiiiga
Dircl'l'iún: Quito. i\ 1. Pedro Pinlo) /\1 . i\iapo Fecha de Ca lib.: 20 17-05-22
6.-0HSf:~\ ' .-\('10!\ES
6. 1 l .os result ados nbtenidos hacen rdi:rcncia al itcmm..:ncionado cn d punto 2 del prcs..:nl c docum~nto.
6.2 l.a cal ibrució n se n.:alizú a una t..:mpcru turu amh i..:nlc mo.:dia d..: 21 ± 3 °C y humedad relativa cn d rango de 30% a 60"-'o para
determ ina r la inccnidu mhr.: s.: consi(h:ra un ni1·cl de conliam.a dcl95% "y un !actor de colx:11ura k=2 de ac uerdo a la ( il ;i\·1". se
rclacinna úni cam.:ntc a los 1·alorcs medidos y no incluye cswhilidad del instnuncnto bajo prueba para largo ticmp<l.
h ..>1.Hs mediciones n.:al izadas por nuestros laboratorios se basan en patmnes de Rderenc ia que man t icn~n Trazahilidad n organismos
:\:u.:i<malcs ~ lo Intl!rnaci<Hla(es at:rt..'1:f it :ldos.
üA 1.a csw hilidad y !'tml·ionamien lo del equipo. dqx:nde de 1arios factores. los cuales est<in fuera dd control de nuestros laborato rios de
calibracitin .
6.5 Prohib ida su reproducción parcial. la n.:prndu cción total dcbcra h¡¡ccrsc con la au l!lrización csc rit:J de la Dirección (i~nc ral d..:
·¡·ccniprccisit'ln .
--,_
( 'alihr:Hio por: Rc\'isllclo por:

lnf!. h :rnando ;\ l'il.!s Carl os /\. igaj..::
l'l:c ui co \ '1agn itud El<'ctrica Director l'ecnim
UT-FCI11-'-0.l-RI ·: V ( ~ 1 -2 01 5 P:\g. u~ de 0-1
,2·,·: ~ ~~~~:~5?~~~ r¿;¿j;J~-8~~~ ~ ! ~~¡J!~;~;.~·~rJ¡~->~~)1;~:¡~!'~;~~~ fi!SC

e~: .. OBB7 s ::;s s ~- 5 ..- ~~9 ~4 s~s·s 76 5
··r~oil ·.r;~ r.tns ;~c.r. ·! i ~~ ~.. ,~ci si:Jr:.:; o :-~ 1 • c :.:di :.; ~ · :::' ctG íl ::_cotYSJ r. ~der n.ccn te c..
fct., or::.:to r · c:·::·~.:;.:. -~j ::, ~-ec i~ !C :·i. !":·:tn"': .: ct:i!r;;-.. :v·! t ccr-: !p '"'.::r.Jc;!nn .cr:r :
f¡ ,¡·;1-: i ,e, ./ . . '::: ,::n ' ~d"'t:C l ::; l ó : ·! :_;._: 1_.iJ.!::; - fJ~ ~.i il"' ;; 1] : \ ~; i ::!
·cia. Ltda.
La o atorio de Me<.¡·a logíe
Empresa: ncnm zt:\IG .- \ F-20 17-003 +

Suliritantc: lng. Víctor /.ur1 iga
Dirección: l)uito_ ,'\ ,._ l'~dro l' imo ~ i\v. N:Jpo Fcclw de Calih.: 2o17-05-22
.\ IEDII>OR l)f 1:\TJ:'iSII)..\0 I)E CORRIE'iTE El.Í:CTRIC.\
CORRIE"'TE .K 60 1-lz
\'.PATitO\ u :cn1u ERIWR 1:\CE RTI D. 1;.: 2
CORREGmO \IEOIIU (lBP mA +/- m .-\
.J.OOOX 1 el.()() -O.OOOS 0.1 5
19.99649 20.02 0.0235 0. 12
99.97439 100 .~ 0..>256 0. 12
i\1ECOBMETRO
(;E " '. R,\DOR OE Hli.T \ .IF
GE NE RADOR OE VOLTAJE OC
ITE~I GF.l\F.RAOOR u:cn R\ 11\CERTII). k=2
# EQllPO (lBP) \lEO. I'ATRÓ ~ +/- , .
39 107.0 108. 10 -1.1000 0.73

+O :?_()~.0 :263.:?.0 -0.2000 0.90
+1 527.0 5:?.5.30 1.7000 0.90
.J2 1050.0 ltW).O 1_0000 1.46
\lt-:1)1001~ DE 1u:s rn: ~CI . \
1
\ . 1'.-\TRO'i LECTl R:\ ERROR 1:'\ CT ,RTID. k:2
R -\1\GO
CORRE(; lllO 1\1 F. ll. ( l!IH') \tnJGn +1- MO/(;Q
sno' DC 0.09999962 0. 100 0.000000-l 0.0 1:?.
1 _\10 0_999998 7 0.00000~3 0.0 12
SOO \'I>C 0,9'199'1157 0.00000 13 0. 12

111 \ '1 0 10.000006 -0.000006 0. 12
1000 \'()(' 0.100002 7 -0.0(){)0027 0.0 16

1 GO !.00 1298 -(J. (JO 1298 0.0 16
TI'-I'Mf'Ci-03 REV-2ill 5
:"~i·. Í C de t.90S~;J i\i'' 65 - !:35 •; Jeil::.:,:;st..::;, :.:cJ¡ Lci o !Vlocb 3er p~s:~
Tc i.:SE~-1 ~~.) G rJ3~ E~ ! -~ .· 3 · }h~ ~~2-~1_: S 00': 375
~r:.!.: 0907 83 13 2 ':·~· .. f)~¡p;-: 350 7 8 ~1
__ : ;tJ ;! 'H~~~ ~'- ~,-,-~t::!G' rw ; r:::c:srO! J.c:Jtr., ~ L:d!! ;:!J 'fT~-n¡ !- -. c::!r)'onlod;~n: .c:::n").~~c
cds:cr :_;..:·:.l: t 1 ~_.;_:i¡·_L..<:J-t:.::;:.;n;:..;l~eci s i:..n. 1 ; 0P":
\.-t:~_..¡·e; ~,.ur: ~J't ~ ~ :::cn i: J :
·:: · :r:iJ:,n:· ..-~-:~.--: n:;-..~r. t.J:-;¡-:r: ~~ ::-:. L:--n~~ :-1z. .Jir;~ ~f: r ;~ :::l
Cia.Lida.
Labor atori o de Metrología
Empresa: \' I( T 01{ z ¡ ·\I C .\ Ccrti flc:~d u :\ 0 : LU F-20 17-003-1

Snlil"i tll nlc: lng. Viclnr / .uii iga
Dirccciú n: Quitn . .-\ ,._l'.:dro Pint\' ~ ,' \'. 1\'npo Fcc hll de Ca lih. : 20 17-05-22
\J E UII)(IR U E \ 'OI.T .-\.I E
H>LT.\JE \C 60 JI ~
~ RA:\CO
.. ~·
\ '. 1' .-\TIH>:\
C OIUU:GII>O
I. ECIHU
\I EDIOA (l iBP
l K.IWR
\'
I'KE K.TH>. k=2
+!- , .
IJ 0. 19')9l\ 0.202 0.00202 0.0 12
1~ 3.00002 :1.002 O.OO J9l\ 0.0 12
3H \ '
15 15.0005 15.1):10 0.039.54 0.0 12
16 30.000·1
,.
:>0.020 0.0 1958 0.0 12
17 TIXJ.00-1 1 100.2 0.1959 0. 12

l l! 200.00D 200.1 0.0977 0. 12
10011,.
19 5lJ9.<J8'1 599.8 -0.1890 0.1:>
20 699.<)7<) 700.0 0.02 10 1. 16
\I EI)JI)()R 1>1-: R ES ISTE:\CI .-\ ELÜTK if".\
RES IST E:\( :1 ,\ -.-\ ISL\:\11 E\TO
~B
\' . I'X rRO!\ L E(Tt iKA ERRO K 1:\CERTI D. k-2
R\ M ;o
CO RR EG IDO \ H:I)ID.-\ (l !J3P ) !LikiU\1!! +1- H/kiU.\'1!!
B
21 1.000 1 1.20 n 1099 0.0 12
22 5.()(){)2 5.20 0. 19')8 0,012
23 10.0004 1()_1() O. 199ó 0.01)
fi
2-'
25 8 55.0014
100.(J009
55.20
100. 10
k!'!
0. 19S6
0.099 1
0. 12
0.12
B
26 0. 5 0000~ 0.499 -0.00 10 o. n
27 1.000006 1.000 0.0000 0.1:>
211 10.000 11 10.00 -0.000 1 0. 12
2') l t)(l.(J026 100.0 -0.0026 0. 11
\IH
EJ
30 1.0000 15 1.000 0.0000 0.012
31 9.9909 1 10.00 0.000 1 ~ . 0.0 11
32 18.99712 19.01) 0.0020 0.012
" EDIOO it I>E l i\TE"lS IIH D I> E CO RIUI·Sn; I::Ü:CI"IU C \
CORRI E\TE ll("
I IT~M I B
\'. 1•.\TRO'i u :c n :RA ERRO R 1\CE RTID. k= 2
rn
C ORREC II>O i\I EI>ID..\ (IRI'l m .-\ +/- m:\
-IJl00-11 4.00 -11.0004 0. 12
100 m.-\ 19.99978 20.00 U.Ol){J2 0. 12
- 99.'>7-132 99.'1 -0.0 7·=1:1 0. 1-1
Pag. llc de tJ ~
/•.'.J . ·J .ir; /'.~.r;:3~:.J :\!· 65 - \J~1 y l3\~LJ :.; ¡::;~,.d, Et.Hid :J ¡\¡jcnJ 8e1· p !..:L
·;·e!:593 OC~ 6 C3 S t!í ! :-; ,.~~-;¿¡. ~324 / 6 Ot~1 ;·:;}~
t.-:. :di!. ·.~~~ '1.8i~:¡ ,.··T:c! Ji ~,..p~:i~. ,n r· ~--:·r r r:;-.:,br .;¡c!or- ce \t: ¡roo~, ,-, CGi 1t.~:....
¡;:i i-.Pr,~rnr'·~· .- ~r::.;;li ¡.. r·rc's ;c r: · ·:_;r• · ::..:-: ::c!~: c. }r.::;~-;:; ¡ pr~-..:CISic, .ccv•.
·-, -;.:lt o . . ~~ .·2 ·:·-~)~"'fGC.- 1 .:?· '¡:1 :...:i:! :_.,d.· ;::'(·~w,'; ; ¡;,::rl
Cia.Ltda.
lab orat orio de 1\/k troiogía
L\BOIUTORIO ELHTRICIIHD CC Y H.\.L\ FRE<TE:\( 'L\
1.-1:\FOR\IACIÓ:\ Y IHTOS
Empn:sa: \ 'I(TOK Zl Ñl(; ,\ Cct·tificado :\ 0 : LBF-201 7-0034

Solicitante: lng. V i.:lc)r í'.uiii g.a 1:crha de Calibracifln. : 10 17-0 5-21
llirccdún: <)uit o. A' . l'.:dro l'int~>) ¡\ ,._Napo
2. -IUE~TIHC\( ' IÚ:'\ I>E l..\ t'~JD . \1) B -\ .10 I'RI Hl-\ (llll')
Et¡uirw: .\ ll .LTÍ.\IETKO 1 i\IEGÓIDIETRO

.\l :tn·:t: n .n.:t·: R11n~u : 1000 VOC/1\ C- 50 \1Q--HO m!\
.\lodt'lto: 1~8 7 Rcsoluriún : 0. 1V-0. 1f.!-0.0 1m t\
s~ric : 1 ó -1 -1 o 1 7 1
3.-( '0:\1>1( :10:\l·:s .\ .\ IIHE I\'T.\I .ES
Te mperatura: <2 1"1 3''(' ) Lugar de Ca lib.: Tcc nipr~ci sió n

llumcd ad ltclatÍ\a : (-15± 15'\o)
4.-TR\/,. \ Bll .lf> ,\0

\1 (ro no I 'TII ,1/,A f>O: l'or comparación di recta sc:gü n pnm.xlim icmu de ca li brac ión I.CI"-1'( ' BF-111 /U3.
1'\CEitTIIH .\ IJIR[ DE .\IEOIIl.\ : 1:1 cúlculo de la inccnidumhrc: se .:st imú mu lt ip licando la inccrti dumbr..: tipica por d l;u:lnr de
w lx:rtura (k=2.0). que curr..:spo ndc a una rrobabiliund d..: mhc:rt ura tk aprox inmdamc:ntc d 'J5 '! n . S~g ún docnmcnro "Gu idc to thc
1 -: .xp r~ss illn ll i' {.l nc ~rtaninty in M ..:as ur..:m ~n t " d~ la 1SO.
1' -\TRO:'\t:S l'T11 .17. .-\UOS:
1 l'lltrún l 'tilizadu: 11 .\'!arta: 11 '\·lodclo : llsc ric: 11 Fec ha de Ca libració n: 1

1 Cal ibrador \ll ult i!'uru;iún 1 I'Ll.1K r 1 5500.1\ 11 ~ 7 o() o(, 1 2016-11-22 1
Trazabilid:ul : llcertilicad u de C'alibn1ción: Pr·ó~ ima Ca libració n:
1 1
CO LMI:_ J'RIK 1 C:viK-CIEI .F.C-16 132 2018- 11-22
1 PatrÍJn l 'tilizado: 11
!\larca 1 .\todclo: 1 Serie: 1 C ertificado \ 0
:
1
Fecha dt' Calihración:
Multimctro Dig ital FU !Kic 87 V 2 1 8-10157 Hl-'l óOD Ml!L 20 16-0 1-28
l'arrún l tilizado: 0
\larca/ :\lodelo: Serie: Certificado \ :
1 Ftcha de Ca lib ntción: 1
Re,; ist..:ncias Standard tr:T VRS-100 F~- 135 1375 C'-JM-CC-11 0-1 :11.2 0 16 20 16-06-1 o
5.- RESI LT.-H>OS
.\IEiliJ)OR DE HH .T A.IE
V< )I .T.\.1 E llC

ITJ:.:.\1 \ ·. P-\TRO\ I.EClTR:\ E Kr<.\11 :ERIJO. k 2
IIU\GOI C ORRE(; IDO v
'+1- · m\'/ \ '
# \ 'IEOIIH (l'Hl'l 1
B
1 0.50 12 0.50 -0.00 12 0.0 1.2
2 1.00 11 1.00 -0.0011 0.0 12
3 10.00 13 10.00 -0.0(1 1~ 0.0 12
.¡ 'J9.9'J89 100.00 0. 0011 0.0 12
\'
5 1.0023 1.000 -0.0023 0.0 12
(, J.<lOOOI 3.000 -0.00001 0.0 12
7 30 , . 15.00080 15.00 -0.00()~1) 0.01 2
8 30.0001 7 JtJ.OO -0.000 17 0.0 12
1
9 -30.0001 9
,.
-30.00 0.00019 0.0 12
EJ
10 'J'J.'J'JS<Jó 100.0 0.00 10 0. 1-t
JI 299.9977 299.6 -03 6-l-l 0.13
12 <)9'J.9795 1000.0 0.<1205 l.l ú
Ll" l - ~l' H F-0 1 -K I ·: V til l-"0 15 P:ig. 0 1 d ~ ¡¡.¡
.e:.: ·¡O ~ ~ ;\::: (' ~t.o N~- 6;: -- ~=}~~-. J:;.:j:;p¡isl:s. Ed!f'ciü t~o1o;-b 3E! ;-J,!:.o
Te 1 . :59~~, U~:: 6 G:i :~ e·1·: ? 4-G ... ~ ~-1 / 6 Q[i': 375
Ce:. :::987 .- 3b R:~:; . -· J88-+ 8 !3C 7'35
~- -.-ia ::.- '- 'f.·1L.•r;¡ :t.€:C.:11f'r··J :i!:-,•Yl.CG1- ~:i ! ·b~r.::-;:c ;r{ ·:::ottc··no~1e r"l. !..:UI ~' ~ ·...
!uL:;-1r '1t.nr1r:·- t~t~ ll !p:·-r..: r.i s~r::·r · c G: ·. . Ce.! ;.Jr: J \:: !:u '! :.J i"~C: IS!G: : .c Jtn
,.~1 ,-: r.:;} í:O !~ .-·:.:::::::n .. jf':.'->.!:1 t.J! Cr.~. ,_·~el~! ü-;;:·r~:: ."": :·t t:,;~ !
AUCA PROJECT
DESCRIPCIÓN : Manuales de instalación y mantenimiento 3 18/05/2018
TAG Nº: YLP-SCI-SBCI-01
DWG/DOC. Nº: -
DWG/DOC. Nº: 3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
PO N°: 4500361316
PROYECTO
tcuajp
Ingeniería CPP

ELIMINADO
PRESENTAR .
Juan Pablo Alcoser May 24, 2018

por.......................................................... fecha.............................................................
tcuajp
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
Manuales de operación y mantenimiento
Documentos Generales
TABLA DE CONTENIDO
Pag.
Manual bomba Jockey (PCF-1736 / MEL0817) 1

Manual bomba motor Diésel (PCF-1735 / MCO0852) 42
Manual bomba centrífuga (PCF-1735 / MCO0852 - PCF-1734 / MEL0898) 95
Manual panel de control bomba Jockey (DP – 0450) 106
Manual panel de control Mark II bomba motor Diésel (DP – 0069) 123
Manual panel de control Mark II bomba motor Eléctrico (DP – 0449) 145
Manual medidor de flujo (FI-YLP-24141) 174
Manual interruptor de nivel (LSL-YLP-24151) 176

Manual válvula de alivio (PSV-YLP-24211/24311) 178
Manual indicador de presión (PI-YLP-24121/24131/24221/24231/24321/24331) 181
Manual interruptor de detector de fugas (LS-YLP-24161) 183
Manual purga de aire 186

Tablas de configuración Modbus bomba Jockey 190
Tablas de configuración Modbus bomba motor Diésel 207
Tablas de configuración Modbus bomba motor Eléctrico 230

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL BOMBA JOCKEY

PCF-1736 / MEL0817
1
ecord the following information from the motor
R
and pump nameplates for future reference:
Pump Model No.

Bill of Material No.
Motor Model No.
Motor Serial No.
HP Volts/Hz/Ph
Rated Amp Draw
PVM(X) SERIES
VERTICAL MULTISTAGE PUMPS Certified to
NSF/ANSI 61 & 372
INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND PARTS MANUAL PVMX Models
NOTE! To the installer: Please make sure you provide this manual to the owner of the equipment or to the responsible
party who maintains the system.
Part # A-03-366 | © 2015 Pentair Ltd. | 01/12/15
2
Table Of Contents Confirm that you have the right pump:
Safety Instructions............................................................ 2
Applications and Operating Ranges................................. 2
Installation....................................................................... 3
Electrical.......................................................................... 4
Operation......................................................................... 5
Maintenance.................................................................... 6
Troubleshooting............................................................... 9
Repair Parts.................................................................... 10
Dimensions.................................................................... 18
Warranty........................................................................ 52
Important Safety
Instructions
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS - This manual contains
important instructions that should be followed during Figure 1 - Model Plate Information
installation, operation, and maintenance of the product.
Save this manual for future reference. Applications and Operating Ranges.
This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this Aurora® multistage in-line centrifugal pumps are
symbol on your pump or in this manual, look for one of designed for liquid transfer, circulation, and pressure
the following signal words and be alert to the potential boosting of hot or cold clean water or other thin, non-
for personal injury! explosive liquids, not containing solid particles or fibers,
indicates a hazard which, if not avoided, which will not chemically attack the pump materials.
will result in death or serious injury. Typical applications include:
indicates a hazard which, if not avoided, • Municipal water supply and pressure boosting
could result in death or serious injury. • Boiler feed and condensate systems
indicates a hazard which, if not avoided, • Cooling water systems
could result in minor or moderate injury.
• Irrigation
NOTICE addresses practices not related to personal injury.
• Fire fighting
Maximum Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . 104° F(40° C)
To avoid serious or fatal personal injury and possible
Liquid Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5° F to 248° F
property damage, carefully read and follow the safety
(-15° C to +120° C)
instructions.
Maximum Permissible Operating Pressure
1. Install pump according to all code requirements.
Flow Series 1 through 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 psi
2. Compare pump nameplate data with desired
operating range. Flow Series 33 through 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 psi
3. Pump only liquids compatible with pump Maximum operating pressure = Inlet pressure +
component materials (that is, liquids that will not maximum pump differential head
attack the pump). Electrical Data: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Motor Nameplate
4. Make sure plumbing is adequate to handle system Dimensions and Port-to-Port
pressure. Lengths : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See pages 20-51
5. Periodically perform maintenance inspection on
pump and system components.
6. Wear safety glasses at all times when working
on pumps.
California Proposition 65 Warning
This product and related accessories contain
chemicals known to the State of California to cause
cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Inspect the Shipment
The vertical multistage centrifugal inline pump has been
carefully inspected and packaged to assure safe delivery.
Inspect the pump and fittings and report to the carrier
any items which are damaged or missing.
3
Installation Table I – Minimum Pumping Rates
Risk of electric shock. Can shock, burn or Flow Series Minimum Pumping Rate
kill. Ground pump motor correctly before connecting
PVM(X)1 1.0 GPM
to power supply, per article 250-80 of the National
Electrical Code (NEC) in the U.S., or the Canadian PVM(X)3 6.5 GPM
Electrical Code (CEC), as applicable. PVM(X)5 13 GPM
Location PVM(X)10 25 GPM
Locate pump in a dry, well ventilated area, not subject to
freezing or extreme variations in temperature. PVM(X)15 45 GPM
Mount pump a minimum of 6” from any obstruction PVM(X)20 50 GPM
or hot surface. Install the pump with the motor shaft PVM(X)33 80 GPM
vertical. Make sure that an adequate supply of cool air
reaches the motor cooling fan. Maximum ambient air
temperature is 104° F (40° C). Table II – Minimum Suction Pipe Sizes
For open systems requiring suction lift, locate the pump Minimum Nominal
as close to the water source as possible. Flow Series Suction Pipe Size
Foundation PVM(X)1
Foundation should be concrete or a similarly rigid PVM(X)3 1.25 inches
foundation to provide a secure, stable mounting base for PVM(X)5
the pump.
PVM(X)10
Secure pump to foundation using all bolt holes. Refer to PVM(X)15 2 inches
pages 19-51 for bolt plate dimensions. Be sure that all PVM(X)20
four pads on the base are properly supported.
Shim pump base to make sure that pump is level. PVM(X)33 2.5 inches
Piping
Risk of explosion and scalding. Do not run Bypass Line
pump with discharge valve closed; the water in the
pump may boil, with risk of explosion and steam burns
to anyone near. 12" Min.
If there is any danger of the pump running against a Nipple to prevent
Orifice erosion
closed discharge valve, install a pressure relief or by-pass
valve in the discharge pipe to allow for minimum liquid
flow through the pump. Minimum liquid flow through
the pump is needed for cooling and lubrication of the
pump (See Table I). Run the bypass/relief valve and
Inlet Outlet
discharge pipe to a floor drain or a tank for collection.
Isolation Valves
Suction pipe should be adequately sized (See Table II) 4218 0702
and run as straight and as short as possible to keep Figure 2 - Bypass required if pump might operate
friction losses to a minimum. Pipes, valves, and fittings with discharge valve closed. See Table I for
must have a pressure rating equal to or greater than the minimum required flow through pump to prevent
maximum system pressure. overheating and to ensure lubrication.
Pressure check the discharge piping as required by codes
or local regulations.
“Inlet” and “Outlet” are marked on the pump base to
show the direction of the liquid flow through the pump.
Install anti-vibration mountings on either side of the
pump if a minimum noise level is desired.
Install isolation valves in both inlet and outlet pipes near
the pump (see Figure 2). This allows for removal of pump
for service without draining the system and isolation of
the pump in case of a flooded suction condition.
4
If the system pressure is greater than the pump’s against running dry. The highest point of the loop should
maximum inlet pressure the limits of the pump can be at least as high as the lowest point of the motor. This
be exceeded if the discharge pressure backs up to the loop/valve combination will allow the pump and the
inlet side of the pump. Installation of a check valve system to be drained independently of one another.
in the discharge pipe is recommended to prevent this
condition.
Electrical
Make sure, especially on the inlet side of the pump,
Risk of electric shock. Can shock, burn
that there are no airlocks in the system. See Figure 3 for
or kill. All electrical work should be performed by a
correct pipe work to avoid airlocks. The suction pipe
qualified electrician in accordance with the National
should be level or slightly rising.
Electrical Code and all local codes and regulations.
Support all piping independently of the pump so the Make sure that the motor voltage, phase, and frequency
weight of the piping system does not strain the pump match the incoming electrical supply. The proper
case. Make sure that the expansion and contraction of operating voltage and other electrical information can
the piping system from temperature variations cannot put be found on the motor nameplate. These motors are
a strain on the pump. designed to run up to ±10% of the nameplate-rated
If the system or pump must be drained periodically voltage. The wiring connection diagram can be found
(especially if the discharge pipe is horizontal or slopes on either a plate attached to the motor or on a diagram
downward away from the pump), install a loop and inside the terminal box cover.
vacuum valve as shown in Figure 4 to protect the pump • If voltage variations are greater than ±10% do not
operate the pump.
O.K. • Incorrect voltage can cause fire or serious damage to
the motor and voids warranty.
• Ground the pump motor correctly before connecting
it to the power supply.
• Follow the wiring instructions when connecting the
motor to the power lines.
Position of Terminal Box
To turn the motor so that the terminal box faces the right
direction, proceed as follows:
1. Disconnect the power to the pump motor.
O.K. 2. Remove the coupling guards (use a screwdriver).
3. Remove the couplings.
4. Remove the bolts that fasten the motor to the pump.
5. Turn the motor to the required position (in quarter-
turn increments).
6. Follow steps 10–18 under Motor Replacement.
Field Wiring
All wiring connections and wiring sizes must meet
National Electrical Code and local requirements.
3347 1198
Motor Protection
Figure 3 - Install Pipe Correctly to Prevent Air Locks See the motor nameplate for electrical connection/wiring
diagram.
Vacuum Valve Aurora pumps must be used with the proper size and
type of motor starter to ensure protection against damage
from low voltage, phase failure, current imbalances, and
overloads. The overload should be sized to trip at the
full-load current rating of the motor.
3346 1198
Figure 4 - Loop and Vacuum Valve Installation
5
OPERATION Operation of open systems with the liquid level below
the top of the pump:
Priming
NOTICE: The suction pipe requires a check valve or
Risk of explosion and scalding. Do not run
isolation valve.
the pump with the discharge valve closed; the water in
the pump may boil, causing risk of explosion and steam 1. Close the discharge isolation valve.
burns to anyone nearby. 2. Remove the vented priming plug.
Risk of electric shock. Can shock, burn 3. Pour liquid through the priming port until the suction
or kill. Disconnect all power to the pump before pipe and the pump are completely filled with liquid.
servicing or working on the pump. Make sure that 4. Replace the vented priming plug and tighten
the power is locked out and that the pump cannot be it securely.
accidentally started. 5. Repeat steps 1-4 until the pump is primed.
Operation of closed systems or open systems with the NOTICE: Please turn to Starting before proceeding
liquid level above the pump priming plug: any further.
1. Close the discharge isolating valve and loosen the Checking Direction of Rotation
needle valve located in the assembly in the pump
NOTICE: Do not disconnect the motor from the shaft
head (Figure 5). Do not remove the needle valve.
to check the direction of rotation. If you remove the
Risk of flooding. Can cause personal injury coupling, then you must adjust the shaft position
and/or property damage. Watch the direction of the when you reinstall it. This must be done before starting
priming plug and make sure that the liquid escaping the pump.
from it does not injure persons nearby or damage the
motor or other components. In hot water installations, Arrows on the pump head show the correct direction
pay particular attention to the risk of injury from scalding of rotation. When seen from the motor fan, the pump
hot water. should rotate counterclockwise ( ). For pump motors
without a fan remove one of the coupling guards and
2. Slowly open the isolation valve in the suction pipe look at the coupling to determine the direction of
until a steady stream of liquid runs out the vent in rotation. Turn off the pump and replace coupling guard.
the priming port.
NOTICE: Do not check the direction of rotation until the
3. Tighten needle valve to 25 inch-pounds. Completely
pump has been filled with liquid. See “Priming”, at left
open isolation valves.
and above.
NOTICE: Please turn to Starting before proceeding
1. Switch power off.
any further.
2. Remove the coupling guard and rotate the pump
shaft to be certain it can turn freely. Replace the
coupling guard.
3. Verify that the electrical connections are in
accordance with the wiring diagram on the motor.
4. If the fan is visible, turn on and off to verify rotation.
5. To reverse the direction of rotation, first switch OFF
the power supply.
Vented
Priming
6. On three-phase motors, switch 2 of the 3 power
Plug Back off needle valve leads on the load side of the starter. On single-phase
to vent air. Retighten
to 25 in.-lbs. when vent motors, see the connection diagram on the motor
Drain
Plug port runs a steady stream nameplate. Change the wiring as indicated.
of water.
Risk of electric shock. Can shock, burn or
kill. Ground the pump motor correctly before connecting
to power supply per article 250-80 of National Electrical
Code (NEC) in the U.S., or the Canadian Electrical Code
3348 1198
(CEC), as applicable.
7. Switch on the power supply and recheck the
Figure 5 - Priming and Drain Plugs
direction of motor rotation.
6
Starting
1. If a suction line isolation valve has been installed,
check to be sure that it is completely opened.
2. For initial starting, the isolation valve in the discharge
pipe should be almost closed.
3. Start the pump.
4. When the piping system has been filled with liquid,
slowly open the discharge isolation valve until it is
completely open. Opening the valve too fast may
result in water hammer in the discharge pipe. If the
pump or system start to rattle, the pump is cavitating;
to avoid damage to the pump, reduce the flow
through the discharge isolation valve until the rattling
stops. If this does not give adequate flow for your
installation, call your installer or system designer.
5. Record the voltage and amperage of the motor.
Adjust the motor overloads if required.
Figure 6 - Remove the Socket Head Screws
3358 1111
and the
6. If pressure gauges have been installed, check and Coupling Halves
record operating pressures.
7. Check all controls for proper operation.
11. Reinstall the flatwashers and motor bolts (74/92) that
Motor Bearings hold the motor and the motor stool (36/53) together,
For the greasing schedule and greasing procedure of then tighten the bolts evenly and diagonally. See
the motor bearings follow the motor manufacturers Table III for torque specifications.
recommendations. 12. PVM(X)1-PVM(X)20: Reinstall the shaft pin (72) if
your pump has one. Raise the height of the pump
Maintenance shaft by using the shaft pin (72) as a lift point (you
may have to a put a block under the pin and lift with
Motor Replacement a flat screwdriver). Insert the stack height adjustment
The reference numbers [shown as (11) or (88)] refer to tool (see Figure 7) in below the shaft collar and let
the exploded views, Figures 10-13. See the appropriate the shaft collar rest on it. PVM(X)33 and larger: Pick
exploded view for your model series. up the shaft (if necessary, temporarily reinstall the
Risk of electric shock. Can shock, burn or coupling to provide a grip to lift by) and insert the
kill. Disconnect all power to the pump before servicing stack height adjustment tool (see Figure 7) below the
or working on pump. Make sure that power is locked out shaft collar. Let the shaft collar rest on it.
and that pump cannot be accidentally started.
1. Disconnect the power to the pump motor.
Motor
2. Close the nearest suction and discharge valves.
3. Remove the coupling guards (54).
4. Remove the socket head screws (73) and the
coupling halves (44) from the shaft (81). See
Figure 6.
NOTICE: Socket head screws are metric. See Table III Coupling
for specific metric driver sizes.
5. If your pump has a shaft pin (72), remove it. Shaft Collar
6. Remove the motor bolts (74/92) and flatwashers that Insert
hold the motor and the motor stool (36/53) together. Stack
7. Pull the old motor up and off of the motor bracket. Height
NOTICE: Make a note of the orientation of the Gauge
conduit box on the motor. Under
8. Thoroughly clean the surfaces of the mounting Pump Shaft
flanges on the new motor and the pump end. Collar
9. Install the new motor on the pump with the conduit
box in the desired position. Figure 7 - Using the stack height adjusting
3359tool
0511
10. Lubricate the motor bolts (74/92) with oil.
7
13. Reinstall the coupling (43) on the pump and motor Pump
Shaft
shaft. If the pump has a shaft pin, the pin axially Flange Head
locates the pump shaft. If the pump does not have a
shaft pin, then set the coupling so that it grips equal
lengths of the pump and motor shaft.
14. Tighten the coupling’s socket head cap screws (73).
NOTICE: Torque settings are critical to prevent
coupling movement. If the coupling is not tightened
to the correct torque, it could slip on the shaft and
overheat and damage both the coupling and the
shaft. Refer to Table III, for torque specifications. Be Shaft Sleeve
sure to tighten the two halves of the coupling evenly
(see Figure 8). Notch
15. Remove the stack height adjustment tool and clip it Figure 9
to one of the coupling guards.
16. Rotate the shaft to make sure that there is no 8. Slide the new seal assembly onto the shaft as a single
interference. After assembly there should be a unit.
small gap between the shaft collar and the bracket.
9. Install the four retaining bolts in the seal flange and
If anything rubs, repeat Steps 13, 14, and 15 to
tighten them to 3.0 ft-lbs. (4.0 Nm).
readjust pump shaft height.
10. Follow Steps 8 through 19 under Motor Replacement
17. Reinstall the coupling guards.
to reinstall the motor.
NOTICE: The guards should be in place before the
unit is run. Replacing Pump Stack
18. Open the suction and discharge valves. Turn the The reference numbers [shown as (11) or (88)] refer
power back on. to the exploded views, Figures 10-13. See the
appropriate exploded view for your model series.
Replacing Mechanical Seal 1. Follow Steps 1-7 under Motor Replacement, then
1. Follow Steps 1-7 under Motor Replacement and then proceed with Step 2 below.
proceed with Step 2 below.
2. Remove the motor bracket adapter plate (50), if your
2. Loosen the three set screws in the shaft collar above pump has one.
the mechanical seal and remove the shaft collar.
3. Follow Steps 2-5 under Mechanical Seal
3. Remove the four retaining bolts (69) that hold down Replacement and then proceed with Step 3 below.
the seal flange and seal.
4. Remove the staybolt nuts (77) and flatwashers (78)
4. Use a flat screwdriver to pry up the seal flange. from the staybolts (81). Use vicegrips, if necessary,
Remove the top portion of the seal. to prevent the staybolts from unscrewing out of the
5. Using the three round holes on the top of the shaft pump base.
sleeve, or notch in flange (see Figure 9), remove the NOTICE: It is not necessary to remove the staybolts
remaining portions of the seal. when replacing the stack.
6. Clean the seal seat area with a wetted cloth. 5. With the base firmly attached to a solid floor,
NOTICE: Be sure that you do not scratch, chip, or pull the motor stool (36) or motor stool/pump
scar the seal face. Be sure that the seal face is clean head assembly (36/53 or 36/56) straight up off the
before finishing assembly. staybolts.
7. Wipe a small amount of water onto the O-Ring on 6. Make a note of the orientation of any tabs in the
the inside of the new seal. top of the stack assembly, then remove the stack
assembly by pulling it straight up.
7. Install the new stack assembly, making sure that the
orientation of the tabs matches the orientation of the
tabs on the old stack assembly.
8. Replace the stack sleeve O-Ring (82) located in the
motor stool (36/53) or pump head (36/56). Make sure
that the new O-Ring is evenly seated in the O-Ring
groove in the motor stool or pump head.
9. Apply water to the stack sleeve O-Ring in the motor
stool/pump head (82) and to the top of the stack
3361 1298 sleeve (48).
Figure 8 - Make Sure that the coupling halves are

evenly tightened
8
10. PVM1–PVM20: Slide the motor stool (36) over the 13. Follow Steps 11–19 under Motor Replacement to
staybolts (81) and onto the sleeve (48). Slide the reinstall the motor.
pump head (36) over the staybolts onto the stack
sleeve (48). Be sure the stack sleeve O-ring seats in Risk of explosion and scalding. Do not run
the pump head. Add the staybolt nuts and washers pump with discharge valve closed; the water in the pump
(77,78) and tighten them to torque specifications may boil, causing risk of explosion and steam burns to
listed in Table III. anyone nearby.
PVM(X)1-20: Mount the pump head (56) on the stack
Frequency of Starts and Stops
sleeve (48). Be sure the stack sleeve O-ring (82) seats
in the groove in the pump head. Follow it with the Check pump cycling frequency and make sure that
motor stool (36) which goes over the staybolts (81) the pump starts per hour do not exceed the motor
and seats on the pump head. Slide the pump head manufacturer’s specification.
(36) over the staybolts onto the stack sleeve (48).
Be sure the stack sleeve O-ring seats in the pump
Frost Protection
head. Add the staybolt nuts and washers (77,78) 1. If you do not use your pump during seasons of
and tighten them to torque specifications listed in frost, drain it and add a glycol based antifreeze
Table III. (50/50 mixture) to avoid damage.
PVM/PVM(X)33: Slide the pump head (36) over Risk of flooding. Can cause personal injury
the staybolts onto the stack sleeve (48). Be sure the and/or property damage. Watch the direction of the
stack sleeve O-ring seats in the pump head. Add the priming plug and make sure that liquid escaping from
staybolt nuts and washers (77,78) and tighten them it does not injure persons nearby or damage the motor
to torque specifications listed in Table III. Place the or other components. In hot water installations, pay
motor stool (53) on the pump head and fasten it with particular attention to the risk of injury from scalding
four pump head bolts (74A). Tighten the pump head hot water.
bolts to torque specifications given in Table III. 2. Upon restart dispose of spent antifreeze properly.
11. Make sure that the stack can rotate freely. 3. Do not replace the drain plug or tighten the priming
plug until you put the pump back in service again.
12. Follow Steps 6–10 under Mechanical Seal
Replacement.
Table III – Torque Specifications (ft-lbs.) For Cast Iron and Stainless Steel Models
Description Type of Fastener Item No. Size Torque (Nm) Torque (ft-lbs) Flow Series
Shaft Collar Set
Set Screw none M5 2.5 1.8 All
Screw
Mech Seal Socket Head Cap
69 M6 4.0 3.0 All
Holder Screws Screw
M6 13.0 9.6 Varies
Socket Head Cap
Couplings Bolts 73 M8 31.0 22.9 Varies
Screw
M10 62.0 45.7 Varies
Pipe Plug Hex Head 76 M16 35.0 25.8 All
Exhaust Screw Hex Head 64 M6 35.0 25.8 All
Drain Plug Hex Head 63 M16 35.0 25.8 All
3/8-16 x 1” 40.7 30.0 Varies
1/2-13 x 1.25” 47.5 35.0 Varies
Motor bolts Hex Head 74
1/2-13 x 1.50” 47.5 35.0 Varies
1/2-13 x 1.75” 47.5 35.0 Varies
Pump Head/ Socket Head Cap
74 M10 62.0 45.7 PVM10-PVM33
Stool Bolts Screw
M12 40.0 29.5 PVM1-PVM5
Staybolt Nut Hex nut 77 M16 80.0 59.0 PVM10-PVM20
M16 110.0 81.1 PVM33
40 M8 18.0 13.3 PVM1-PVM20
Shaft Locknut Hex nut
88 M14 31.0 22.9 PVM33
Strap Bolt Hex nut 70 M8 15.0 11.1 PVM10-PVM33
Collet Locknut Hex nut 22 M30 100.0 73.8 PVM33
9
Regular Maintenance Checks
The following checks should be made at regular intervals:
1. The pump meets required performance and is
operating smoothly and quietly.
2. There are no leaks.
3. The motor is not overheating.
4. Remove and clean all strainers and filters in
the system.
5. Verify amp draw – check motor amperage.
6. Pump wear rings and shaft require no regular
maintenance.
Troubleshooting
Risk of electrical shock and possible unexpected starts. Disconnect all power to the pump before servicing
or working on pump. Make sure that power is locked out and that pump cannot be accidentally started.
Problem Cause
A. Power failure
B. Fuses blown
C. Motor starter overload has tripped out
1. Motor does not run when started
D. Main contacts in motor starter are not making contact or the coil is faulty
E. Control circuit fuses are defective
F. Motor is defective
A. One fuse has blown
B. Contacts in motor overload relay are faulty
2. M
otor starter overload trips out C. Cable connections are loose or faulty
immediately when power supply is
switched on D. Motor winding is defective
E. Pump mechanically blocked
F. Overload setting is too low
3. M
otor starter overload trips out A. Overload setting is too low
occasionally B. Low voltage at peak times
4. M
otor starter has not tripped out
A. Check 1 A), B), D,) and E)
but the motor does not run
A. Pump inlet pressure is too low
5. Pump capacity is not constant B. Suction pipe/pump partly blocked
C. Pump is sucking air
A. Suction pipe/pump blocked
B. Foot or non-return valve is blocked in closed position
6. Pump runs but gives no water C. Leakage in suction pipe
D. Air in suction pipe or pump
E. Motor rotates in the wrong direction
A. Leakage in suction pipe
B. Foot or non-return valve is defective
7. P
ump runs backwards when
C. Foot valve is blocked in open or partly open position
switched off
D. Non return valve leaks or is blocked in open or partly open position
E. Discharge valve is defective
A. Pump shaft position is incorrect
8. Leakage from shaft seal
B. Shaft seal is defective
A. Cavitation is occurring in the pump
9. Noise B. P
ump does not rotate freely (That is, there is increased frictional resistance) because of
incorrect shaft position
10
Repair Parts
Cast Iron Stainless
Models Models
PVM1 PVM(X)1
PVM3 PVM(X)3
PVM5 PVM(X)5
Included in Stack Kit
Cast Iron Stainless Stainless

Flanged or Flanged Grooved
NPT
Figure 10
11
Component PVM1, PVM3 PVMX1, PVMX3 PVM5 PVMX5
11 Discharge Discharge Discharge Discharge
12 Diffuser, Normal Diffuser, Normal Diffuser, Normal Diffuser, Normal
13 Diffuser, with Bearing Diffuser, with Bearing Diffuser, with Bearing Diffuser, with Bearing
14 Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing
18 Impeller Impeller Impeller Impeller
27 Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp
28 Diffuser, Bottom Diffuser, Bottom Diffuser, Bottom Diffuser, Bottom
36 Motor Stool Motor Stool Motor Stool Motor Stool
37 Shaft Shaft Shaft Shaft
38 Stack Washer Stack Washer Stack Washer Stack Washer
39 Bushing Bushing Bushing Bushing
40 Bolt, shaft Bolt, shaft Bolt, shaft Bolt, shaft
42 Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
42A Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
42B Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
42C Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
54 Coupling Guard Coupling Guard Coupling Guard Coupling Guard
56 n/a Pump Head n/a Pump Head
57 Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly
59 Base Base Base Base
61 n/a Connecting Flange n/a Connecting Flange
62 n/a Base Plate n/a Base Plate
63 Drain Plug Drain Plug Drain Plug Drain Plug
64 Vent Plug Vent Plug Vent Plug Vent Plug
65 Pump Head Plug Pump Head Plug Pump Head Plug Pump Head Plug
69 Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal
72 Shaft Pin Shaft Pin Shaft Pin Shaft Pin
73 Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling
74 Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor
75 Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard
76 O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug
77 Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut
78 Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer
80 Spring Washer Spring Washer Spring Washer Spring Washer
81 Staybolt Staybolt Staybolt Staybolt
82 O-Ring, Sleeve O-Ring, Sleeve O-Ring, Sleeve O-Ring, Sleeve
86 n/a Flange Retaining Ring n/a Flange Retaining Ring
95 Stack Height Gauge Stack Height Gauge Stack Height Gauge Stack Height Gauge
12
REPAIR PARTS
Cast Iron Stainless
Models Models
PVM10 PVM(X)10
PVM15 PVM(X)15
PVM20 PVM(X)20
Cast Iron, Stainless Stainless

Flanged or Flanged Grooved
NPT
Figure 11
13
Component PVM10 PVMX10 PVM15, PVM20 PVMX20,
11 Discharge Discharge Discharge Discharge
14 Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing
24 Wear Ring Wear Ring Wear Ring Wear Ring
25 Wear Ring Retainer Wear Ring Retainer Wear Ring Retainer Wear Ring Retainer
27 Clamp Clamp Clamp Clamp
28 Diffuser, Bottom Diffuser, Bottom Diffuser, Bottom Diffuser, Bottom
30 Strap Retainer Strap Retainer Strap Retainer Strap Retainer
36 Motor Stool Motor Stool Motor Stool Motor Stool
37 Shaft Shaft Shaft Shaft
38 Stack Washer Stack Washer Stack Washer Stack Washer
39 Bushing Bushing Bushing Bushing
40 Nut, shaft Nut, shaft Nut, shaft Nut, shaft
42 Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
42A Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
42B Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
42C Spacer Spacer Spacer Spacer
43 Coupling Assembly Coupling Assembly Coupling Assembly Coupling Assembly
44 Coupling Half Coupling Half Coupling Half Coupling Half
47 Strap Strap Strap Strap
48 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve
50 Motor Stool Adapter Motor Stool Adapter Motor Stool Adapter Motor Stool Adapter
54 Coupling Guard Coupling Guard Coupling Guard Coupling Guard
56 n/a Pump Head n/a Pump Head
57 Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly
59 Base Base Base Base
61 n/a Connecting Flange n/a Connecting Flange
62 n/a Base Plate n/a Base Plate
63 Drain Plug Drain Plug Drain Plug Drain Plug
64 Vent Plug Vent Plug Vent Plug Vent Plug
65 Pump Head Plug Pump Head Plug Pump Head Plug Pump Head Plug
66 O-Ring, Mechanical Seal O-Ring, Mechanical Seal O-Ring, Mechanical Seal O-Ring, Mechanical Seal
69 Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal
70 Bolt, strap Bolt, strap Bolt, strap Bolt, strap
71 Washer, strap Washer, strap Washer, strap Washer, strap
72 Shaft Pin Shaft Pin Shaft Pin Shaft Pin
73 Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling
74 Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor
75 Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard
76 O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug
77 Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut
78 Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer
80 Stack Bumper Stack Bumper Stack Bumper Stack Bumper
81 Staybolt Staybolt Staybolt Staybolt
82 O-Ring, Sleeve O-Ring, Sleeve O-Ring, Sleeve O-Ring, Sleeve
83 O-Ring, Drain Plug O-Ring, Drain Plug O-Ring, Drain Plug O-Ring, Drain Plug
86 n/a Flange Retaining Ring n/a Flange Retaining Ring
95 Stack Height Gauge Stack Height Gauge Stack Height Gauge Stack Height Gauge
14
REPAIR PARTS
Cast Iron Stainless

Model Model
PVM33 PVM(X)33
Cast Iron Stainless

Figure 12 Flanged Flanged
15
Component PVM33 PVMX33 PVM15, PVM20 PVMX15, PVMX20,
11 Diffuser, Top Diffuser, Top Discharge Discharge
16 Bearing Sleeve Bearing Sleeve Bearing Bearing
21 Collet Collet Wear Ring Wear Ring
22 Collet Nut Collet Nut Wear Ring Retainer Wear Ring Retainer
30 Strap Retainer Strap Retainer Clamp Clamp
36 Pump Head Pump Head Diffuser, Bottom Diffuser, Bottom
37 Shaft Shaft Strap Retainer Strap Retainer
38 Spring Washer Spring Washer Motor Stool Motor Stool
39 Clamp Washer Clamp Washer Shaft Shaft
40 Bolt, shaft Bolt, shaft Stack Washer Stack Washer
41 Bearing, base, inner Bearing, base, inner Bushing Bushing
42 Bearing, base, outer Bearing, base, outer Nut, shaft Nut, shaft
43 Coupling Assembly Coupling Assembly Spacer Spacer
44 Coupling Half Coupling Half Spacer Spacer
47 Strap Strap Spacer Spacer
48 Sleeve Sleeve Spacer Spacer
53 Motor Stool Motor Stool Coupling Assembly Coupling Assembly
54 Coupling Guard Coupling Guard Coupling Half Coupling Half
57 Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly Strap Strap
59 Base Base Sleeve Sleeve
61 Connecting Flange Connecting Flange Motor Stool Adapter Motor Stool Adapter
62 n/a Base Plate Coupling Guard Coupling Guard
64 Vent Plug Vent Plug n/a Pump Head
65 Plug, base Plug, base Mechanical Seal Assembly Mechanical Seal Assembly
66 O-Ring, Mechanical Seal O-Ring, Mechanical Seal Base Base
69 Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal n/a Connecting Flange
70 Bolt, strap Bolt, strap n/a Base Plate
71 Washer, strap Washer, strap Drain Plug Drain Plug
73 Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling Vent Plug Vent Plug
74A Bolt, Pump Head Bolt, Pump Head Pump Head Plug Pump Head Plug
75 Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard O-Ring, Mechanical Seal O-Ring, Mechanical Seal
76 O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug Screw, Mechanical Seal Screw, Mechanical Seal
77 Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut Bolt, strap Bolt, strap
78 Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer Washer, strap Washer, strap
80 Stack Bumper Stack Bumper Shaft Pin Shaft Pin
81 Staybolt Staybolt Bolt, Coupling Bolt, Coupling
82 O-Ring, Sleeve O-Ring, Sleeve Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor
86 Flange Retaining Ring Flange Retaining Ring Screw, Coupling Guard Screw, Coupling Guard
87 Washer Washer O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug O-Ring, Vent & Drain Plug
88 Nut Nut Staybolt Nut Staybolt Nut
92 Bolt, Motor Bolt, Motor Staybolt Washer Staybolt Washer
95 Stack Height Gauge Stack Height Gauge Stack Bumper Stack Bumper
16
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 1
PUMP DIMENSIONS – STANDARD
PVM Cast Iron PVM(X) Stainless Steel

Dimensions in inches Weight in Lbs Dimensions in inches Weight in Lbs
Motor Pump Pump Pump Pump
Model Motor Safety Motor End & End &
Number HP Factor Phase Voltage Frame A B C D E F Only Motor A B C D E F Only Motor
PVM1-2 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 11.0 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.4 6.0 38 59 11.1 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.5 6.0 32 53
PVM1-2 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 11.0 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.2 6.6 38 73 11.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.3 6.6 32 67
PVM1-3 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 11.0 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.4 6.0 39 60 11.1 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.5 6.0 33 54
PVM1-3 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 11.0 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.2 6.6 39 74 11.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.3 6.6 33 68
PVM1-4 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 11.7 9.3 6.0 2.1 23.1 6.0 40 61 11.8 9.3 6.0 2.1 23.2 6.0 35 56
PVM1-4 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 11.7 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.9 6.6 40 75 11.8 10.2 6.6 2.1 24.0 6.6 35 70
PVM1-5 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 12.4 9.3 6.0 2.1 23.8 6.0 42 63 12.5 9.3 6.0 2.1 23.9 6.0 36 57
PVM1-5 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 12.4 10.2 6.6 2.1 24.6 6.6 42 77 12.5 10.2 6.6 2.1 24.7 6.6 36 71
PVM1-6 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 13.1 9.9 6.0 2.1 25.1 6.0 43 72 13.2 9.9 6.0 2.1 25.2 6.0 37 66
PVM1-6 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 13.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 25.3 6.6 43 73 13.2 10.2 6.6 2.1 25.4 6.6 37 67
PVM1-7 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 14.1 9.9 6.0 2.1 26.1 6.0 44 73 14.2 9.9 6.0 2.1 26.2 6.0 39 68
PVM1-7 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 14.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 26.3 6.6 44 74 14.2 10.2 6.6 2.1 26.4 6.6 39 69
PVM1-8 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 14.8 10.2 6.6 2.1 27.0 6.6 46 81 14.9 10.2 6.6 2.1 27.1 6.6 40 75
PVM1-8 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 14.8 10.4 7.2 2.1 27.3 7.2 46 99 14.9 10.4 7.2 2.1 27.4 7.2 40 93
PVM1-9 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 15.5 10.2 6.6 2.1 27.7 6.6 47 82 15.6 10.2 6.6 2.1 27.8 6.6 41 76
PVM1-9 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 15.5 10.4 7.2 2.1 28.0 7.2 47 100 15.6 10.4 7.2 2.1 28.1 7.2 41 94
PVM1-10 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 16.2 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.4 7.2 48 94 16.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.5 7.2 42 88
PVM1-10 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 16.2 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.4 7.2 48 90 16.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.5 7.2 42 84
PVM1-11 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 16.9 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.1 7.2 49 95 17.0 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.2 7.2 44 90
PVM1-11 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 16.9 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.1 7.2 49 91 17.0 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.2 7.2 44 86
PVM1-12 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 17.6 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.8 7.2 51 97 17.7 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.9 7.2 45 91
PVM1-12 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 17.6 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.8 7.2 51 93 17.7 11.2 7.2 2.1 30.9 7.2 45 87
PVM1-13 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 18.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 31.5 7.2 52 98 18.4 11.2 7.2 2.1 31.6 7.2 46 92
PVM1-13 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 18.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 31.5 7.2 52 94 18.4 11.2 7.2 2.1 31.6 7.2 46 88
PVM1-15 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 20.4 12.1 7.2 2.1 34.5 7.2 55 108 20.5 12.1 7.2 2.1 34.6 7.2 49 102
PVM1-15 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 20.4 12.1 7.2 2.1 34.5 7.2 55 104 20.5 12.1 7.2 2.1 34.6 7.2 49 98
PVM1-17 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 21.8 12.1 7.2 2.1 35.9 7.2 57 110 21.9 12.1 7.2 2.1 36.0 7.2 52 105
PVM1-17 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 21.8 12.1 7.2 2.1 35.9 7.2 57 106 21.9 12.1 7.2 2.1 36.0 7.2 52 101
PVM1-19 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 23.7 15.4 8.9 2.6 41.7 8.9 62 150 23.3 15.4 8.9 2.6 41.3 8.9 56 144
PVM1-19 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 23.7 13.9 8.9 2.6 40.3 8.9 62 130 23.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 39.9 8.9 56 124
PVM1-21 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 25.1 15.4 8.9 2.6 43.1 8.9 64 152 24.7 15.4 8.9 2.6 42.7 8.9 58 146
PVM1-21 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 25.1 13.9 8.9 2.6 41.7 8.9 64 132 24.7 13.9 8.9 2.6 41.3 8.9 58 126
PVM1-23 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 27.3 15.4 8.9 2.6 45.3 8.9 67 155 26.1 15.4 8.9 2.6 44.1 8.9 61 149
PVM1-23 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 27.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 43.9 8.9 67 135 26.1 13.9 8.7 2.6 42.7 8.7 61 129
PVM1-25 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 28.7 15.4 8.9 2.6 46.7 8.9 69 157 27.6 15.4 8.7 2.6 45.6 8.7 64 152
PVM1-25 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 28.7 13.9 8.9 2.6 45.3 8.9 69 137 27.6 13.9 8.7 2.6 44.2 8.7 64 132
PVM1-27 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 29.5 13.9 8.9 2.6 46.1 8.9 72 140 29.2 13.9 8.7 2.6 45.8 8.7 66 134
PVM1-27 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 29.5 15.4 8.9 2.6 47.5 8.9 72 160 29.2 15.4 8.7 2.6 47.2 8.7 66 154
17
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 1
PVM PVMX
C
C
D
F F
D
B
B
E
E
Grooved
Flange 1-1/4” ANSI 250#
A
A
.75 x .96
.16 x .55
1.97
5.51
3.94
3.50
2.95
1.66
3.94 7.09
.87
3.94 1.38 5.55 8.27
.79
.16 x .55
5.55 7.09
9.84 8.27
8.66
.55 .75 x 1.06
4.13
5.51
3.5
2.95
1.26
1.34
9.84
3.35
18
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 1
PUMP DIMENSIONS – METRIC

Dimensions in mm Weight in kgs Dimensions in mm Weight in kgs
PVM1-2 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 279 236 153 52 568 153 17 27 282 236 153 52 570 153 15 24
PVM1-2 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 279 258 168 52 590 168 17 33 282 258 168 52 593 168 15 30
PVM1-3 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 279 236 153 52 568 153 18 27 282 236 153 52 570 153 15 25
PVM1-3 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 279 258 168 52 590 168 18 34 282 258 168 52 593 168 15 31
PVM1-4 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 297 236 153 52 586 153 18 28 300 236 153 52 588 153 16 25
PVM1-4 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 297 258 168 52 608 168 18 34 300 258 168 52 610 168 16 32
PVM1-5 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 315 236 153 52 603 153 19 28 318 236 153 52 606 153 16 26
PVM1-5 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 315 258 168 52 626 168 19 35 318 258 168 52 628 168 16 32
PVM1-6 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 333 252 153 52 637 153 19 33 335 252 153 52 639 153 17 30
PVM1-6 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 333 258 168 52 643 168 19 33 335 258 168 52 646 168 17 30
PVM1-7 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 358 252 153 52 662 153 20 33 361 252 153 52 665 153 17 31
PVM1-7 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 358 258 168 52 669 168 20 34 361 258 168 52 671 168 17 31
PVM1-8 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 376 258 168 52 686 168 21 37 378 258 168 52 689 168 18 34
PVM1-8 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 376 264 183 52 693 183 21 45 378 264 183 52 695 183 18 42
PVM1-9 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 394 258 168 52 704 168 21 37 396 258 168 52 707 168 19 35
PVM1-9 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 394 264 183 52 711 183 21 45 396 264 183 52 713 183 19 43
PVM1-10 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 411 283 182 52 747 182 22 43 414 283 182 52 750 182 19 40
PVM1-10 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 411 284 183 52 748 183 22 41 414 284 183 52 750 183 19 38
PVM1-11 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 429 283 182 52 765 182 22 43 432 283 182 52 768 182 20 41
PVM1-11 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 429 284 183 52 765 183 22 41 432 284 183 52 768 183 20 39
PVM1-12 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 447 283 182 52 783 182 23 44 450 283 182 52 785 182 20 41
PVM1-12 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 447 284 183 52 783 183 23 42 450 284 183 52 786 183 20 39
PVM1-13 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 465 283 182 52 801 182 24 44 467 283 182 52 803 182 21 42
PVM1-13 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 465 284 183 52 801 183 24 43 467 284 183 52 803 183 21 40
PVM1-15 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 518 306 182 52 877 182 25 49 521 306 182 52 879 182 22 46
PVM1-15 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 518 306 183 52 877 183 25 47 521 306 183 52 879 183 22 44
PVM1-17 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 554 306 182 52 912 182 26 50 556 306 182 52 915 182 23 47
PVM1-17 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 554 306 183 52 912 183 26 48 556 306 183 52 915 183 23 46
PVM1-19 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 602 392 225 67 1060 225 28 68 592 392 225 67 1050 225 25 65
PVM1-19 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 602 354 225 67 1022 225 28 59 592 354 225 67 1012 225 25 56
PVM1-21 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 638 392 225 67 1096 225 29 69 627 392 225 67 1086 225 26 66
PVM1-21 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 638 354 225 67 1058 225 29 60 627 354 225 67 1048 225 26 57
PVM1-23 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 693 392 225 67 1152 225 30 70 663 392 225 67 1121 225 28 68
PVM1-23 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 693 354 225 67 1114 225 30 61 663 354 220 67 1083 220 28 59
PVM1-25 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 729 392 225 67 1187 225 31 71 701 392 220 67 1159 220 29 69
PVM1-25 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 729 354 225 67 1149 225 31 62 701 354 220 67 1122 220 29 60
PVM1-27 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 749 354 225 67 1170 225 33 63 742 354 220 67 1162 220 30 61
PVM1-27 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 749 392 225 67 1208 225 33 73 742 392 220 67 1200 220 30 70
19
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 1
PVM PVMX
C
C
D
F F
D
B
B
E
E
Grooved
A
A
20
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 3

PVM3-2 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 11.0 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.4 6.0 38 59 11.1 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.5 6.0 32 53
PVM3-2 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 11.0 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.2 6.6 38 73 11.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.3 6.6 32 67
PVM3-3 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 11.0 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.4 6.0 39 60 11.1 9.3 6.0 2.1 22.5 6.0 33 54
PVM3-3 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 11.0 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.2 6.6 39 74 11.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.3 6.6 33 68
PVM3-4 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 11.7 9.9 6.0 2.1 23.7 6.0 40 69 11.8 9.9 6.0 2.1 23.8 6.0 35 64
PVM3-4 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 11.7 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.9 6.6 40 70 11.8 10.2 6.6 2.1 24.0 6.6 35 65
PVM3-5 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 12.6 10.2 6.6 2.1 24.8 6.6 42 77 12.8 10.2 6.6 2.1 25.0 6.6 36 71
PVM3-5 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 12.6 10.4 7.2 2.1 25.1 7.2 42 95 12.8 10.4 7.2 2.1 25.3 7.2 36 89
PVM3-6 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 13.3 10.2 6.6 2.1 25.5 6.6 43 78 13.5 10.2 6.6 2.1 25.7 6.6 37 72
PVM3-6 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 13.3 10.4 7.2 2.1 25.8 7.2 43 96 13.5 10.4 7.2 2.1 26.0 7.2 37 90
PVM3-7 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 14.0 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.2 7.2 44 90 14.2 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.4 7.2 39 85
PVM3-7 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 14.0 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.2 7.2 44 86 14.2 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.4 7.2 39 81
PVM3-8 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 14.8 11.2 7.2 2.1 28.0 7.2 46 92 14.9 11.2 7.2 2.1 28.1 7.2 40 86
PVM3-8 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 14.8 11.2 7.2 2.1 28.0 7.2 46 88 14.9 11.2 7.2 2.1 28.1 7.2 40 82
PVM3-9 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 16.1 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.3 7.2 47 93 16.2 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.4 7.2 41 87
PVM3-9 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 16.1 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.3 7.2 47 89 16.2 11.2 7.2 2.1 29.4 7.2 41 83
PVM3-10 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 16.8 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.9 7.2 48 101 16.9 12.1 7.2 2.1 31.0 7.2 42 95
PVM3-10 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 16.8 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.9 7.2 48 97 16.9 12.1 7.2 2.1 31.0 7.2 42 91
PVM3-11 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 17.5 12.1 7.2 2.1 31.6 7.2 49 102 17.6 12.1 7.2 2.1 31.7 7.2 44 97
PVM3-11 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 17.5 12.1 7.2 2.1 31.6 7.2 49 98 17.6 12.1 7.2 2.1 31.7 7.2 44 93
PVM3-12 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 18.2 12.1 7.2 2.1 32.3 7.2 51 104 18.3 12.1 7.2 2.1 32.4 7.2 45 98
PVM3-12 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 18.2 12.1 7.2 2.1 32.3 7.2 51 100 18.3 12.1 7.2 2.1 32.4 7.2 45 94
PVM3-13 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 19.4 15.4 8.9 2.6 37.4 8.9 54 142 19.6 15.4 8.7 2.6 37.6 8.7 48 136
PVM3-13 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 19.4 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.0 8.9 54 122 19.6 13.9 8.7 2.6 36.2 8.7 48 116
PVM3-15 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 20.9 15.4 8.9 2.6 38.9 8.9 56 144 21.0 15.4 8.7 2.6 39.0 8.7 51 139
PVM3-15 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 20.9 13.9 8.9 2.6 37.5 8.9 56 124 21.0 13.9 8.7 2.6 37.6 8.7 51 119
PVM3-17 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 22.3 15.4 8.9 2.6 40.3 8.9 59 147 22.9 15.4 8.7 2.6 40.9 8.7 53 141
PVM3-17 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 22.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 38.9 8.9 59 127 22.9 13.9 8.7 2.6 39.5 8.7 53 121
PVM3-19 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 24.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 42.9 9.6 62 179 24.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 43.1 9.6 56 173
PVM3-19 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 24.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 40.9 8.9 62 130 24.5 13.9 8.9 2.6 41.1 8.9 56 124
PVM3-21 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 25.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 44.4 9.6 64 181 25.9 15.5 9.6 3.1 44.5 9.6 58 175
PVM3-21 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 25.8 13.9 8.9 2.6 42.4 8.9 64 132 25.9 13.9 8.9 2.6 42.5 8.9 58 126
PVM3-23 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 27.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 45.8 9.6 67 184 27.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 45.9 9.6 61 178
PVM3-23 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 27.2 13.9 8.9 2.6 43.8 8.9 67 135 27.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 43.9 8.9 61 129
PVM3-25 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 28.1 15.5 9.6 3.1 46.7 9.6 69 186 27.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 46.4 9.6 64 181
PVM3-25 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 28.1 13.9 8.9 2.6 44.7 8.9 69 137 27.8 13.9 8.9 2.6 44.4 8.9 64 132
21
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 3
PVM PVMX
C
C
F
D
D
B
B
E
E
Grooved
A
A
.75 x .96
.16 x .55
3.94
5.51
3.50
1.97
2.95
1.66
7.09
.87
3.94
1.38
.79
3.94 5.55 8.27

.16 x .55
5.55 7.09
8.27
9.84 8.66
.55 .75 x 1.06
4.13
5.51
3.5
2.95
1.34
1.26
9.84
3.35
22
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 3

PVM3-2 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 279 236 153 52 568 153 17 27 282 236 153 52 570 153 15 24
PVM3-2 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 279 258 168 52 590 168 17 33 282 258 168 52 593 168 15 30
PVM3-3 0.5 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 279 236 153 52 568 153 18 27 282 236 153 52 570 153 15 25
PVM3-3 0.5 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 279 258 168 52 590 168 18 34 282 258 168 52 593 168 15 31
PVM3-4 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 297 252 153 52 601 153 18 31 300 252 153 52 604 153 16 29
PVM3-4 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 297 258 168 52 608 168 18 32 300 258 168 52 610 168 16 29
PVM3-5 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 320 258 168 52 631 168 19 35 325 258 168 52 636 168 16 32
PVM3-5 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 320 264 183 52 637 183 19 43 325 264 183 52 642 183 16 40
PVM3-6 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 338 258 168 52 648 168 19 35 343 258 168 52 653 168 17 33
PVM3-6 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 338 264 183 52 655 183 19 43 343 264 183 52 660 183 17 41
PVM3-7 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 356 283 182 52 691 182 20 41 361 283 182 52 697 182 17 38
PVM3-7 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 356 284 183 52 692 183 20 39 361 284 183 52 697 183 17 37
PVM3-8 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 376 283 182 52 712 182 21 41 378 283 182 52 714 182 18 39
PVM3-8 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 376 284 183 52 712 183 21 40 378 284 183 52 715 183 18 37
PVM3-9 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 409 283 182 52 745 182 21 42 411 283 182 52 747 182 19 40
PVM3-9 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 409 284 183 52 745 183 21 40 411 284 183 52 748 183 19 38
PVM3-10 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 427 306 182 52 785 182 22 46 429 306 182 52 788 182 19 43
PVM3-10 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 427 306 183 52 785 183 22 44 429 306 183 52 788 183 19 41
PVM3-11 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 445 306 182 52 803 182 22 46 447 306 182 52 806 182 20 44
PVM3-11 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 445 306 183 52 803 183 22 45 447 306 183 52 806 183 20 42
PVM3-12 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 462 306 182 52 821 182 23 47 465 306 182 52 823 182 20 44
PVM3-12 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 462 306 183 52 821 183 23 45 465 306 183 52 823 183 20 43
PVM3-13 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 493 392 225 67 951 225 24 64 498 392 220 67 956 220 22 62
PVM3-13 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 493 354 225 67 913 225 24 55 498 354 220 67 918 220 22 53
PVM3-15 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 531 392 225 67 989 225 26 65 533 392 220 67 992 220 23 63
PVM3-15 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 531 354 225 67 951 225 26 56 533 354 220 67 954 220 23 54
PVM3-17 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 566 392 225 67 1025 225 27 67 582 392 220 67 1040 220 24 64
PVM3-17 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 566 354 225 67 987 225 27 58 582 354 220 67 1002 220 24 55
PVM3-19 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 617 394 243 79 1090 243 28 81 622 394 243 79 1095 243 25 78
PVM3-19 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 617 354 225 67 1038 225 28 59 622 354 225 67 1043 225 25 56
PVM3-21 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 655 394 243 79 1128 243 29 82 658 394 243 79 1131 243 26 80
PVM3-21 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 655 354 225 67 1076 225 29 60 658 354 225 67 1078 225 26 57
PVM3-23 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 691 394 243 79 1164 243 30 83 693 394 243 79 1166 243 28 81
PVM3-23 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 691 354 225 67 1111 225 30 61 693 354 225 67 1114 225 28 59
PVM3-25 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 714 394 243 79 1187 243 31 84 706 394 243 79 1179 243 29 82
PVM3-25 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 714 354 226 67 1134 226 31 62 706 354 225 67 1127 225 29 60
23
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 3
PVM PVMX
C
C
F
D
D
B
B
E
E
Grooved
A
24
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 5

PVM5-2 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 11.0 9.9 6.0 2.1 23.0 6.0 38 67 11.1 9.9 6.0 2.1 23.1 6.0 32 61
PVM5-2 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 11.0 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.2 6.6 38 68 11.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 23.3 6.6 32 62
PVM5-3 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 12.3 10.2 6.6 2.1 24.5 6.6 39 74 12.4 10.2 6.6 2.1 24.6 6.6 33 68
PVM5-3 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 12.3 10.4 7.2 2.1 24.8 7.2 39 92 12.4 10.4 7.2 2.1 24.9 7.2 33 86
PVM5-4 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 13.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 26.5 7.2 40 86 13.5 11.2 7.2 2.1 26.7 7.2 35 81
PVM5-4 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 13.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 26.5 7.2 40 82 13.5 11.2 7.2 2.1 26.7 7.2 35 77
PVM5-5 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 15.0 12.1 7.2 2.1 29.1 7.2 42 95 15.2 12.1 7.2 2.1 29.3 7.2 36 89
PVM5-5 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 15.0 12.1 7.2 2.1 29.1 7.2 42 91 15.2 12.1 7.2 2.1 29.3 7.2 36 85
PVM5-6 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 16.1 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.2 7.2 43 96 16.2 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.3 7.2 37 90
PVM5-6 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 16.1 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.2 7.2 43 92 16.2 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.3 7.2 37 86
PVM5-7 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 17.7 15.4 8.9 2.6 35.7 8.9 46 134 17.8 15.4 8.7 2.6 35.8 8.7 40 128
PVM5-7 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 17.7 13.9 8.9 2.6 34.3 8.9 46 114 17.8 13.9 8.7 2.6 34.4 8.7 40 108
PVM5-8 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 18.7 15.4 8.9 2.6 36.7 8.9 47 135 18.8 15.4 8.7 2.6 36.8 8.7 42 130
PVM5-8 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 18.7 13.9 8.9 2.6 35.3 8.9 47 115 18.8 13.9 8.7 2.6 35.4 8.7 42 110
PVM5-9 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 19.8 15.4 8.9 2.6 37.8 8.9 49 137 19.9 15.4 8.7 2.6 37.9 8.7 43 131
PVM5-9 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 19.8 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.4 8.9 49 117 19.9 13.9 8.7 2.6 36.5 8.7 43 111
PVM5-10 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 21.0 15.5 9.6 3.1 39.6 9.6 50 167 21.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 39.8 9.6 44 161
PVM5-10 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 21.0 13.9 8.9 2.6 37.6 8.9 50 118 21.2 13.9 8.9 2.6 37.8 8.9 44 112
PVM5-11 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 22.1 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.7 9.6 51 168 22.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.8 9.6 45 162
PVM5-11 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 22.1 13.9 8.9 2.6 38.7 8.9 51 119 22.2 13.9 8.9 2.6 38.8 8.9 45 113
PVM5-12 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 23.1 15.5 9.6 3.1 41.7 9.6 52 169 23.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 41.9 9.6 47 164
PVM5-12 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 23.1 13.9 8.9 2.6 39.7 8.9 52 120 23.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 39.9 8.9 47 115
PVM5-13 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 24.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 42.8 9.6 54 171 24.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 43.0 9.6 48 165
PVM5-13 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 24.2 13.9 8.9 2.6 40.8 8.9 54 122 24.4 13.9 8.9 2.6 41.0 8.9 48 116
PVM5-14 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 25.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 43.9 9.6 55 172 25.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 44.0 9.6 49 166
PVM5-14 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 25.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 41.9 8.9 55 123 25.4 13.9 8.9 2.6 42.0 8.9 49 117
PVM5-15 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 26.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 44.9 9.6 56 173 26.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 45.1 9.6 51 168
PVM5-15 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 26.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 42.9 8.9 56 124 26.5 13.9 8.9 2.6 43.1 8.9 51 119
PVM5-16 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 27.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 46.0 9.6 58 175 27.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 46.1 9.6 52 169
PVM5-16 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 27.4 13.9 8.9 2.6 44.0 8.9 58 126 27.5 13.9 8.9 2.6 44.1 8.9 52 120
PVM5-18 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 29.4 15.5 8.7 3.1 48.0 8.7 60 177 29.4 15.5 8.7 3.1 48.0 8.7 55 172
PVM5-18 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 29.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 48.1 9.6 60 158 29.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 48.1 9.6 55 153
PVM5-20 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 31.5 15.5 8.7 3.1 50.1 8.7 63 180 31.6 15.5 8.7 3.1 50.2 8.7 57 174
PVM5-20 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 21.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.2 9.6 63 161 31.6 15.5 9.6 3.1 50.3 9.6 57 155
PVM5-22 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 33.6 15.5 8.7 3.1 52.2 8.7 65 182 33.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 52.4 8.7 60 177
PVM5-22 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 33.6 15.5 9.6 3.1 52.3 9.6 65 163 33.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 52.5 9.6 60 158
PVM5-24 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 35.7 15.5 8.7 3.1 54.3 8.7 68 185 35.9 15.5 8.7 3.1 54.5 8.7 62 179
PVM5-24 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 35.7 15.5 9.6 3.1 54.4 9.6 68 166 35.9 15.5 9.6 3.1 54.6 9.6 62 160
25
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 5
PVM PVMX
C
D
D
F
B
B
E
E
Grooved
A
A
.75 x .96
.16 x .55
3.94
5.51
3.50
2.95
1.97
1.66
1.38 3.94 7.09
.79
.16 x .55
.87
3.94
5.55 7.09 5.91 8.27
9.84 8.66 8.27
.55 .75 x 1.06
5.51
4.13
3.5
2.95
1.34
9.84 1.26
3.35
26
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 5

PVM5-2 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 279 252 153 52 584 153 17 30 282 252 153 52 586 153 15 28
PVM5-2 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 279 258 168 52 590 168 17 31 282 258 168 52 593 168 15 28
PVM5-3 1 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 312 258 168 52 623 168 18 34 315 258 168 52 625 168 15 31
PVM5-3 1 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 312 264 183 52 629 183 18 42 315 264 183 52 632 183 15 39
PVM5-4 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 338 283 182 52 674 182 18 39 343 283 182 52 679 182 16 37
PVM5-4 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 338 284 183 52 674 183 18 37 343 284 183 52 679 183 16 35
PVM5-5 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 381 306 182 52 739 182 19 43 386 306 182 52 745 182 16 40
PVM5-5 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 381 306 183 52 739 183 19 41 386 306 183 52 745 183 16 39
PVM5-6 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 409 306 182 52 767 182 19 43 411 306 182 52 770 182 17 41
PVM5-6 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 409 306 183 52 767 183 19 42 411 306 183 52 770 183 17 39
PVM5-7 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 450 392 225 67 908 225 21 61 452 392 220 67 910 220 18 58
PVM5-7 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 450 354 225 67 870 225 21 52 452 354 220 67 873 220 18 49
PVM5-8 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 475 392 225 67 933 225 21 61 478 392 220 67 936 220 19 59
PVM5-8 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 475 354 225 67 895 225 21 52 478 354 220 67 898 220 19 50
PVM5-9 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 503 392 225 67 961 225 22 62 505 392 220 67 964 220 19 59
PVM5-9 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 503 354 225 67 923 225 22 53 505 354 220 67 926 220 19 50
PVM5-10 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 533 394 243 79 1006 243 23 76 538 394 243 79 1012 243 20 73
PVM5-10 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 533 354 225 67 954 225 23 53 538 354 225 67 959 225 20 51
PVM5-11 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 561 394 243 79 1034 243 23 76 564 394 243 79 1037 243 21 74
PVM5-11 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 561 354 225 67 982 225 23 54 564 354 225 67 984 225 21 51
PVM5-12 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 587 394 243 79 1060 243 24 77 592 394 243 79 1065 243 21 74
PVM5-12 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 587 354 225 67 1007 225 24 55 592 354 225 67 1012 225 21 52
PVM5-13 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 615 394 243 79 1088 243 24 77 620 394 243 79 1093 243 22 75
PVM5-13 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 615 354 225 67 1035 225 24 55 620 354 225 67 1040 225 22 53
PVM5-14 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 643 394 243 79 1116 243 25 78 645 394 243 79 1118 243 22 75
PVM5-14 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 643 354 225 67 1063 225 25 56 645 354 225 67 1066 225 22 53
PVM5-15 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 668 394 243 79 1141 243 26 79 673 394 243 79 1146 243 23 76
PVM5-15 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 668 354 225 67 1089 225 26 56 673 354 225 67 1094 225 23 54
PVM5-16 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 696 394 243 79 1169 243 26 79 699 394 243 79 1172 243 24 77
PVM5-16 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 696 354 225 67 1116 225 26 57 699 354 225 67 1119 225 24 54
PVM5-18 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 747 394 220 79 1220 220 27 80 747 394 220 79 1220 220 25 78
PVM5-18 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 747 395 243 79 1221 243 27 72 747 395 243 79 1221 243 25 69
PVM5-20 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 800 394 220 79 1273 220 28 82 803 394 220 79 1276 220 26 79
PVM5-20 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 546 395 243 79 1020 243 28 73 803 395 243 79 1277 243 26 70
PVM5-22 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 853 394 220 79 1327 220 30 83 859 394 220 79 1332 220 27 80
PVM5-22 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 853 395 243 79 1328 243 30 74 859 395 243 79 1333 243 27 72
PVM5-24 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 907 394 220 79 1380 220 31 84 912 394 220 79 1385 220 28 81
PVM5-24 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 907 395 243 79 1381 243 31 75 912 395 243 79 1386 243 28 73
27
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 5
PVM PVMX
C
D
D
F
B
B
E
E
Grooved
A
28
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 10

PVM10-1 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 13.7 9.9 6.0 2.1 25.7 6.0 61 90 14.1 9.9 6.0 2.1 26.1 6.0 50 79
PVM10-1 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 13.7 10.2 6.6 2.1 25.9 6.6 61 91 14.1 10.2 6.6 2.1 26.3 6.6 50 80
PVM10-2 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 14.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.5 7.2 67 113 14.7 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.9 7.2 56 102
PVM10-2 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 14.3 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.5 7.2 67 109 14.7 11.2 7.2 2.1 27.9 7.2 56 98
PVM10-3 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 16.0 15.4 8.9 2.6 34.0 8.9 74 162 16.4 15.4 8.7 2.6 34.4 8.7 63 151
PVM10-3 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 16.0 13.9 8.9 2.6 32.6 8.9 74 142 16.4 13.9 8.7 2.6 33.0 8.7 63 131
PVM10-4 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 17.4 15.4 8.9 2.6 35.4 8.9 80 168 17.7 15.4 8.7 2.6 35.7 8.7 69 157
PVM10-4 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 17.4 13.9 8.9 2.6 34.0 8.9 80 148 17.7 13.9 8.7 2.6 34.3 8.7 69 137
PVM10-5 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 18.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 37.1 9.6 86 203 18.9 15.5 9.6 3.1 37.5 9.6 75 192
PVM10-5 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 18.5 13.9 8.9 2.6 35.1 8.9 86 154 18.9 13.9 8.9 2.6 35.5 8.9 75 143
PVM10-6 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 19.7 15.5 9.6 3.1 38.3 9.6 92 209 20.1 15.5 9.6 3.1 38.7 9.6 81 198
PVM10-6 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 19.7 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.3 8.9 92 160 20.1 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.7 8.9 81 149
PVM10-7 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 20.9 15.5 8.7 3.1 39.5 8.7 98 215 21.2 15.5 8.7 3.1 39.8 8.7 87 204
PVM10-7 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 20.9 15.5 9.6 3.1 39.6 9.6 98 196 21.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 39.9 9.6 87 185
PVM10-8 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 22.0 15.5 8.7 3.1 40.6 8.7 104 221 22.4 15.5 8.7 3.1 41.0 8.7 93 210
PVM10-8 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 22.0 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.7 9.6 104 202 22.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 41.1 9.6 93 191
PVM10-9 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 23.2 15.5 8.7 3.1 41.8 8.7 110 227 23.5 15.5 8.7 3.1 42.1 8.7 99 216
PVM10-9 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 23.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 41.9 9.6 110 208 23.6 15.5 9.6 3.1 42.3 9.6 99 197
PVM10-10 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 24.4 15.5 8.7 3.1 43.0 8.7 116 233 24.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 43.4 8.7 105 222
PVM10-10 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 24.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 43.1 9.6 116 214 24.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 43.5 9.6 105 203
PVM10-12 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 26.8 16.6 9.6 3.1 46.5 9.6 129 264 27.2 16.6 9.6 3.1 46.9 9.6 117 252
PVM10-12 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 26.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 45.5 9.6 129 254 27.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 45.9 9.6 117 242
PVM10-14 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 31.0 20.0 12.9 3.8 54.8 12.9 141 416 31.3 20.0 12.9 3.8 55.1 12.9 130 405
PVM10-16 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 33.3 20.0 12.9 3.8 57.1 12.9 153 428 33.7 20.0 12.9 3.8 57.5 12.9 142 417
29
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 10
PVM PVMX
C C
D
D
F F
B
B
E
E
Flange 2” ANSI 250# Grooved
A
1.54
A
.71 x .79
.16 x .55
5.91
4.49
3.15
3.15
3.37
.79
5.12 4.33
.16 x .57 5.12 8.46
1.02
6.81 8.27
7.87
11.02 10.08 9.76
10.28
.75 x .94
5.51
4.13
1.02
3.15
5.12 1.65
7.87 4.13
11.02 8.46
9.76
Flange 2” ANSI 300#
30
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 10

PVM10-1 0.75 1.25 1 115V/208-230V 56C 348 252 153 52 652 153 28 41 358 252 153 52 662 153 23 36
PVM10-1 0.75 1.25 3 208-230V/460V 56C 348 258 168 52 659 168 28 41 358 258 168 52 669 168 23 36
PVM10-2 1.5 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 363 283 182 52 699 182 30 51 373 283 182 52 709 182 25 46
PVM10-2 1.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 363 284 183 52 699 183 30 49 373 284 183 52 709 183 25 44
PVM10-3 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 406 392 225 67 865 225 33 73 417 392 220 67 875 220 28 68
PVM10-3 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 406 354 225 67 827 225 33 64 417 354 220 67 837 220 28 59
PVM10-4 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 442 392 225 67 900 225 36 76 450 392 220 67 908 220 31 71
PVM10-4 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 442 354 225 67 862 225 36 67 450 354 220 67 870 220 31 62
PVM10-5 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 470 394 243 79 943 243 39 92 480 394 243 79 953 243 34 87
PVM10-5 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 470 354 225 67 890 225 39 70 480 354 225 67 901 225 34 65
PVM10-6 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 500 394 243 79 973 243 42 95 511 394 243 79 984 243 37 90
PVM10-6 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 500 354 225 67 921 225 42 72 511 354 225 67 931 225 37 67
PVM10-7 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 531 394 220 79 1004 220 44 97 538 394 220 79 1012 220 39 92
PVM10-7 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 531 395 243 79 1005 243 44 89 538 395 243 79 1013 243 39 84
PVM10-8 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 559 394 220 79 1032 220 47 100 569 394 220 79 1042 220 42 95
PVM10-8 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 559 395 243 79 1033 243 47 91 569 395 243 79 1043 243 42 86
PVM10-9 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 589 394 220 79 1062 220 50 103 597 394 220 79 1070 220 45 98
PVM10-9 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 589 395 243 79 1063 243 50 94 599 395 243 79 1074 243 45 89
PVM10-10 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 620 394 220 79 1093 220 52 106 630 394 220 79 1103 220 47 100
PVM10-10 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 620 395 243 79 1094 243 52 97 630 395 243 79 1104 243 47 92
PVM10-12 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 681 422 243 79 1182 243 58 120 691 422 243 79 1192 243 53 114
PVM10-12 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 681 394 243 79 1155 243 58 115 691 394 243 79 1165 243 53 110
PVM10-14 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 787 509 329 95 1391 329 64 189 795 509 329 95 1399 329 59 184
PVM10-16 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 846 509 329 95 1450 329 69 194 856 509 329 95 1460 329 64 189
31
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 10
PVM PVMX
C C
D
D
F F
B
B
E
E
A
32
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 15

PVM15-1 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 16.3 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.4 7.2 65 118 16.3 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.4 7.2 54 107
PVM15-1 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 16.3 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.4 7.2 65 114 16.3 12.1 7.2 2.1 30.4 7.2 54 103
PVM15-2 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 17.0 15.5 9.6 3.1 35.6 9.6 76 193 17.0 15.5 9.6 3.1 35.6 9.6 65 182
PVM15-2 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 17.0 13.9 8.9 2.6 33.6 8.9 76 144 17.0 13.9 8.9 2.6 33.6 8.9 65 133
PVM15-3 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 17.4 15.5 8.7 3.1 36.0 8.7 86 203 17.3 15.5 8.7 3.1 35.9 8.7 75 192
PVM15-3 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 17.4 15.5 9.6 3.1 36.1 9.6 86 184 17.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 36.0 9.6 75 173
PVM15-4 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 20.5 15.5 8.7 3.1 39.1 8.7 96 213 19.1 15.5 8.7 3.1 37.7 8.7 85 202
PVM15-4 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 20.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 39.2 9.6 96 194 19.1 15.5 9.6 3.1 37.8 9.6 85 183
PVM15-5 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 22.3 16.6 9.6 3.1 42.0 9.6 106 241 22.2 16.6 9.6 3.1 41.9 9.6 95 230
PVM15-5 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 22.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 41.0 9.6 106 231 22.2 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.9 9.6 95 220
PVM15-6 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 25.9 20.0 12.9 3.8 49.7 12.9 117 392 25.8 20.0 12.9 3.8 49.6 12.9 106 381
PVM15-7 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 27.7 20.0 12.9 3.8 51.5 12.9 127 402 27.6 20.0 12.9 3.8 51.4 12.9 116 391
PVM15-8 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 29.5 20.0 12.9 3.8 53.3 12.9 137 412 29.4 20.0 12.9 3.8 53.2 12.9 126 401
PVM15-9 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 31.2 16.9 10.3 3.8 51.8 10.3 147 372 31.1 16.9 10.3 3.8 51.7 10.3 136 361
PVM15-10 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 33.0 16.9 10.3 3.8 53.6 10.3 157 382 32.9 16.9 10.3 3.8 53.5 10.3 146 371
PVM15-12 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 38.5 20.0 12.9 3.0 61.5 12.9 177 498 38.4 20.0 12.9 3.0 61.4 12.9 166 487
PVM PVMX
C
C
D
F
D
F
B
B
E
E

Grooved
A
.75
.16 x .59
.16 x .55
4.92
6.50
3.54
3.15
2.37
5.12 2.56
.79
5.12
1.02
8.46
6.81 8.46 7.87 9.76
11.81 10.08 10.28
.75 x .87
5.00
6.50
1.02
3.54
5.12 2.56
7.87 4.76
11.81 8.46
9.76
33
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 15

PVM15-1 2 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 56C 414 306 182 52 772 182 29 54 414 306 182 52 772 182 24 48
PVM15-1 2 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 56C 414 306 183 52 772 183 29 52 414 306 183 52 772 183 24 47
PVM15-2 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 432 394 243 79 905 243 34 87 432 394 243 79 905 243 29 82
PVM15-2 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 432 354 225 67 852 225 34 65 432 354 225 67 852 225 29 60
PVM15-3 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 442 394 220 79 915 220 39 92 439 394 220 79 912 220 34 87
PVM15-3 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 442 395 243 79 916 243 39 83 439 395 243 79 914 243 34 78
PVM15-4 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 521 394 220 79 994 220 43 96 485 394 220 79 958 220 38 91
PVM15-4 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 521 395 243 79 995 243 43 88 485 395 243 79 959 243 38 83
PVM15-5 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 566 422 243 79 1068 243 48 109 564 422 243 79 1065 243 43 104
PVM15-5 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 566 394 243 79 1040 243 48 105 564 394 243 79 1038 243 43 100
PVM15-6 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 658 509 329 95 1262 329 53 178 655 509 329 95 1259 329 48 173
PVM15-7 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 704 509 329 95 1308 329 58 182 701 509 329 95 1305 329 53 177
PVM15-8 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 749 509 329 95 1353 329 62 187 747 509 329 95 1351 329 57 182
PVM15-9 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 792 428 263 95 1316 263 67 169 790 428 263 95 1313 263 62 164
PVM15-10 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 838 428 263 95 1362 263 71 173 836 428 263 95 1359 263 66 168
PVM15-12 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 978 507 329 76 1561 329 80 226 975 507 329 76 1559 329 75 221
PVM PVMX
C
C
D
F
D
F
B
B
E
E

Grooved
A
34
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 20

PVM20-1 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 16.8 15.4 8.9 2.6 34.8 8.9 66 154 16.8 15.4 8.7 2.6 34.8 8.7 55 143
PVM20-1 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 16.8 13.9 8.9 2.6 33.4 8.9 66 134 16.8 13.9 8.7 2.6 33.4 8.7 55 123
PVM20-2 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 17.0 15.5 9.6 3.1 35.6 9.6 76 193 17.0 15.5 9.6 3.1 35.6 9.6 65 182
PVM20-2 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 17.0 13.9 8.9 2.6 33.6 8.9 76 144 17.0 13.9 8.9 2.6 33.6 8.9 65 133
PVM20-3 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 18.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 37.4 8.7 86 203 18.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 37.4 8.7 75 192
PVM20-3 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 18.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 37.5 9.6 86 184 18.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 37.5 9.6 75 173
PVM20-4 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 20.5 16.6 9.6 3.1 40.2 9.6 96 231 20.5 16.6 9.6 3.1 40.2 9.6 85 220
PVM20-4 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 20.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 39.2 9.6 96 221 20.5 15.5 9.6 3.1 39.2 9.6 85 210
PVM20-5 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 24.1 20.0 12.9 3.8 47.9 12.9 107 382 24.1 20.0 12.9 3.8 47.9 12.9 96 371
PVM20-6 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 25.9 20.0 12.9 3.8 49.7 12.9 117 392 25.9 20.0 12.9 3.8 49.7 12.9 106 381
PVM20-7 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 27.7 16.9 10.3 3.8 48.3 10.3 127 352 27.7 16.9 10.3 3.8 48.3 10.3 116 341
PVM20-8 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 29.5 16.9 10.3 3.8 50.1 10.3 137 362 29.5 16.9 10.3 3.8 50.1 10.3 126 351
PVM20-10 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 35.0 20.0 12.9 3.0 58.0 12.9 157 478 35.0 20.0 12.9 3.0 58.0 12.9 146 467
PVM PVMX
C
D
C F
D
F
B
B
E
E

A
.75
.16 x .59
4.29
.16 x .55
6.50
3.54
3.15
2.37
.79
5.12 2.56
5.12
1.02
8.46
6.81 8.46 7.87 9.76
11.81 10.08 10.28
.75 x .87
5.00
6.50
1.02
3.54
5.12 2.56
7.87 4.76
11.81 8.46
9.76
35
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 20

PVM20-1 3 1.15 1 115V/208-230V 182TC 427 392 225 67 885 225 30 70 427 392 220 67 885 220 25 65
PVM20-1 3 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 182TC 427 354 225 67 847 225 30 61 427 354 220 67 847 220 25 56
PVM20-2 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 432 394 243 79 905 243 34 87 432 394 243 79 905 243 29 82
PVM20-2 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 432 354 225 67 852 225 34 65 432 354 225 67 852 225 29 60
PVM20-3 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 478 394 220 79 951 220 39 92 478 394 220 79 951 220 34 87
PVM20-3 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 478 395 243 79 952 243 39 83 478 395 243 79 952 243 34 78
PVM20-4 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 521 422 243 79 1022 243 43 105 521 422 243 79 1022 243 38 100
PVM20-4 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 521 394 243 79 995 243 43 100 521 394 243 79 995 243 38 95
PVM20-5 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 612 509 329 95 1216 329 49 173 612 509 329 95 1216 329 43 168
PVM20-6 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 658 509 329 95 1262 329 53 178 658 509 329 95 1262 329 48 173
PVM20-7 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 704 428 263 95 1227 263 58 160 704 428 263 95 1227 263 53 155
PVM20-8 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 749 428 263 95 1273 263 62 164 749 428 263 95 1273 263 57 159
PVM20-10 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 889 507 329 76 1472 329 71 217 889 507 329 76 1472 329 66 212
PVM PVMX
C
D
C F
D
F
B
B
E
E

A
36
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 33

PVM33-1-1 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 20.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 38.9 9.6 130 247 20.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 38.9 9.6 130 247
PVM33-1-1 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 20.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.9 8.9 130 198 20.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.9 8.9 130 198
PVM33-1 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 20.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 38.9 9.6 130 247 20.3 15.5 9.6 3.1 38.9 9.6 130 247
PVM33-1 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 20.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.9 8.9 130 198 20.3 13.9 8.9 2.6 36.9 8.9 130 198
PVM33-2-2 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 21.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 40.4 8.7 132 249 21.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 40.4 8.7 132 249
PVM33-2-2 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 21.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.5 9.6 132 230 21.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.5 9.6 132 230
PVM33-2-1 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 21.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 40.4 8.7 132 249 21.8 15.5 8.7 3.1 40.4 8.7 132 249
PVM33-2-1 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 21.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.5 9.6 132 230 21.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.5 9.6 132 230
PVM33-2 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 21.8 16.6 9.6 3.1 41.5 9.6 132 267 21.8 16.6 9.6 3.1 41.5 9.6 132 267
PVM33-2 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 21.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.5 9.6 132 257 21.8 15.5 9.6 3.1 40.5 9.6 132 257
PVM33-3-2 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 28.9 16.6 9.6 3.1 48.6 9.6 132 267 28.9 16.6 9.6 3.1 48.6 9.6 132 267
PVM33-3-2 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 28.9 15.5 9.6 3.1 47.6 9.6 132 257 28.9 15.5 9.6 3.1 47.6 9.6 132 257
PVM33-3 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 27.7 20.0 12.9 3.8 51.5 12.9 138 413 27.7 20.0 12.9 3.8 51.5 12.9 138 413
PVM33-4-2 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 30.4 20.0 12.9 3.8 54.2 12.9 138 413 30.4 20.0 12.9 3.8 54.2 12.9 138 413
PVM33-4 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 30.4 16.9 10.3 3.8 51.0 10.3 148 373 30.4 16.9 10.3 3.8 51.0 10.3 148 373
PVM33-5-2 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 33.2 16.9 10.3 3.8 53.8 10.3 162 387 33.2 16.9 10.3 3.8 53.8 10.3 162 387
PVM33-5 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 33.2 16.9 10.3 3.8 53.8 10.3 162 387 33.2 16.9 10.3 3.8 53.8 10.3 162 387
PVM33-6-2 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 38.0 20.0 12.9 3.0 61.0 12.9 180 501 38.0 20.0 12.9 3.0 61.0 12.9 180 501
PVM33-6 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 38.0 20.0 12.9 3.0 61.0 12.9 180 501 38.0 20.0 12.9 3.0 61.0 12.9 180 501
PVM33-7-2 30 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 40.7 23.2 15.6 3.0 66.9 15.6 202 625 40.7 23.2 15.6 3.0 66.9 15.6 202 625
PVM33-7 30 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 40.7 23.2 15.6 3.0 66.9 15.6 202 625 40.7 23.2 15.6 3.0 66.9 15.6 202 625
PVM33-8-2 30 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 43.5 23.2 15.6 3.0 69.7 15.6 228 651 43.5 23.2 15.6 3.0 69.7 15.6 228 651
PVM33-8 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 43.5 23.2 15.6 3.0 69.7 15.6 228 708 43.5 23.2 15.6 3.0 69.7 15.6 228 708
PVM33-9-2 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 46.2 23.2 15.6 3.0 72.4 15.6 258 738 46.2 23.2 15.6 3.0 72.4 15.6 258 738
PVM33-9 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 46.2 23.2 15.6 3.0 72.4 15.6 258 738 46.2 23.2 15.6 3.0 72.4 15.6 258 738
PVM33-10-2 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 49.0 23.2 15.6 3.0 75.2 15.6 292 772 49.0 23.2 15.6 3.0 75.2 15.6 292 772
PVM PVMX
C C
F F
D
Flange (ANSI) Flange (ANSI)

2 1/2" 250 lb.R.F. 2 1/2" 300 lb.R.F.
8 x Ø.88" 8 x Ø.88"
Ø4.25"
Ø4.25"
B
G 1/2 G 1/2
Ø5.88"
Ø7.5"
Ø5.88"
1.19"
Ø7.5"
1.19"
4 x Ø.56" Ø2.94" 4 x Ø.56"
REFERENCE
Ø2.94"
E
9.44" 9.44"
11.69" 11.75"
G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2

2 1/2" 125 lb.R.F. 2 1/2" 150 lb.R.F.
A
4 x Ø.75" 4 x Ø.75"
Ø4.25"
Ø4.25"
G 1/2 G 1/2
1.19"
Ø5.5"
1.19"
Ø5.5"
Ø7"
Ø7"
4.25"
4.13"
6.39" Ø2.94" 4 x Ø.56" 6.69" Ø2.94" 4 x Ø.56"

8.88" 9.44" 8.94" 9.44"
12.63" 11.69" 12.63" 11.75"
37
PUMP DIMENSIONS
PVM(X) 33

PVM33-1-1 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 516 394 243 79 989 243 59 112 516 394 243 79 989 243 59 112
PVM33-1-1 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 516 354 225 67 936 225 59 90 516 354 225 67 936 225 59 90
PVM33-1 5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 516 394 243 79 989 243 59 112 516 394 243 79 989 243 59 112
PVM33-1 5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 184TC 516 354 225 67 936 225 59 90 516 354 225 67 936 225 59 90
PVM33-2-2 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 554 394 220 79 1027 220 60 113 554 394 220 79 1027 220 60 113
PVM33-2-2 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 554 395 243 79 1028 243 60 104 554 395 243 79 1028 243 60 104
PVM33-2-1 7.5 1.15 1 208-230V 213TC 554 394 220 79 1027 220 60 113 554 394 220 79 1027 220 60 113
PVM33-2-1 7.5 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 213TC 554 395 243 79 1028 243 60 104 554 395 243 79 1028 243 60 104
PVM33-2 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 554 422 243 79 1055 243 60 121 554 422 243 79 1055 243 60 121
PVM33-2 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 554 394 243 79 1028 243 60 117 554 394 243 79 1028 243 60 117
PVM33-3-2 10 1.15 1 208-230V 215TC 734 422 243 79 1236 243 60 121 734 422 243 79 1236 243 60 121
PVM33-3-2 10 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 215TC 734 394 243 79 1208 243 60 117 734 394 243 79 1208 243 60 117
PVM33-3 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 704 509 329 95 1308 329 63 187 704 509 329 95 1308 329 63 187
PVM33-4-2 15 1.15 3 208-230V/460V 254TC 772 509 329 95 1376 329 63 187 772 509 329 95 1376 329 63 187
PVM33-4 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 772 428 263 95 1296 263 67 169 772 428 263 95 1296 263 67 169
PVM33-5-2 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 843 428 263 95 1367 263 73 176 843 428 263 95 1367 263 73 176
PVM33-5 20 1.15 3 230V/460V 254TC 843 428 263 95 1367 263 73 176 843 428 263 95 1367 263 73 176
PVM33-6-2 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 965 507 329 76 1549 329 82 227 965 507 329 76 1549 329 82 227
PVM33-6 25 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 965 507 329 76 1549 329 82 227 965 507 329 76 1549 329 82 227
PVM33-7-2 30 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 1034 589 395 76 1699 395 92 283 1034 589 395 76 1699 395 92 283
PVM33-7 30 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 1034 589 395 76 1699 395 92 283 1034 589 395 76 1699 395 92 283
PVM33-8-2 30 1.15 3 230V/460V 284TSC 1105 589 395 76 1770 395 103 295 1105 589 395 76 1770 395 103 295
PVM33-8 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 1105 589 395 76 1770 395 103 321 1105 589 395 76 1770 395 103 321
PVM33-9-2 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 1173 589 395 76 1839 395 117 335 1173 589 395 76 1839 395 117 335
PVM33-9 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 1173 589 395 76 1839 395 117 335 1173 589 395 76 1839 395 117 335
PVM33-10-2 40 1.15 3 230V/460V 286TSC 1245 589 395 76 1910 395 132 350 1245 589 395 76 1910 395 132 350
PVM PVMX
C C
F F
D

2 1/2" 250 lb.R.F. 2 1/2" 300 lb.R.F.
8 x Ø22 8 x Ø22
Ø108
Ø108
B
G 1/2 G 1/2
Ø149
Ø191
Ø149
Ø191
30
30
REFERENCE
Ø75 4 x Ø14 Ø75 4 x Ø14
E
240 238
297 298
G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2

2 1/2" 125 lb.R.F. 2 1/2" 150 lb.R.F.
A
4 x Ø19 4 x Ø19
Ø108
Ø108
G 1/2 G 1/2
Ø140
Ø178
Ø140
Ø178
30
30
108
105
162 Ø75 4 x Ø14 170 Ø75 4 x Ø14

226 240 227 240
321 297 321 298
38
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
39
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40
WARRANTY
Seller warrants equipment (and its component parts) of its own manufacture against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use
and service for one (1) year from the date of installation or start-up, or for eighteen (18) months after the date of shipment, whichever occurs
first. Seller does not warrant accessories or components that are not manufactured by Seller; however, to the extent possible, Seller agrees to
assign to Buyer its rights under the original manufacturer's warranty, without recourse to Seller. Buyer must give Seller notice in writing of
any alleged defect covered by this warranty (together with all identifying details, including the serial number, the type of equipment, and the
date of purchase) within thirty (30) days of the discovery of such defect during the warranty period. No claim made more than 30 days after
the expiration of the warranty period shall be valid. Guarantees of performance and warranties are based on the use of original equipment
manufactured (OEM) replacement parts. Seller assumes no responsibility or liability if alterations, non-authorized design modifications
and/or non-OEM replacement parts are incorporated If requested by Seller, any equipment (or its component parts) must be promptly
returned to Seller prior to any attempted repair, or sent to an authorized service station designated by Seller, and Buyer shall prepay all
shipping expenses. Seller shall not be liable for any loss or damage to goods in transit, nor will any warranty claim be valid unless the
returned goods are received intact and undamaged as a result of shipment. Repaired or replaced material returned to customer will be
shipped F.O.B., Seller's factory. Seller will not give Buyer credit for parts or equipment returned to Seller, and will not accept delivery of
any such parts or equipment, unless Buyer has obtained Seller's approval in writing. The warranty extends to repaired or replaced parts of
Seller's manufacture for ninety (90) days or for the remainder of the original warranty period applicable to the equipment or parts being
repaired or replaced, whichever is greater. This warranty applies to the repaired or replaced part and is not extended to the product or any
other component of the product being repaired. Repair parts of its own manufacture sold after the original warranty period are warranted for
a period of one (1) year from shipment against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service. This warranty applies to
the replacement part only and is not extended to the product or any other component of the product being repaired. Seller may substitute
new equipment or improve part(s) of any equipment judged defective without further liability. All repairs or services performed by Seller,
which are not covered by this warranty, will be charged in accordance with Seller's standard prices then in effect.
THIS WARRANTY IS THE SOLE WARRANTY OF SELLER AND SELLER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND BUYER
WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED, IMPLIED IN LAW OR IMPLIED IN FACT, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Seller's sole obligation under this warranty shall be, at its
option, to repair or replace any equipment (or its component parts) which has a defect covered by this warranty, or to refund the purchase
price of such equipment or part. Under the terms of this warranty, Seller shall not be liable for (a) consequential, collateral, special or
liquidated losses or damages; (b) equipment conditions caused by normal wear and tear, abnormal conditions of use, accident, neglect, or
misuse of said equipment; (c) the expense of, and loss or damage caused by, repairs or alterations made by anyone other than the Seller; (d)
damage caused by abrasive materials, chemicals, scale deposits, corrosion, lightning, improper voltage, mishandling, or other similar
conditions; (e) any loss, damage, or expense relating to or resulting from installation, removal or reinstallation of equipment; (f) any labor
costs or charges incurred in repairing or replacing defective equipment or parts, including the cost of reinstalling parts that are repaired or
replaced by Seller; (g) any expense of shipment of equipment or repaired or replacement parts; or (h) any other loss, damage or expense of
any nature.
The above warranty shall not apply to any equipment which may be separately covered by any alternate or special warranties.
PERFORMANCE: In the absence of Certified Pump Performance Tests, equipment performance is not warranted or guaranteed.
Performance curves and other information submitted to Buyer are approximate and no warranty or guarantee shall be deemed to arise as a
result of such submittal. All testing shall be done in accordance with Seller's standard policy under Hydraulic Institute procedures.
LIABILITY LIMITATIONS: Under no circumstances shall the Seller have any liability under the Order or otherwise for liquidated
damages or for collateral, consequential or special damages or for loss of profits, or for actual losses or for loss of production or progress of
construction, regardless of the cause of such damages or losses. In any event, Seller's aggregate total liability under the Order or otherwise
shall not exceed the contract price.
ACTS OF GOD: Seller shall in no event be liable for delays in delivery of the equipment or other failures to perform caused by fires, acts of
God, strikes, labor difficulties, acts of governmental or military authorities, delays in transportation or procuring materials, or causes of any
kind beyond Seller's control.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW: Seller agrees to comply with all United States laws and regulations applicable to the manufacturing of the
subject equipment. Such compliance shall include: The Fair Labor Standards Acts of 1938, as amended; Equal Employment Opportunity
clauses of Executive Order 11246, as amended; Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and the standards promulgated thereunder, if
applicable. Since compliance with the various Federal, State, and Local laws and regulations concerning occupational health and safety,
pollution or local codes are affected by the use, installation and operation of the equipment and other matters over which Seller has no
control, Seller assumes no responsibility for compliance with those laws and regulations, whether by way of indemnity, warranty, or
otherwise. It is incumbent upon the Buyer to specify equipment which complies with local codes and ordinances.
800 Airport Road

North Aurora, Illinois 60542
630-859-7000
www.aurorapump.com
41
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL BOMBA MOTOR DIESEL

PCF-1735 / MCO0852
42
Operation and Maintenance
Instructions Manual
JU/JW MODEL ENGINES
FOR
FIRE PUMP APPLICATIONS
This manual covers John Deere Engines

prepared by Clarke
for fire pump service
Clarke UK, Ltd. Clarke Fire Protection Products, Inc.

Unit 1, Grange Works 3133 E. Kemper Road
Lomond Road Cincinnati, OH 45241
Coatbridge U.S.A.
ML5 2NN
United Kingdom
TELE: +44(0)1236 429946 TELE: +1.513.771.2200 Ext. 427
FAX: +44(0)1236 427274 FAX: +1.513.771.5375
www.clarkefire.com
04/15
C13960 revAJ
43
CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
1.0 INTRODUCTION 6
1.1 IDENTIFICATION/NAMEPLATE 6
1.2 SAFETY/CAUTION/WARNINGS 7
2.0 INSTALLATION/OPERATION 12
2.1 TYPICAL INSTALLATION 12
2.2 ENGINE STORAGE 13
2.2.1 Storage Less than 1 year 13
2.2.2 Extended Storage Maintenance Procedure 13
2.3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 14
2.4 SPECIFIC FLYWHEEL COUPLING ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS 15
2.4.1 Listed Driveshaft 15
2.4.2 Driveshaft 15
2.4.3 Other Coupling Types 18
2.5 WEEKLY TEST 18
2.6 STARTING/STOPPING THE ENGINE 18
2.6.1 Special Notes to Equipment Installer of an LPCB Approved (LPS1239) Engine Model 18
2.6.2 To Start Engine 19
2.6.3 To Stop Engine 21
2.6.4 Emergency Operation – ETR Engines Only 21
3.0 ENGINE SYSTEMS 21
3.1 FUEL SYSTEM 21
3.1.1 Bleeding the Fuel System 21
3.1.1.1 JU4/6 UF, NL 21
3.1.1.2 JU4/6 LP 22
3.1.1.3 JW6 UF, NL 22
3.1.2 Draining the Condensate from the Fuel Filter 24
3.1.3 Changing Fuel Filter Cartridge 24
3.1.3.1 JU4/6 UF, NL 24
3.1.3.2 JU4/6 LP 25
3.1.3.3 JW6 UF, NL 25
3.1.4 Fuel Tanks 26
3.1.5 JU Fuel Injection Pump Components 26
3.1.6 JW Fuel Injection Pump Components 27
3.2 AIR/EXHAUST SYSTEM 27
3.2.1 Ambient Conditions 27
3.2.2 Ventilation 27
3.2.3 Standard Air Cleaner 27
44
3.2.4 Crankcase Ventilation 28
3.2.4.1 Open Crankcase Ventilation 28
3.2.4.2 Crankcase Ventilation System 29
3.2.5 Exhaust System 29
3.3 LUBRICATION SYSTEM 30
3.3.1 Checking Sump Oil 30
3.3.2 Changing Engine Oil 30
3.3.3 Changing Oil Filter Cartridge 30
3.3.4 Oil Specification 31
3.3.5 Oil Capacities 31
3.4 COOLING SYSTEM 31
3.4.1 Intended Engine Operating Temperature 31
3.4.2 Engine Coolant 31
3.4.3 Water 31
3.4.4 Coolant Capacities 32
3.4.5 Coolant Inhibitor 32
3.4.6 Procedure for Filling Engine 33
3.4.6.1 Engines without Coolant Recovery Tank 33
3.4.6.2 Engines with Coolant Recovery Tank 34
3.4.7 Providing Raw Water Supply to the Engine Heat Exchanger 34
3.4.7.1 Raw Water Supply 34
3.4.7.2 Cooling Loop 34
3.4.7.3 Setting Raw Water Flow Rate 35
3.4.7.4 Raw Water Outlet 36
3.4.7.5 Raw Water Quality Strainers, Deterioration of Heat Exchanger (CAC) 36
3.4.7.6 Backflow Preventers 36
3.4.7.7 Raw Water Outlet Temperature 36
3.4.8 Flow Paths of Engine Cooling System 36
3.4.9 Important Service Notice 37
3.4.9.1 Water Pump Cavitation 38
3.5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 38
3.5.1 Wiring Diagrams 38
3.5.2 Checking Drive Belt Tension and Adjustment 39
3.5.3 Speed Switch 39
3.5.4 Magnetic Pick-Up 39
3.5.5 Mechanical Engine Control & Alarm Board (MECAB) Speed Switch Troubleshooting 39
3.5.6 Field Simulation of Pump Controller Alarms 41
3.5.7 Battery Requirements…………………………………………………………………………… 42
3.6 ENGINE SPEED ADJUSTMENT 42
4.0 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 42
45
4.1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 42
5.0 TROUBLE SHOOTING 43
6.0 PARTS INFORMATION 43
6.1 SPARES 43
6.2 ENGINE MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST 43
7.0 OWNER ASSISTANCE 43
8.0 WARRANTY 43
8.1 GENERAL WARRANTY STATEMENT 43
8.2 CLARKE WARRANTY 44
8.3 JOHN DEERE WARRANTY 44
9.0 ATCM CALIFORNIA EMISSION REGULATIONS FOR STATIONARY ENGINES 47
10.0 INSTALLATION & OPERATION DATA (See Page 5) 48
11.0 WIRING DIAGRAMS (See Page 5) 48
12.0 PARTS ILLLUSTRATION (See Page 5) 48
13.0 APPENIX (Alpha Index) 49
APPENDIX “A” 50
Check factory availability for a manual in one of the following languages:
Spanish MP-7 C13961

French MP-7 C13962
German MP-7 C13963
Italian MP-7 C13964
NOTE
The information contained in this book is intended to assist operating personnel by providing
information on the characteristics of the purchased equipment.
It does not relieve the user of their responsibility of using accepted practices in the installation,
operation, and maintenance of the equipment.
NOTE: CLARKE FPPG Reserves the right to update the contents of this publication without
notice.
46
Technical Catalog Discontinuation Notice
Effective January 2015,
Clarke has done away with the Technical Catalogs. The Technical Catalogs consisted of the following
technical documents:
o Model Specific Installation and Operations Data (I&O)
o NFPA20 Cooling Loop C13977
o NFPA20 Lead Acid Battery Specifications C131885
o NFPA20 Exhaust Piping C06918
o NFPA20 Fuel Line Plumbing C132026
o DC Jacket Water Heater Wiring Diagrams
o AC Wiring Diagrams
o Parts Illustration
o Language Translation Pages
All the above can be located on www.clarkefire.com as follows:
 For all documents listed above, use the following steps to get to the document pages that you
are looking for:
47
1.0 INTRODUCTION efficiently, and perform routine servicing correctly.
Please read it carefully.
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
MODEL NUMBERING & IDENTIFICATION
The following paragraphs summarize the “Scope of There are two identification plates attached to each
Supply” of the Engine: engine. Clarke Identification Plate: Engine Model,
Serial Number, Rating and Date of Manufacture are
 The CLARKE Engine supplied has been shown on this identification plate. The JU Series
designed for the sole purpose of driving a identification plate is mounted on the stiffening plate
stationary Emergency Fire Pump. It must not that connects the two mounting feet at the rear of the
be used for any other purpose. engine. The JW Series identification plate is
mounted on right rear engine mount.
 Shall not be subjected to Horsepower
requirements greater than the certified Note that there are five types of identification plates,
nameplate rating (for UL/cUL/FM/LPCB dependent on whether the engine is a “Non-Listed”
only). or “Listed/Approved” Model. These are typical
examples. (See Figure #1).
 Engines must be sized to cover fully the
maximum power absorbed by any particular Clarke Identification Plates
driven equipment together with a safety USA Non Listed USA Listed/Approved
factor on no less than 10%. (For Non-listed
only).
 Derates for elevation and temperature need to

be considered for maximum pump power.
 Fuel delivery settings are factory set with-in

the injection pump and must not be tampered
with or adjusted. Minor RPM adjustments to
meet pump requirements are permissible.
 The engine shall be installed and maintained

in accordance with the guidelines stated in
this manual.
 Periodic running checks to ensure

functionality should be kept to a maximum of
½ hour per week.
1.1 IDENTIFICATION/NAMEPLATE
 Throughout this manual, the terms “Engine”

and “Machine” are used.
 The term “Engine” refers solely to the diesel

engine driver as supplied by CLARKE.
 The term “Machine” refers to any piece of

equipment with which the engine might
interface.
This manual provides all the information necessary to

operate your newly acquired engine safely and
48
UK Non-Listed UK Listed/Approved  J = John Deere base engine prepared by
CLARKE
 U = base engine series (4.5 liter 4 cylinder or
6.8 liter 6 cylinder)
 6 = number of cylinders
 H = Heat Exchanger cooled (R = Radiator)
 UF = Underwriters Laboratories Listed/
Factory Mutual Approved, (LP = LPCB Loss
Prevention Council Board Approved, NL =
Non-Listed)
 A=Manufacturing Location (A= Cincinnati,
B= Coatbridge)
 B= EPA NSPS Complaint (A= Non-
Emissioned, C=EPA Tier 2 Certified,
Figure #1 D=EPA Tier 3 Certified, E=EPA Interim Tier
4 Certified)
UK Listed/Approved  54 = A power rating code
John Deere Identification Plate: The second

identification plate contains the John Deere Model
Number and Serial Number. On the JW Series, the
John Deere Serial identification plate is located on
the left-hand side of the engine between the intake
manifold and starting motor. On the JU Series, the
John Deere identification plate is located on the right
side of the cylinder block behind the fuel filter.
1.2 SAFETY/CAUTION/WARNINGS
ATTENTION: This engine has components and

fluids that reach very high operating temperatures
and is provided with moving pulleys and belts.
Figure #1 cont’d Approach with caution. It is the responsibility of the
builder of the machine using a Clarke engine to
The Clarke eight digit model numbers reflects the optimize the application in terms of maximum end
base engine type, number of cylinders, cooling user safety.
system, approval listing and a power rating code.
Example: JU6H-UF50 BASIC RULES
 J = John Deere base engine prepared by
CLARKE The following recommendations are given to reduce
 U = base engine series (4.5 liter 4 cylinder or the risk to persons and property when an engine is in
6.8 liter 6 cylinder) service or out of service.
 6 = number of cylinders
 H = Heat Exchanger cooled (R = Radiator) Engines must not be used for applications other than
those declared under “Scope of Supply”.
 UF = Underwriters Laboratories Listed/
Factory Mutual Approved, (LP = LPCB Loss
Incorrect handling, modifications and use of non-
Prevention Council Board Approved, NL =
original parts may affect safety. When lifting the
Non-Listed, AP = APSAD)
engine, take care to use suitable equipment to be
 50 = A power rating code
applied to the points specially provided as shown on
The Clarke 10 digit model numbers reflects the base
the appropriate Engine Installation Drawing. Engine
engine type, number of cylinders, cooling system,
weights are shown in figure #2
approval listing, manufacturing location, emissions
code and a power rating code.
Example: JU6H-UFAB54
49
ENGINE MODEL WEIGHT lbs NLKA61, JU6R-NLKAPF, JU6R-
(kg) NLKAQ7, JU6R-NLKARF, JU6R-
JU4H-UF10,12,14,20,22 ,24, UFAB26, NLKAS9, JU6R-NLKA83, JU6R-
NL14,20,22,24, LP20,24, 910 (413) UFAA67, JU6R-UFAA59, JU6R-
JU4H-AP50,54 UFAA61, JU6R-UFAAPF, JU6R-
JU4H-UF28,30,32,34,40,42,44,50, UFAAQ7, JU6R-UFAARF, JU6R-
52,54,H8,H0,H2,58, NL30,32, 935 (424) UFAAS9, JU6R-UFAA83, JU6R-
34,40,42,50,52,54,K4,LP50,54, L4, UFKA67, JU6R-UFKA59, JU6R-
JU6H-AP30, 34, 50, 54, 60, 84 UFKA61, JU6R-UFKAPF, JU6R-
JU4H-UF84, JU4H-LP84 1085 (492) UFKAQ7, JU6R-UFKARF, JU6R-
JU4H-UFADJ8, UFADJ2, UFADHG 873 (396) UFKAS9, JU6R-UFKA83
JU4H-UFAEA0, UFAEE8, UFAEF2 JW6H-UF30 (JDFP-06WA),38,NL30 2012 (910)
JU4R-UF09,UF11,13,19,21,23 956 (434) JW6H-AP30
JU4R-NL09,UF11,13,19,21,23 JW6H-UF40 (JDFP-06WR),48,NL40, 2003 (906)
JU4R-UF40,49,51,53,NL40,49,51,53, 982 (445) JW6H-AP40
UFAEA9, E7, F1 JW6H-UF50,60,58,H8,NL50, 60, 2053 (929)
JU6H-UF30,32,34,50,52, 54,D0, JW6H-AP50, 60
D2,G8,M8,M0,M2,58,UFABL0,L2,L8, 1657 (750) Figure #2
JU6H-NL30,32,34,50,52,54,M4,
LP50,54 Figure #3 shows the typical lifting arrangement of a
JU6H-UF60,62,68,84,UFAB76, bare engine. Note the lifting points on the engine are
UFAARG,Q8,PG,S0,UFKARG,Q8,PG, 1693 (766) for lifting the engine only. Caution, when lifting, lift
S0,NL60,62,74,84,R4,NLKARG,Q8,PG, point should always be over the equipment Center of
S0, LP60,84
Gravity.
JU6R-NLAAD9, JU6R-NLAAD1,
JU6R-NLAA29, JU6R-NLAA31, JU6R-
NLAA33, JU6R-NLAAG7, JU6R-
NLAAL7, JU6R-NLAAL9, JU6R-
NLAAL1, JU6R-NLAAM7, JU6R-
NLAAM9, JU6R-NLAAM1, JU6R-
NLAA57, JU6R-NLAA49, JU6R-
1744 (791)
NLAA51, JU6R-NLAA53,
JU6R-NLKAD9, JU6R-NLKAD1,
JU6R-NLKA29, JU6R-NLKA31, JU6R-
NLKA33, JU6R-NLKAG7, JU6R-
NLKAL7, KU6R-NLKAL9, JU6R-
NLKAL1, JU6R-NLKAM7, JU6R-
NLKAM9, JU6R-NLKAM1, JU6R-
NLKA57, JU6R-NLKA49, JU6R-
UFAAD9, JU6R-UFAAD1, JU6R-
UFAA29, JU6R-UFAA31, JU6R-
UFAA33, JU6R-UFAAG7, JU6R- Figure #3
UFAAL7, JU6R-UFAAL9, JU6R-
UFAAL1, JU6R-UFAAM7, JU6R- Figure #4 shows the typical lifting arrangement of a
UFAAM9, JU6R-UFAAM1, JU6R-
UFAA57, JU6R-UFAA49, JU6R-
base mounted engine and pump set when the base (or
UFAA51, JU6R-UFAA53, JU6R- module) is furnished with lifting holes.
UFKAD9, JU6R-UFKAD1, JU6R-
1744 (791)
UFKA29, JU6R-UFKA31, JU6R-
UFKA33, JU6R-UFKAG7, JU6R-
UFKAL7, JU6R-UFKAL9, JU6R-
UFKAL1, JU6R-UFKAM7, JU6R-
UFKAM9, JU6R-UFKAM1, JU6R-
UFKA57, JU6R-UFKA49, JU6R-
UFKA51, JU6R-UFKA53
JU6R-NLAA67, JU6R-NLAA59, JU6R-
NLAA61, JU6R-NLAAPF, JU6R-
NLAAQ7, JU6R-NLAARF, JU6R- 1844 (836)
NLAAS9, JU6R-NLAA83, JU6R-
50
When Clarke furnishes the base (or module) for the
engine and pump set, the combined weight of the
engine and base (or module) will be indicated on the
unit. Caution, when lifting, lift point should
always be over the equipment Center of Gravity.
Note: The engine produces a noise level exceeding

70 dB(a). When performing the weekly functional
test, it is recommended that hearing protection be
worn by operating personnel.
CLARKE UK provides the machine manufacturer

with a “Declaration of Incorporation”
for the Engine, when required, a copy of which is
enclosed in the manual. This document clearly states
the machine manufacturers’ duties and
responsibilities with respect to health and safety.
Refer to Figure #5.
51
GRANGE WORKS, LOMOND ROAD, COATBRIDGE, UNITED KINGDOM, ML5 2NN
TEL: 0044 1236 429946 FAX: 0044 1236 427274
DECLARATION OF INCORPORATION
We hereby declare that the engine is intended to be incorporated into other machinery and must
not be put into service until the relevant machinery, into which the engine is to be incorporated,
has been declared in conformity with the essential health and safety requirements of the
machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and consequently the conditions required for the CE Mark.
We declare that the engine is manufactured in accordance with the following

Standards and Directives:
Directive 2006/42/EC, 2004/108/EC, 2006/95/EC
Standards EN ISO 12100:2010, EN 60204-1:2006
1) Description – Diesel Engines

Manufacturer – Clarke UK
Model Number –
Serial Number –
Year of Manufacture –
Contract Number –
Customer Order Number –
2) The engine has moving parts, areas of high temperatures and high temperature fluids under
pressure. In addition it has an electrical system which may be under strong current.
3) The engine produces harmful gases, noise and vibration and it is necessary to take suitable
precautionary measures when moving, installing and operating the engine to reduce risk
associated with the characteristics stated above.
4) The engine must be installed in accordance with local laws and regulations. The engine must
not be started and operated before the machinery into which it is to be incorporated and/or its
overall installation has been made to comply with local laws and regulations. The engine must
only be used in accordance with the scope of supply and the intended applications.
Signed ___________________________________ Date: _______________

John Blackwood – Managing Director
REGISTERED IN SCOTLAND NO: 81670 C130896, Rev. J 16JUL12
Figure #5
52
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY lights or activate electric bells or telephones so as to
avoid explosions.
Any user of the Engine who follows the instructions
set out in this manual, and complies with the Take the victim to a ventilated area or into the open
instructions on the labels affixed to the engine are air, placing him on his side if he is unconscious.
working in safe conditions.
CAUSTIC BURNS
If operating mistakes cause accidents call for help
If operating mistakes cause accidents call for help 1) Caustic burns to the skin are caused by acid
immediately from the EMERGENCY SERVICES. escaping from the batteries:
In the event of an emergency, and while awaiting the  remove the clothes
arrival of the EMERGENCY SERVICES, the  wash with running water, being
following general advice is given for the provision of careful not to affect injury-free areas
first aid. 2) Caustic burns to the eyes are caused by
battery acid, lubricating oil and diesel fuel.
FIRE  Wash the eye with running water for
at least 20 minutes, keeping the
Put out the fire using extinguishers recommended by eyelids open so that the water runs
the manufacturer of the machine or the installation. over the eyeball and moving the eye
in all directions.
BURNS
1) Put out the flames on the clothing of the ELECTROCUTION
burns victim by means of:
 drenching with water Electrocution can be caused by:
 use of powder extinguisher, making
sure not to direct the jets onto the 1) The engine’s electrical system (12/24
face VDC)
 blankets or rolling the victim on the 2) The electrical coolant pre-heating system
ground 120/240 Volt AC (if supplied) AC current.
2) Do not pull off strips of clothing that are
sticking to the skin. In the first case, the low voltage does not involve
3) In the case of scalding with liquids, remove high current flows through the human body;
the soaked clothing quickly but carefully. however, if there is a short circuit, caused by a metal
4) Cover the burn with a special anti-burn tool, sparks and burns may occur.
packet or with a sterile bandage. In the second case, the high voltage causes strong
currents, which can be dangerous.
CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING (CO) If this happens, break the current by operating the
switch before touching the injured person.
Carbon monoxide contained in engine exhaust gases
is odorless and dangerous because it is poisonous and If this is not possible, bear in mind that any other
with air, it forms an explosive mixture. attempt is highly dangerous also for the person
assisting; therefore, any attempt to help the victim
Carbon monoxide is very dangerous in enclosed must be carried out without fail using means that are
premises because it can reach a critical concentration insulating.
in a short time.
WOUNDS AND FRACTURES
When attending a person suffering from CO
poisoning in enclosed premises, ventilate the The wide range of possible injuries and the specific
premises immediately to reduce the gas nature of the help needed means that the medical
concentration. services must be called.
When accessing the premises, the person providing If the person is bleeding, compress the wound
the aid must hold his breath, not light flames, turn on externally until help arrives.
53
In the case of fracture do not move the part of the Warning labels, in picture form, are applied to the
body affected by the fracture. When moving an engine. Their meanings are given below.
injured person permission from that person must be Important Note: Labels that show an exclamation
received until you can help him. Unless the injury is mark indicate that there is a possibility of danger.
life threatening, move the injured person with
extreme care and then only if strictly necessary. Heat Exchanger Maximum Working Pressure
WARNING LABELS
Jacket Water Heater Voltage
Coolant Mixture
Air Filter Installation
Lifting Point
2.0 INSTALLATION/OPERATION
2.1 TYPICAL INSTALLATION
A typical Fire Pump installation is shown in Figure

#6 & 6A.
1. Pump/Engine set
2. Main Pump Controller
Automatic Start
3. Pump discharge
4. Air louver
5. Entrance door with air louver
6. Exhaust silencer
7. Exhaust system supports
8. Exhaust outlet pipe
9. Concrete base
10. Exhaust flexible connection joint/pipe
11. Air Discharge Duct from Radiator
Rotating Parts
54
2.2.2 Extended Storage Maintenance Procedure
After a one year storage period or if the engine is

being taken out of service for more than 6 months,
additional preservation service must be performed as
follows:
1) Drain the engine oil and change the oil filter.

2) Refill the engine crankcase with MIL-L-
21260 preservative oil.
3) Change the fuel filter.
Figure #6
4) Install the coolant plugs and install coolant in
Typical Installation
the normal mix percentage of 50% coolant,
Heat Exchanger Cooled Engine
50% water, premixed.
5) Remove the protection from the intake and
exhaust openings.
11 6) Prepare a container as a fuel source using a
mixture of Mobilarma or Sta-Bil with ONLY
Diesel #2 fuel or “Red” diesel fuel (ASTM
D-975) or BS2869 Class A2.
7) Disconnect the coupling or drive shaft from
the pump.
8) Start and run the engine at a slow speed for
Figure #6A 1-2 minutes being careful not to exceed the
Typical Installation normal operating temperature.
Radiator Cooled Engine 9) Drain the oil and coolant.
10) Replace the protective plugs that were used
For radiator cooled engines, the total air supply path for shipping and storage.
to the pump room, which includes any louvers or 11) Attach to the engine a visible card, specifying
dampers, shall not restrict the flow of the air more “ENGINE WITHOUT OIL” DO NOT
than 0.2” (5.1mm) water column. Likewise, the air OPERATE”.
discharge path, which includes any louvers, dampers,
or ducting, shall not restrict the flow of air more than IMPORTANT: THIS TREATMENT MUST BE
0.3” (7.6mm) water column. REPEATED EVERY 6 MONTHS
************************
2.2 ENGINE STORAGE PUTTING ENGINE INTO SERVICE AFTER
ADDITIONAL PRESERVATION SERVICE:
2.2.1 Storage less than 1 year To restore the normal operation running conditions of
the engine, carry out the following:
Storing engines requires special attention. Clarke
engines, as prepared for shipment, may be stored for 1) Fill the engine sump with the normal
a minimum of one year. During this period, they recommended oil, to the required level.
should be stored indoors in a dry environment. 2) Remove the protective plugs used for
Protective coverings are recommended provided they shipping and storage.
are arranged to allow for air circulation. The stored 3) Refill cooling water to proper level.
engine should be inspected periodically for obvious 4) Remove the card “ENGINE WITHOUT OIL,
conditions such as standing water, part theft, excess DO NOT OPERATE”.
dirt buildup or any other condition that may be 5) Follow all steps of the Installation
detrimental to the engine or components. Instructions when the engine will be put into
Any such conditions found must be corrected service.
immediately.
55
2.3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS to-pump coupling alignment. Lubricate Falk
coupling with supplied grease or driveshaft
The correct installation of the engine is very universal joints with NLGI grade #1 or #2
important to achieving optimum performance and grease at the (3) Zerk fittings. (Refer to
extended engine life. section 2.4 for specific alignment
instructions).
In this respect, the engine has certain installation 2a) Engine with Heat Exchanger Cooling:
requirements, which are critical to how it performs. Install the heat exchanger discharge pipe.
These requirements are generally associated with the The discharge pipe should be no smaller than
cooling, exhaust, induction air, and fuel systems. the outlet connection on the heat exchanger.
Discharge water piping should be installed in
This section of the manual should be read in accordance with applicable codes. All
conjunction with the relevant Installation and plumbing connecting to the heat exchanger
Operation Data Sheets. If there is any doubt about an must be secured to minimize movement by
installation, contact should be made with Clarke the engine. Cooling loop water pressure to
Customer Support giving exact details of the the heat exchanger must not exceed the limit
problem. that is stated on the heat exchanger supplied
with the engine.
All installations should be clean, free of any debris 2b) Engine with Radiator Cooling:
and dry. Care should be taken to ensure that there is Connect radiator air discharge ducting to
easy access to the engine for maintenance and repair. radiator duct flange. Discharge ducting
The safety of personnel who may be in the area of the should be installed in accordance with
engine when it is running is of paramount importance applicable codes. A flexible duct section
when designing the installation layout. should be provided to isolate engine from
1) Secure pump set to foundation and complete building.
installation in accordance with pump 3) Install all engine cooling system draincocks
manufacturer’s instructions. Perform engine- and plugs.
Engine
Qty Description Location Model
1 1/8” Water Heater JU4/6H,
draincock inlet tube JU4/6R
1 1/8” Coolant heater JDFP,
draincock inlet tube JW6
1 Plug Oil Cooler JU4/6H,
RE46686 JU4/6R
1 3/8” pipe plug Heat exchanger JDFP,
JW6
1 Electrode Bottom of heat JU4/6H
plug exchanger
4) Fill engine cooling system with premixed Operation Data (see Page 5), for piping size,
50% water / 50% coolant solution. Use only maximum allowable fuel pump suction, and
coolants meeting ASTM-D6210 maximum allowable fuel head requirements.
specifications for heavy-duty diesel engines. Fill supply tank with ONLY #2 diesel fuel
Never use light-duty or automotive coolants (ASTM D-975) or BS 2869 Class A2 “Red”
in the engine that are stated as ASTM-D3306 diesel fuel, bleed supply system of air and
only. Refer to Figure #34 in section 3.4.3 check for leaks. CAUTION: All diesel fire
for cooling system capacity. Refer to section pump drivers manufactured by Clarke are
3.4.5 for filling procedure. designed and tested for use with only No.
5) Engine is shipped with oil installed. For 2-D diesel fuel conforming to ASTM D-
make-up oil specification refer to section 3.3
975. Additionally, in European countries
Lubrication System.
6) Connect fuel supply and return line to fuel
an acceptable alternative fuel is “red”
supply tank plumbing. Reference the Fuel diesel fuel conforming to BS2869 Class
System section of the Installation and A2. Both of these fuel specifications
56
must contain NO (0%) bio-fuel. Fuel indicated with tag C133445. On JU4/6
supply level must meet applicable code Series connect each positive cable to the
requirements. Do not use a copper based or large electrical post of the starter motor as
galvanized material for any component of a indicated with tag C133443. Note: the
diesel fuel system. The fuel will chemically JU4/6 Series have a separate starter motor for
react with the zinc resulting in clogged fuel each battery set. On the JDFP/JW6 Series
filters and injector systems. connect each positive cable to the large outer
7) Remove protective covering on air cleaner post of the manual starting contactors as
element. indicated with tag C133443.
8) Connect jacket water heater (if supplied) to 12) Always follow fire pump controller operating
AC power source. For JU4/6 Series the instructions when switching on/off battery
electrical supply requirements are indicated chargers and disconnecting/reconnecting
on the heater body. Connect the supplied batteries from engine.
heater connection wire directly to a customer 13) Note: Clarke Operation and Maintenance
supplied electrical junction box. For Instructions Manual and Clarke parts
JDFP/JW6 Series the electrical supply illustration pages are located inside the
requirements are indicated on the connection engine gauge panel.
box. Connect to the heater directly to the 14) IMPORTANT! In order to obtain prompt
junction box at the end of the heater only. Warranty Service and to comply with
Supply wiring should never be routed Emissions Regulations, this engine must be
through the engine gauge panel. Severe registered to the final installation name and
damage to critical engine control components address. To register this engine, go to
could result. Energize heater only after step www.clarkefire.com and select Warranty
#4 is completed. Registration.
9) Connect exhaust system to flexible
connection on the engine. The exhaust 2.4 SPECIFIC FLYWHEEL COUPLING
system plumbing must be supported by the ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
building structure and not the engine. The
exhaust flexible connection is provided only 2.4.1 Listed Driveshafts
for the purpose of thermal expansion and Refer to Listed Driveshaft Installation,
vibration isolation, not for misalignment or Operation and Maintenance Manual
directional change. C132355
10) Make electrical DC connections between the
engine gauge panel terminal strip (if 2.4.2 Driveshaft
supplied) and the controller per the controller
manufacturer’s instructions. Refer to the To check the alignment of the pump shaft and engine
wiring diagram sticker located on the inside crankshaft centerlines for proper Parallel Offset and
cover of the engine gauge panel for proper Angular tolerance, the driveshaft must be installed
connection of the water solenoid. between the flywheel drive disc (no drive disc on
11) Fill batteries with electrolyte per battery JW6 models) and the flanged hub on the pump shaft.
manufacturer’s instructions. Connect cables
between engine and batteries only after Before removing the driveshaft guard, disconnect the
electrolyte is installed. Refer to the wiring negative battery cable from both batteries.
diagram inside the engine gauge panel cover
(if supplied), or appropriate wiring diagram Before beginning the alignment checks and making
(see Page 5), for correct positive and any necessary corrections, install the driveshaft and
negative connections. Connect negative re-torque all driveshaft connection bolts to the values
cables directly to the brass ground bolt, as given in the following table:
57
BOLT SIZE/ TIGHTENING
MODELS DRIVE SHAFT MATERIAL TORQUE
GRADE ft-lbs
(N-m)
JU4H-10,12,
14,20,22,24
AB26, AEA0, CDS10-SC 7/16-20 Grade 50 - 55
JU4R-09, SC41 8 (68 – 75)
11,13,19, SC41A (Hi-Tensile)
21,23, AEA9
JU4H-
28,30,32,34,
40,42,44,H8,
H0,H2, AEE8, CDS20-SC 1/2-20
75 - 82
AEF2, ADJ8, SC55 Grade 8
(102 – 112)
ADJ2, JU4R- SC55A (Hi-Tensile)
40, AEE7,
AEF1
JU6H-
D0,D2,30,32,
34, 1/2-20
CDS20-S1 75 - 82
JU6R- Grade 8
SC55L-A (102 – 112)
D9,D1,29,31, 33 (Hi-Tensile)
JU4H- 3/8-24 Grade 30-35

CDS30-S1
50,52,54,58, 8 (Hi- (41-48)
JU4R- 49,51,53 Tensile) (See Note 2)
JU6H-
G8,M8,M2,
M0,58,50,52,
54,ABL8,
ABL0,ABL2,
AB76,
68,60,62,84
JU6R- AAG7,
AAL7, AAL9,
AAL1, AAM7,
AAM1,AAM9, 3/8-24 Grade 30-35
CDS30-S1
AA57, AA49, 8 (Hi- (41-48)
SC61L-A
AA51, AA53, Tensile) (See Note 2)
AA67, AA59,
AA61, AA83,
KAG7, KAL7,
KAL9, KAL1,
KAM7, KAM1,
KAM9, KA57,
KA49, KA51,
KA53, KA67,
KA59, KA61,
KA83
7/16-20 Grade 50 - 55
JW6 CDS50-SC
8 (68 – 75)
SC81A
(Hi-Tensile) (See Note 2)
58
JU6H-
AAQ8, KAQ8,
AARG, KARG,
AAPG, KAPG,
7/16-20 Grade 50 - 55
AAS0 KAS0, CDS50-SC
8 (68 – 75)
JU6R- SC81A
(Hi-Tensile) (See Note 2)
AAPF, KAPF,
AAQ7, KAQ7,
AARF, KARF,
AAS9, KAS9,
Note 1 – It is recommended that a medium strength The following steps describe the proper way to check
threadlocker (i.e. Loctite – blue #64040) be used in alignment. A small pocket scale or ruler with
the assembly and torquing of all hardware. This may millimeter markings is recommended to make all
be purchased as part number 23509536. measurements.
Note 2 – 4 of the hi-tensile bolts and/or nuts, that are A) To check the Horizontal Parallel Offset, the
used to connect the driveshaft to the drive disc (all driveshaft must be in the proper orientation.
JU6 models) or flywheel (all JW6 models) and that 1. Rotate the shaft so the reference “AB” on the
connect the driveshaft to the pump companion flange, flywheel disc or the circumference of the
will require a “crow’s foot” wrench attached to a drive shaft flange (against the flywheel) is in
standard torque wrench in order to apply the required the 12 o’clock position shown on figure# 7.
tightening torque. A standard socket will not work 2. Measure from the rear face of the flywheel
due to close proximity of the bolts and/or nuts with drive disc or the drive shaft flange to point A.
the driveshaft yoke. The tightening torque values (Point A is on the bearing bore as shown in
listed for these bolts and/or nuts have been corrected Figure 7, on the instrument panel side of the
for using a “crow’s foot” adapter which extends the engine). This measurement must be:
standard torque wrench’s length.
Measurement Driveshaft
58 + 1mm. CDS10-SC /SC41 / SC41A
68 + 1.5mm. CDS20-SC / SC55 / SC55A
68 + 1.5mm. CDS20-S1 / SC55L-A
84 + 1.5mm. CDS30-S1 / SC61L-A
109 + 2mm. CDS50-SC / SC81A
B) With the driveshaft in the same orientation as the 1. Rotate the shaft 90○ so the reference “CD” on
previous step (Step A), check the Horizontal the flywheel drive disc or the circumference
Angular alignment of the shafts. of the drive shaft flange (against the
1. Measure from the front face of the drive shaft flywheel) is in the position shown on
flange on the pump end to point B. (Point B Figure#8.
is the bearing bore on the exhaust side of the 2. Measure from the rear face of the flywheel
engine). This measurement must be equal to drive disc or the drive shaft flange to point C.
the measurement at point A + 0.5 mm. (Point C is the same as point A with the
C) To check the Vertical Parallel Offset, the driveshaft rotated 90°). The measurement
driveshaft must be re-orientated. must be:
Measurement Driveshaft
60 + 1mm. CDS10-SC / SC41 / SC41A
70.5 + 1mm. CDS20-SC / SC55 / SC55A
70.5 + 1mm. CDS20-S1 / SC55L-A
86.5 + 1mm. CDS30-S1 / SC61L-A
112.5 + 1mm. CDS50-SC / SC81A
59
D) With the driveshaft in the same orientation as the 2.4.3 Other Coupling Types
previous step (Step C), check the Vertical Consult Factory or Clarke website at
alignment of the shafts. www.clarkefire.com for additional
1. Measure the front face of the drive shaft information.
flange on the pump end to point D. (Point D
is the same as point B, with the driveshaft 2.5 WEEKLY TEST
rotated 90). The measurement must be equal
to the measurement at point C + 1 mm. It is recommended that the engine be tested weekly as
Re-install all guards and grease fittings before allowed by local jurisdictions. An experienced
reconnecting the battery cables. operator should be present during the
weekly test.
NOTE: This engine is designed to operate at rated

load conditions. For testing purposes the engine can
be run at lower load (lower flow) conditions.
Running times in any one period should not exceed
30 minutes maximum.
Before starting the engine make sure of the

following:
1) The operator has free access to stop the

engine in an emergency.
Figure #7 2) The plant room ventilation ducts are open
and the engine has good access for air.
3) All the guards are in position and, if not, for
whatever reason, any rotating parts will be
free and clear without restriction.
4) Battery covers are in place and there is
nothing on top of or touching the engine,
which is not part of the original supply
specification.
5a) Heat Exchanger Cooling: The water supply
for coolant is available again without
restriction.
5b) Radiator Cooling: The air supply for cooling
is available again without restriction.
Figure #8
When engine is running make sure that the coolant
DRIVESHAFT MAINTENANCE temperature and oil pressure raw cooling water flow
are within the limits specified on the relevant
1. To service the driveshaft disconnect the Installation & Operation Data Sheet (see Page 5).
negative battery cables, remove the top of
guard and set aside. If the coolant temperature is excessive, check:
2. Rotate engine shaft manually so the u-joint a) Cooling loop strainers
grease fittings are accessible. b) Proper functioning of thermostat
3. Using a hand held grease gun with N.L.G.I. c) Condition of heat exchanger tube bundle
grade 1 or 2 grease position on grease fitting.
Pump with grease until grease is visible at all 2.6 STARTING/STOPPING THE ENGINE
four cap seals.
4. Verify all driveshaft connecting bolts remain 2.6.1 Special Notes to Equipment Installer of an
tight. Re-torque per 2.4.1 if necessary. LPCB Approved (LPS1239) Engine Model:
5. Reinstall top of guard and connect negative
battery cables.
60
Any device fitted to the engine or controller, which #9). Lift and hold MANUAL CRANK #1, until
could prevent the engine starting automatically, shall engine starts, or release after 15 seconds. If unit fails
return automatically to the normal position after to start, wait for 15 seconds, use MANUAL CRANK
manual application. The electrical fuel shutoff #2 and repeat step. If COOLING WATER is not
actuator shall be connected to an Engine Stop button flowing or engine TEMPERATURE is too HIGH,
on the main pump controller. open cooling system manual by-pass valves (applies
to heat exchanger cooled engines only).
The main pump controller shall de-energize the start Note: On JW Engines you can also start engines
motor when the engine has achieved 700-1000 rpm. using manual starting contactors.
On LPCB engines, use main pump controller for
2.6.2 To Start Engine: starting and stopping the engine. Should the main
pump controller become inoperable, the engine can
Use main pump controller for starting. Follow be manually started from the engine gauge panel.
instructions provided by controller manufacturer. For manual starting of an engine with a gauge panel.
(Refer to Figure #9A): Lift and hold MANUAL
On UL/FM engines, use main pump controller for CRANK #1, until engine starts, or release after 15
starting and stopping the engine. Should the main seconds. If unit fails to start, wait for 10 seconds, use
pump controller become inoperable, the engine can MANUAL CRANK #2 and repeat step. If
be manually started and stopped from the engine COOLING WATER is not flowing or engine
gauge panel. For manual starting and stopping of an TEMPERATURE is too HIGH, open cooling
engine with a gauge panel: Position MODE system manual by-pass valves (applies to heat
SELECTOR to MANUAL RUN. (Refer to Figure exchanger cooled engines only).
UL/FM Front Opening Instrument Panel

1
5
7
4
Figure #9
1 – Emergency Operating Instructions 4 – Overspeed Reset

2 – Automatic-Manual Mode Selector 5 – Manual Mode Warning Light
3 – Manual Crank Controls 6 – Overspeed Verification
7 – Overspeed Indication Light
61
Non-Listed Instrument Panel
1 – Emergency Operating Instructions 4 – Overspeed Reset

2 – Automatic-Manual Mode Selector 5 – Warning Light
3 – Manual Crank Controls 6 – Overspeed Verification
LPCB Instrument Panel
Figure #9A
1 – Emergency Operating Instructions

2 – Manual Crank Controls
IMPORTANT: Main pump controller selector

should be in the OFF position when starting from
engine gauge panel. Be sure to return selector on
main pump controller and engine gauge panel to
AUTOMATIC after completing manual run.
62
2.6.3 To Stop Engine loop solenoid until the switch is returned to the OFF
position. The switch should only be used as a
If engine is started from main pump controller use manual, emergency means for operation of the engine
main pump controller to stop the engine. in the event of speed switch failure. Replace speed
If engine is started from engine gauge panel: Return switch immediately upon finding failure.
MODE SELECTOR switch to
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL STOP position, engine 3.0 ENGINE SYSTEMS
will stop. Close cooling system manual by-pass
valve if opened. 3.1 FUEL SYSTEM
IMPORTANT: DO NOT leave the MODE 3.1.1 Bleeding the Fuel System
SELECTOR switch in the MANUAL RUN position
during AUTOMATIC operation. (The controller CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
will be unable to stop the engine and DAMAGE penetrate the skin causing series injury. Relieve
MAY RESULT). pressure before disconnecting fuel or other lines.
Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Engines not equipped with an engine gauge panel, Keep hands and body away from pinholes and
and LPCB engines, have a manual shutdown lever on nozzles, which eject fluids under high pressure.
the engine for shutdown. Use a piece of cardboard or paper to search for
leaks. Do not use your hand.
2.6.4 Emergency Operation – ETR Engines Only If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, it must be
surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor
UL/FM Energized To Run (ETR) engines only familiar with this type injury or gangrene may
In the event that the speed switch fails to energize the result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury
engine’s fuel injection pump solenoid, the engine may call the Deere & Company Medical
instrument panel has been equipped with an Department in Moline, Illinois, or other
Emergency Run Switch. This switch sends battery knowledgeable medical source. Ref figure #10
voltage directly to the fuel injection pump solenoid
which allows for operation of the engine.
Additionally, the Emergency Run Switch will
activate the engine raw water cooling loop solenoid if
the engine is equipped with one.
If engine fails to run with standard starting
procedures, follow these steps to start engine with
Emergency Run Switch:
1. Open the door of the instrument panel Figure #10
2. Locate the Emergency Run Switch, denoted
by the yellow indication label Whenever the fuel system has been opened up for
3. Remove the lock-out screw service (lines disconnected or filters removed), it will
4. Toggle switch to the ON position be necessary to bleed air from the system.
a. Battery voltage will be sent to the
fuel injection pump solenoid and the 3.1.1.1 JU4/6-UF,NL Engine Series:
raw water cooling loop solenoid
1) Loosen the air bleed vent screw (A) two full
5. To shut engine down ensure engine mode turns by hand on fuel filter base. Ref. Figure
selector switch is set to Auto/Manual Stop, #11
fire pump controller is keyed to OFF, and 2) Operate supply pump primer lever (B) until
toggle the engine Emergency Run Switch to fuel flow is free from air bubbles. Ref.
OFF position. Figure #12.
3) Tighten bleed plug securely; continue
Note, activating the Emergency Run Switch will operating hand primer until pump action is
energize the fuel solenoid and the raw water cooling not felt. Push hand primer inward (toward
engine) as far as it will go.
63
4) Start engine and check for leaks.
A A
Figure #11 Figure # 13
B
Figure # 12 Figure #14
If engine will not start, it may be necessary to bleed 3.1.1.2 JU4/6 LP Engine Series
air from fuel system at fuel injection pump or
injection nozzles as explained next. Photo to follow later
At Fuel Injection Pump: 3.1.1.3 JDFP/JW6 Engine Series:
1) Slightly loosen fuel return line connector (A) Refer to Figure #19 for system components location.
at fuel injection pump. Ref figure #13
2) Operate fuel supply pump primer lever until A – Primary Fuel Filter
fuel, without air bubbles, flows from fuel B – Secondary Fuel Filter
return line connection. C – Fuel Injection Pump
3) Tighten return line connector at 16N-m (12 D – Speed Adjustment
lb-ft).
4) Leave hand primer in the inward position At Round Primary Fuel Filter/Water Separator:
toward cylinder block. Ref. Figure #14.
1) Drain water and contaminants from clear
sediment bowl.
2) Loosen air bleed vent screw (A) on fuel filter
base (Figure# 15)
64
3) Operate and primer (B) until fuel flow is free
from air bubbles (Figure#15)
4) Tighten vent screw as hand primer is held in
downward pumping position.
A
Figure #17
If engine will not start, it may be necessary to bleed

air from fuel system at injection nozzles as explained
below.
Figure # 15
At Fuel Injection Nozzle
At Rectangular Final Fuel Filter:
1) Loosen fuel line connection at no. 1 injection
1) Loose bleed plug (A) on fuel filter base nozzle (A) (figure#18)
(figure#16). 2) Crank engine with starting motor (but do not
2) Operate hand primer (B) on fuel supply start engine), until fuel free from bubbles
pump (figure#17), until a smooth flow of flows out of loosened connections. Retighten
fuel, free of bubbling, comes out of the plug connection.
hole. 3) Start engine and check for leaks.
3) Simultaneously stroke the hand primer down 4) If engine does not start, repeat procedure at
and close the filter port plug. This prevents remaining injection nozzles (if necessary)
air from entering the system. Tighten plug until enough air has been removed from fuel
securely. DO NOT over tighten. system to allow engine to start.
4) Start engine and check for leaks.
A
A
Figure #18
Figure #16
65
4) The fuel tank condensation trap has not been
drained in line with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
3.1.3.1 JU4/6-UF,NL Engine Series
1) Close fuel shut-off valve, if equipped

2) Thoroughly clean fuel filter assembly and
D surrounded area.
3) Loosen drain plug (C) and drain fuel into a
B suitable container. Ref figure#21
A
C
Note: Lifting up on retaining ring and rotate it helps
to get past raised locators.
Figure #19
4) Firmly grasp the retaining ring (A) and rotate
3.1.2 Draining the Condensate from the Fuel Filter it counterclockwise ¼ turn. Remove ring
with filter element (B). Ref figure#21
Drain the condensate from the fuel filter. Fuel filters 5) Inspect filter mounting base for cleanliness.
have a drain (B) located at the bottom of their body Clean as required.
(A) figure#20, these filters should be drained each
week to relieve built up water. Note: Raised locators on fuel filter canister must be
indexed properly with slots in mounting base for
correct installation.
6) Install new filter element onto mounting

base. Be sure element is properly indexed
and firmly seated on base. It may be
necessary to rotate filter for correct
alignment.
A If equipped with water separator, remove filter

element from water separator bowl. Drain and clean
separator bowl. Dry with compressed air. Install
water separator bowl onto new element. Tighten
B securely.
Figure #20
3.1.3 Changing the Fuel Filter Cartridges 7) Align keys on filter element with slots in
filter base.
Changing the cartridges and bleed any air from the 8) Install retaining ring onto mounting base
fuel system as per instructions given in section 3.1.1. making certain dust seal is in place on filter
Fuel filter changes should take place as per base. Hand tighten ring (about 1/3 turn) until
recommendations and only using approved filters. It it “snaps” into the detent. DO NOT over
may also be necessary to change filters out with the tighten retaining ring.
recommendations in the event of:
Note: The proper installation is indicated when a
1) The engine has had an overhaul. “click” is heard and a release of the retaining ring is
2) The quality of the fuel is questionable. felt.
3) The engine has been subjected to temporary
adverse conditions outwith it normal A plug is provided with the new element for plugging
operating parameters. the used element.
66
9) Open fuel shut-off valve and bleed the fuel It may be necessary to rotate filter for correct
system. Tighten bleed plug (D). Reference alignment. Ref. Figure #22
Figure #21 7) Install retaining ring to filter base, making
certain dust seal (C) is in place on filter base.
Tighten retaining ring until it locks into
detent position and a “click” sound can be
D heard. Ref. Figure #22
8) Bleed fuel system.
B
C
Figure #21
3.1.3.2 JU4/6 LP Engine Series
3.1.3.3 JDFP/JW6 Engine Series
Each engine has two fuel filters. For the purpose of

identity, the primary filter incorporates the
transparent water separator.
Replacing (round) Primary Fuel Filter/Water Figure #22

Separator
Replacing (rectangular) Secondary Fuel Filter
1) Close fuel shut-off valve at bottom of fuel Element
tank, if equipped.
2) Thoroughly clean fuel filter/water separator 1) Close fuel shut-off valve at bottom of fuel
assembly and surrounding area. tank, if equipped.
2) Loosen bleed plug (C) on side of filter base.
Note: Lifting up on retaining ring (F) as it is rotated Remove drain plug (B) to drain from fuel
helps to get it past retaining dent. Ref. Figure #22 filter. Ref. Figure #23
3) Rotate retaining ring counterclockwise ¼ Note: Keep a small container under drain plug to
turn. Remove ring with filter element. catch draining fuel.
4) Remove water separator bowl (G) from filter
element (E). Drain and clean separator bowl. 3) With fuel filter firm against base, lift up on
Dry with compressed air. Ref. Figure #22 top retaining spring and pull down on bottom
Note: Notice raised locators on filter element. These retaining spring. Pull fuel filter off guide
locators insure proper alignment of filter element to pins of fuel filter base and discard.
filter base. 4) Install new fuel filter onto guide pins of fuel
5) Install water separator bowl onto new filter filter base. Hold filter firmly against base.
element. Tighten securely. 5) Secure bottom filter retaining spring first,
6) Index filter element until longer, vertical then secure top retaining spring (four
locator (D) is oriented opposite mounting arrows).
base. Insert filter element into base securely.
67
6) Install new drawn plug, shown installed. The above tag is stamped to identify the “As
Tighten bleed plug and drain plug securely. Built” Components. Refer to the next two tables
Do not over tighten. to identify:
7) Open fuel shut-off valve and bleed the fuel Table 1) Droop Spring Part Number by Engine
system. Ref. Figure #23 Model and Speed.
Table 2) Run-Stop Solenoid (Internal to Injection
Pump) Part Number by engine voltage.
Injection Pump
“Droop Spring” Part Number
C RPM 1760 2350 2800
2100 2600 2960
2350 3000
MODEL
JU4H-UF10
JU4R-UF09
JU4R-UF11
JU4H-UF20
JU4R-UF19
JU4R-UF21
B JU4H-LP20
JU4R-UF23
JU4H-UFADJ8
JU4H-UFADJ2 13563
JU4H-UFAEA0 or
JU4H-UFAEE8 C02353
Figure #23 JU4H-UFAEF2
JU4R-UFAEA9
JU4R-UFAEE7
JU4R-UFAEF1
3.1.4 Fuel Tanks JU4R-UF13
JU4H-UF14
JU4H-UF24 24339
Keep the fuel tank filled to reduce condensation to a JU4H-UFAB26
JU4H-UF12
minimum. Open drain at the bottom of the fuel tank JU4H-UF22
JU4H-UF32
once a week to drain off any possible water and/or JU4H-UF42 13563
JU4R-UF51 or
sediment. Fill tank after each test run. JU4H-UF52 C02353
JU4H-UFH2
JU4H-UF34
Note: Per NFPA 25 standards, the fuel tank level JU4H-UF44
JU4H-UF54
must never be less than 67% of its capacity. JU4R-UF53
JU4H-LP54
24339
JU4H-LPL4
JU4H-UF84
Maximum Allowable Fuel Head above Fuel pump, JU4H-UF30
Supply or Return. JU4H-UF40
JU4R-UF40
Engine model feet meters JU4H-UF50
JU4H-UFH8 20357
JU4H-UFH0
JU4 & JU6 4.5 1.4 JU4H-UF58
JU4R-UF49
JU4H-LP50
JU6H-UF30
JU6H-UFD0
3.1.5 JU4/6 Fuel Injection Pump Components JU6H-UFG8
JU6H-UFABL0
JU6H-UFABL2
THIS TAG IS SUPPLIED ON ALL JU4 AND JU6 JU6H-UFABL8
JU6H-UFM8
ENGINES JU6H-UFM0
JU6H-UF58
JU6H-UF50
JU6H-UF68
JU6H-UF60
JU6H-UFAAQ8
JU6H-UFAARG
JU6H-UFKAQ8
JU6H-UFKARG
13558
JU6H-UFAAPG
JU6H-UFKAPG
JU6H-UFAAS0
JU6H-UFKAS0
JU6H-LP50
JU6H-LP60
JU6R-UFAA29
JU6R-UFKA29
JU6R-UFAAD9
JU6R-UFKAD9
JU6R-UFAAG7
JU6R-UFKAG7
JU6R-UFAAL9
JU6R-UFKAL9
68
JU6R-UFAAL1
JU6R-UFKAL1 The engine must be provided with adequate
JU6R-UFAAL7
JU6R-UFKAL7
ventilation to satisfy the requirements of the
JU6R-UFAAM7
JU6R-UFKAM7
combustion system, radiator cooling systems where
JU6R-UFAAM9 fitted, and allow adequate dissipation of radiated heat
JU6R-UFKAM9
JU6R-UFAA57 and crankcase emissions. For all this data refer to
JU6R-UFKA57
JU6R-UFAA49 Installation & Operation Data (see Page 5). This data
JU6R-UFKA49
JU6R-UFAA67 can be used for proper sizing of inlet and outlet
JU6R-UFKA67
JU6R-UFAA59
louvers.
JU6R-UFKA59
JU6R-UFAAQ7
JU6R-UFKAQ7 3.2.3 Standard Air Cleaner
JU6R-UFAARF
JU6R-UFKARF
JU6R-UFAAPF
JU6R-UFKAPF Air filter
JU6R-UFAAS9 Base engine Speed
JU6R-UFKAS9 restriction
JU6H-UF32
JU6H-UFD2
All JU4 10
JU6H-UFM2
JU6H-UF52
All JU6
JU6H-UF62
JU6R-UFAA31
except models 12
JU6R-UFKA31
13563 below
JU6R-UFAAD1
or
JU6R-UFKAD1
C02353
UF30,
JU6R-UFAAM1
JU6R-UFKAM1 UFABL8,
JU6R-UFAA51
JU6R-UFKA51 UFM8, UF58, 1470 10
JU6R-UFAA61
JU6R-UFKA61
UF68,
JU6H-UF34
JU6H-UF54
UFAAPG
JU6H-UF84 UFD0, UFD2,
JU6H-UFAB76
JU6R-UFAA33 UF30, UF32,
JU6R-UFKA33 24339
JU6R-UFAA53 UFABL0,
JU6R-UFKA53
JU6R-UFAA83 UFABL2,
JU6R-UFKA83
2350 13
UFM0,
Run-Stop Solenoid Part Number UFM2, UF50,
ETR ETS
12 Volt SD26214 or C07853 SD26921 or C07827 UF52, UF60,
24 Volt SD26387 or C07826 SD26922 or C07828 UF62
Legend: UFD2, UF32,
ETR – Energized to Run
UFABL2,
ETS – Energized to Stop 2600 13
SD # - Stanadyne Part Number UFM2, UF52,
C # - Clarke Part Number UF62
3.1.6 JW6 Fuel Injection Pump Components The standard air cleaner is a reusable type. Should a
situation occur where the air cleaner becomes
For Droop Spring and Run-Stop Solenoid (external to Injection
Pump) part numbers consult factory. plugged with dirt (starving the engine of air), loss of
power and heavy black smoke will result; the air
3.2 AIR/EXHAUST SYSTEM cleaner should be serviced immediately. See figure
#39 for air cleaner part numbers by Clarke Engine
3.2.1 Ambient Conditions Model.
Clarke engines are tested in accordance with SAE CAUTION: Do not attempt to remove the air
J1349 (Clarke USA) or ISO 3046 (Clarke UK). In cleaner while an engine is running nor run the engine
this capacity they may be derated to meet certain site while the air cleaner is off. Exposed components
conditions, failure to do so can seriously impede the could cause severe injury to personnel and major
performance of the engine and could lead to internal engine damage could occur should any
premature failure. foreign matter be drawn into the engine.
3.2.2 Ventilation The air cleaner manufacturer recommends the

following:
69
1. The pre-oiled reusable elements are serviced
with a special oil. The elements can be
serviced or replaced.
2. Figure #24 shows the air filter service
instructions.
3. When servicing the element is not practical,
you can improve filter efficiency by re-
spraying with oil.
NOTE: Do not attempt this while engine is running

NOTE: Do not over oil the reusable element Figure #24
Note: Intake Air Shutoff Valve - Engine may

include an intake air shutoff valve as an optional
feature that is activated by an overspeed event
and provides a positive shutoff of combustion air
to the engine. The optional air intake shutoff
valve has not been evaluated by UL as part of a
UL Listed fire pump driver.
3.2.4 Crankcase Ventilation
3.2.4.1 Open Crankcase Ventilation (Refer to figure

#27b)
Vapors which may form within the engine are
removed from the crankcase and gear train
compartment by a continuous, pressurized ventilation
system.
A slight pressure is maintained within the engine

crankcase compartment. Vapors expelled through a
vent pipe attached to the rocker cover breather
element. Ref. Figure #25, 26, & 27.
Figure #25
JU4H-UF10, 12, 20, 22,UFADA0, JU4-LP20, 24
70
Open Crankcase
Engine Crankcase Ventilation
Model Ventilation System
All Models Standard Optional
Figure #27b
3.2.5 Exhaust System
Excessive back pressures to the engine exhaust can

Figure #26 considerably reduce both engine performance and
JU4H-UF30, 32, 40, 42, 50, 52, H8, H0, H2, 58, UFADJ8, life. It is therefore important that exhaust systems
ADJ2, ADE8,ADF2, ADHG, LP50, 54, & all JU6H should be the proper diameter and be as short as
possible within the minimum amount of bends. Refer
to Installation & Operating Data (see Page 5)for
exhaust data. Also refer to table below for maximum
exhaust restriction.
Exhaust
Base engine Speed backpressure
limit
All JU4 30
All JU6 except
30
models below
UF34, UF54,
Figure #27 (JDFP/JW6H) 2800 25
UFAB76, UF84
UF34, UF54,
3.2.4.2 Crankcase Ventilation System 3000 25
UF84
UF30, UFG8,
A crankcase ventilation system allows for the
UFABL8,
recirculation of vapors (expelled through a vent pipe 1470 20
UFM8, UF58,
attached to the rocker cover breather element) to the
UF68, UFAAPG
combustion air inlet. Refer to figure 27a.
The installation of the exhaust system should consist
of the following:
 Personnel protection from hot surfaces.
 Adequate supports to prevent strain on the
engine exhaust outlet and minimize
vibration.
 Protection against entry of water and other
foreign matter.
While the engine is running inspect exhaust pipe

outlet outside of the pump room itself for
environmental hazards such as excessive smoke
Figure #27a conditions. The following could be used as a guide
for general engine operating conditions.
1) Blue Smoke – Possible engine oil

consumption.
71
2) White Smoke – Possibility of water in 3) Fill the sump to the ‘FULL” mark on the
cylinders, water in fuel or internal engine dipstick with new and clean lubricating oil of
problem. an approved grade.
4) Return the unit back into service by returning
3.3 LUBRICATION SYSTEM the AEC selector to “automatic” position and
the manual operating lever to manual stop
3.3.1 Checking Sump Oil position.
5) Dispose used oil properly.
Check the sump oil level using the dipstick on the
engine as shown in Figure #28 &29. 3.3.3 Changing Oil Filter Cartridge
This level must always be between the dipstick marks 1. Turn engine off.
Min. and Max. with the engine not running. 2. Put a tray under the filter to retain spilt
lubricating oil.
3. Remove the filter with a strap wrench or
similar tool. Then dispose of the filter
properly (Ref Figure #30).
4. Clean the filter head.
5. Add clean engine lubricating oil to the new
filter. Allow the oil enough time to pass
through the filter element.
6. Lubricate the top of the filter seal with clean
engine lubricating oil.
7. Fit the new filter and tighten it by hand only.
Figure #28 Do not use a strap wrench.
JU4/6 8. Ensure that there is lubricating oil in the
sump. On turbocharged engines, ensure that
the engine will not start and operate the
starter motor until oil pressure is obtained.
9. Operate the engine and check for leakage
from the filter. When the engine has cooled,
check the oil level on the dipstick and put
more oil into the sump, if necessary.
10. Return the unit back into service by returning
the main pump controller selector to
“automatic” position and the manual
operating lever to AUTO-OFF position.
Figure #29
JDFP/JW6
3.3.2 Changing Engine Oil
1) Operate the engine until it is warm.

2) Stop the engine. Remove the sump drain
plug and drain the lubricating oil from the
sump. Fit the drain plug tighten the plug to
34 Nm (25lbf-ft) / 3.5 kgf-m.
Figure #30
72
3.3.4 Oil Specification 3.4 COOLING SYSTEM
This engine is factory-filled with John Deere 3.4.1 Intended Engine Operating Temperature
Engine Break-in Oil.
The JU and JW engines are provided with either a
Important: Do not add makeup oil until the oil heat exchanger or radiator to maintain the engine
level is BELOW the add mark on the dispstick. coolant temperature within recommended operating
guidelines.
Break-in period is 1 year from engine start-up.
The JU4H, JU6H, and JW6H have an intended
Low Speed engine models (Nameplate RPM is less engine operating temperature of 160º F (71ºC) to
than or equal to 2600 RPM) are shipped from Clarke 185º F (85º C). A high coolant temperature switch is
with John Deere Break-in oil installed. Break-In Oil provided to indicate a high coolant temperature alarm
(TY22041, 10W30) should be used to make up any at 205º F (96º C) for heat exchanger cooled models
oil consumed during the break-in period. and 215°F (102° C) for radiator cooled models.
High speed engine models (Nameplate RPM is 3.4.2 Engine Coolant

greater than 2600 RPM) are shipped with CI-4,
15W40 oil. On these models any make up oil should The following information is provided as a guide for
meet the requirements of CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, or CI-4, John Deere Engine users in the selection of a suitable
Viscosity Grade 15W40. coolant.
Oil spec to be used after break-in period, all engine The water/ethylene glycol/inhibitor coolant mixture
models: used in John Deere engines must meet the following
basic requirements:
 Provide for adequate heat transfer.
 Provide protection from cavitation damage.
 Provide a corrosion/erosion-resistant
environment within the cooling system.
 Prevent formation of scale or sludge deposits
in the cooling system.
 Be compatible with engine hose and seal
materials.
 Provide adequate freeze and boil over
Figure #31 protection.
WARNING
3.3.5 Oil Capacities (Including Filter) A water and anti-freeze solution is required for
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY pump installations. Premixing this solution prior
MODEL QUARTS (LITERS) to installing is required. This prevents possible
JU4 – All Models 15.5 (14.7)
JU6 – All Models (except JU6H- 21.1 (20.0) pure anti-freeze chemical reactions to block
UFAARG, KARG, AAPG, heater elements which can burnout the element.
KAPG, AAS0, KAS0, AAQ8,
KAQ8, JU6R-UFAARF, KARF,
Please see the I&O section (see Page 5) for proper
AAPF, KAPF, AAS9, KAS9, cooling system capacities of each model.
AAQ7, KAQ7)
JU6H-UFAARG, KARG, 34.3 (32.5)
AAPG, KAPG, AAS0, KAS0,
3.4.3 Water
AAQ8, KAQ8, JU6R-UFAARF,
KARF, AAPF, KAPF, AAS9, Water can produce a corrosive environment in the
KAS9, AAQ7, KAQ7
JW6 – All Models 30.1 (28.5) cooling system, and the mineral content may permit
Figure #32 scale deposits to form on internal cooling surfaces.
Therefore, inhibitors must be added to control
corrosion, cavitation, and scale deposits.
73
Chlorides, sulfates, magnesium and calcium are JU4R naturally aspirated, 19.6 (18.5)
among the materials which make up dissolved solids high speed (>2600 rpm)
that may cause scale deposits, sludge deposits, JU4R turbocharged, low 20.0 (19.0)
corrosion or a combination of these. Chlorides speed (<2600 rpm)
and/or sulfates tend to accelerate corrosion, while JU4R turbocharged, high 19.5 (18.5)
speed (>2600 rpm)
hardness (percentage of magnesium and calcium salts
JU6H low speed (<2600 19.5 (18.5)
broadly classified as carbonates) causes deposits of
rpm)
scale. Water within the limits specified in figure #33 JU6H high speed (>2600 20.0 (19.0)
is satisfactory as an engine coolant when properly rpm)
inhibited. Use of distilled water is preferred. JU6R turbocharged, low 42.5 (40.2)
speed (<2600 rpm)
Grains JU6R turbocharged, high 43.0 (40.7)
Parts per per speed (>2600 rpm)
Materials Million Gallon JU6R turbocharged & 37.5
Chloride (Max.) 40 2.5 aftercooled, low speed
Sulfates (Max.) 100 5.8 (<2600 rpm)
JU6R turbocharged & 38.0
Total Dissolves Solids
aftercooled, high speed
(Max.) 340 20 (>2600 rpm)
Total Hardness (Max.) JDFP-06WA/JW6H-
170 10 UF30,38 22 (21)
Figure #33 JDFP-06WR/JW6H- 23 (22)
UF40,48, 50, 58, 60, H8
3.4.4 Coolant Capacities Figure #34
Use an ethylene glycol coolant (low silicate 3.4.5 Coolant Inhibitor

formulation) that meets the standard of either the GM
6038-N formulation (GM1899-M performance) or The importance of a properly inhibited coolant
ASTM D-6210 requirements. cannot be over-emphasized. A coolant which has
insufficient or no inhibitors at all, invites the
A 50% coolant water solution is recommended. A formation of rust, scale, sludge and mineral deposits.
concentration over 70% is not recommended because These deposits can greatly reduce the cooling
of poor heat transfer capability, adverse freeze systems efficiency and protection capabilities.
protection and possible silicate dropout.
Concentrations below 30% offer little freeze, boil Recommended supplemental coolant inhibitors are a
over or corrosion protection. combination of chemical compounds which provide
IMPORTANT corrosion protection, cavitation suppression, pH
Never use automotive-type coolants (such as those controls and prevents scale. These inhibitors are
meeting only ASTM D3306 or ASTM D4656). available in various forms, such as liquid packages or
These coolants do not contain the correct additives integral parts of anti-freeze.
to protect heavy-duty diesel engines. They often
contain a high concentration of silicates and may It is imperative that supplemental inhibitors be added
damage the engine or cooling system. to all John Deere engine systems. A pre-charge
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY dosage must be used at the initial fill and the
MODEL QUARTS (LITERS) maintenance dosage used at each service interval.
JU4H naturally aspirated, 15.3 (14.5) Serious damage will occur unless inhibitors are used.
low speed (<2600 rpm) Some of the more common corrosion inhibitors are
JU4H naturally aspirated, 15.9 (15)
borates, nitrates and silicates.
high speed (>2600 rpm)
Inhibitors become depleted through normal
JU4H turbocharged, low 15.3 (14.5)
speed (<2600 rpm) operation; additional inhibitors must be added to the
JU4H turbocharged, high 14.8 (14) coolant as required to maintain original strength
speed (>2600 rpm) levels. Refer Figure #35 for proper concentrations of
JU4R naturally aspirated, 19.0 (18.0) inhibitors.
low speed (<2600 rpm)
74
Min. Max Caution: Do not remove pressure cap while coolant
PPM PPM is at normal operating temperatures. Possible
Boron (B) 1000 1500 personal injury could result from the expulsion of hot
Nitrite (NO2) 800 2400 coolant.
Nitrates (NO3) 1000 2000
Silicon (Si) 50 250
Phosphorous (P) 300 500
PH 8.5 10.5
Figure #35
Do not use soluble oils or chromate inhibitors in John

Deere engines. Detrimental effects will occur.
To properly check inhibitor concentrations it may be
necessary to contact your local Service/Dealer for
assistance. Refer to Parts Information Section to
obtain the part number for the factory Coolant
Analysis Kit. This kit can be purchased for a
nominal fee for analyzing the conditions of the
engine’s coolant.
3.4.6 Procedure for Filling Engine
During filling of the cooling system, air pockets may

form. The system must be purged of air prior to
being put in service. This is best accomplished by
filling with a pre-mix solution.
Caution: Do not overfill cooling system.

A pressurized system needs space for heat
expansion without overflowing.
3.4.6.1 Engines without Coolant Recovery Tank

(Figure #35A)
Install the pressure cap, start and run engine for

approximately 5 minutes in order to purge the air
from the engine cavities.
When verifying that the coolant is at a safe operating
level, it is best to wait until the engine temperature
drops to approximately 120ºF (49ºC), or lower,
before removing the pressure cap.
Remove the pressure cap and refill to the proper fill

level. To continue the deaeration process start and
run engine until the temperature stabilizes at
approximately 160°-200° (71°-93° C) or run engine
for 25 minutes, whichever is longer. During this
warming process, you may see coolant coming from
the overflow tube attached at the pressure cap
location. Allow engine to cool, then remove the Figure #35A
pressure cap and refill to the proper fill level.
75
3.4.6.2 Engines with Coolant Recovery Tank 3.4.7.1 Raw Water Supply
(Figure #35B & #35C)
Most Clarke diesel engine fire pump drivers are heat
Remove pressure cap from heat exchanger and fill exchanger cooled and some engines also have a
the cooling system with a 50/50 coolant mixture to charge air cooler (CAC) that uses raw water to cool
pressure cap sealing surface. the air before entering the intake manifold. If you
Note: Use a fill rate of no more than 10 liters/min (3 have a radiator cooled Clarke engine, you can
gpm). Replace heat exchanger pressure cap. disregard this section. Heat exchanger cooled diesel
engine drivers require a clean source of pressurized
Cap water from the discharge side of the fire pump in
order to keep the engine from overheating by
providing a specified minimum amount of raw water
flow.
Heat Exchanger
3.4.7.2 Cooling Loop
Coolant Note: Engine may include a cooling loop as an

Recovery Tank optional feature and has not been evaluated by
Figure #35B UL as part of a UL Listed fire pump driver.
Remove cap from coolant recovery tank and fill the Figure #35D shows the standard NFPA 20 cooling
coolant recovery tank with a 50/50 coolant mixture to loop piping arrangement. The cooling loop consists
a level of 100mm (4”) from bottom of the tank. of an Automatic flow line with a 12V or 24V
Replace cap. solenoid valve (HSC and ES pump applications only)
that is energized to open anytime the engine is called
upon to run from either the fire pump controller or
from the engine instrument panel.
NOTE: VT type pumps applications do not require a

solenoid valve in the Automatic flow line.
NOTE: With the Mechanical Engine and Alarm
Control Board, See section 3.5.5, the solenoid valve
Figure #35C will open 15 seconds after engine shutdown and will
stay open for 60 seconds. This allows for raw water
Start and run engine with fire pump in a no flow or to flow through the heat exchanger and reduce the
low flow condition. Run engine for approximately 1 heat soak rise caused in the engine.
minute. Carefully remove heat exchanger pressure
cap while engine is running. The second flow line is called the Manual by-pass
line and it can be opened at any time if for any reason
Note: Caution should always be taken when the engine shows signs of overheating. Each line has
removing a cap from a system under pressure. two (quarter turn) shutoff values installed and the
normal position of the shutoff valve is to remain open
Refill cooling system to the pressure cap sealing in the Automatic flow line and remain closed in the
surface. Replace heat exchanger pressure cap. Manual by-pass flow line.
Complete deaeration will take several warm up/ cool NOTE: Opening up both lines to flow is never a
down cycles. Always check appropriate coolant level problem should there be some concern of engine
in coolant recovery bottle. overheat, especially if there is an emergency
situation. The Manual by-pass line can only be
opened by an operator in the pump room.
3.4.7 Providing adequate Raw Water Supply to the
Engine Heat Exchanger The shutoff valves are all identified to show which
are Normally Open (Automatic flow line) and which
76
are Normally Closed (Manual by-pass flow line). pressure gauge installed just upstream of the engine
The shutoff valves are also used to isolate water heat exchanger (or CAC) and downstream of the each
pressure in the event of maintenance to pressure pressure regulator. Under normal engine operating
regulators, strainers and solenoid valve. Shutoff conditions with adequate cooling water flowing thru
valves in the automatic flow line are provided with the heat exchanger (or CAC) this gauge should
lockable handles for cooling loops that have been typically read below 20 psi (1.4 Bar).
tested to FM requirements.
Strainers are used to remove debris from the raw
In each flow line there is also a pressure regulator. water supply. One strainer is in the Automatic flow
Each pressure regulator protects the downstream line and the other is in the Manual by-pass flow line.
piping from over-pressurization which includes the Note: See section 3.4.7.5 regarding strainer
tube side of the engine shell & tube heat exchanger maintenance.
(or CAC) and to control raw water flow rate.
Typically the pressure regulators are set to limit
downstream pressure to 60 psi (4 bar). There is a
Figure #35D
3.4.7.3 Setting Raw Water Flow Rate
The proper amount of raw water flow thru this line is provides basic operating conditions of the engine and
of the utmost importance, and the pressure gauge most values are given based upon engine speed. You
value does little to indicate if there is sufficient flow. will find this datasheet in the Operators Manual that
When the engine is exercised weekly, the amount of is shipped with the engine for your specific Clarke
raw water flow exiting the piping to a floor drain model. This datasheet must be available during
should always be checked to verify it does not appear commissioning in order to set the proper minimum
to have diminished. raw water flow. You will need to measure the raw
water temperature and then find the value for
During initial commissioning of the engine, it is recommended minimum raw water flow at your
important to correctly set the raw flow rate going thru
the cooling loop. Each Clarke engine model has an
Installation and Operation (I&O) Datasheet that
77
measured raw water temperature on the I&O is not excessive (usually no more than 40F (4.5C)
Datasheet and then; with the fire pump flowing 150% over ambient raw water temperature) and the engine
of rated flow, and the Automatic flow line open; set is showing no signs of overheating.
minimum flow by using the adjusting screw at the top
of the pressure regulator. 3.4.7.5 Raw Water Quality, Strainers and
Deterioration of Heat Exchanger (or CAC)
NOTE: To increase flow turn the adjusting screw
clockwise and to reduce flow turn the adjusting screw Over time, as the heat exchanger (or CAC) begins to
counterclockwise. plug and foul, this pressure will rise and the flow will
diminish which could mean that the heat exchanger
You will need to capture the flow for a specific (or CAC) may have to be replaced.
amount of time coming out of the heat exchanger and It can be not stressed enough how important it is to
going to a floor drain in order to establish a keep these strainers clean: Most engine failures
reasonably accurate flow rate value. Using a occur due to plugged cooling loop strainers! If the
container or bucket of known volume, record the time raw water supply has debris in it (leaves, stones, etc)
required to fill the container and compare to the gpm as the strainer accumulates more debris (that will not
or L/min value provided on the I&O datasheet. pass thru it), the flowrate will continue to diminish
THIS IS CRITICAL FOR PROPER ENGINE which will eventually starve the engine of adequate
COOLING AT MAXIMUM PUMP LOAD! After cooling water flow which will lead to engine
setting the pressure regulator in the Automatic overheat and catastrophic engine failure. When this
flowline, open the Manual by-pass line valves, and occurs you have no fire protection! Clarke
then close the Automatic flowline valves and repeat recommends that after the initial engine
the above process in order to set the flowrate going commissioning and also prior to each weekly
thru the pressure regulator in the Manual by-pass exercise of the engine / fire pump set, both strainers
line. Once this is completed; close the Manual by- be removed and cleaned and then re-installed before
pass valves and open the Automatic flowline valves starting the engine.
to restore conditions back to normal.
3.4.7.6 Backflow Preventers
3.4.7.4 Raw Water Outlet
NFPA20 allows for the use of backflow preventers in
NOTE: NFPA 20 does allow for the heat exchanger the Automatic and Manual flow line of the cooling
outlet flow to be returned to a suction reservoir. This loop as required by local code. For specific
makes it very difficult to measure the flowrate. application information contact factory.
When discharging to a suction reservoir, NFPA
provides additional requirements: 3.4.7.7 Raw Water Outlet Temperature
1) A visual flow indicator and temperature Certain local codes may not allow you to discharge
indicator are installed in the discharge (waste the waste water outlet from the engine heat
outlet) piping. exchanger either due to its temperature or it now
2) When waste outlet piping is longer than 15ft being considered hazardous waste. It is
(4.6m) and / or the outlet discharges are more recommended you always check local codes
than 4ft (1.2M) higher than the heat regarding waste water discharge.
exchanger, the pipe size increased by at least
one size. 3.4.8 Flow Paths of Engine Cooling System
3) Verify that when the correct flow rate is
achieved that the inlet pressure to the heat The engine coolant flows through the shell side of the
exchanger (or CAC) does not exceed 60psi heat exchanger (or radiator), engine coolant pump, oil
(4bar) cooler, engine block and cylinder head, jacket water
heater, thermostat, expansion tank, and coolant
If you have such an installation, it is recommended recovery tank (if equipped).
that you run the engine for a period of time at
firepump 150% flow and confirm the visual flow On heat exchanger equipped engines raw cooling
indicator is showing water flow, the temperature rise water flows through the tube side of the charge air
78
cooler, if equipped, and the tube side of the heat Refer to Figures #35E for heat exchanger cooled
exchanger. engines and #35F for radiator cooled engines for
cooling system flow path diagrams.
Figure 35E – Heat Exchanger cooled engines
Figure 35F- radiator cooled engines
3.4.9 IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTICE if an event of a restricted flow, collapsed hose,

insufficient coolant level or failed pressure cap is
Any time an engine experiences a high coolant experienced, further investigation of the cooling
temperature alarm condition the primary cause of the system is required.
overheat must be determined and the cause corrected
to prevent a recurring overheat event.. Additionally,
79
1) The coolant shoud be drained (after de- engine
energizing the coolant heater gauge panel
2) Replace the engine thermostat(s) ETR C07602 (NL Models (Mechanical
3) Remove the engine water pump and (JW6) - Optional) Engines)
inspect the impeller and seal for damage, replace as
necessary. Reassemble and refill coolant according
to the Installation and Operations Instruction Manual. LPCB (Mechanical
4) Run the engine to verify normal operating Engine Engines)
temperature. U071056 Gauge Panel
ETS
3.4.9.1 Water Pump Cavitation UL/FM
Front
Cavitation is a condition that occurs when bubbles ETR C071612 Opening
form in the coolant flow in the low pressure areas of Insturment (Mechanical
the cooling system and implode as they pass to the Panel Engines)
higher pressure areas of the system. This can result in
damage to cooling system components, particularly UL/FM
the water pump impeller and cylinder liners. Front
Cavitation in an engine can be caused by: Opening
 Improper coolant Instrument
 Restricted coolant flow caused by collapsed ETR/ETS C071590 Panel with
hose or plugged system C071571/
 Coolant fill cap is loose or unable to retain C071963
the required pressure speed switch
 Insufficient fluid level
 Failure to de-aerate UL/FM
 Overheat Front
Opening
3.5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Instrument
ETR C071299 Panel with
3.5.1 Wiring Diagrams (Only with Engine Gauge C071571/
Panel) C071963
speed and
Run/Stop Drawing Description Reference
emergency
Solenoid No. (DC Document
bypass
Voltage)
switch
Mechanical
ETR = Energized to Run
Engines
NFPA-20
and UL/FM (Mechanical Drawing No. Description
ETR C07575 engine Engines) (AC Voltage)
(JU4/6) gauge panel C07651 NFPA-20,
(NL Models (JU4/6, JW, UL/FM, and LPCB
- Optional) JU JX) Engine Jacket
Electronic Water Heater
Electronic Engines (NL Models -
Engine Optional)
NFPA20 JW
ETR C071360 and UL/FM Electronic Optional Engine
engine Engines C07651 Jacket Water
gauge panel (JDFP/JW6) Heater
(NL Models -
NFPA-20 Optional)
and UL/FM Figure #36
80
3.5.2 Checking Drive Belt Tension and Adjustment OVERSPEED VERIFICATION
All drive belts must be adequately tightened to secure Hold the OVERSPEED VERIFICATION switch in
that both the engine water pump and battery charging the “up” position. This will provide the main pump
alternator (when fitted) are operating efficiently. controller with an overspeed signal and engine
Refer to Figure #37. shutdown at 67% of the set overspeed RPM.
B Start the engine via the main pump controller; the
B speed switch will generate an overspeed signal and
shutdown protecting both the engine and pump.
EXAMPLE
A Rated Speed: 1760 RPM
Overspeed Shutdown: 2112 RPM (120% of
1760 RPM)
Verification Shutdown: 1410 RPM (67% of
2112 RPM)
A
CAUTION-after verification of overspeed, lift the
Figure #37 OVERSPEED RESET switch and reset the main
pump controller to re-instate normal operation of the
To adjust Belt Tension: engine and speed switch.
Check belt tension: Refer to Engineering Technical Bulletin – ETB003,

- Give at arrow must be .4” - .6” (10-15mm). part number C133407, on the www.clarkefire.com
To increase tension of the water pump driving belts: website for adjusting the overspeed setting for range
- Loosen alternator or belt tensioner mounting rated engines.
bolts A and B.
- Adjust to proper belt tension. 3.5.4 Magnetic Pick-Up (when supplied)
- Tighten mounting bolts A and B.
A magnetic pick-up, mounted in the flywheel
3.5.3 Speed Switch (when supplied) housing, provides the input signal for the tachometer
overspeed switch, and/or the main pump controller.
Overspeed is defined as 120% of rated speed for There should be a 0.03" air gap between the top of
engines rated from 1470 through 2600 rpm, and the ring gear and the center of the magnetic pick-up.
110% of rated speed for engines rated from 2800 With one tooth centered in the magnetic pick-up hole,
through 3000 rpm. In the event of an engine thread the pickup in until it touches the gear tooth
overspeed, the speed switch signals the main pump and then back it out 1/2 turn. Tighten jam nut while
controller and also affects an engine shutdown. A holding the pickup in position. Reconnect to wiring
visual overspeed warning lamp will illuminate on the harness.
Clarke panel (figure #37A). The OVERSPEED
RESET (figure# 9) switch is included on the 3.5.5 Mechanical Engine Control and Alarm Board
instrument panel. Should an overspeed condition (MECAB) Speed Switch Troubleshooting
occur, investigate the cause and make necessary
corrections before placing engine back in service. This engine may be equipped with a speed switch p/n
The OVERSPEED RESET must be manually lifted C071571 capable of sensing engine sensor
to reset. malfunctions and/or electrical over-current(s) on
NOTE: This reset operation must be engine alarm circuits and alerting the user via
completed to allow a restart. If not, the flashing status lamps. This flashing status indication
engine will not start thru the main pump is done so with the red “OVERSPEED
controller or manually. SHUTDOWN” lamp on the outside of the Clarke
instrument panel (Figure #37A) and a red LED
located on the middle of the speed switch inside of
81
the Clarke instrument panel (Figure #37B). In Cause:
addition to these flashing status lamps, a “Low
Engine Coolant Temperature Alarm” is sent via Electrical current exceeds 10 amps on one or more
engine / fire pump controller inter-connect circuit engine / fire pump controller inter-connect circuits
#312 as a means to alert the user outside of the
engine room. Engine run alarm (#2)
Engine overspeed alarm (#3)
Note: When first applying battery power to the Engine low oil pressure alarm (#4)
engine, or after activating the overspeed reset switch, Engine high coolant temperature alarm (#5)
the OVERSPEED SHUTDOWN lamp and red LED Engine low coolant temperature alarm (#312)
on the speed switch will flash several times. This is
an “INITIALIZATION PATTERN” and is normal. Corrective actions:
This will be referred to in the following
troubleshooting section. Check each of the above circuits to determine which
contains the current overload.
Once circuit(s) overload are corrected: On the Clarke
instrument panel, operate the “OVERSPEED
RESET” switch for two (2) seconds and release
(Figure #37C).
Figure #37A
Figure #37C
The “INITIALIZATION PATTERN will flash. This is

normal. The continuous two (2) blink flash sequence
should turn off at this point.
Three (3) blinks – Engine Coolant Temperature

Sensor malfunction: Status lamps will flash three
times continuously on the Clarke instrument panel
Figure #37B and a “Low Engine Coolant Temperature” alarm will
be sent to the fire pump controller via circuit #312.
List of Troubleshooting Malfunctions
Cause:
Two (2) blinks – Electrical Current Exceeds 10
Amps on Alarm Circuits: Status lamps will flash Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or
two times continuously on the Clarke instrument closed
panel and a “Low Engine Coolant Temperature”
alarm will be sent to the fire pump controller via Corrective Actions:
circuit #312.
Verify wiring and connector plug at engine coolant
temperature sensor are secure. Sensor is located
behind engine thermostat housing.
82
On the Clarke instrument panel, operate the With engine running, verify that the tachometer is
“OVERSPEED RESET” switch for two (2) seconds functioning normally.
and release. (Refer to Figure #37C).
Refer to section 3.5.4 of Engine Operator’s Manual
The “INITIALIZATION PATTERN will flash. This is to properly reposition the magnetic pick-up if
normal. The continuous three (3) blink flash tachometer is not functioning.
sequence should turn off at this point.
Once magnetic pick-up is repositioned: On the
Clarke instrument panel, operate the “OVERSPEED
If problem still exists, replace engine coolant RESET” switch for two (2) seconds and release.
temperature sensor, Clarke part number C071607 (Refer to Figure #37C).
Five (5) blinks on instrument panel – Oil pressure “OVERSPEED SHUTDOWN” lamp will flash a
switch or Engine speed sensor (magnetic pick-up) sequence of one (1) blink, then four (4) blinks. This
malfunction: Status lamps will flash five times is normal. The continuous five (5) blink flash
continuously on the Clarke instrument panel and a sequence should turn off at this point. If problem still
“Low Engine Coolant Temperature” alarm will be exists, replace engine speed sensor (magnetic pick-
sent to the fire pump controller via circuit #312. up), Clarke part number C071883.
Cause: 3.5.6 FIELD SIMULATION OF PUMP

Oil pressure switch failure or magnetic pick-up CONTROLLER ALARMS
failure.
Field simulation of (5) pump controller alarms
Corrective Actions:
• Alarm 1: Over speed Shutdown: Follow
over speed verification steps per section 3.5.3.
Oil Pressure switch check
Verify wiring and connector at engine oil pressure
• Alarm 2: Low Oil Pressure: With the engine
switch are secure. Pressure switch is located on left
running, jumper across two outer terminals with
side of engine (JU models) and right side of engine
wires attached to the engine mounted Low Oil
(JW models)
Pressure switch.
With engine off, check continuity between the two
Wait for 15 seconds and controller alarm will
terminals on the oil pressure switch. Note, do not
activate.
disconnect wires when performing this task.
• Alarm 3: High Engine Coolant Temperature:
If circuit is open, replace oil pressure switch, Clarke
With the engine running, set the High Engine Coolant
part number C072011.
Temperature DIP switch to “ON” (see Figure #37D).
After new switch is replaced: On the Clarke
Use a fine pick or small screwdriver and slide the
instrument panel, operate the “OVERSPEED
white slider to the left. Wait for 30 seconds and
RESET” switch for two (2) seconds and release.
controller alarm will activate. Set white DIP switch
(Refer to Figure #37C)
slider to “OFF” (right) when simulation is complete.
The “INITIALIZATION PATTERN will flash. This is
• Alarm 4: Low Engine Coolant Temperature: With
normal. The continuous five (5) blink flash sequence
the engine not running, set the Low Engine Coolant
should turn off at this point.
Temperature DIP switch to “ON” (see Figure #37D).
Use a fine pick or small screwdriver and slide the
If circuit is closed, the oil pressure switch is not
white slider to the right. Controller alarm will
damaged and is working normally as expected.
activate immediately. Set white DIP switch slider to
Proceed to engine speed sensor check, below.
“OFF” (left) when simulation is complete.
Engine speed sensor (magnetic pick-up) check
Verify wiring and connector at engine speed sensor
are secure. Magnetic pick-up is located on top of the
flywheel housing.
83
Low Coolant Temperature recommended that this adjustment be performed by
Simulation switch the authorized Service Dealer representative.
OFF ON
To adjust the speed of the engine:
ON OFF
A. Start the engine by following the “To Start
High Coolant Temperature Engine” Procedure in this manual.
Simulation switch
B. Let the engine warm-up. Loosen the jam
nut(s) (Figure #38).
Figure #37D
C. While observing the instrument panel tach
rotate the long adjustor clockwise to lower
• Alarm 5: Overcrank: NEVER shut off the fuel
the RPM and counter clockwise to raise the
supply to the engine to prevent it from
RPM’s until desired speed is obtained. Ref.
starting. Shutting off the fuel supply will
Figure #38A.
cause an air lock condition in the fuel system
D. Holding secure the long adjustor with a
and possibly cause fuel system component
wrench tighten the jam nut.
damage.
E. Stop engine by following “To Stop Engine”
Procedure in this manual.
ETR Governor Solenoid: Activate and hold the
Overspeed Reset switch while performing the
overcrank test. Switch must be held continuously
each time the engine attempts a crank start. This
will allow the engine to crank only but will
prevent it from running.
Figure #38A
ETS Governor Solenoid: Use manual stop
override to prevent the engine from starting If the engine has been designed and tested for range
during the cycle-crank testing. Override must be rating, stamp the metal tag titled “FIELD SETTING”
held continuously each time the engine attempts with the final adjusted speed, horsepower, and
a crank start. This will allow the engine to crank overspeed shutdown setting and keep with the
only but will prevent it from running. engine. Refer to Figure #38B.
3.5.7 BATTERY REQUIREMENTS
All Clarke engine models require 8D batteries, as

sized per SAE J537 and NFPA20. The battery
should meet the following criteria: Figure #38B
Cold Cranking Amps (CCA @ 0°F): 1400 4.0 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Reserve Capacity (minutes): 430
Refer to Clarke drawing C131885 (see Page 5) 4.1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
for additional information on Clarke supplied NOTE: The following Routine Maintenance schedule
batteries. is based on an engine usage rate not exceeding 2
hours per month. For UL/FM engine models, also
refer to NFPA25.
3.6 ENGINE SPEED ADJUSTMENT LEGEND:
 Check
A mechanical governor controls the engine speed.  Clean
The governor is built into the fuel injection pump. All  Replace
governors are adjusted to the rated speed at o Lubricate
nameplate power or maximum allowed pump load WEEKLY
before leaving Clarke. During Start-Up Inspection or  Air Cleaner
when placing reconditioned units into service, some  Battery
minor speed adjustment may be required. It is  Belts
 Coolant Hoses
84
 Coolant Leaks headquarters. When servicing is complete, return
 Coolant Levels and Condition main pump controller selector to "Automatic"
 Cooling Loop Valves Position position and the mode selector on the engine to
 Cooling Water Solenoid Valve “Automatic” position. Advise the appropriate
 Cooling Water Discharge personnel the engine has been returned to the
 Exhaust System “Automatic”.
 Fuel Tank
 General Inspection 5.0 TROUBLE SHOOTING
 Governor Run-Stop Control
 Jacket Water Heater Consult Clarke Service Dealer or Factory. Service
 Lubrication Oil Level dealers can be located by going to our website:
 Operating Gauges www.clarkefire.com.
 Remove Water from Fuel Filter 6.0 PARTS INFORMATION
 Run Engine
 Warning Light 6.1 SPARE PARTS
 Cooling Water Strainers
 Clean Radiator Core Debris (if equipped) To ensure best operation and efficiency of all engine
EVERY 6 MONTHS components, always use genuine Clarke spare parts.
 Batteries
 Battery Charging Alternator Orders should specify:
 Belt tension  Engine Model Number - See Engine General
 Coolant Protection Level  Engine Serial Number - Specification
 Driveshaft U-Joints  Part Number(s) Refer to Engine Maintenance
 Fuel Lines Parts List section 6.2 or Parts Illustration (see
EVERY 1 YEAR Page 5).
 Air Cleaner Contact numbers for spare parts:
 Coolant Inhibitor • www.clarkefire.com
 Crankcase Vent System • Phone USA: (513) 771-2200 Ext. 427 (calling
o Driveshaft U-Joints within USA)
 Fuel & Oil Filters • Phone UK: (44) 1236 429946 (calling outside USA)
 Heat Exchanger Electrode • Fax USA: (513) 771-5375 (calling within USA)
 Lubricating Oil • Fax UK: (44) 1236 427274 (calling outside USA)
 Mounting Isolators • E-Mail USA: parts@clarkefire.com
 Wiring System • E-Mail UK: dmurray@clarkefire.com
EVERY 2 YEARS
 Air Cleaner 6.2 ENGINE MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST
 Batteries
 Belts Refer to Appendix “A“ at the end of this manual.
 Coolant Hoses
 Coolant ENGINE MODEL Air Filter Air Filter Oil
 Thermostat Service Kit
 Remove Water Pump to Inspect Impeller and All 99-55050 C121157
Seal Figure #39
IMPORTANT: Set main pump controller to “OFF” 7.0 OWNER ASSISTANCE

while servicing engine. Before turning the main
pump controller to the "OFF" position, check with Consult Clarke Service Dealer or Factory. Service
the maintenance and security supervisors to verify Dealers can be located by going to our website:
that all the departments concerned will be alerted of www.clarkefire.com.
the temporary interruption of their fire protection
equipment for normal maintenance or testing. Also, 8.0 WARRANTY
alert the local fire department in the event that the
main pump controller is connected by silent alarm to 8.1 GENERAL WARRANTY STATEMENT
85
Note: In the absence of a functional hourmeter,
The satisfactory performance of Clarke engines and hours of use will be determined on the basis of 12
the goodwill of owners / operators of Clarke engines hours of use per calendar day. (*John Deere” means
are of primary concern to the Engine Manufacturer, Deere Power Systems Group with respect to users in
the Engine Service Dealer and Clarke. All provide the United States, John Deere Limited with respect to
support of these products after final installation of the users in Canada, and Deere & Company or its
complete fire pump and sprinkler system. subsidiary responsible for marketing John Deere
equipment in other counties where the user is
Warranty responsibility involves both Clarke and the located)
John Deere service organizations worldwide.
The Engine Manufacturer (John Deere) provides 8.3.2 Warranty Coverage

Warranty for the basic engine components and Clarke
provides warranty on the accessories added to meet This warranty applies to the engine and to integral
the NFPA-20 specifications and FM/UL certification components and accessories sold by John Deere.
requirements.
All John Deere-warranted parts and components of
8.2 CLARKE WARRANTY John Deere engines which, as delivered to the
purchaser, are defective in materials and/or
All Clarke warranted components have warranty for a workmanship will be repaired or replaced, as John
duration of 24 months beginning at the Start-up date Deere elects, without charge for parts or engine repair
of the fire pump system. The warranty coverage labor, including reasonable costs of labor to remove
includes replacement of the part and reasonable cost and reinstall non engine parts or components of the
of labor for installation. Components failed due to equipment in which the engine is installed, and, when
improper engine installation, transportation damage, required, reasonable costs of labor for engine
or misuse is not covered under this warranty. removal and reinstallation, if such defect appears
For additional warranty details, see the specific within the warranty period as measured from the date
warranty statement “John Deere New Engine of delivery to the first retail purchaser, if the delivery
Warranty” on the following page. Also contact is reported to John Deere within 30 days of the
Clarke direct if you have any questions or require delivery.
additional information.
8.3.3 Emissions System Warranty (Non-Road
Clarke is not responsible for incidental or Diesel)
consequential costs, damage or expenses which the
owner may incur as a result of a malfunction or EMISSIONS CONTROL SYSTEM
failure covered by this warranty. CERTIFICATION LABEL
8.3 JOHN DEERE WARRANTY WARNING: Statutes providing severe penalties for
tampering with emissions controls may apply at the
8.3.1 Warranty Duration user’s location.
Unless otherwise provided in writing, John Deere* The emissions warranty described below applies only
makes the following warranty to the first retail to those engines marketed by John Deere that have
purchaser and each subsequent purchaser (if purchase been certified by the United States Environmental
is made prior to expiration of applicable warranty) of Protection Agency (EPA) and/or California Air
each John Deere new off-highway engine marketed Resources Board (CARB); and used in the United
as part of a product manufactured by a company States in equipment. The presence of an emissions
other than John Deere or its affiliates: label like the one shown signifies that the engine has
• 12 months, unlimited hours of use, or been certified with the EPA and/or CARB. The EPA
• 24 months and prior to the accumulation of 2000 and CARB warranties only apply to new engines
hours of use; and on each John Deere engine used in having the certification label affixed to the engine
an off-highway repower application: and sold as stated above in the geographic areas
•12 months, unlimited hours of use. governed by the regulation agencies.
86
o Intercooler
o Turbocharger
o Wastegate control assembly valve
Fuel metering o Aneroid

system (fuel system) o Carburetor
o Choke mechanism
o Electronic injection unit
o Fuel injection assembly
o Fuel injection nozzle assembly
o Fuel injection injector
o Fuel injector nozzle
o Fuel injection valve assembly
o Fuel line
o Gas pressure regulator
o Pressure relief valve/assembly
o Air restriction sensor
o Air temperature sensor
o Coolant temperature sensor
Note: The hp/kW rating on the engine emissions o Fuel temperature sensor
certification label specifies the gross engine hp/kW, o Mass flow module sensor
which is flywheel power without fan. In most o UEGO sensor
applications this will not be the same rating as the o Throttle
advertised vehicle hp/kW rating. Ignition control o Distributor assembly
system o Engine control module
Stationary engines under the NSPS provisions are o Glow plugs
also covered, including stationary fire pump ratings. o Ignition coil
o Ignition control module
Fire pump ratings labeled under the 40 CFR part 60
o Ignition sensor
(NSPS). o Ignition wires
o Spark plugs
U.S. EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY EGR system o EGR cooler
STATEMENT (UNITED STATES ONLY) o EGR valve body
Advanced Oxides of o Lean NOx catalysts
Nitrogen (NOx o Nox absorbers
Emissions control-related parts and components are controls) o Reductant (urea/fuel)
warranted by John Deere for five years or 3000 hours containers/dispensing systems
of operation, whichever occurs first. John Deere Catalyst or thermal o Catalytic converter
further warrants that the engine covered by this reactor system o Double wall portion of exhaust
system
warranty was designed, built, and equipped so as to o Exhaust manifold
conform at the time of sale with all U.S. emissions o Exhaust gas recirculation valve
standards at the time of manufacture, and that it is Particulate Controls o Control device enclosure and
free of defects in materials and workmanship which manifolding
would cause it not to meet these standards within the o Regenerators
o Oxidizers
period of five years or 3000 hours of operation, o Traps
whichever occurs first. o Filters
o Precipitators
Warranties stated in this manual refer only to o Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
sensor
emissions-related parts and components of your
PCV system o Oil filler cap
engine. For complete engine warranty, less o PCV solenoid
emissions related parts and components, ref to 8.3.1. o PCV valve
o Crankcase ventilation filter
COVERED EMISSIONS SYSTEMS AND o Crankcase ventilation valve
Miscellaneous items o Electronic control sensors
COMPONENTS used in the above o Electronic control units (ECUs)
System Sample Sub-Systems and Components systems o ECU software
Air induction system o Air filter housing o Pump/valve controllers
o Air mass sensor assembly o Wiring harness
o Controlled hot air intake system o Coolant temperature sensor
o Heat riser o Emissions labels
o Intake manifold o Sealing gaskets
87
o Thermocouples installation, or storage of the engine, or improper
o Thermostats application, installation, or storage of the engine.
o Vacuum-sensitive valve/switches
Consequences of service performed by someone

8.3.4 Obtaining Warranty Service
other than a party authorized to perform warranty
service, if such service, in John Deere’s judgment,
Warranty service must be requested of the nearest
has adversely affected the performance or reliability
authorized John Deere engine service outlet before
of the engine.
the expiration of the warranty. An authorized service
Consequences of any modification or alteration of the
outlet is a John Deere engine distributor, a John
engine not approved by John Deere, including, but
Deere engine service dealer, or a John Deere
not limited to, tampering with fuel and air delivery
equipment dealer selling and servicing equipment
systems.
with an engine of the type covered by this warranty.
The effects of cooling system neglect as manifested
Authorized service outlets will use only new or
in cylinder liner or block cavitation (“pitting”,
remanufactured parts or components furnished or
“erosion”, “electrolysis”).
approved by John Deere.
Any premium for overtime labor requested by the
Authorized service locations and the name of the
purchaser.
John Deere division or subsidiary making this
Costs of transporting the engine or the equipment in
warranty are listed in the Parts and Service Directory
which it is installed to and from the location at which
for John Deere Engines.
the warranty service is performed, if such costs are in
At the time of requesting warranty service, the
excess of the maximum amount payable to the
purchaser must be prepared to present evidence of the
service location were the warranty service performed
date of delivery of the engine.
at the engine’s location.
John Deere reimburses authorized service outlets for
Costs incurred in gaining access to the engine; i.e.,
limited travel expenses incurred in making warranty
overcoming physical barriers such as walls, fences,
service repairs in non-John Deere applications when
floors, decks or similar structures impeding access to
travel is actually per formed. The limit, as of the date
the engine, rental of cranes or similar, or construction
of publication of this statement, is US $300.00 or
of ramps or lifts or protective structures for engine
equivalent. If distances and travel times are greater
removal and reinstallation.
than reimbursed by John Deere, the service outlet
Incidental travel costs including tolls, meals, lodging,
may charge the purchaser for the difference.
and similar.
8.3.5 Warranty Exclusions
Service outlet costs incurred in solving or attempting
to solve non-warrantable problems.
John Deere’s obligations shall not apply to fuel
injection pump and nozzles during the pump and
Services performed by a party other than an
nozzle manufacturer’s warranty period on the pump
authorized John Deere engine service dealer, unless
and nozzles, components and accessories which are
required by law.
not furnished or installed by John Deere, nor to
Charges by dealers for initial engine start-up and
failures caused by such items. When the pump
inspection, deemed unnecessary by John Deere when
manufacturer’s warranty is less than the engine
operation and maintenance instructions supplied with
warranty, John Deere will reimburse pump repair
the engine are followed.
costs for warrantable-type failures during the
remainder of the original engine warranty period,
Costs of interpreting or translating services.
when so documented by the pump manufacturer’s
approved service outlet.
8.3.7 No Representations or Implied Warranty
8.3.6 Purchaser’s Responsibilities
Where permitted by law, neither John Deere nor any
company affiliated with it makes any guaranties,
The cost of normal maintenance and depreciation.
warranties, conditions, representations or promises,
express or implied, oral or written, as to the
Consequences of negligence, misuse, or accident
nonoccurrence of any defect or the quality or
involving the engine, or improper application,
88
performance of its engines other than those set forth 8.3.10 Additional Information
herein, and DOES NOT MAKE ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OR CONDITIONS OF For additional information concerning the John Deere
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS otherwise New Off-Highway Engine Warranty, see booklet
provided for in the Uniform Commercial Code or Engine Owner’s Warranty – Worldwide.
required by any Sale of Goods Act or any other
statute. This exclusion includes fundamental terms. 9.0 ATCM CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS
In no event will a John Deere engine distributor or REGULATIONS FOR STATIONARY ENGINES
engine service dealer, John Deere equipment dealer,
or John Deere or any company affiliated with John NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER
Deere be liable for incidental or consequential FOR STATIONARY COMPRESSION
damages or injuries including, but not limited to, loss IGNITION ENGINES INSTALLED IN
of profits, loss of crops, rental of substitute CALIFORNIA AFTER JANUARY 1, 2005
equipment or other commercial loss, damage to the
equipment in which the engine is installed or for 1. This Notice and Disclaimer is an addendum
damage suffered by purchaser as a result of to, and made a part of, Clarke’s Fire
fundamental breaches of contract or breach of Protection Products, Inc.’s (“Clarke”)
fundamental terms, unless such damages or injuries Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale and,
are caused by the gross negligence or intentional acts in all respects not inconsistent therewith, also
of the foregoing parties. applies to all sales of stationary compression
ignition engines installed in California after
8.3.8 Remedy Limitation January 1, 2005.
2. Stationary diesel-fueled compression ignition
The remedies set forth in this warranty are the
engines installed in California after January
purchaser’s exclusive remedies in connection with
1, 2005 are subject to California’s Airborne
the performance of, or any breach of guaranty,
Toxic Control Measure for Stationary
condition, or warranty in respect of new John Deere
Compression Ignition Engines (the
engines. In the event the above warranty fails to
“ATCM”), Cal. Code Regs. Title 17, Section
correct purchaser’s performance problems caused by
93115. The California Air Resources Board
defects in workmanship and/or materials, purchaser’s
(“CARB”) has reviewed the emissions
exclusive remedy shall be limited to payment by John
estimation methodology provided by Clarke
Deere of actual damages in an amount not to exceed
Fire Protection Products, Inc. (“Clarke”) and
the cost of the engine.
has concluded that Clarke has used a valid
methodology for estimating the emissions
8.3.9 No Seller’s Warranty
from engines supplied by Clarke and that the
engines presumptively comply with the
No person or entity, other than John Deere, who sells
ATCM’s emissions standards. Clarke’s
the engine or product in which the engine has been
methodology used existing emissions test
installed makes any guaranty or warranty of its own
data associated with similar engines to
on any engine warranted by John Deere unless it
estimate the emissions produced by the
delivers to the purchaser a separate written guaranty
emergency fire pump engines supplied by
certificate specifically guaranteeing the engine, in
Clarke.
which case John Deere shall have no obligation to the
purchaser. Neither original equipment manufacturers, 3. CARB’s determination is not binding on the
engine or equipment distributors, engine or local air districts, which have primary
equipment dealers, nor any other person or entity, has jurisdiction for implementing and enforcing
any authority to make any representation or promise the ATCM. Actual test data in the field or
on behalf of John Deere or to modify the terms or other information established by the local air
limitations of this warranty in any way. districts or CARB that show actual emissions
from an engine supplied by Clarke in excess
of the ATCM limitations could indicate a
violation of the ATCM and subject the seller,
owner and operator of the engine to penalties
89
under California law. Although Clarke
believes that the engines supplied by Clarke
comply with the ATCM based on the
available data and methodology accepted by
CARB, for the foregoing reasons, Clarke
cannot, and does not, guarantee that its
engines will comply with the ATCM
emission regulations.
7. Each Clarke ATCM Compliant Fire
4. CLARKE MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR Pump Driver will be stamped with new
GUARANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, fuel injection pump timing alignment
INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF
marks. Refer to figure #___. Original
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
‘factory” timing marks will be “X” out.
OTHERWISE, THAT THE ENGINES 10.0 INSTALLATION & OPERATION DATA
SUPPLIED BY CLARKE WILL COMPLY (See clarkefire.com)
WITH THE ATCM. CLARKE ALSO
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THAT THE 11.0 WIRING DIAGRAMS
ENGINES SUPPLIED BY CLARKE WILL, (See clarkefire.com)
IN FACT, COMPLY WITH THE ATCM.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CLARKE BE 12.0 PARTS ILLUSTRATION DRAWING
LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR (See clarkefire.com)
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OR
THE ENGINES SUPPLIED BY CLARKE
OR FOR INDEMNIFICATION OF BUYER
ON ACCOUNT OF ANY CLAIM
ASSERTED AGAINST BUYER, OR FOR
ANY OTHER DAMAGE OF ANY KIND,
WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT, IF
THE ENGINES SUPPLIED BY CLARKE
DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE ATCM.
5. If Buyer resells any of the goods sold under
this Agreement, Buyer shall include
language in an enforceable agreement with
its buyer that makes the language in this
Agreement, including Clarke’s disclaimer of
warranties and remedies in paragraph 5,
binding on its buyer. Buyer shall defend,
indemnify and hold Clarke harmless from
any claims, causes of action, damages, losses
or expenses (including reasonable attorney’s
fees) that Clarke incurs by reason of Buyer’s
failure to comply with this paragraph.
6. Each Clarke ATCM Compliant Fire Pump
Driver will be affixed with the following
ATCM Tier 2 Label:
90
13.0 APPENDIX (Alpha Index)
Subject Page Subject Page
A H
ATCM Compliant Engines 47,48 Heaters, Engine 11,13,14,31,36,
Air Cleaner 27,42 37,38,42
Alternator 38,39,43 I
Installation Data *
B Installation Instructions 12
Battery Cables 14,17,18
Battery Recommendations 14, 41 L
Belt Adjustment 14,38,42 Lube Oil Recommendations 30,31
Lubricating Oil Volume 31
C Lubricating System 29
Capacities 31,32
Coolant Recommendations 31,32 M
Cooling System Magnetic Pickup 39
Anti-Freeze Solutions 31 Maintenance Schedule 42
Cooling System Capacity 32 Manual Operation 18
Cooling Water Supply (Loop) 13,18,34,35, 36 Model Number Identification 5
Cooling Water Flow Requirements *
Filling Procedure 32 N
Heat Exchanger 10,11,13,18,19, Name Plate (Engine) 5,6
31, 33,34,35,36,37,43
Inhibitors 31,32,43 O
Maintenance 12,13,14,18, Oil Filter 12,30,43
31,32,34,42 Oil Level Dipstick 29
Radiator 11,12,13,18,27, Oil Pressure *
31,34,36,37,43 Oil Specifications/Recommendations 30,31
Water 31 Operation Data *
Crankcase Ventilation 28,43 Overspeed Reset 19,20,39
Overspeed Verification 39
D
Dipstick, Oil Level 29 P
Driveshaft alignment 14 Parts Illustrations *
Driveshaft Maintenance 18,42 Parts Information 43
Preventive Maintenance Schedule 42
E
Electrical System 38
Engine Models 5,6 S
Engine Protective Systems (overspeed) 19,20,39 Serial Number 5,6,9
Engine Start-Up Service 18 Shutdown Systems 21,39,40
Exhaust System 27,29 Speed Switch 39
Storage 12
F
Filters:
Air Cleaner 27,42 T
Fuel 12,13,21,22,23, Technical Data *
24,25
Lubricating Oil 12,30,43 W
Fuel Specifications 12,13 Warranty 43
Fuel System Operation 21 Wiring Diagram:
Bleeding 21 DC System 14,38*
Pump, Injection 5,21,22,25,26, AC Heater Systems 38*
42,46,48
Pump, Lift 21,22
Service 21 to 25
G
Governor Speed Adjustment 42
* See clarkefire.com
91
Appendix “A”
JU4H AND JU4R MODELS
UF28, 30,
UF10, 12, UF14, 32, 40, 42, UFAEA0,
UF34,
20, 22, 24 50, 52, 58, E8,F2
UF44, 54
AB26 H0, H2, H8 UFADHG,
Clarke Engine Models UF84
JU4R‐ JU4R‐ J8, J2
JU4R‐
JU4R‐09, UF13, JU4R‐ UFAEA9,
UF53
11, 19, 21 23 UF40, E7, F1
49, 51
Part Description Part Number (standard items only, optional items not shown)
Oil Filter C04440 C04521 C04440 C04521 C04616
Fuel Filter (Primary) C02359 C02549 C02359 C02549 C02883
Fuel Filter (Secondary) N/A
Air Filter C03249
Alternator C071047 (12V) or C071048 (24V)
Fuel Injection Pump C02896 C02897 C02898 C02899 C02900 C02901
Heat Exchanger C051128 (USA built) or C051001 (UK built)
RIGHT SIDE‐C07888 AND LEFT SIDE‐C07889 or
Starter Motor (12V) RIGHT SIDE C071071 AND LEFT SIDE‐C071072
Starter Motor (24V) RIGHT SIDE‐C071073 AND LEFT SIDE C071074
Switch, Oil Pressure C071273 OR C071884
Switch, Speed C071001 OR C071571
Switch, Coolant Temperature C125678 OR C071881
Turbocharger N/A C061634 OR C061635 C061636 C061637 C061638
Thermostat C052057 C051275 C052057 C051275 C052057
Nozzle, Injector C02360 C02925
92
JU6H AND JU6R MODELS
UF50,
UF58,
UFD0,
UFG8,
UFM0,
UFM8,
UFAAQ8,
UFABL8,
UFKAQ8,
UFABL0,
UFAARG,
UFABL2,
UFKARG,
UF52,
UFAAPG,
JU6R‐ UFD2, UF34,
UF30, UF60, UFKAPG,
UFAA49, UFM2, UF54, UF84,
UF32, UF68, UFAAS0,
UFKA49, UF62, UFAB54, UFAB76,
UFKAS0,
UFAA57, JU6R‐ UFAB84,
JU6R‐ JU6R‐
UFKA57, UFAA51, JU6R‐ JU6R‐
UFAA29, UFAA59, JU6R‐
Clarke Engine Models UFAAD9, UFKA51, UFAA61, UFAA33, JU6R‐
UFKA29, UFKA59, UFAA59,
UFKAD9, UFAAD1, UFKA61 UFKA33, UFAA83,
UFAA31, UFAA67, UFAAPF,
UFAAG7, UFKAD1, UFAA53, UFKA83
UFKA31 UFKA67 UFKAPF,
UFKAG7, UFAAM1, UFKA53
UFAAQ7,
UFAAL7, UFKAM1
UFKAQ7,
UFKAL7,
UFAARF,
UFAAL9,
UFKARF,
UFKAL9,
UFKAS9
UFAAL1,
UFKAL1,
UFAAM7,
UFKAM7,
UFAAM9,
UFKAM9
Oil Filter C04440 C04521 C04440
Fuel Filter (Primary) C02359 C02550 C02359
Fuel Filter (Secondary) N/A
Air Filter C03396
Alternator C071047 (12V) or C071048 (24V) OR C071517
Fuel Injection Pump C02902 or C02903 C02904 C02905 0C2906 C02907
Heat Exchanger C051127 (USA built) or C051002 (UK built)
RIGHT SIDE‐C07888 AND LEFT SIDE‐C07889 or
RIGHT SIDE C071071 AND LEFT SIDE‐C071072
Starter Motor (12V)
Starter Motor (24V) RIGHT SIDE‐C071073 AND LEFT SIDE C071074
Switch, Oil Pressure C071273 OR C071884 OR C072011 OR C072013
Switch, Speed C071001
Switch, Coolant
C125678 OR C071881
Temperature
Turbocharger C061639 or C061640 C061641 C061642
Thermostat C052057 C051275 C052057
Nozzle, Injector C02360
93
JW6H MODELS
UFH8, UF50,
Clarke Engine Models UF30, UF38 UF40, UF48
UF58, UF60
Oil Filter C04614
Fuel Filter (Primary) C02881
Fuel Filter (Secondary) C02882
Air Filter C03244
Alternator C071047 (12V) or C071048 (24V)
Fuel Injection Pump C02908 C02909 C02910
Heat Exchanger C05804
C071944 or C071072
Starter Motor (12V)
C071937 or C071074
Starter Motor (24V)
Switch, Oil Pressure C071273 OR C071884
Switch, Speed C071001
Switch, Coolant Temperature C125678 OR C071881
Turbocharger C061643 C061644 C061645
Thermostat C052059
Nozzle, Injector C02894 C02895
94
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL BOMBA CENTRIFUGA

PCF-1735 / MCO0852 - PCF-1734 / MEL0898
95
SECCION 6 ITEM 410
FECHADA JUNIO DE 1985
REEMPLAZA ITEMS 411 Y 481,
412,413 Y 483
FECHADA JULIO DE 1980
MANUAL DE INSTRUCCIONES
REPARACIONES
MODELOS 411 Y 481,412,413 Y 483
NOTA
Este manual de reparaciones es aplicable a los modelos de
bomba 411 y 481, 412, 413 y 483. Todas las ilustraciones
muestran el modelo 412. Cuando utilice cualquier solvente de limpieza, observe los
procedimientos normales de seguridad contra incendios.
Las bombas modelo 411 están disponibles con dos opciones para
SERVICIO lubricar los cojinetes de los ejes. Ellas son:
La bomba Aurora no requiere más mantenimiento que una inspec l. Reengrasables (estándar)
ción y lubricación periódicas y una limpieza ocasional. El objeti 2. Lubricación con aceite
vo de la inspección es prevenir las averías y obtener así una vida
de servicio óptima. Los cojinetes lubricados con aceite son opcionales en las bombas
modelo 411. Se mantiene un nivel constante de aceite dentro del
cartucho del cojinete mediante una aceitera que permite una indi
LUBRICACION DE COJINETES cación visual del aceite de reserva.
Los cojinetes reengrasables requieren una lubricación periódica, Durante las instalaciones iniciales, y antes de poner en marcha
la que puede lograrse utilizando el conector para engrase o los ac una unidad que estuvo detenida por reparaciones o durante cual
cesorios de lubricación en el cartucho del cojinete. Lubrique los quier período prolongado, deje correr una suficiente cantidad de
cojinetes a intervalos regulares y utilice grasa de alta calidad. Para aceite para motores tipo l 0W-30 a través de la aceitera como para
lubricar bombas que funcionan tanto en lugares húmedos como mantener un nivel constante de aceite. Esto asegurará que el coji
secos, se recomienda utilizar grasas a base de litio, soda de litio o nete nunca se quede sin suministro de aceite. Para mantener un ni
calcio. Debe evitarse mezclar distintas marcas de grasa debido a vel constante de aceite en la aceitera, éste debe agregarse a inter
que pueden producirse reacciones químicas entre ellas, lo cual po valos. Estos intervalos sólo pueden determinarse por la experien
dría dañar los cojinetes. De la misma manera, evite el uso de gra cia.
sas de base vegetal o animal, que pueden desarrollar ácidos, así
como las grasas que contienen resina de trementina, grafito, talco
y otras impurezas. En ningún caso debe utilizarse la grasa más de
una vez.
Debe evitarse la lubricación excesiva, ya que esta condición pue
de causar el sobrecalentamiento y posibles daños a los cojinetes.
Para uso normal, se garantiza una lubricación adecuada si la can
tidad de grasa se mantiene entre 1/3 a 1/2 de la capacidad del coji
nete y el espacio adyacente que lo rodea.
En lugares secos, cada cojinete necesita lubricación por lo menos
cada 4000 horas de funcionamiento, o cada 6 a 12 meses, según lo
que ocurra primero. En sitios húmedos, los cojinetes deben lubri
carse por lo menos cada 2000 horas de funcionamiento, o cada 4 a
6 meses, según lo que ocurra primero. Se considera que una uni
dad está instalada en un lugar húmedo si la bomba y el motor es
tán expuestos a goteo de agua, a la intemperie, o a condensación Modelo 412
excesiva, como la que se encuentra en sitios bajo tierra sin cale
facción y mal ventilados.
Ocasionalmente, es posible que sea necesario limpiar los cojinetes
debido a la tierra acumulada o a lubricantes deteriorados. Esto
puede lograrse limpiando el cojinete con un aceite liviano calenta
do de 180 a 200 ºF. Mientras se lo hace girar sobre un eje, limpie
el alojamiento del cojinete utilizando un paño limpio embebido en
un solvente de limpieza y enjuague todas las superficies.
Antes de volver a lubricar el cojinete, séquelo por completo. Para
acelerar el secado, puede utilizarse aire comprimido, pero debe Modelo 411 y 481 Modelo 413 y 483
prestarse atención para que los cojinetes no giren mientras se es
tán secando.
A. Conjuntos de bombas completos.
© 1985 AURORA PUMP
NO. AURORA, ILLINOIS
96
MODELOS 411 Y 481-412-413 Y 483
economía, todas las empaquetaduras y las juntas deben reempla

zarse por nuevas cada vez que vuelva a armarse la bomba; es mu
cho más económico reponerlas rutinariamente que reemplazarlas
cuando sea necesario. En general, para efectuar reparaciones, es
económico devolver al fabricante sólo el motor y su controlador.
DESARME DE LA BOMBA. Desarme sólo lo que sea necesario
para realizar las reparaciones o las inspecciones. Para desarmar la
bomba, proceda de la siguiente manera: (Vea la figura 4 para los
modelos 411 y 481, la figura 5 para modelo 412 y la figura 6 para
los modelos 413 y 483).
1. Interrumpa las conexiones eléctricas del motor, o bien tome
otras medidas necesarias, para evitar que durante el desarme la
unidad de mando sea energizada sin intención.
2. Cierre las válvulas o los elementos de control de flujo según
sea necesario para asegurarse de que no se produzca flujo de lí
quido durante el desarme.
B. Carcasa medio desarmada.

En condiciones de trabajo, el aceite se descompone y necesita ser
reemplazado a intervalos regulares. La duración de estos interva
los dependerá de varios factores. Si el funcionamiento se lleva a
cabo normalmente, en sitios limpios y secos, el aceite debe cam
biarse aproximadamente cada un año.
Sin embargo, cuando la bomba está expuesta a la contaminación
del polvo, altas temperaturas (200 ºFo superiores) o funciona en
sitios húmedos, es posible que el aceite tenga que ser cambiado
cada 2 o 3 meses.
El motor que acciona su bomba Aurora puede o no necesitar lu
bricación. Consulte las recomendaciones del fabricante con res D. Componentes externos de los elementos giratorios desarmados que ilus
pecto a las instrucciones de mantenimiento apropiadas. tran el orden de desarme.
NOTA
No es necesario desarmar las tuberías de descarga y de suc
ción, a menos que deba desarmarse todo el conjunto de la
bomba.
3. Drene el líquido de la bomba retirando los tapones (1 y 2).
Desconecte todas las líneas de circulación, refrigeración y de des
vío que estén vinculadas con las partes que deben ser retiradas.
4. Afloje y retire los tomillos de cabeza (6) y sujete la mitad
de la carcasa (8) con el resto del conjunto de la bomba.
NOTA
Si la bomba que está siendo desarmada tiene un tamaño de
4 x 5 x 11 o mayor, también retire los tomillos de cabeza
(7) antes de intentar separar las mitades de las carcasas.
C. Elemento giratorio desmontado de la mitad de la carcasa.
•·
,;'
l�
/
REPARACIONES /;i
La bomba puede desarmarse utilizando las ilustraciones y el texto
(]·. , !,
provistos. A pesar de que se trata el desarme to�al, rara vez será
necesario tener que desarmar completamente su bomba Aurora.
Las ilustraciones que acompañan las instrucciones de desarme ,, 1
,, .(J
muestran la bomba en varias etapas de desarme. Las ilustraciones
tienen como fin asistir en la correcta identificación de las partes
mencionadas en el texto.
Para determinar si las partes pueden volver a ser utilizadas, ins
pecciónelas una vez retiradas durante el desarme. Nunca vuelva a
utilizar una carcasa fisurada. Simplemente por una cuestión de E. Casquillo y arandela de empuje desmontadas.
97
MODELOS 411 Y 481-412-413 Y 483
5. Asegúrese de retirar todos los tornillos de cabeza de fija tención (35) con un par de pinzas de extracción. Retire también la
ción; después, retire cuidadosamente la mitad de la carcasa (8) junta (34).
utilizando un aparejo o una grúa, con una eslinga sujetada alrede
NOTA
dor de los ganchos de fundición de la carcasa y por debajo de la
misma. Si la unidad tiene un eje en tándem, no se utiliza el protec
tor (29).
16. El cojinete externo (38) está colocado a presión en el eje
(65). Para retirarlo, coloque un extractor en el cartucho del cojine
Cuando se suelte la carcasa, tenga extremo cuidado de que te (36) y extraiga del eje el cartucho, el sello de grasa (37) y el co
ésta no se libere de la eslinga, ya que esto causaría daños jinete. En caso de que se deba reemplazar, el sello de grasa puede
considerables a los otros componentes de las bombas. ser presionado fuera del cartucho del cojinete; después extraiga
6. Desmonte la junta (9) y rasque las superficies hermanadas del eje (65) el dispositivo lubricador del cojinete (39), los anillos
de las mitades de la carcasa para remover los restos de la junta de la linterna (52) y el buje (56).
que hayan quedado adheridos durante la separación. Tenga cuida En las series de potencia 6B y 7, retire los anillos rápidos (35A)
do de no rayar o marcar las superficies hermanadas. del lado interno del cojinete. Después deslice del eje el dispositi
7. En los modelos 411,481 y 413,483, afloje el acople flexi vo lubricador del cojinete (39), el anillo de la linterna (52) y el
ble y deslice las mitades hasta separarlas. En las bombas modelo buje (56).
412, retire el eje flexible. 17. La extracción del cojinete interno es básicamente la misma
8. Retire los cuatro tomillos de cabeza (25) que aseguran los que la del cojinete externo. Retire los tomillos de cabeza (41) y
dos casquetes de los cojinetes (26). Levante los casquetes de los deslice del eje el dispositivo lubricador del cojinete (40), el cas
cojinetes (26) y las clavijas (27). Marque los casquetes para ase quete del cartucho (42), el sello de grasa (43) y !a junta (44).
gurarse de que vuelvan a colocarse y se orienten correctamente en 18. Retire empujando o presionando el cartucho del cojinete
los brazos de cojinete respectivos. (45), el sello de grasa (46) y el cojinete (47). Retire del eje el dis
9. Afloje y retire las cuatro tuercas (18), las arandelas (19) y positivo de lubricai;,ión del cojinete (48), el anillo de la linterna
las abrazaderas de los casquetes (20) y asegure las mitades dividi (52) y el buje (56).
das de los dos casquetes del prensaestopas (21). Retire cuatro per 19. Si la bomba gira en sentido derecho, desatornille y retire
nos de chamela (22). primero el casquillo interno (64). Retire el anillo "O" (62). Si la
10. Asumiendo que sea necesario realizar trabajos adicionales bomba gira en sentido izquierdo, destornille y retire primero el
en el conjunto del eje y el impulsor, utilice eslingas de cuerda casquillo interno (64). Retire los anillos "O" (62).
bien sujetas y un aparejo o grúa apropiados para levantarlo de la 20. Si la bomba es de giro derecho, la chaveta (63) retiene el
mitad de la carcasa (69), y colóquelo en un banco o una superficie impulsor (59) y el casquillo (64), o el casquillo (57) si la bomba
de trabajo apropiados. gira en sentido izquierdo. Estas partes pueden removerse extra
yendo el impulsor del eje (65) y retirando la chaveta (63) de su
posición en el chavetero y el casquete. Destornille y retire el cas
quillo y la junta restante.
Tome los cuidados necesarios para no marcar ni dañar el 21. Sólo si es necesario, retire del impulsor (59) el anillo anti
impulsor y/u otras partes. Se recomienda utilizar una cama desgaste (61) (opcional). En las series de potencia 5, 6B y 7, retire
de apoyo o una mesa de trabajo. los tomillos de fijación (78). Coloque un extractor y gradualmente
NOTA retire del impulsor (59) los anillos antidesgaste (61). Para retirar
del impulsor los anillos antidesgaste, es posible que sea necesario
A partir de este punto, el procedimiento de desarme se re tener que cortarlos o recortarlos mediante mecanizado. Si para re
fiere a las bombas que tienen empaquetadura estándar. Si la cortarlos se utiliza un tomo, tenga cuidado de no amordazar el im
bomba tiene sellos mecánicos, vea las instrucciones especí pulsor con excesiva presión, ya que ello puede causarle deforma
ficas. ciones. También tenga cuidado de no extraer ningún material del
11. Retire y descarte los aros de empaquetadura (23). Se reco impulsor mediante el mecanizado.
mienda reemplazarlos con empaquetaduras nuevas cada vez que
se desarme la bomba.
12. Retire la mitad del acople flexible o acople distanciador y
retire la chaveta (24). Si se prefiere, la chaveta puede quitarse gol CASQUETE
O.,:
peándola cuidadosamente desde el extremo externo con un man FLEXIBLE
dril cuadrado de bronce u otra herramienta que no deje marcas y
un martillo pequeño.
13. Retire los dos anillos antidesgaste de la carcasa (28).
14. Retire los conectores para engrase ( 1 O) y los tapones de las
tuberías (12) de los casquetes del cartucho (32 y 42). ,t/ ., ANILLO IMPULSOR
RETEN
15. Afloje y retire los cuatro tornillos de cabeza (31) del cas ASIENTO FUELLE FLEXIBLE
quete del cartucho (32). Si es necesario, puede retirarse el protec FtJO ARANDELA
tor del extremo externo del eje (29) que se encuentra en su recep
táculo en el casquete del cartucho externo. Retire los anillos de re-
Figura l. Sello mecánico
98
MODELOS 411 Y 481-412-413 Y 483
NOTA:
RECESO CONTRA EL CUAL LA CHAVETA EN EL EJE SE UBICA FIRMEMENTE

TRABARA EL COJINETE DE DENTRO DEL CHAVETERO DEL CASQUILLO
CHAVETA DEL
BOLAS
IMPULSOR-
t-o---------A
SERIES DE POTENCIA 6B Y 7 RE-
CESO ADYACENTE A LA RANURA
DEL ANILLO RAPIDO
: SERIES DE TAMAÑO DE SERIES DE TAMAÑO DE SERIES DE TAMAÑO DE

POTENCIA LA BOMBA A POTENCIA LA BOMBA A POTENCIA LA BOMBA A
1 2x 2½x 9 a u ;., 4 4x6x18 11u4, 68 8x10x21 15"-.,
2x 2½ x10 5x 6 x11 10x12x128
2x 2½x12 5x6x15 10x12x158
2 2½x3x10 10'14, 5 X 6 X 17 10 x12x18
2\(. X 3 X 12 6 x 8x11 7 12 X 14 X 158 18'4,
3 • 4 • 10 8x8x11 12x14x18
3 • 4 • 14 5 6x8x15 13:u4, 14x16x18
4x 5x10 6 X 8 X 18
6 X 8 X 20
3 4x5x11 11114,. a.10.12
4x5x13 8x10x15
4x5x15 8x10x17
Figura 2. Casquillo posicionador del eje, rotación derecha
NOTA:
LA CHAVETA EN EL EJE SE UBICA FIRMEMENTE

RECESO CONTRA EL CUAL -1
DENTRO DEL CHAVETERO DEL CASQUILLO
TRABARA EL COJINETE DE
CHAVETA DEL
BOLAS
-IMPULSOR
<EXTREMO
EXTERNO
SERIES DE TAMAÑO DE SERIES DE TAMAÑO DE SERIES DE TAMAÑO DE

POTENCIA LA BOMBA A POTENCIA LA BOMBA A POTENCIA LA BOMBA A
2 X 2½ X 9 5 u 4, 4 4 X 6 X 18 7 u 4, 68 8x10x2J 10"-..
2x 2 1,,;x10 Sx6xll 10 X 12 X 128
2
2x 2½ x12
2 1,S X 3 X 10
2½x3 • 12
,,., .. Sx6xl5
5 X 6 X 17
6 X 8 X 11 7
10 X 12 X 158
10 X 12 X 18
12 X 14 X 158 12 11 4,
3 • 4 x10 8 X 8 X 11 12xl4x18
3 X 4 X 14 5 6x8xl5 g n 4, 14 X 16 X 18
4 X 5 X 10 6 X 8 X 18
3 4x5x11 7 14., 6 X 8 X 20
4x5x13 8xl0x12
4 X 5 X 15 8x10x15
8x10x17
Figura 3. Casquillo posicionador del eje, rotación izquierda
99
MODELOS 411 Y 481-412-413 Y 483
22. Sólo retire de la mitad de la carcasa (69) las clavijas de tra 5. El casquillo del prensaestopas de una sola pieza (49) utiliza
ba y las posicionadoras (66, 67 y 68) si es necesario reponerlas. do con el conjunto del sello mecánico puede ser ahora retirado del
eje.
23. Sólo debe retirarse la placa de identificación (71) y sus tor
nillos si es necesario reponerlos. 6. Si se desea, puede retirarse el anillo "O" (50) del casquillo
del prensaestopas.
24. Para las bombas modelos 413 y 483, destornille los tomi
llos de cabeza (75) para retirar de la mitad de la carcasa (69) el
motor y la abrazadera del motor (74). El motor puede ser separa
do de la abrazadera del motor retirando los tomillos de cabeza
(73). 7. Tenga extremo cuidado al extraer el conjunto del sello (53)
para evitar marcar o dañar de cualquier otra manera las superfi
25. Si se requiere retirar toda la bomba, desconecte de la mitad cies hermanadas bruñidas con precisión.
de la carcasa (69) las tuberías de succión y de descarga. Retire las
tuercas de los pernos de anclaje y retire la mitad de la carcasa (69) 8. Escriba una marca en los casquillos del eje para poder posi
y la base (77) de la bomba levantándolas. Cuando la mitad de la cionar el collarín del sello al volver a armar. Afloje los tomillos
carcasa y la base estén alejadas de las tuberías, colóquelas sobre de fijación (55) que aseguran los collarines de sello (54) a los cas
su costado, de forma tal que, retirando los tomillos de cabeza quillos del eje y deslícelos hasta sacarlos.
(76), pueda separarse la base de la mitad de la carcasa (69).
DESARME DE UNA BOMBA CON SELLOS MECANICOS

1. Realice el procedimiento de desarme como se indicó ante
riormente, hasta el paso 8.
2. Afloje y retire las cuatro tuercas (18) y las arandelas (19).
De esa manera, podrá liberar los pernos de chamela (22) para per
mitir que el conjunto del eje y el impulsor pueda ser levantado
fuera de la mitad de la carcasa (69) utilizando una eslinga y un
Figura G. Cómo retirar el cojinete del eje utilizando un extractor conven
aparejo o grúa, como se describe en el párrafo 10 anterior.
cional.
9. Continúe desarmando el conjunto del sello externo utilizan

do el mismo procedimiento.
Tenga extremo cuidado al mover este conjunto, ya que los 1 O. Después de extraer los sellos mecánicos, proceda con el
sellos cerámicos pueden romperse al aflojarse y deslizarse resto del desarme de la misma manera que se describió para el di
fuera del eje. Para evitar esto, envuélvalos de manera segu seño con empaquetadura.
ra con un paño.
ARMADO
3. Con el conjunto del eje y el impulsor colocado en una mesa,
El armado generalmente se realiza en orden inverso al del desar
una base o un banco de trabajo apropiado, afloje y retire el tapón
me. Si el desarme no fue completo, utilice solamente aquellos pa
de la tubería (12) del casquete del cartucho interno (42). Retire el
sos que están relacionados con su programa de reparación especí
conector para engrase (10) y los tomillos de cabeza (41) y deslice
fico.
el casquete con el sello de grasa (43) hasta el extremo de este eje
(65). Retire la junta (44). l . Para las bombas modelos 412,413 y 483, vuelva a armar la
base (77) a la mitad de la carcasa (69) con los tomillos de cabeza
4. Retire del eje, empujando o presionando,el cartucho del co
(76). Coloque nuevamente estas partes en su fundación y conécte
jinete (45), el sello de grasa (46) y el cojinete (47). Retire el dis
las a las tuberías de aspiración y descarga; después asegure la ba
positivo de lubricación del cojinete (48).
se a su fundación ajustando las tuercas de los pernos de anclaje.
2. Ubique las clavijas posicionadoras (67) en la carcasa infe
rior (69) y agregue las clavijas de los pernos de chamela (68), si
es que éstos se usan en su bomba. Instale las clavijas de los ani
llos antidesgaste (66). Golpee suavemente las clavijas para asen
tarlas en su posición. Si se retiró la placa de características (71),
instálela con los tomillos (70). Instale el anillo "O" (62) en el cas
quillo del eje (64).
3. En una unidad de giro derecho, enrosque el casquillo inter
no (64) en el eje (65) hasta la distancia A (vea la figura 2). En una
unidad de giro izquierdo, enrosque el casquillo externo (57) en el
eje hasta la distancia A (vea la figura 3). Cuando el casquillo está
en posición, su chavetero debe estar alineado con el chavetero del
IJ-\ -Js-·_-�-�'
eje. Cubra la chaveta y el chavetero con sellador Loctite grado
'
\ 242. Inserte la chaveta (63) dentro de los chaveteros del eje y del
�' --··
,.
- 1
casquillo. Llévelo hasta su posición con golpes secos firmes.
,.
F. Impulsor extraído del elemento giratorio externo.
100
MODELOS 411 Y 481-412-413 Y 483
4. Cubra el diámetro interno de los anillos antidesgaste del im del anillo de linterna (52). Todos los otros tamaños de
pulsor (61) (opcionales) con sellador Loctite grado 271 y presió bombas tienen dos anillos de empaquetadura en frente del
nelos sobre los cubos del impulsor (59). No intente llevar los ani anillo de linterna. Escalone las juntas de los anillos de em
llos antidesgaste del impulsor hasta su posición martillándolos, ya paquetadura para que la bomba no tenga fugas excesivas.
que son de ajuste por presión. Se prefiere el uso de una prensa de
SELLOS MECANICOS
eje. Sin embargo, si se coloca un bloque de madera sobre el anillo
antidesgaste del impulsor y se ejerce presión en él, éste trabajará a. Sellos individuales y sellos individuales balanceados
satisfactoriamente. Para las series de potencia 5, 6B y 7 solamen
I. Deslice un collar de cierre de sello (54) con los tornillos
te, se instalarán dos tomillos de fijación (78) taladrándolos dentro
de fijación (55) orientados hacia el impulsor en cada ex
de los anillos antidesgaste y del impulsor. Durante los procedi
tremo del eje. Ubíquelos en las marcas de escritura rea
mientos, debe protegerse la superficie opuesta del impulsor para
lizadas durante el desarme y trábelas en posición.
que no se dañe. A tal fin, dicha superficie debe descansar contra
___
una madera blanda colocada sobre la mesa de trabajo. II. Coloque una pequeña capa de detergente líquido sobre
la superficie del casquillo. Verifique las partes girato
rias del sello para asegurarse de que estén limpias. Dis
tribuya una pequeña capa de detergente líquido en los
•...
diámetros internos de los fuelles flexibles y de las aran
-- .___,,, ,
delas.
III. Coloque sobre el casquillo de eje el resorte de sello, el
anillo impulsor, el retén, el fuelle flexible y la arandela,
en ese orden. (Vea la figura 1).
IV. Inspeccione a fondo la cavidad del casquillo de sello
H. Eje con casquillo y chaveta colocados. (49) para verificar que no existan marcas o rayaduras
que puedan dañar el asiento del sello. Aplique una pelí
cula de detergente líquido al asiento del sello e instálelo
en la cavidad del casquillo de sello, teniendo cuidado de
asentarlo pareja y perpendicularmente.
Los anillos antidesgaste del impulsor debe recibir un cuida NOTA
do especial, ya que se ajustan a presión. Asegúrese de que
los anillos se coloquen perpendicularmente sobre los cubos Si no es posible insertar el asiento con los dedos, coloque
del impulsor. Antes de colocar los anillos antidesgaste del el anillo protector de cartón, provisto con el sello, sobre la
impulsor en su lugar mediante presión, puede utilizarse un superficie pulida del asiento y presione con un trozo de tu
martillo blando para golpear éstos suavemente hasta efec bo que tenga su extremo cortado perpendicularmente. El
tuar la alineación correcta. tubo debe ser levemente más grande que el diámetro del
eje. Retire el cartón después de que el asiento quede firme
5. Cubra el chavetero del impulsor (59) con sellador Loctite. en su lugar.
242 y deslícelo sobre el eje hasta que se asiente firmemente con
tra el casquillo del eje. Coloque los anillos "O" (58) en el casqui
llo del eje (57) y enrosque el casquillo firmemente contra el im
pulsor.
Nunca ponga en servicio un sello mecánico que haya sido
NOTA utilizado sin antes reemplazar o pulir las superficies del
Cuando arme el elemento giratorio de una bomba de la se asiento fijo y de la arandela.
rie 410, es importante que la curva de los álabes del impul V. Coloque los anillos "O" (50) alrededor del casquillo del
sor esté de acuerdo con el sentido de giro de la bomba. prensaestopas y deslice los casquillos de sello hacia los
(Vea el recuadro en las figuras 4, 5 y 6). extremos del eje.
b. Sello doble
I. Coloque un asiento de sello en el collarín (54); el otro
Verifique cuidadosamente que el casquillo del eje apropia encaja dentro del casquillo del prensaestopas (49). Estas
do para la rotación de la bomba se haya fijado con chaveta. partes se colocan dentro de sus cavidades de la misma
Si éste no se fijó correctamente, es posible que éste se aflo manera que lo harían con un sello individual.
je por la rotación durante el funcionamiento de la bomba y II. Coloque anillos "O" (51) alrededor de los collarines
cause daños considerables. (54) y coloque estos últimos en los extremos del eje,
6. Instale la empaquetadura y los sellos mecánicos y asegúre con los asientos fijos orientados hacia el lado opuesto
los de acuerdo con las siguientes instrucciones específicas. del impulsor. Luego deslice el fuelle flexible, las aran
delas y los resortes sobre el eje, en el orden mostrado en
EMPAQUETADURA ESTANDAR la figura 1, para cada mitad del conjunto de sello doble
a. Deslice un buje (56) en cada extremo del eje. El canto le (53).
vantado de estos bujes debe estar orientado hacia el lado III. Coloque los anillos "O" (50) alrededor pel casquillo del
opuesto del impulsor. sello ( 49) y deslice los casquillos del sello en los extre
b. Las bombas de tamaño 2 x 2-1/2 x 9, 2 x 2-1/2 x 10 y 2 x mos del eje con los asientos fijos orientados hacia el im
2-1/2 x 12 tienen un anillo de empaquetadura (23) en frente pulsor.
101
MODELOS 411 Y 481-412-413 Y 483
7. Coloque el dispositivo lubricador de cojinetes (39) en el ex de empaquetadura o los componentes del sello e instale los pernos
tremo externo del eje. de chamela (22) y las mitades de casquillos (21) si la bomba tiene
empaquetadura. Coloque en su lugar las abrazaderas (20), las
8. Presione el sello de grasa (37) dentro del cartucho del coji
arandelas (19) y las tuercas (18) asegurándolas de manera floja.
nete (36). En las series de potencia 6B y 7, vuelva a colocar los
Los pernos de chamela (22) se colocan sobre las clavijas (68) en
anillos rápidos (35A) del lado interno del cojinete. Coloque el co
las bombas de tamaño 4 x 5 x 10 o más pequeñas. En las bombas
jinete de bolas de doble hilera externo (38) en el cartucho del coji
más grandes, los pernos de chamela se fijan en posición mediante
nete y presione estas partes sobre el extremo externo del eje. Co
los tomillos de cabeza (7) después de que la mitad de la carcasa
loque en su posición el anillo retén (35) para asegurar el cojinete
(8) queda en posición.
externo. Coloque la junta (34) y el casquete del cartucho (32) en
su posición y asegúrelos con los tomillos de cabeza (31). 16. Coloque las clavijas (27) dentro de los cartuchos de los co
jinetes. Coloque los casquetes de los cojinetes (26) en su posición
NOTA
y asegúrelos con los tomillos de cabeza (25).
Modelos 412,413 y 483
17. Coloque juntas de carcasa nuevas (9) en la mitad de la car
Durante el armado de la bomba, tanto los orificios para los
casa (69). Coloque la mitad de la carcasa (8) en su lugar y asegú
conectores para engrase de los cartuchos de los cojinetes,
rela a la otra mitad de la carcasa (69) con los tomillos de cabeza
como los agujeros para los tapones de las tuberías de los
(6). Las clavijas (67) se utilizan como medio de posicionamiento
casquetes de los cartuchos, deben estar orientados hacia el
de las dos mitades de la carcasa.
frente de ella.
18. En las bombas de tamaño superior a 4 x 5 x 10, enrosque
9. El protector (29) puede ser colocado en el casquete del car
los tomillos de cabeza (7) asegurándose de que éstos queden colo
tucho. Si la unidad tiene un eje en tándem, presione el sello de
cados a través de los orificios de los pernos de chamela (22).
grasa dentro del casquete del cartucho y deslice el dispositivo lu
bricador de cojinetes sobre el eje. 19. Coloque nuevamente los tapones de drenaje 1) y 2) en las
mitades de la carcasa.
10. Coloque el dispositivo lubricador de cojinetes (48) en el
extremo interno del eje. 20. En las bombas modelos 413 y 483, coloque el motor en la
abrazadera del motor (74) y ajuste ambos con los tomillos de ca
11. Presione el sello de grasa (46) sobre el cartucho del cojine
beza (73). Deslice las mitades de los acoples flexibles sobre los
te (45). Coloque el cojinete de bolas interno (47) en el cartucho
ejes del motor y de la bomba. Fije la abrazadera del motor a la
del cojinete y presione este conjunto sobre el extremo interno del
mitad de la carcasa (69) con los tomillos de cabeza (75). Conecte
eje.
las mitades de los acoples flexibles. En las bombas modelo 412,
12. Presione el sello de grasa (43) para colocarlo dentro del fije el eje flexible. El ángulo ideal de funcionamiento de la junta
casquete del cartucho (42). Coloque !a junta (44) y el casquete del es de 1 a 5 ° . En las bombas modelo 411, si la carcasa inferior fue
cartucho contra el del cojinete y asegúrelo en esa posición con los sacada de la base, vea en la sección de instalación los métodos
tomillos de cabeza (41). Asegúrese de alinear hacia adelante el apropiados para volver a alinear la bomba con el motor y las tube
orificio para el conector para engrase y el agujero del tapón de la rías.
tubería.
21. Vuelva a colocar toda línea de circulación, enfriamiento o
13. Coloque el dispositivo lubricador de cojinetes (40) en el desvío que haya sido desmontada de la bomba. Conecte la ali
eje. Coloque los conectores para engrase (10) en los cartuchos de mentación eléctrica nuevamente al motor.
los cojinetes y los tapones de las tuberías (12) en los casquetes del
PUESTA EN MARCHA DE LA BOMBA DESPUES DEL AR
cojinete. Si la bomba se lubrica con aceite, los tubos de venteo se
MADO. No ponga en marcha la bomba hasta no haber purgado
colocan en los cartuchos de los cojinetes y las aceiteras con co
todo el aire y el vapor. Además, asegúrese de que haya líquido
nectores y codos se colocan en los casquetes de los cartuchos.
dentro de la bomba para proveer la lubricación necesaria.
14. Deslice los anillos antidesgaste de la carcasa (28) sobre los
NOTA
anillos antidesgaste del impulsor (61) y coloque el elemento gira
torio dentro de la mitad de la carcasa (69). Asegúrese de que los No ajuste excesivamente los conjuntos estándar de empa
orificios que están taladrados en la superficie inferior de los ani quetadura antes de volver a poner en servicio la unidad.
llos antidesgaste de la carcasa queden ubicados sobre las clavijas Conecte y desconecte rápidamente la bomba para verificar
(66) previamente colocadas en la mitad de la carcasa (69). Los co el sentido de giro correcto. Posteriormente, permita que la
nectores para engrase y los tubos de venteo deben estar orientados bomba funcione durante un período corto y ajuste gradual
hacia afuera. mente las tuercas (18) hasta que se reduzca el goteo hasta
su nivel normal.
15. Instale la clavija (24) en el extremo del eje correspondiente
al motor (65). Verifique la posición y la alineación de los anillos
NOTA
CUANDO SE ORDENEN PARTES DE REPUESTO, SIEMPRE INCLUYA TIPO,
TAMAÑO Y NUMERO DE SERIE DE LA BOMBA ASI COMO EL NUMERO DE PIEZA
DE LA VISTA DE LA UNIDAD DESARMADA QUE SE INCLUYE EN ESTE MANUAL.
ORDENE TODAS LAS PARTES A SU DISTRIBUIDOR LOCAL AUTORIZADO, A LA OFICINA DE
VENTAS DE LA FABRICA, O A LA FABRICA DE NORTH AURORA, ILLINOIS.
102
MODELOS 411 Y 481-412-413 Y 483
LISTA DE PARTES DE LOS MODELOS 411 Y 481 (Vea la figura 4)
l . Tapón 26. Casquete de cojinete 43. Sello de grasa 59. Impulsor

2.Tapón 27. Clavija 44. Junta 61. Anillo antidesgaste
6.Tornillo de cabeza 28. Anillo antidesgaste 45. Cartucho 62. Anillo "O"
7. Tornillo de cabeza 29. Protector 46. Sello de grasa 63.Chaveta
8. Carcasa 31.Tornillo de cabeza 47.Cojinete 64. Casquillo
9.Junta 32.Casquete del cartucho 48.Dispositivo lubricador 65. Eje
10.Accesorio de engrase 34.Junta 49. Glándula 66. Clavija
12. Tapón 35. Anillo retén 50.Anillo "O" 67. Clavija
18.Tuerca 35A. Anillo retén 51.Anillo "O" 68. Clavija
19. Arandela 36. Cartucho 52. Anillo de linterna 69. Carcasa
20. Abrazadera 37. Sello de grasa 53.Sello 70.Tomillo de mando
21. Mitad del casquillo 38. Cojinete 54. Collarín 71. Placa de características
22. Perno de charnela 39.Dispositivo lubricador 55.Tomillo de fijación 78. Tornillo de fijación
23.Empaquetadura 40.Dispositivo lubricador 56.Buje
24. Chaveta 41.Tomillo de cabeza 57. Casquillo
25.Tornillo de cabeza 42. Casquete del cartucho 58. Anillo "O"
LISTA DE PARTES DEL MODELO 412 (Vea la figura 5)
l . Tapón 26. Casquete de cojinete 43. Sello de grasa 59. Impulsor

2. Tapón 27. Clavija 44. Junta 61. Anillo antidesgaste
6. Tornillo de cabeza 28. Anillo antidesgaste 45. Cartucho 62. Junta
7. Tornillo de cabeza 29. Protector 46. Sello de grasa 63. Chaveta
8. Carcasa 31. Tornillo de cabeza 47. Cojinete 64. Casquillo
9. Junta 32. Casquete del cartucho 48. Dispositivo lubricador 65. Eje
10. Accesorio de engrase 34. Junta 49. Glándula 66. Clavija
12. Tapón 35.Anillo retén 50.Anillo "O" 67. Clavija
18. Tuerca 35A. Anillo retén 51. Anillo "O" 68. Clavija
19. Arandela 36. Cartucho 52. Anillo de linterna 69. Carcasa
20. Abrazadera 37. Sello de grasa 53.Sello 70.Tomillo de mando
21.Mitad del casquillo 38. Cojinete 54. Collarín 71. Placa de características
22.Perno de chamela 39. Dispositivo lubricador 55. Tomillo de fijación 76. Tomillo de cabeza
23. Empaquetadura 40. Dispositivo lubricador 56. Buje 77. Base
24. Chaveta 41. Tomillo de cabeza 57. Casquillo 78. Tomillo de fijación
25. Tornillo de cabeza 42. Casquete del cartucho 58. Junta
LISTA DE PARTES DE LOS MODELOS 413 Y 483 (Vea la figura 6)
l.Tapón 26. Casquete de cojinete 43. Sello de grasa 59. Impulsor

2. Tapón 27. Clavija 44. Junta 61. Anillo antidesgaste
6. Tomillo de cabeza 28. Anillo antidesgaste 45.Cartucho 62. Junta
7. Tomillo de cabeza 29. Protector 46. Sello de grasa 63. Chaveta
8. Carcasa 31. Tomillo de cabeza 47. Cojinete 64. Casquillo
9. Junta 32. Casquete del cartucho 48. Dispositivo lubricador 65. Eje
10. Accesorio de engrase 34. Junta 49. Glándula 66. Clavija
12. Tapón 35. Anillo retén 50. Anillo "O" 67. Clavija
18. Tuerca 35A. Anillo retén 51.Anillo "O" 68. Clavija
19.Arandela 36.Cartucho 52. Anillo de linterna 69. Carcasa
20. Abrazadera 37.Sello de grasa 53.Sello 70. Tomillo de mando
21. Mitad del casquillo 38. Cojinete 54. Collarín 71. Placa de características
22. Perno de chamela 39. Dispositivo lubricador 55. Tornillo de fijación 73. Tomillo de cabeza
23. Empaquetadura 40.Dispositivo lubricador 56. Buje 74. Abrazadera
24. Chaveta 41.Tomillo de cabeza 57.Casquillo 75.Tomillo de cabeza
25. Tornillo de cabeza 42.Casquete del cartucho 58.Junta 76.Tomillo de cabeza
103
MODELOS 411 Y 481
COMPONENTES DEL SELLO
1 � � 1
() ,---- \)
I / d}� \ '--u
50
\
70
3
,-;:?"
co:�ARIÑ
\\
DE SELLO 54 \
2_�11 \s
DOBLE
i
COLLARIN
DE SELLO
SIMPLE
EXTERNO
INTERNO
/
(VISTO DESDE EL EXTREMO

INTERNO)
DESCARGA
SENTIDO DE GIRO
LOS NUMEROS DE PIEZA EN • SOLAMENTE SERIES DE POTENCIA 6B Y 7

NEGRILLAS INDICAN LAS PARTES
DE REPUESTO RECOMENDADAS
NOTA: EL MODELO 481 SE HALLA
DISPONIBLE CON EMPAQUETA
DURA SOLAMENTE
CURVA DEL ALABE DEL IMPULSOR
Figura 4. Vista de la unidad desarmada - modelos 411 y 481
104
MODELOS 412
COLLARIN DE SELLO DOBLE

SENTIDO DE GIRO
55-" 9
53-�
so--o
54 CURVA DEL ALABE DEL IMPULSOR
INTERNO)
49�
-····-. GRUPO
COMPONENTES DE SELLO 66 ,..,. -· ¡---.
n��;¡ ::�):NTERNO
®/ � ,.: .. -� 43
�=iflf
l::--B
61
�r 18 "-.Q 27
19\ 45,_c:;i-"'('§)--
26
--
71 ,.., 48 '@i '9-Gi:Y_'
ss\8/
�
' � 25
r<=l>-
'@�21 �--
l
�-,cw
---------- ¡
68 -,1 : -�
1 DESCARGA BI
- :
- -� "�
21
ffi 22 �
,
e-5s 124-w
1
, 23
1
(g)
SE OMITE
� �
�
I, � 1 1
' 2 >
23 CUANDO SE
:
} 1
@ : 52 --�
., 1
1
UTILIZA SELLO
,, 1 rQ) 1 a:;;-,
. . � 67 llül'-52 MECANICO
1
11 23 <�
'I _ •� (gl 1
rn -6s @
, ' @ 163-W 1
5&--'8)
, - - , /"'e:::, 68 23 1
1 1
\� -:-- t--q.
// <::¡,/ (@ 21 1
�✓:
l 64_
22-,
:
¡1 62 ......._
.._ __ ..........0
20 �---� 1 o
SUCCION 19
"' ,- _ � L!•-o
1 '-...59: �� -�@- 3 9 -
- --J ---J
0�
'4'1>-2 1 "-.......:® 37-@i
1 @
10
27 �6' 26
GRUPO EXTERNO 2
36_...... 5
J5A-@ ' /
�
."' �-2
1
fJ '
--� � .
• -- 71/ �70
LOS NUMERO$ DE PIEZA EN

NEGRILLAS INDICAN LAS PARTES ·soLAMENTE SERIES DE POTENCIA 6B Y 7
DE REPUESTO RECOMENDADAS
Figura 5. Vista de la unidad desarmada- modelo 412
105
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL PANEL DE CONTROL BOMBA JOCKEY

DP – 0450
106
JockeyXG Pump Controllers Installation and Operation Instructions
Jockey
Pump
Controllers
NS550-01 Rev. A
107
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................................1
MOUNTING CONTROLLER ............................................................................................................1

MAKING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ...........................................................................................2
MAKING SYSTEM PRESSURE CONNECTIONS .................................................................................2
GENERAL START UP OPERATION ...................................................................................................3
PROGRAMMING THE JOCKEY XG

User Interface and Display .................................................................................................4
User Menu Structure..........................................................................................................5
Programming Notes ..........................................................................................................6
MAIN MENU - SETTINGS

System Setup
Display
Brightness ..................................................................................................................7
Contrast .....................................................................................................................7
Invert .........................................................................................................................7
Keyboard ...................................................................................................................7
Language and Units
Language ...................................................................................................................7
Pressure Units ............................................................................................................7
Passwords
Level 1 ........................................................................................................................7
Level 2 ........................................................................................................................7
Date & Time
Time ..........................................................................................................................7
Date ...........................................................................................................................7
Date Format ...............................................................................................................7
Daylight Saving ..........................................................................................................8
Timers
On Delay ....................................................................................................................8
Minimum Run ............................................................................................................8
Pump Restart .............................................................................................................8
Pressure
Pressure Units ............................................................................................................8
Start...........................................................................................................................8
Stop ...........................................................................................................................8
Overpressure Alarm ...................................................................................................9
Recording - Delta/Hourly............................................................................................9
Sensor ........................................................................................................................9
Calibration .................................................................................................................9
Reset to Defaults ........................................................................................................9
108
Motor & Power
Phase Margin .............................................................................................................9
Feature Settings
Low Pressure Audible .................................................................................................9
Pump Run Alarm ........................................................................................................9
User Input ................................................................................................................10
Cycle Interval ...........................................................................................................10
Operators Choice 1 ..................................................................................................10
Operators Choice 2 ..................................................................................................10
Reset Cycle Counts ...................................................................................................10
Option Settings ...............................................................................................................11
MAIN MENU - EVENT LOG ...........................................................................................................11
MAIN MENU - DATA HISTORY ......................................................................................................11
MAIN MENU - FACTORY

Configuration - Model
Serial Number ..........................................................................................................11
Model ......................................................................................................................11
Horsepower .............................................................................................................11
Voltage ....................................................................................................................11
Phase Sequence .......................................................................................................12
Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................................12
User Input Number ..................................................................................................12
Screen Saver ............................................................................................................12
Configuration - Options ...................................................................................................12
Configuration - ADC Calibration ......................................................................................12
Diagnostics
Raw Input: Analog....................................................................................................12
Raw Input: Discrete ..................................................................................................12
Raw Input: Keys .......................................................................................................12
Raw Output: Discrete ...............................................................................................12
Jockey XG Starts.......................................................................................................12
Lamp Test ................................................................................................................12
Audible Test .............................................................................................................12
Phase Fail .................................................................................................................13
Phase Reverse ..........................................................................................................13
Tools
Clear Data History ....................................................................................................13
Clear Event Log ........................................................................................................13
Reset to Defaults......................................................................................................13
ABOUT........................................................................................................................................13
109
DANGER
RISK OF ELECTROCUTION
Personal injury or death could occur.
Ensure all power is disconnected before
installing or servicing this equipment.
DANGER
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO INSTALL OR PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON EQUIPMENT WHILE IT IS ENERGIZED!
DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY, OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE MAY RESULT FROM CONTACT
WITH ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT NO VOLTAGE IS PRESENT BEFORE PROCEED-
ING, AND ALWAYS FOLLOW GENERALLY ACCEPTED SAFETY PROCEDURES. CONTROLLER “ON-OFF”
SWITCH MUST BE IN THE EXTREME “OFF” POSITION TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE DOOR. FIRETROL
BRAND PRODUCTS CANNOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY MISAPPLICATION OR INCORRECT INSTALLATION
OF ITS PRODUCTS.
INTRODUCTION
Firetrol® FTA550 XG Jockey Pump Controllers are intended for use with fire pump systems. They
are used for pressure maintenance in fire pump installations to prevent unnecessary cycling of the
main fire pump.
Firetrol jockey pump controllers are listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with
UL508, Standard for Industrial Controls, and CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment. They
are built to meet or exceed the requirements of the approving authorities as well as NEMA and the
latest edition NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
These instructions are intended to assist in the understanding of the installation and operation of
these controllers. Read the instructions thoroughly prior to connecting or operating the controller.
If there are any unanswered questions, please contact the local Firetrol representative or factory
service department.
MOUNTING CONTROLLER
NOTE—Consult the appropriate job plans to determine the controller mounting location. Tools and
materials (all mounting) required:
1. Assortment of common hand tools of the type used to service electromechanical equipment.
2. Drill for drilling wall anchor holes.
3. Hole (conduit) punch.
4. Hand level.
5. Tape measure.
6. Four anchors with bolts and washers, per enclosure.
Procedure—
Note—Refer to the controller dimension drawing for necessary mounting dimensions.
The controller is wall mounted by using at least four (4) wall anchors, 2 anchors for the top mount-
ing brackets and 2 anchors for the bottom mounting brackets. The brackets are dimensionally on the
same center-line for ease in mounting.
1. Using either the dimension print or by measuring the distance between the center lines of the lower
bracket slots, transcribe this dimension onto the wall. Note: The bottom edge of the enclosure
should be a minimum of 12” (305 mm.) from the 1 floor in case flooding of the pump room occurs.
110
2. Drill and put anchors into the wall for the lower mounting brackets.
3. Mark on the wall, the location of the holes in the upper mounting brackets.
4. Drill and put anchors into wall for the upper mounting brackets.
5. Install bolts and washers in lower anchors, leaving a gap between the washer and wall.
6. Align holes in upper mounting brackets and install bolts and washers in anchors.
7. Shim anchors as necessary to ensure rear of enclosure is vertically level and enclosure is not
stressed. Tighten all anchor bolts.
8. Check to be sure enclosure door opens and closes freely and that enclosure is level.
MAKING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

Important Precautions—
Prior to making any field connections:
1. Open door of enclosure and inspect internal components and wiring for any signs of frayed or
loose wires or other visible damage.
2. Verify that the controller information is what is required on the project:
• Firetrol catalog number
• Motor voltage and horsepower
• Incoming line voltage and frequency
• Maximum system pressure
3. Project electrical contractor must supply all necessary wiring for field connections in accordance
with the National Electrical Code, local electrical code and any other authority having jurisdic-
tion.
4. Refer to the appropriate field connection drawing for wiring information.
Procedure—
All field connections, remote alarm functions and AC wiring are brought into the enclosure through
the top, bottom, or side conduit entrances as indicated on the dimensional drawing.
1. Use a hole (conduit) punch, not a torch nor a drill, and punch a hole in the enclosure for the size
conduit being used.
2. Install necessary conduit.
3. Pull all wires necessary for field connections, remote alarm functions, AC power and all other
optional features. Allow enough excess wire inside the enclosure to make up connections to
the appropriate line, load and control terminal block points. Be sure to consult the appropriate
field connection diagram included with the manual. For proper wire sizing, refer to the National
Electrical Code, NFPA 70.
4. Make all field connections to the remote alarm functions and any other optional features. Con-
nect motor to controller load terminals.
5. Verify AC line voltage, phase and frequency with the controller data plate on the enclosure door
prior to connecting. Connect AC power.
6. Check to see that all connections are both correctly wired (in accordance with the field connec-
tion diagram) and tight.
7. Close the enclosure door.
MAKING SYSTEM PRESSURE CONNECTIONS

The controller requires one (1) “System Pressure” connection from the system piping to the en-
closure. The connection fitting, 1/2” FNPT, is provided on the bottom, external side of the enclosure
for this purpose. Refer to NFPA 20 (or Publication GF100-30) for correct field piping procedure of the
sensing line between the pumping system and the controller.
111
GENERAL START UP OPERATION
Voltage Check—
1. Put the HAND-OFF-AUTO Selector Switch in the “OFF” Position.
2. Energize the incoming power feeder.
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
Personal injury could occur.
Service must be done with door open and power
on. Personal Protective Equipment may be
required.
3. Measure the line voltage at L1, L2 and L3 at the top of the disconnect switch. Confirm that the
measured voltage matches the voltage on the data plate.
Motor Rotation–
2. Quickly turn the HAND-OFF-AUTO Selector Switch to the “HAND” position then back to “OFF”
position. This will “bump” the jockey pump motor - observe the rotation of the motor to confirm
it is rotating in the proper direction. If motor rotation is incorrect, turn off jockey disconnecting
means, open door, and switch position of any two of the connected motor leads. Repeat this step
to confirm proper rotation.
Controller Operation–
Each controller has a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch for selection of Manual or Automatic opera-
tion. When placed in HAND, the motor starter is energized and the motor will run until the switch
is placed in OFF. When the switch is placed in AUTO, the motor starter is energized by the XG Pump
Controller when the pressure reaches the “start” pressure setting. The motor stops depending on
the timer settings in the XG Pump Controller.
Before placing controller in service, leave the HAND-OFF-AUTO switch in the “OFF” position. Follow
the Programming Instructions included in this manual to set required pressure, timer and alarm
settings. Place the selector switch in the “AUTO” position. If system pressure is below the “start”
pressure setting, the pump will start.
NOTE: The “STOP” pressure setting must be set at a pressure less than the jockey pump “churn” pres-
sure (including minimum suction pressure), otherwise the pump will run continuously once started.
112
Jockey XG User Interface and Display
2 3
Informational Display Directional Arrows

1 Status and System Pressure 4 Used to go up and down in menu
User Choice 1 screens and change user defined
User Choice 2 values
Switch Position
Active Alarms - Primary Status Notification Silence Alarm Button
Date-Time or Active Timer
5 Used to silence audible alarm
System Status LED’s

2
ESC Button 6 Provide visual indication of
Used to go backwards through
important system information
menu screens
Enter Button
3 Used to go forwards through
menu screens and save user defined
settings
113
Mark IIXG User Menu Structure
Main Menu
Settings
System Setup Date & Time Timers Pressure Phase Margin Feat. Settings Opt. Settings
Display Time On Delay Time Units Setting Low Press. Aud. (As ordered
Language/Units Date Min. Run Time Start Pump Run with controller)
Passwords Daylight Saving Restart Time Stop User Input
Overpressure Cycle Interval
Recording Op. Choice 1
Sensor Op. Choice 2
Calibration Reset Cycle Count
Event Log
Event History
Data History
Calls to Start • Starts • Pump Total Run Time • Last Pump Run Time • Controller
Power On Time • Last Pump Start • Min. Pressure • Max. Pressure • Last Phase
Fail • Last Phase Reverse • Cycle Counts
Factory
Configuration
Diagnostics
Tools
About
Model #
S/N
SW P/N
SW Build Ver.
Boot Code Ver.
114
Programming Notes
The Firetrol JockeyXG is multi-level password protected. User programmable functions are
protected by a Level 1 password.
LEVEL 1 PASSWORD
2-1-1-2
1 Indicates the level of password required to modify a setting.
Note: Many menu settings feature an “enable/disable” option. These options are indicated by a
“ü” for enabled or a “x” for disabled. In many cases this can also be interpreted as “ü” for yes
or a “x” for no.
WARNING
RISK OF PROPERY LOSS,
DEATH OR INJURY
Incorrect or inappropriate controller settings could render the
fire protection system inoperable. Only qualified and knowl-
edgeable personnel should operate this equipment.
115
Jockey XG User Menu Settings
"ü” for enabled or a “x” for disabled.
1 Indicates the level of password required to modify setting.
System Setup - Display

SETTINGS SYSTEM SETUP DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS 1
Use and arrows to set desired display brightness. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS SYSTEM SETUP DISPLAY CONTRAST 1

Use and arrows to set desired display contrast. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS SYSTEM SETUP DISPLAY INVERT 1

Use or arrows to enable/disable inverted display (bright background with dark letters). Press to confirm.
SETTINGS SYSTEM SETUP DISPLAY KEYBOARD 1

Use or arrows to set the amount of time of keyboard inactivity before the display returns to the main screen.
Press to confirm.
System Setup - Language & Units

SETTINGS SYSTEM SETUP LANGUAGE & UNITS LANGUAGE 1
Use and arrows to select preferred display language. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS SYSTEM SETUP LANGUAGE & UNITS PRESSURE 1

Use and arrows to select preferred pressure unit display (psi, bar kPa). Press to confirm.
System Setup - Passwords

SETTINGS SYSTEM SETUP PASSWORDS LEVEL 1 1
Use arrows to set preferred password for level 1 access. Press to confirm.

NOTE: A higher level can change a lower level password (level 2 can change level 1). If passwords are changed from
factory default and forgotten, charges my be incurred to reset the passwords.
Settings - Date & Time

SETTINGS DATE & TIME TIME
1
Use arrows to set current local time (24 hr format). Press to confirm.
SETTINGS DATE & TIME DATE

1
Use arrows to set current date (YYYY-MM-DD). The day of week will automatically update as required.
Press to confirm.
SETTINGS DATE & TIME DATE FORMAT 1

Use arrows to set current date format (YYYY-MM-DD, DD-MM-YYYY, MM-DD-YYYY).
Press to confirm.
116
SETTINGS DATE & TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING
1
Use arrows to enable or disable automatic Daylight Saving time adjustments. Press to confirm.
(+/-) Use arrows to set number of minutes to adjust for at the beginning or end of Daylight Saving
time. Press to confirm.
(DST +) “Begin” - HOUR Use arrows to set the hour of day that Daylight Saving time begins. Press
to confirm.
(DST +) “Begin” - DAY Use arrows to set the day of the month that Daylight Saving time begins.
Press to confirm.
(DST +) “Begin” - MONTH Use arrows to set the month of the year that Daylight Saving time begins.
Press to confirm.
(Example: Hour=2:00, Day=2nd Sun, Month=Mar means Daylight Saving time would begin at 2:00a.m. on the 2nd
Sunday in March)
(DST -) “End” - HOUR Use arrows to set the hour of day that Daylight Saving time ends. Press to
confirm.
(DST -) “End” - DAY Use arrows to set the day of the month that Daylight Saving time ends.
Press to confirm.
(DST -) “End” - MONTH Use arrows to set the month of the year that Daylight Saving time ends.
Press to confirm.
(Example: Hour=2:00, Day=1st Sun, Month=Nov means Daylight Saving time would end at 2:00a.m. on the 1st Sunday
in November)
Timers
SETTINGS TIMERS ON DELAY
1
Use arrows to set preferred on delay time. Press to confirm.
Note: On Delay (also known as sequential start) time, delays the starting of the motor when an automatic call to start is
received.
SETTINGS TIMERS MIN RUN
1
Use arrows to set desired min. run time minutes. Press key and use keys to set desired min. run
time seconds. Press to confirm.
Note: Minimum Run time will begin when motor starts. If minimum run timer is set to 00:00, no run time will occur
and pump will cycle on and off via the start and stop pressure settings.
SETTINGS TIMERS RESTART
1
Use arrows to set desired restart delay time in seconds. Press to confirm.
Note: The restart timer will begin when the motor stops. The motor will not start automatically until the timer expires.
The timer is intended to prevent short-cycling of the pump motor.
Pressure
SETTINGS PRESSURE UNITS
1
Use arrows to set preferred pressure unit system (psi, bar, kPa). Press to confirm.
SETTINGS PRESSURE START 1

Use arrows to set desired pump start pressure. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS PRESSURE STOP 1

Use arrows to set desired pump stop pressure. Press to confirm.
Note: Pump stop pressure must be set below the pump “churn” pressure (including minimum suction pressure), oth-
erwise the pump will run continuously once started.
117
SETTINGS PRESSURE OVERPRESSURE ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the overpressure alarm feature. Press to confirm.
Limit Use arrows to set the pressure limit for the overpressure alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS PRESSURE RECORDING - DELTA 1

Use arrows to set pressure delta recording limit. Press to confirm.
Note: Pressure will be recorded whenever pressure changes by more than set limit.
HOURLY Use arrows to enable or disable hourly pressure recording. Press to confirm.
Note: Pressure will be recorded every hour, on the hour.
SETTINGS PRESSURE SENSOR

The maximum operating pressure of the installed pressure sensor (transducer) is shown. This value cannot be modi-
fied from this location.
SETTINGS PRESSURE CALIBRATION - SET TO ZERO 2

Note: Before proceeding, place jumper wire between field terminals #1 & 10 to prevent starting of the motor. A cali-
brated pressure gauge will be required to correctly adjust the settings.
Remove/relieve system pressure from the controller sensing line. If gauge shows 0 psi, no adjustments are required;
otherwise set zero calibration to same value as displayed on pressure gauge. (Example: With system pressure removed
the gauge reads 3 psi, set zero calibration value to 3).
Use arrows to set zero calibration value. Press to confirm.
Using calibrated gauge, restore pressure to controller sensing line. Adjust span setting to match the value shown on
the gauge.
SET TO SPAN Use arrows to set span calibration value. Press to confirm.
Note: Remove interlock jumper wire when calibration is complete.
SETTINGS PRESSURE RESET TO DEFAULT 2
Use arrows to enable the reset (pressure) to default option. Press to confirm. All user calibration settings
will be reset to factory defaults and reset setting will revert back to disabled.
Phase Margin
SETTINGS PHASE MARGIN 1
Use arrows to set the percentage of differential between phases to initiate a phase imbalance alarm.
Press to confirm.
Feature Settings
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS LOW PRESSURE AUD 1
Use arrows enable or disable the audible alarm for Low System Pressure. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS PUMP RUN ALARM

AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Pump Run Alarm. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output for the Pump Run Alarm. Press to confirm.
118
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS USER INPUT
ENABLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the user defined alarm. Press to confirm.
ON DELAY 1
Use arrows to select an on delay time before the alarm is acknowledged (0-99 seconds).
Press to confirm.
AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to select if the user input activates the audible alarm. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to select if the user input activates the common alarm output. Press to confirm.
ON MESSAGE TEXT 1
Use arrows to program the message that is displayed and recorded when the user defined alarm is acti-
vated. Press to confirm.
OFF MESSAGE TEXT 1
Use arrows to program the message that is displayed and recorded when the user defined alarm is deacti-
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS CYCLE INTERVAL

ENABLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the cycle interval counter (number of start/stop cycles during a specific time
period). Press to confirm.
DATE FORMAT 1
Use arrows to select required date format (mm-dd-yyyy, dd-mm-yyyy, yyyy-mm-dd).
Press to confirm.
START DATE AND TIME
1 Use arrows to select the desired start date. Press to confirm.
1 Use arrows to select the desired start time. Press to confirm.

END DATE AND TIME
1 Use arrows to select the desired end date. Press to confirm.
1 Use arrows to select the desired end time. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS OPERATORS CHOICE 1 1

The operator can choose 2 lines of information to be shown on the main screen of the display. Available options are;
stop pressure setting, start pressure setting, cycles/period, cycles/month, cycles/day, cycles/hour, total cycle count,
pump total run time.
Use arrows to select the desired information to be displayed on line 1 (below status and pressure information).
Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS OPERATORS CHOICE 2 1
The operator can choose 2 lines of information to be shown on the main screen of the display. Available options are;
stop pressure setting, start pressure setting, cycles/period, cycles/month, cycles/day, cycles/hour, total cycle count,
pump total run time.
Use arrows to select the desired information to be displayed on line 2 (below status and pressure information).
Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS RESET CYCLE COUNTS 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the reset cycle counts option. Press to confirm.
Note: Once cycle counts are reset to zero, the previous cycle counts cannot be recovered.
119
Option Settings
SETTINGS OPTION SETTINGS
NOTE: The list of available options and the settings associated with them will vary with each controller. Below are the
most common user defined settings that may appear.
AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for selected option. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output for selected option.
Press to confirm.
Event Log
EVENT LOG
The Event Log is a record of events (pressure recording, alarms, starts, etc...) that are stored in the memory of the
Mark IIXG. The last 3000 events are kept in this memory. The events are stored in the order that they occur, with the
most recent being “first” (the last event that occurred will be event #1). The following keys are used to browse through
the event log:
Move forward through the events one at a time (1 - 2 - 3....etc)
Move backward through the events one at a time (55 - 54 - 53....etc)
Move forward through the events ten at a time (60 - 70 - 80....etc)
Move backward through the events ten at a time (91 - 81 - 71....etc)
Pressing and holding of the arrow keys will allow the scrolling to move faster.
Data History
DATA HISTORY
The Data History is a record of important data and events that are kept throughout the life of the controller.
Use arrows to scroll through the information stored in the Data History log. The available information is:
Numbers of calls to start • Number of actual starts • Pump total run time • Pump last run time • Total controller
power on time • Last pump start time/date • Minimum system pressure • Maximum system pressure • Last phase
failure • Last phase reversal • Total Cycle Count • Average Cycle Count/Hour • Cycle Count Last Hour • Average Cycle
Count/Day • Cycle Count Last Day • Average Cycle Count/Month • Cycle Count Last Month • Cycle Count/Set Interval
FACTORY CONFIGURATION MODEL
SERIAL NUMBER 3
Use arrows to enter the controller serial number. Press to confirm.
NOTE: This is a factory set parameter and under normal circumstances would never be changed.
MODEL 3
Use arrows to select required model number. Press to confirm.
HP (HORSEPOWER) 3
Use arrows to select required motor horsepower. Press to confirm.
VOLTAGE 3
Use arrows to select required voltage. Press to confirm.
120
PHASE SEQUENCE 1
Use to select required phase sequence (1~, abc, cba). Press to confirm.
PRESSURE SENSOR 3
Use to enable or disable the use of a pressure sensor (transducer). Press to confirm.
USER INPUT NUMBER 3
Use to select input used for user defined option. Press to confirm.
SCREEN SAVER 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the screen saver function. Press to confirm.
NOTE: The display screen is designed to automatically dim 5 minutes after returning to the home screen and without
any activity. The screen will “wake up” or return to set brightness on a key press or any event that would cause a mes-
sage to appear on the screen. This feature is designed to prolong the life of the display. It is not recommended that
this function be disabled.
Configuration - Options
FACTORY CONFIGURATION OPTIONS 3
This is area where ordered options are added by the factory. Any user defined parameters for these options would ap-
pear in the SETTING/OPTION SETTINGS menu.
Configuration - ADC Calibration

FACTORY CONFIGURATION ADC CALIBRATION 4
This area displays the values of the Analog to Digital Converter calibrations. This calibration is done by the manufac-
turer. Any changes to these settings would have to be made by the factory.
Diagnostics
FACTORY DIAGNOSTICS
RAW INPUT: ANALOG
Input values are shown. This information is for factory level troubleshooting purposes.
RAW INPUT: DISCRETE
RAW INPUT: KEYS
RAW OUTPUT: DISCRETE
Output values are shown. This information is for factory level troubleshooting purposes.
JOCKEY XG STARTS
Displays the total number of times the Jockey XG has been booted.
LAMP TEST 1
Use arrows to enable the lamp test. Press to begin test. All System Status LED’s should illuminate.
Use arrows to disable the lamp test. Press to end test. System Status LED’s should turn off and
return to normal indications.
AUDIBLE TEST 1
Use arrows to enable the audible test. Press to begin test. The audible alarm should sound.
Use arrows to disable the audible test. Press to end test. The audible alarm will turn off.
121
PHASE FAIL 2
Use arrows to enable the phase failure test. Press to begin test. The phase failure should be indicated.
Use arrows to disable the phase failure test. Press to end test. The phase failure should clear.
PHASE REVERSE 2
Use arrows to enable the phase reversal test. Press to begin test. The phase reversal should be indicated.
Use arrows to disable the phase reversal test. Press to end test. The phase reversal should clear.
FLAGS
These flags are a part of a manufacturer level testing tool.
Tools
FACTORY TOOLS
CLEAR DATA HISTORY 3
Use arrows to enable this option. Press to confirm. Data History will be cleared and option will automati-
cally revert back to disabled.
NOTE: Once cleared, this data cannot be recovered.
CLEAR EVENT LOG 3
Use arrows to enable this option. Press to confirm. The Event Log will be cleared and option will automati-
RESET TO DEFAULTS 3
Use arrows to enable this option. Press to confirm. The Mark IIXG will be reset to “out of the box” default
settings.
NOTE: All user and factory configuration settings will be lost.
About
ABOUT
Information is shown for: Model Number, Serial Number, Software (Part Number, Build Number, Date), and Boot Code
(Part Number, Version Information and Checksum Information).
122
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL PANEL DE CONTROL MARK II BOMBA MOTOR DIESEL

DP – 0069
123
Installation and Operation Instructions FTA1100
Mark IIXG Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers
NS1100-50
ECN 225126
124
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................................1

Wall Mount................................................................................................................... 1 - 2
Floor/Base Plate Mount......................................................................................................2
MAKING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ...................................................................................... 2 - 4
PROGRAMMING THE MARK IIXG ...................................................................................................4

User Menu Structure..........................................................................................................6
Programming Notes ..........................................................................................................7

System Setup
Display
Brightness ..................................................................................................................8
Contrast .....................................................................................................................8
Invert .........................................................................................................................8
Keyboard ...................................................................................................................8
Language and Units
Language ...................................................................................................................8
Pressure Units ............................................................................................................8
Passwords
Level 1 ........................................................................................................................8
Level 2 ........................................................................................................................8
Date & Time
Time ..........................................................................................................................8
Date ...........................................................................................................................8
Date Format ...............................................................................................................8
Daylight Saving ..........................................................................................................9
Timers
On Delay ....................................................................................................................9
Minimum Run / Off Delay ...........................................................................................9
Pressure
Pressure Units ............................................................................................................9
Start...........................................................................................................................9
Stop ...........................................................................................................................9
Automatic Shutdown Disabled ...................................................................................9
125
Pressure (continued)
Overpressure Alarm .................................................................................................10
Recording - Delta .....................................................................................................10
Sensor ......................................................................................................................10
Calibration ...............................................................................................................10
Engine & Cranking
Control.....................................................................................................................10
Overspeed (Engine Terminal #1) ..............................................................................10
Alarm Limits
Overpressure Alarm Enabled ....................................................................................10
Volts DC ...................................................................................................................10
Volts DC Min. ...........................................................................................................10
Volts DC Max. ...........................................................................................................11
Volts AC Min. ............................................................................................................11
Volts AC Max. ...........................................................................................................11
Coil Check ................................................................................................................11
Feature Settings
AC Power Loss Start ..................................................................................................11
Interlock Alarm ........................................................................................................11
Low Pressure Audible ...............................................................................................11
Low Suction .............................................................................................................11
Main Switch Mis-Set .................................................................................................11
Manual Test ..............................................................................................................12
Pump Run Alarm ......................................................................................................12
Remote Start ............................................................................................................12
User Input ................................................................................................................12
Weekly Test Setup .............................................................................................. 12-13
Low Pump Room Temp ............................................................................................13
Low Reservoir ...........................................................................................................13
Relief Valve Open .....................................................................................................13
High Fuel Level .........................................................................................................13
High Reservoir..........................................................................................................14
Option Settings ...............................................................................................................14
MAIN MENU - USB

Save to USB .....................................................................................................................14
Remove Drive ..................................................................................................................15
MAIN MENU - FACTORY

Serial Number ..........................................................................................................15
Model ......................................................................................................................15
Battery Type .............................................................................................................15
Battery Voltage ........................................................................................................15
126
MAIN MENU - FACTORY (continued)
Pressure Sensor ........................................................................................................15
Autostart NC ............................................................................................................15
User Input Number...................................................................................................15
Low Suction .............................................................................................................15
Screen Saver.............................................................................................................15
Diagnostics
Raw Input: Analog ....................................................................................................16
Raw Input: Keys ........................................................................................................16
Mark IIXG Starts ........................................................................................................16
Lamp Test ................................................................................................................16
Audible Test .............................................................................................................16
USB Test ...................................................................................................................16
Flags ........................................................................................................................16
Tools
Clear Event Log.........................................................................................................16
Reset to Defaults ......................................................................................................16
Firmware Update .....................................................................................................16
MAIN MENU - ABOUT .................................................................................................................16
BATTERY CHARGER INFORMATION .............................................................................................17
127
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
Personal injury could occur.
the FTA1100. Read through these instructions thoroughly prior to connecting the controller. If there
are any questions unanswered in these instructions, please contact the local Firetrol representative
or factory service department.
INTRODUCTION
Firetrol® FTA1100 combined automatic and manual diesel engine fire pump controllers are intended
for starting and monitoring fire pump diesel engines. They are available for use with 12 or 24 volt
negative ground systems using lead acid or Nickel-Cadmium batteries. FTA1100 fire pump controllers
are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., in accordance with UL218, Standard for Fire Pump Control-
lers, CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment (cUL), and approved by Factory Mutual. They are
built to meet or exceed the requirements of the approving authorities as well as NEMA and the latest
editions of NFPA 20, Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps, and NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
MOUNTING CONTROLLER—
Note—Consult the appropriate job plans to determine controller mounting location. Controller must
be mounted within view of the engine.
Tools and Materials (all mounting):
3. Drill for drilling wall/floor anchor holes.
4. Hand level.
5. Tape measure.
6. Four (4) anchors with bolts and washer—if wall mount. Six (6) anchors, bolts and washers—if floor/
base mount.
Wall Mount—
Procedure—
1. Locate bottom mounting brackets and hardware.
2. Inspect for damage.
3. Gently lay the controller on its back, using protection so the paint is not damaged. It is best to lay
the controller in a location that is out of the way from actual mounting location.
4. Attach each bracket to the bottom of the enclosure using the supplied hardware . Tighten nuts
securely.
WARNING
RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY
Controller cannot stand upright with the bottom
mounting brackets attached. Leave laying on its
back until the wall anchors are ready for controller
installation.

The controller is wall mounted by using four (4) wall anchors, 2 anchors for the top ears and 2
anchors for the bottom mounting brackets. The ears and brackets are dimensionally on the same
center-line for ease in mounting.
128
5. Using either the dimension print or by measuring the distance between the center lines of the 2
lower bracket slots, transcribe this dimension onto the wall. Note: The bottom edge of the en-
closure should be a minimum of 12” (305 mm.) from the floor in case flooding of the pump room
occurs.
6. Drill and put 2 anchors into the wall for the 2 lower bracket slot mounts.
7. Mark on the wall, the location of the holes in the upper mounting ears.
8. Drill and put 2 anchors into wall for the upper mounts.
9. Install bolts and washers in 2 lower anchors, leaving a gap between the washer and wall.
10. Lift the controller and place the bottom mounting slots down onto the 2 lower anchor bolts. Do
not tighten bolts.
11. Align holes in upper mounting ears and install 2 bolts and washers in anchors.
stressed. Tighten all 4 anchor bolts.
Floor/Base Plate Mount—

Procedure–
MOUNTING LEGS (OPTIONAL - IF ORDERED)
Procedure—
1. Unpack legs and mounting hardware.
2. Inspect legs for damage.
4. Attach each leg to the bottom of the enclosure using the provided hardware . Tighten nuts se-
curely.
5. After legs are securely attached, stand the controller up on its legs for mounting. Each leg has 3
holes on the bottom for anchoring to the floor or base plate.
WARNING
Controller is not free standing! Controller must be
secured to floor or wall surface before opening
door or operating.
Note—Consult the appropriate job plans to determine controller mounting location.

Refer to the controller dimension print for necessary mounting dimensions.
The controller is floor/base plate mounted by using the 3 pre-drilled holes in each leg. The holes
are dimensionally on the same center line for ease in mounting.
6. Using either the dimension print or by measuring distance between the center lines of the holes
on one leg, transcribe these dimensions onto the floor/base plate.
7. Drill 3 holes in floor/base plate for anchoring the leg.
8. Mark location of holes for opposite leg and drill 3 more holes.
9. Secure controller to floor/base plate with bolts and washers and tighten.
10. Check to be sure enclosure door opens freely and that enclosure is level.

129
• Engine voltage and polarity of grounding
tion.
Procedure—
All engine connections, remote alarm functions and AC wiring must be brought into the enclo-
sure at the bottom. (See dimension drawing for exact location). A gland plate is supplied for ease of
installation.
Proceed as follows:
1. Use a hole (conduit) punch, not a torch nor a drill, and punch a hole in the gland plate for the size
conduit being used.
Warning—Use only gland plate for conduit entrance. Controller warranty is VOID if any other
location is used.
Note—All field wiring connections are connected to terminal blocks located in the controller.
Terminals for interconnection to the corresponding numbered terminals on the engine terminal
block are located between the circuit breakers (CB1, AC power and CB2-CB3, battery connections).
Not all engines require all terminals to be connected. Reference engine wiring diagram and Field
Connection Diagram for appropriate information. Other terminals are for connecting remote
alarm functions and optional features are located on the controller relay board(s).
AC line connections are made to terminals L1 and L2 (1CB). A ground lug, marked “G” is provided
for grounding. This AC circuit should come from a source having a circuit breaker sized in accor-
dance with the National Electrical Code and other local codes.
3. Pull all wires necessary for engine connections, remote alarm functions, AC power and all other
optional features. Allow enough excess wire inside enclosure to make up connections to the ter-
minal block. Be sure to consult the appropriate field connection diagram. Make sure AC Circuit
Breaker (CB1) and Battery Circuit Breakers (CB2, CB3) are turned “Off”.
Warning—Do not use controller wire way for routing external wiring.
Wire Sizes—
• Use #14 AWG wire minimum for all electrical connections except for battery charger connec-
tions. (Battery chargers connected to terminals 6, 8, and 11.)
• On terminals 6, 8, and 11, use the following information to determine wire sizes:
Linear feet (in conduit run) Maximum
from controller to terminal Wire Size
block on engine
0’ to 25’ (0 to 7.62 m.) #10 AWG (6 mm2)
25’ to 50’ (7.62 m. to 15.24 m.) #8 AWG (10 mm2)
4. Make all field connections to remote alarm functions and any other optional features.
5. Verify AC line voltage and frequency with the controller data plate on the enclosure door prior to
energizing AC power.
130
6. Connect AC power to “L1” and “L2” (CB1) —120 Volt, 60 Hz or as called for on controller data
plate.
7. Connect remote normally open START push-button wires to terminals “13” and “14” (if used).
8. If deluge valve is used, remove jumper from terminals “16” and “17”. Connect wires from normally
closed contact on deluge valve to terminals “16” and “17”.
9. Connect remote normally open shutdown interlock wires to terminals “15” and “16” (if used). A
factory installed jumper will be installed on these terminals. If installing a interlock, this jumper
may be removed, otherwise leave jumper in place until the set up of the Mark IIXG is complete.
10. Check to see that all connections are both correctly wired (in accordance with field connection
diagram) and tight.
11. Close enclosure door.

The FTA1100 controller requires one (1) “System Pressure” connection from the system piping
to the enclosure. The connection fitting, 1/2” FNPT, is provided on the bottom, external side of the
enclosure for this purpose.
The “Test Drain” connection, located to the left of the “System Pressure” connection, should
be piped to a vented drain or to waste. The “Test Drain” is used only briefly during the weekly test
cycle.
Note—Test drain line must be free flowing. Do not use any valves or plugs on this line.
Refer to NFPA 20 for correct field piping procedure of sensing line between the pumping system
and the controller.
PROGRAMMING THE MARK IIXG

1. Energize (Turn “ON”) circuit breakers 1CB (AC Power), 2CB & 3CB (Battery Connections). Follow
the programming instructions included in this manual to set pressure, timers, etc...
2. When all programming is complete and the unit is ready to put into service, remove interlock
jumper wire from terminals 15 & 16. This jumper is factory installed to prevent starting of the
engine during installation and setup.
131
Mark IIXG User Interface and Display
1 Ready 132 psi

SYSTEM STATUS
1 11.7 0.8A 120~ AC POWER AVAILABLE

2 11.5 0.7A 118~ ALARM
MAIN SWITCH IN AUTO
09-28-2009 14:37:06 MAIN SWITCH IN MANUAL
SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW

DIESEL ENGINE RUNNING
ENGINE FAIL TO START
2 3 ENGINE TEMPERATURE HIGH

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW
ENGINE OVERSPEED
ENGINE ALTERNATE ECM
Esc Enter ENGINE FUEL INJECTOR MALFUNCTION
FUEL LEVEL LOW

AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED
4 CHARGER MALFUNCTION
5 Silence BATTERY #1 TROUBLE
BATTERY #2 TROUBLE

1 Control Status and System Pressure 4 Used to go up and down in menu
Battery 1 & 2 Status - DC Volts, Charging screens and change user defined
Amps, AC Volts (charger) values
Active Alarms - Primary Status Notification
Date-Time or Active Timer Silence Alarm Button
Secondary Status Notification
ESC Button
2 Used to go backwards through 6
Provide visual indication of
menu screens
Enter Button
settings
132
Main Menu
Settings
System Setup Date & Time Timers Pressure Engine & Cranking Alarm Limits Feat. Settings Opt. Settings
Display Time On Delay Time Units Control Overpressure AC Failure Start (As ordered
Language/Units Date Min. Run Time Start # Attempts Sys DC Volt Set Interlock Alarm with controller)
Passwords Daylight Saving Stop Crank Time DC Volt Min Low Press Aud
Auto Shtdwn Rest Time DC Volt Max Low Suction
Overpressure Overspeed Term 1 AC Volt Min Main Sw Mis-Set
Recording AC Volt Max Manual Test
Sensor Coil Check Pump Run Alarm
Calibration Remote Start
User Input
Weekly Test
Low PR Temp
Event Log Low Reservoir
Relief Valve Open
Event History High Fuel Level
High Reservoir
Data History
Power On Time • Last Pump Start • Min. Pressure • Max. Pressure • Last High
Temp. • Last Low Oil • Last Low Fuel • Last Charger Fail • Last Battery Trouble •
Last Overspeed • Batt. 1 Volts (min, now, max) • Batt. 2 Volts (min, now, max)•
Batt. 1 Amps (min, now, max) • Batt. 2 Amps (min, now, max)
USB
Status
Save to USB
Remove USB Drive
Factory
Configuration
Diagnostics
Tools
About
Model #
S/N
SW P/N
SW Build Ver.
Boot Code Ver.
133
Programming Notes
The Firetrol Mark IIXG is multi-level password protected. User programmable functions are
LEVEL 1 PASSWORD
2-1-1-2
“9” for enabled or a “x” for disabled. In many cases this can also be interpreted as “9” for yes
WARNING
DEATH OR INJURY
134
Mark IIXG User Menu Settings
"9” for enabled or a “x” for disabled.




Press to confirm.


Use and arrows to select preferred pressure unit display (psi, bar, kPa). Press to confirm.


SETTINGS DATE & TIME TIME 1

SETTINGS DATE & TIME DATE 1

Press to confirm.

Press to confirm.
135
SETTINGS DATE & TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING 1
(DST +) “Begin” - Hour Use arrows to set the hour of day that Daylight Saving time begins. Press
to confirm.
(DST +) “Begin” - Day Use arrows to set the day of the month that Daylight Saving time begins.
Press to confirm.
(DST +) “Begin” - Month Use arrows to set the month of the year that Daylight Saving time begins.
Press to confirm.
Sunday in March)
(DST -) “End” - Hour Use arrows to set the hour of day that Daylight Saving time ends. Press to
confirm.
(DST -) “End” - Day Use arrows to set the day of the month that Daylight Saving time ends.
Press to confirm.
(DST -) “End” - Month Use arrows to set the month of the year that Daylight Saving time ends.
Press to confirm.
in November)
Settings - Timers
SETTINGS TIMERS ON DELAY 1
received.
SETTINGS TIMERS MIN RUN/OFF DELAY 1

Use arrows to set timer mode to Minimum Run or Off Delay. Press key and use keys to set
desired time. Press to confirm.
Note: Minimum Run time will begin when motor starts, Off Delay time will begin when system pressure has been
restored to Stop pressure setting.
Settings - Pressure
SETTINGS PRESSURE UNITS 1


SETTINGS PRESSURE AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the automatic shutdown disabled feature. Press to confirm.
Note: Enabling this feature makes the controller “manual stop only”.
136
The maximum operating pressure of the sensor (transducer) is displayed. Value cannot be changed from this location.

NOTE: Before proceeding, place jumper wire between field terminals #15 & 16 to prevent starting of the engine. A
calibrated pressure gauge will be required to correctly adjust the settings.
the gauge.
NOTE: Remove interlock jumper wire from terminal #15 & 16 when calibration is complete.
RESET TO DEFAULT Use arrows to enable reset. Press to confirm.
NOTE: Calibration setting will reset to factory defaults and reset function will automatically return to disabled.
Settings - Engine & Cranking

SETTINGS ENGINE & CRANKING CONTROL 3
Current value is shown (Mechanical or Electronic). This setting determines the type of Engine being used.
Use arrows to select engine type. Press to confirm.
Also shown on this screen are the cranking cycle values (# Crank Attempts, Duration of a Crank Cycle, Duration of a
Rest Cycle). This is informational only and cannot be changed.
SETTINGS ENGINE & CRANKING OVERSPEED (Engine Terminal #1) 1

This setting determines if the Fuel Valve Relay (Terminal #1) remains energized during an overspeed condition. This
output is required on some engines.
Use arrows to enable or disable this setting. Press to confirm.
Settings - Alarm Limits

SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS OVERPRESSURE ALARM ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable this setting. Press to confirm.
LIMIT
Use arrows to set pressure limit at which the alarm is activated. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS

Indicates controller battery voltage setting. Informational only - setting cannot be changed from this menu.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS MIN 1

Use arrows to set minimum voltage point for Battery Trouble alarm. Press to confirm.
137
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS MAX 1
Use arrows to set maximum voltage point for Battery Trouble alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS V MIN 1

Use arrows to set minimum voltage point for AC Voltage Low alarm. Press to confirm.
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the AC Voltage Low alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS V MAX 1

Use arrows to set maximum voltage point for AC Voltage High alarm. Press to confirm.
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the AC Voltage High alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS COIL CHECK 1

Use arrows to set monitoring of the engine starting solenoid coils (1-, -2, 1&2, OFF). Press to confirm.
Settings - Feature Settings

SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS AC POWER LOSS START
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the AC Voltage Loss Start feature. Press to confirm.
DELAY 1
Use arrows to set the time delay between loss of AC voltage and engine starting (0-60 sec.).
Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS INTERLOCK ALARM 1
Use arrows enable or disable the alarm for Interlock On. Press to confirm.

SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS LOW SUCTION
ENABLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the alarm for Low Suction Pressure. Press to confirm.
AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for Low Suction Pressure. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for Low Suction Pressure.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for Low Suction Pressure (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR
(Engine Trouble), Both PTR and ETR). Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS MAIN SWITCH MIS-SET
1
Use arrows to choose how the Main Switch Mis-Set alarm relay operates. “Pick Up” means the relay will ener-
gize when the switch is not in auto. “Drop Out” means the relay we de-energize when the switch is not in auto.
Press to confirm.
138
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS MANUAL TEST
DURATION 1
Use arrows to set the minimum run time (duration) when manual test push-button is used (10 - 99 min.).
Press to confirm.

AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for Pump Run. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for Pump Run.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for Pump Run (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR (Engine
Trouble), Both PTR and ETR). Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS REMOTE START

USE ON DELAY 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the on delay timer function when remote start is used. Press to confirm.
NOTE: The on delay timer must be set in the TIMER SETTINGS menu.
AUTO SHUTDOWN 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the automatic shutdown feature when remote start is used.
NOTE: If enabled, the minimum run timer set in TIMER SETTINGS will be used.
Press to confirm.
ENABLE 1
ON DELAY 1
Press to confirm.
AUDIBLE 1
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to select if the user input activates the common alarm output (ALR Relay). Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select if the user input activates the alarm output (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR
ON MESSAGE TEXT 1
OFF MESSAGE TEXT 1
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS WEEKLY TEST SETUP

ENABLE 1
Use arrows to disable or define the frequency of the Weekly Test feature (Disabled, Every Week, Every 2 Weeks,
...........Every 5 Weeks). Press to confirm.
ON 1
Use arrows to choose the day of the week that the Weekly Test is performed. Press to confirm.
139
AT 1
Use arrows to choose the time of day that the Weekly Test is performed. Press to confirm.
FOR 1
Use arrows to choose the duration (engine run time) of the Weekly Test. Press to confirm.
NOW IN WEEK 1
Use arrows to choose current time frame in reference to the Weekly Test schedule. Press to confirm.
(Example: If test is programmed for every 2 weeks on Sunday and today were Friday then - If testing is desired to start
this week, then every other week thereafter, we would now be in week 2 of 2 - If testing is desired to start on the fol-
lowing Sunday, not the coming Sunday, then we would now be in week 1 of 2).
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS LOW PUMP ROOM TEMP

AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for Low Pump Room Temperature. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for Low Pump Room Temperature.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for Low Pump Room Temperature (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room
Trouble), ETR (Engine Trouble), Both PTR and ETR). Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS LOW RESERVOIR

AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for Low Reservoir Level. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for Low Reservoir Level.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for Low Reservoir Level (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS RELIEF VALVE OPEN
AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for Relief Valve Open. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for Relief Valve Open.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for Relief Valve Open (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS HIGH FUEL LEVEL

AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for High Fuel Level. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for High Fuel Level.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for High Fuel Level (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR (En-
gine Trouble), Both PTR and ETR). Press to confirm.
140
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS HIGH RESERVOIR
AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the audible alarm for High Reservoir Level. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for High Reservoir Level.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for High Reservoir Level (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR

NOTE: The list of available options and the settings associated with them will vary with each controller. Listed below
are the most common user defined settings that may appear.
AUDIBLE 1
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output (ALR relay) for selected option.
Press to confirm.
PUMP ROOM 1
Use arrows to select the alarm output relay for selected option (Disabled, PTR (Pump Room Trouble), ETR (En-
gine Trouble), Both PTR and ETR). Press to confirm.
EVENT LOG
the event log:
DATA HISTORY
power on time • Last pump start time/date • Minimum system pressure • Maximum system pressure • Last high
temp. alarm time/date • Last low oil pressure time/date • Last low fuel level time/date • Last charger failure time/
date • Last battery trouble time/date • Last engine overspeed time/date • Battery 1 & 2 voltage min/current/max •
Battery 1 & 2 amps min/current/max
USB
SAVE TO USB 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Save to USB function. Press to confirm.
The following is saved to the USB flash drive: Event Log, Data History, Controller Information and all user defined
settings (pressure settings, timer settings, alarm settings....etc.). The saved file is a text file named the same as the
controller serial number (87654321.txt) and can be viewed using most word processing software.
141
REMOVE DRIVE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Remove Drive feature. Press to confirm.
Much like a computer, the Remove Drive feature ensures file closure prior to removing the USB flash drive from the
Mark IIXG. Use of this feature helps prevent file corruption.
NOTE: The Mark IIXG also features an automatic daily save function. Every day at midnight (0:00) the events for that
day are written to a file on the USB flash drive. This file is also a text file (.txt) and is named for the month, in the current
year folder under Firetrol (x:\Firetrol\2009\Sept.txt).

SERIAL NUMBER 3
MODEL 3
BATTERY TYPE 3
Use arrows to select required battery type. Press to confirm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE 3
Use arrows to select required battery voltage. Press to confirm.
PRESSURE SENSOR 3
Use arrows to select if a pressure sensor (transducer) is used. Press to confirm.
NOTE: This is a factory set parameter and under normal circumstances would never be changed. If disabled, menu op-
tions in SETTINGS/PRESSURE are disabled.
AUTOSTART NC 3
Use arrows to enable or disable this parameter. Press to confirm.
USER INPUT NUMBER 3
Use arrows to select input used for user defined option. Press to confirm.
LOW SUCTION 3
Use arrows to select input used for Low Suction Pressure option. Press to confirm.
NOTE: This value cannot be changed unless a Low Suction option has been selected in the options configuration.
SCREEN SAVER 1


142
FACTORY DIAGNOSTICS
RAW INPUT: ANALOG
RAW INPUT: DISCRETE
RAW INPUT: KEYS
MARK IIXG STARTS
Displays the total number of times the Mark IIXG has been booted.
LAMP TEST 1
AUDIBLE TEST 1
USB TEST 1
Use arrows to enable the USB test. Press to begin test. A small test file is written to the USB flash drive
then read back from the drive. If the write/read is successful, the test is passed. After completion of the test the set-
ting will automatically return to disabled.
FLAGS
FACTORY TOOLS
CLEAR EVENT LOG 3
RESET TO DEFAULTS 3
settings.
FIRMWARE UPDATE 3
This is a tool for installing firmware updates. Updates are installed from a USB flash drive. On screen instructions will
guide the process. Installing firmware usually takes just a few minutes, however, the controller is out of service during
this time.
ABOUT
(Part Number and Version Information).
143
BATTERY CHARGER
When installing the battery charger as a replacement part, it is necessary to verify the proper charger
settings and adjust as necessary.
1. Incoming AC voltage 115 or 230 volts.

2. Battery voltage - 12 or 24 volts DC.
3. Battery type - Lead Acid / Ni-Cad 9 or 18 Cell / Ni-Cad 10 or 20 Cell.
If battery charger is powered with the incorrect settings, damage to the charger and/or batteries may occur.
The Firetrol® battery charger features a fully automatic 4 step charging cycle. The charging cycles are as
indicated:
Step 1: Qualification Stage (Flashing yellow and green LEDs)
During this stage, the battery charger checks the batteries to insure they can accept a fast charge.
It also checks for missing or defective batteries. If the charger detects missing or defective batteries
a fault will be given (solid red LED).
Step 2: Fast Charge (Solid yellow LED)
Charges the batteries until they reach peak voltage.
Step 3: Bulk Charge (Solid yellow LED and slow blinking green LED)
Charges the batteries at a constant potential of peak voltage until current reaches 500mA.
Step 4: Float Charge (Solid green LED)
Trickle charges the batteries to maintain peak potential.
• Charger reset push-button (resets charging cycle to beginning)
144
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL PANEL DE CONTROL MARK II BOMBA MOTOR ELECTRICO

DP – 0449
145
Installation and Operation Instructions
Mark IIXG Electric Fire Pump Controllers
NS1000-50
ECN 225126
146
147
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................................1

Wall Mount...................................................................................................................................2
Floor/Base Plate Mount............................................................................................................. 2-3
MAKING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ....................................................................................... 3-4
GENERAL PRE-START UP OPERATION ............................................................................................4

GENERAL START UP OPERATION ...................................................................................................4
Phase Rotation ..................................................................................................................5
MOTOR ROTATION
FTA750, 1000, 1500, 1800, 2000, 2400 ............................................................................5
FTA1250 ............................................................................................................................5
FTA1300, 1350 .............................................................................................................. 5-6
FTA1930 ............................................................................................................................6
FTA900, 975 (Transfer Switch) ...........................................................................................6
FTA950, 976 (Transfer Switch) ...........................................................................................6
INITIAL START UP OPERATION.......................................................................................................7

MANUAL START ............................................................................................................................7
EMERGENCY RUN START ..............................................................................................................7
ABBREVIATED STARTING SEQUENCE

FTA750, 1000, 2000, 2400 ................................................................................................7
FTA1250 ........................................................................................................................ 7-8
FTA1300, 1350 ..................................................................................................................8
FTA1500 ............................................................................................................................8
FTA1800 ............................................................................................................................8
FTA1930 ............................................................................................................................8
PROGRAMMING THE MARK IIXG

User Menu Structure........................................................................................................10
Programming Notes ........................................................................................................11

System Setup
Display
Brightness ................................................................................................................12
Contrast ...................................................................................................................12
148
Invert .......................................................................................................................12
Keyboard .................................................................................................................12
Language and Units
Language .................................................................................................................12
Pressure Units ..........................................................................................................12
Passwords
Level 1 ......................................................................................................................12
Level 2 ......................................................................................................................12
Date & Time
Time ........................................................................................................................12
Date .........................................................................................................................12
Date Format .............................................................................................................12
Daylight Saving ........................................................................................................13
Timers
On Delay ..................................................................................................................13
Minimum Run / Off Delay .........................................................................................13
Acceleration .............................................................................................................13
SS Bypass .................................................................................................................13
Pressure
Pressure Units ..........................................................................................................14
Start.........................................................................................................................14
Stop .........................................................................................................................14
Automatic Shutdown Disabled .................................................................................14
Recording - Delta/Hourly..........................................................................................14
Sensor ......................................................................................................................14
Calibration ...............................................................................................................14
Reset to Defaults ......................................................................................................14
Motor & Power
System Volts ............................................................................................................14
Phase Sequence .......................................................................................................15
Frequency ................................................................................................................15
Full Load Amps .........................................................................................................15
CT Ratio ...................................................................................................................15
Overload ..................................................................................................................15
Digital Soft Start
Motor FLA ......................................................................................................15
Init Current ....................................................................................................15
Max Current ...................................................................................................15
Accel Ramp ....................................................................................................15
UTS Timer ......................................................................................................15
Decel Begin Level ...........................................................................................15
Decel Pause Level ...........................................................................................15
Decel Pause Time ...........................................................................................15
Decel End Level ..............................................................................................15
Decel Time ....................................................................................................15
Phase Rotation ...............................................................................................15
149
Digital Soft Start (continued)
Timeout Enabled ...........................................................................................15
Timeout.........................................................................................................15
No Current At Run ..........................................................................................16
CT Ratio .........................................................................................................16
TX ..................................................................................................................16
RX..................................................................................................................16
Error ..............................................................................................................16
Trim Voltage ....................................................................................................................16
Alarm Limits
Volt. Min. .................................................................................................................16
Volt. Max. ................................................................................................................16
Freq. Min..................................................................................................................16
Freq. Max. ................................................................................................................16
Imbalance ................................................................................................................16
Overload ..................................................................................................................16
Feature Settings
Interlock Alarm ........................................................................................................17
Low Pressure Audible ...............................................................................................17
Low Suction .............................................................................................................17
Pump Run Alarm ......................................................................................................17
User Input ................................................................................................................17
Weekly Test ....................................................................................................... 17-18
Option Settings ...............................................................................................................18
MAIN MENU - USB

Save To USB .....................................................................................................................18
Remove Drive ..................................................................................................................19
MAIN MENU - FACTORY

Serial Number ..........................................................................................................19
Model ......................................................................................................................19
Horsepower .............................................................................................................19
Voltage ....................................................................................................................19
Full Load Amps .........................................................................................................19
CT Ratio ...................................................................................................................19
Frequency ................................................................................................................19
Phase Sequence .......................................................................................................19
Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................................19
Autostart NC............................................................................................................19
User Input Number ..................................................................................................19
Low Suction .............................................................................................................19
Screen Saver ............................................................................................................20
150
Diagnostics
Raw Input: Analog....................................................................................................20
Raw Input: Keys .......................................................................................................20
Mark IIXG Starts .......................................................................................................20
Lamp Test ................................................................................................................20
Audible Test .............................................................................................................20
USB Test...................................................................................................................20
Phase Fail .................................................................................................................20
Phase Reverse ..........................................................................................................20
Shunt 1 ....................................................................................................................21
Shunt 2 ....................................................................................................................21
Flags ......................................................................................................................21
Tools
Clear Event Log ........................................................................................................21
Reset to Defaults......................................................................................................21
Firmware Update .....................................................................................................21
ABOUT......................................... ..............................................................................................21
151
DANGER
RISK OF ELECTROCUTION
Personal injury or death could occur.
DANGER
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO INSTALL OR PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON EQUIPMENT WHILE IT IS ENERGIZED!
DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY, OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE MAY RESULT FROM CONTACT
WITH ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT NO VOLTAGE IS PRESENT BEFORE PROCEED-
ING, AND ALWAYS FOLLOW GENERALLY ACCEPTED SAFETY PROCEDURES. CONTROLLER “ON-OFF”
SWITCH MUST BE IN THE EXTREME “OFF” POSITION TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE DOOR. FIRETROL
BRAND PRODUCTS CANNOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY MISAPPLICATION OR INCORRECT INSTALLATION
OF ITS PRODUCTS.
INTRODUCTION
Firetrol® combined automatic and manual fire pump controllers are intended for starting electric
motor driven fire pumps. This manual covers the following controllers:
FTA750 - Limited Service Controllers (Full Voltage Starting)
FTA1000 - Full Voltage Starting
FTA1250 - Part Winding Reduced Current
FTA1300 - Wye-Delta Reduced Voltage
Starting (Open Circuit Transition)
FTA1350 - Wye-Delta Reduced Voltage
FTA1500 - Primary Resistance Reduced Voltage
FTA1800 - Autotransformer Reduced Voltage
FTA1930 - Digital Soft Starting
FTA2000 - High Voltage Starting
FTA2400 - Primary Reactor Reduced High Voltage Starting
Firetrol fire pump controllers are listed, approved or certified by the following approving authori-
ties: Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, Canadian Standards
Association, New York Board of Standards and Appeals and Factory Mutual (Except FTA750 Limited
Service Controllers). They are built to meet or exceed the requirements of the approving authorities
listed above as well as NEMA and the latest editions of NFPA 20 and NFPA 70.
these controllers. Read the instructions thoroughly prior to connecting or operating the controller.
If there are any unanswered questions, please contact the local Firetrol representative or factory
service department.
152
MOUNTING CONTROLLER
NOTE—Consult the appropriate job plans to determine the controller mounting location. Tools and
materials (all mounting) required:
2. Drill for drilling wall/floor anchor holes.
4. Hand level.
5. Tape measure.
6. Four anchors with bolts and washers, per enclosure - if wall mount.
7. Mounting hardware for floor / wall mount.
Wall Mount— (Optional - If Ordered)

Procedure—
1. Locate bottom mounting brackets and hardware.
2. Inspect for damage.
4. Remove existing floor mounting legs if supplied. Attach each bracket to the bottom of the en-
closure using the supplied hardware . Tighten nuts securely.
WARNING
Controller cannot stand upright with the bottom
mounting brackets attached. Leave laying on its
back until the wall anchors are ready for controller
installation.

The controller is wall mounted by using at least four (4) wall anchors, 2 or more anchors for the
top ears and 2 or more anchors for the bottom mounting brackets (depending on enclosure size).
The ears and brackets are dimensionally on the same center-line for ease in mounting.
5. Using either the dimension print or by measuring the distance between the center lines of the
lower bracket slots, transcribe this dimension onto the wall. Note: The bottom edge of the en-
closure should be a minimum of 12” (305 mm.) from the floor in case flooding of the pump room
occurs.
6. Drill and put anchors into the wall for the lower bracket slot mounts.
7. Mark on the wall, the location of the holes in the upper mounting ears.
8. Drill and put anchors into wall for the upper mounts.
9. Install bolts and washers in lower anchors, leaving a gap between the washer and wall.
10. Lift the controller and place the bottom mounting slots down onto the lower anchor bolts. Do
not tighten bolts.
11. Align holes in upper mounting ears and install bolts and washers in anchors.
stressed. Tighten all anchor bolts.
FLOOR/BASE PLATE MOUNT

MOUNTING LEGS
PROCEDURE- (If not pre installed)
1. If legs were supplied, unpack the legs and mounting hardware.
2. Inspect legs for damage.
3. Securely lift controller or lay it on it’s back being careful not to damage painted surface.
153
4. Attach each leg to the bottom of the enclosure using the nuts, bolts, and washers
provided for each leg. Tighten bolts securely.
5. After legs are securely attached, stand the controller up on its legs for floor mounting.
Each leg has three holes on the bottom for anchoring to the floor or base plate.
WARNING
Controller is NOT free standing. Do not open doors
or attempt to operate equipment while not anchored
to wall or floor.
NOTE—Consult the appropriate job plans to determine the controller mounting location. Refer to
the controller dimension print for necessary mounting dimensions.
The controller is floor/base plate mounted by using the three pre-drilled holes in each leg. The
holes are dimensionally on the same line for ease of mounting.
1. Using either the dimension print or by measuring the distance between the center lines of
the holes on one leg, transcribe these dimensions onto floor/base plate.
2. Drill three holes in the floor/base plate for anchoring the leg.
3. Mark the location of the holes for the opposite leg and drill three more holes.
4. Secure the controller to the floor/base plate with bolts and washers and tighten.
5. Check to be sure the enclosure door opens freely and that the enclosure is level.

• Motor voltage and horsepower
tion.
Procedure—
All field connections, remote alarm functions and AC wiring are brought into the enclosure through
the top, bottom, or side conduit entrances as indicated on the dimension drawing.
1. Use a hole (conduit) punch, not a torch nor a drill, and punch a hole in the enclosure for the size
conduit being used.
3. Pull all wires necessary for field connections, remote alarm functions, AC power and all other
optional features. Allow enough excess wire inside the enclosure to make up connections to
the appropriate line, load and control terminal block points. Be sure to consult the appropriate
field connection diagram included with the manual. For proper wire sizing, refer to the National
Electrical Code, NFPA 70.
4. Make all field connections to the remote alarm functions and any other optional features. Con-
nect motor to controller load terminals. Do not connect AC power.
154
5. Verify AC line voltage, phase and frequency with the controller data plate on the enclosure door
prior to connecting.
6. Check to see that all connections are both correctly wired (in accordance with the field connec-
tion diagram) and tight.

The controller requires one (1) “System Pressure” connection from the system piping to the en-
closure. The connection fitting, 1/2” FNPT, is provided on the bottom, external side of the enclosure
for this purpose.
GENERAL PRE-START UP OPERATION

1. Controllers are shipped with the EMERGENCY RUN handle in the latched position. Before placing
the controller in service, turn the EMERGENCY RUN handle and release to unlatch.
2. Check the controller for bolts, nuts and electrical connections which may have loosened
during shipment.
3. If a remote start push-button is used, connect the wires to terminals as shown on field connection
diagram.
4. If a deluge valve is used, remove the factory installed jumper from terminals as shown on field
connection diagram. Connect wires from the normally closed contact on the deluge valve to
terminals.
5. If a FTA200 remote alarm panel is used, connect like numbered terminals in the remote alarm
panel to terminals in the fire pump controller. Terminals H and N must be connected if a FTA200
alarm panel is used.
6. If a FTA200 remote alarm panel is used, connect a reliable, separate, supervisory 120
volt power supply to terminals L1 and L2 in the alarm panel.
GENERAL START UP OPERATION

General operating procedures are indicated on the data plate fastened to the front of the control-
ler enclosure door.
Voltage Check—
1. Energize the incoming power feeder.
2. Observe the Mark IIXG screen. Confirm that the displayed voltage and frequency matches the
voltage stamped on the data plate.
At this time, it is necessary to prepare the controller for normal

operation. See setup instructions for the Mark IIXG. After the
Mark IIXG has been configured, return to this section.
155
Phase Rotation
If the Mark IIXG is reporting a phase reversal, see instructions in “Setting/Motor & Power/Phase
Sequence”.
To simulate a phase reversal for testing purposes, push and hold

the phase reversal push-button located on the right hand side of
the Mark IIXG with the door open (see photo on right). The phases
will be reversed internal to the Mark IIXG and a phase reversal
alarm will be initiated. The alarm will clear when the button is
released.
MOTOR ROTATION
Confirm direction of motor rotation as follows:
FTA750, 1000, 1500, 1800, 2000, 2400 CONTROLLERS
1. On FTA2000, 2400 controller, place “Normal-Off-Test” switch in the Normal position.
3. Momentarily close the isolating switch/circuit breaker handle, i.e. move up to the ON position
and then back to OFF.
4. The pump motor should rotate immediately if system pressure is low. If system pressure is not low,
press the manual START push-button and immediately press the manual STOP push-button.
5. Observe direction of motor rotation.
6. If rotation is incorrect, confirm that the isolating switch/circuit breaker is in the OFF position, open
enclosure door and reverse any two of the motor leads (T1, T2, T3) on the load side of contactor
1M. For example, T1 and T2, T1 and T3 or T2 and T3.
7. Retest for proper rotation following steps 1 through 4.
FTA1250 CONTROLLERS
enclosure door and reverse any two of the corresponding motor leads (T1, T2, T3, T7, T8, T9) on
the load side of both contactors 1M and 2M. For example reverse T1 and T2 on contactor 1M
and T7 and T8 on contactor 2M; or T1 and T3 on contactor 1M and T7 and T9 on contactor 2M;
or T2 and T3 on contactor 1M and T8 and T9 on contactor 2M.
FTA1300, 1350 CONTROLLERS

156
5. If rotation is incorrect, confirm that the isolating switch/circuit breaker is in the OFF position,
open enclosure door and reverse any two of the corresponding motor leads (T1, T2, T3, T6/T12,
T4/T10, T5/T11) on the load side of both contactors 1M and 2M. For example, reverse T1 and
T2 on contactor 1M and T6/T12 and T4/T10 on contactor 2M; or T1 and T3 on contactor 1M and
T6/T12 and T5/T11 on contactor 2M; or T2 and T3 on contactor 1M and T4/T10 and T5/T11 on
contactor 2M.
FTA1930 Controllers
enclosure door and reverse any two of the motor leads (T1, T2, T3) on the load side of contactor
1M. For example, T1 and T2, T1 and T3 or T2 and T3.
6. Retest for proper rotation following steps 1 through 4
FTA900, 975 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH

1. Confirm motor rotation from the normal power source for the controller as outlined above.
2. Open both the controller isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker and the transfer switch iso-
lating disconnect switch by moving the operating handles to the OFF position.
3. Refer to the Automatic Transfer Switch Operator’s Manual. Manually transfer the switch to the
emergency power source.
4. Start the generator set at the generator control panel.
5. With the generator running at stable voltage and frequency momentarily close the power transfer
switch isolating disconnect switch. The pump motor should rotate immediately if system pres-
sure is low. If system pressure is not low, press the manual START push-button and immediately
press the manual STOP push-button.
6. Observe motor rotation. Confirm that the isolating switch is in the OFF position. Shutdown
generator set.
7. If rotation is incorrect, reverse any two of the line leads at the power transfer switch isolating
disconnect switch (L1, L2, L3). For example, L1 and L2, or L2 and L3, or L1 and L3.
FTA950, 976 POWER TRANSFER SWITCH

1. Confirm motor rotation from the normal power source for the controller as outlined above.
2. Open both the controller and transfer switch isolating disconnect/circuit breakers by moving the
operating handles to the OFF position.
3. Refer to the Automatic Transfer Switch Operator’s Manual. Manually transfer the switch to the
emergency power source.
4. Momentarily close the power transfer switch isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker.
The pump motor should rotate immediately if system pressure is low. If system pressure is not low,
5. Observe motor rotation.
6. If rotation is incorrect, confirm that the isolating disconnect switch/circuit breakers are in
the OFF position. Request the utility company to disconnect the second utility incoming
power at the source, then reverse any two of the line leads at the power transfer switch isolating
disconnect switch (L1, L2, L3). For example, L1 and L2, L1 and L3, or L2 and L3.
7. Retest for proper rotation following steps 1 through 5 above.
157
INITIAL START-UP OPERATION
1. Place circuit breaker in ON position. The pump may start immediately if system pressure is low.
The PUMP RUNNING and LOW PRESSURE LED’s will be lit.
2. If the Mark IIXG is configured for automatic shutdown (AUTOMATIC STOP enabled), the pump
motor will continue to run for the period of time set in the MIN RUN (or OFF DELAY) screen and
then stop automatically, providing the STOP pressure setting has been reached. Both the system
pressure and MIN RUN (or OFF DELAY) time remaining will be shown on the display. Depressing
the STOP push-button during the running period will stop the motor as long as the button is held
in. However, the motor will restart when the button is released if system pressure is below the
stop setting.
3. If the controller is configured for manual shutdown (AUTOMATIC STOP disabled), the pump
will continue to run until the STOP push-button is depressed.
4. To stop the motor otherwise, press and hold the STOP push-button and place the CIRCUIT BREAKER
DISCONNECTING MEANS handle in the OFF position.
FOR MANUAL START

1. Follow the initial start-up instructions. The isolating switch/circuit breaker should be closed, the
POWER AVAILABLE LED should be illuminated and system pressure normal, i.e. higher than the
programmed START PRESSURE setting.
2. Press the START push-button. The pump motor should start and continue to run. It will not
stop automatically. The running period timer and pressure switch have no control over this manual
operation.
3. To stop, press the STOP push-button.
4. Starting from a remote START push-button (if used) functions in the same way as the local START
push-button.
5. If the pump motor restarts, system pressure is below the START PRESSURE setting.
FOR EMERGENCY RUN START

1. Put the circuit breaker/isolating switch in the “off” position.
2. Push and lock the EMERGENCY RUN handle. Place the circuit breaker/isolating switch handle in
the “on” position. The motor will start and continue to run until both of the following conditions
have been satisfied:
a. The EMERGENCY RUN handle has been turned to “unlock” position and released.
b. The STOP push-button is pushed.
3. To stop the motor with the handle locked in the “run” position, place the circuit breaker handle
in the OFF position, then turn the EMERGENCY RUN handle and release.
4. Return the circuit breaker operator to the ON position.
5. If the pump restarts, system pressure is below the START PRESSURE setting.
ABBREVIATED STARTING SEQUENCE

FTA750, FTA1000, 2000 FULL VOLTAGE CONTROLLER
1. Follow all of the initial start-up instructions.
2. The motor will start and run at full line voltage.
FTA1250 PART WINDING CONTROLLERS

2. MOTOR ACCELERATION timer is factory set for 2 seconds and may be field adjusted if necessary.
(See Mark IIXG Programming for details).
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED FOUR (4) SECONDS MAXIMUM OR MOTOR MANUFACTURER’S LIMITS.
158
3. Contactor 1M connects 1/2 of motor windings during starting cycle. The motor may not
reach full speed until the MOTOR ACCELERATION timer has timed out and both contactors 1M
and 2M are energized.
FTA1300-1350 WYE-DELTA CONTROLLERS 1

CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED THIS TIMER SETTING WITHOUT CONSULTING YOUR FIRETROL REPRE-
SENTATIVE.
3. a. FTA1300 - Contactors 1M and 1S connect the motor in the WYE configuration. The motor may
not reach full speed until the MOTOR ACCELERATION timer has timed out, deenergizing 1S and
energizing 2M, connecting the motor in the DELTA configuration.
b. FTA1350 - Contactors 1M and 1S connect the motor in the WYE configuration. The motor
may not reach full speed until the MOTOR ACCELERATION timer has timed out, energizing 2S
and connecting the resistor bank, then energizing 2M and connecting the motor in the DELTA
configuration. 2S contacts deenergize contactor 1S.
CAUTION: A minimum run timer setting of less than 3 minutes can cause overheating of the resistors
in FTA1350 and FTA1500 controllers. The resultant overheating may damage the controller.
FTA1500 PRIMARY RESISTANCE CONTROLLERS 1

CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED FOUR (4) SECONDS MAXIMUM.
3. Contactor 1S connects the motor in series with the resistor bank. The motor may not reach full
speed until the MOTOR ACCELERATION timer has timed out and contactor 1M is energized.
FTA1800, 2400 AUTOTRANSFORMER CONTROLLERS

CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED THIS TIMER SETTING WITHOUT CONSULTING YOUR FIRETROL REPRE-
SENTATIVE.
3. Contactor 1S and 2S close and connect the motor to the autotransformer/primary reactor during
the starting cycle. The motor may not reach full speed until the MOTOR ACCELERATION timer
has timed out, deenergizing contactor 1S and energizing contactor 1M, connecting the motor
to full line voltage.
FTA1930 SOLID STATE STARTING CONTROLLERS

1. Follow the initial start-up instructions.
2. Motor will start at reduced voltage on soft start contactor 1MS.
3. When soft start contactor 1MS reaches full voltage, contactor 1M closes, bypassing 1MS.
1 CAUTION: Acceptance testing of each controller shall be for a minimum of six (6) automatic and
six (6) manual starts at a minimum run time of five (5) minutes per NFPA 20 to insure resistor cooling
between starts. Motor manufacturer’s data must be consulted for maximum number of starts per
hour and other starting conditions.
159
Mark IIXG User Interface and Display
1 Running 152 psi

SYSTEM STATUS
60.3 HZ AB C a b c POWER AVAILABLE
Volts 462 464 459 ALARM
Amps 117 115 114
Pump Running TRANSFER SWITCH NORMAL
Min Run 7:26 TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY
SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW

ELECTRIC - ATS PUMP RUNNING
TRUE RMS METERING
DELUGE OPEN
2 3 REMOTE START
INTERLOCK ON
FAIL TO START
MOTOR OVERLOAD
Esc Enter EMERGENCY ISO SWITCH OFF
PHASE FAILURE
PHASE REVERSAL
4 AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED
5 Silence OVERVOLTAGE
UNDERVOLTAGE

1 Control Status and System Pressure 4 Used to go up and down in menu
Frequency, Phase Rotation & Phases screens and change user defined
Line Voltage/Phase values
Motor Current/Phase
Active Alarms - Primary Status Notification Silence Alarm Button
Date-Time or Active Timer
Secondary Status Notification
2
ESC Button 6 Provide visual indication of
Used to go backwards through
menu screens
Enter Button
settings
160
Main Menu
Settings
System Setup Date & Time Timers Pressure Motor & Power Alarm Limits Feat. Settings Opt. Settings
Display Time On Delay Time Units System Volts Overpressure Interlock Alarm (As ordered
Language/Units Date Min. Run Time Start Phase Seq. Min. Volts Low Press. Aud. with controller)
Passwords Daylight Saving Acceleration Time* Stop Frequency Max. Volts Low Suction
DSS Ramping* Auto Shtdwn FLA Freq. Min. Pump Run
* If required Overpressure CT Ratio Freq. Max. User Input
depending on Recording Overload Imbalance Weekly Test
controller type. Sensor Dig. Soft Start Overload
Calibration Trim Voltage
Event Log
Event History
Data History
Power On Time • Last Pump Start • Min. Pressure • Max. Pressure • Last Phase
Fail • Last Phase Reverse • Last LR Trip • Last LR Currents • Min. Frequency •
Max. Frequency • Max. Start Current • Max. Run Current • Min. Idle Voltage •
Max. Idle Voltage • Min. Start Voltage • Min. Run Voltage • Max. Run Voltage
USB
Status
Save to USB
Remove USB Drive
Factory
Configuration
Diagnostics
Tools
About
Model #
S/N
SW P/N
SW Build Ver.
Boot Code Ver.
161
Programming Notes
The Firetrol Mark IIXG is multi-level password protected. User programmable functions are
LEVEL 1 PASSWORD
2-1-1-2
“9” for enabled or a “x” for disabled. In many cases this can also be interpreted as “9” for yes
WARNING
DEATH OR INJURY
162
Mark IIXG User Menu Settings
"9” for enabled or a “x” for disabled.




Press to confirm.


Use and arrows to select preferred pressure unit display (psi, bar kPa). Press to confirm.



SETTINGS DATE & TIME TIME
1
SETTINGS DATE & TIME DATE

1
Press to confirm.

Press to confirm.
163
SETTINGS DATE & TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING
1
(DST +) “Begin” - HOUR Use arrows to set the hour of day that Daylight Saving time begins. Press
to confirm.
(DST +) “Begin” - DAY Use arrows to set the day of the month that Daylight Saving time begins.
Press to confirm.
(DST +) “Begin” - MONTH Use arrows to set the month of the year that Daylight Saving time begins.
Press to confirm.
Sunday in March)
(DST -) “End” - HOUR Use arrows to set the hour of day that Daylight Saving time ends. Press to
confirm.
(DST -) “End” - DAY Use arrows to set the day of the month that Daylight Saving time ends.
Press to confirm.
(DST -) “End” - MONTH Use arrows to set the month of the year that Daylight Saving time ends.
Press to confirm.
in November)
Timers
SETTINGS TIMERS ON DELAY
1
received.
SETTINGS TIMERS MIN RUN/OFF DELAY

1
Use arrows to set timer mode to Minimum Run or Off Delay. Press key and use keys to set
desired time. Press to confirm.
Note: Minimum Run time will begin when motor starts, Off Delay time will begin when system pressure has been
restored to Stop pressure setting.
SETTINGS TIMERS ACCELERATION

2
Use arrows to set motor acceleration time. Press to confirm.
Note: Motor acceleration time is the time allotted for the motor to reach full speed during reduced voltage starting.
The factory default should not be changed unless directed to by qualified service technician. Improper setting may
cause damage to the controller and/or motor. (Acceleration setting only available on reduced voltage starting control-
lers FTA1250, 1300, 1350, 1500, 1800).
SETTINGS TIMERS SS BYPASS

2
Use arrows to set Soft Starter Bypass time. Press to confirm.
Note: The soft start bypass timer will energize the motor using a bypass (across-the-line) contactor if an up to speed
signal is not given by the soft starter within the set time. This setting used only on soft start controllers (FTA1900,
1930)
164
Pressure
SETTINGS PRESSURE UNITS
1


SETTINGS PRESSURE AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED 1

Use arrows to enable or disable the automatic shutdown disabled feature. Press to confirm.
Note: Enabling this feature makes the controller “manual stop only”.



The maximum operating pressure of the installed pressure sensor (transducer) is shown. This value cannot be modi-
fied from this location.

Note: Before proceeding, place jumper wire between field terminals #1 & 10 to prevent starting of the motor. A cali-
brated pressure gauge will be required to correctly adjust the settings.
the gauge.
Note: Remove interlock jumper wire when calibration is complete.
SETTINGS PRESSURE RESET TO DEFAULT 2
Use arrows to enable the reset (pressure) to default option. Press to confirm. All user calibration settings
will be reset to factory defaults and reset setting will revert back to disabled.
Motor & Power

SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER SYS VOLTS
System voltage is shown. This is factory setting and can only be modified by a qualified service technician. This setting
is set in Factory/Configuration menu.
165
SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER PHASE SEQUENCE 1
Note: This setting is used to clear a false phase reversal alarm. On 3-phase systems, once proper motor rotation is con-
firmed, if phase reversal alarm is present, change this setting to clear the alarm. (If set to abc, change to cba or vise-
versa). Single phase mode (1~) is only used for demo purposes or on rare limited service applications.
SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER FREQUENCY 3
Use to select required frequency (50 or 60 hz.). Press to confirm.
Note: This is a factory setting and can only be modified by a qualified service technician.
SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER FULL LOAD 3

Use to set the Full Load Amps of the motor being used. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER CT RATIO 3
Use to set the value of the CT’s being used. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER OVERLOAD 1

Use to set the amp value at which the motor overload alarm will activate. Press to confirm.
Note: Default setting is 150% of motor FLA.
SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER DIGITAL SOFT START MOTOR FLA
The programmed motor FLA value is displayed. This setting cannot be changed from this location.
INIT CURRENT 3
Use to set the Initial Starting Current (100-250% FLA). Press to confirm.
MAX CURRENT 3
Use to set the Maximum Starting Current (250-600% FLA). Press to confirm.
ACCEL RAMP 3
Use to set the Acceleration Ramp time (2 - 7 sec.). Press to confirm. This is the time allowed for the soft
starter to ramp from the initial starting current to the maximum starting current.
UTS TIMER
Value is shown for the UTS (Up To Speed) Timer. This timer determines how long to wait for the soft starter to reach
full speed before a fault is indicated.
DECEL BEGIN LEVEL 3
Use to set the Deceleration Begin Level (70-95% FLA). Press to confirm. The starter will reduce current to
set level at the beginning of the deceleration ramp.
DECEL PAUSE LEVEL 3
Use to set the Deceleration Pause Level (32-60% FLA). Press to confirm. The starter will reduce current to
set level at the beginning of the pause cycle (sincerity test).
DECEL PAUSE TIME 3
Use to set the Deceleration Pause Time (2 - 7 sec.). Press to confirm. The starter will pause and hold for
set time to ensure no starting causes are present.
DECEL END LEVEL
Soft starter will decel to 25% motor FLA before disconnecting power from the motor. This setting cannot be changed.
DECEL TIME 3
Use to set the Deceleration Ramp Time (2 - 7 sec.). Press to confirm. This is the time of the deceleration
ramp from begin level to end level (not including the decel pause time).
PHASE ROTATION
Controller phase rotation is shown. This setting cannot be changed from this location.
TIMEOUT ENABLED
This is a read only setting that is transmitted to the digital soft starter.
TIMEOUT
166
NO CURRENT AT RUN
CT RATIO
TX
This is a value representing communications sent to the digital soft starter.
RX
This is a value representing communications received from the digital soft starter.
ERROR
This is a value representing communication errors between the Mark IIXG and the digital soft starter.
SETTINGS MOTOR & POWER TRIM VOLTAGE 2
Use to adjust the displayed voltage for each phase in the Mark IIXG. Press to confirm. Adjustment can
be made in 0.1% increments to more closely match actual voltage. These discrepancies are due to tolerances in the
potential transformers used for the voltage conversions.
Note: This setting only available on high voltage controllers, 2300 - 7200 Volts (FTA2000, FTA2400).
Alarm Limits
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS OVERPRESSURE ALARM
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Overpressure Alarm. Press to confirm.
LIMIT 1
Use arrows to set the pressure limit for the Overpressure Alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS VOLT MIN 1
Use arrows to set the voltage limit for the Undervoltage Alarm. Press to confirm.
Note: The maximum and default setting is approximately -15% of nominal voltage.
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Undervoltage Alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS VOLT MAX 1
Use arrows to set the voltage limit for the Overvoltage Alarm. Press to confirm.
Note: The maximum and default setting is approximately +10% of nominal voltage.
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Overvoltage Alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS FREQ MIN 1
Use arrows to set the frequency limit for the Under frequency Alarm. Press to confirm.
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Under frequency Alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS FREQ MAX 1
Use arrows to set the frequency limit for the Over frequency Alarm. Press to confirm.
ENABLED 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Over frequency Alarm. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS IMBALANCE 1
Use arrows to set the percentage of deviance between phases for the Phase Imbalance alarm.
Press to confirm.
SETTINGS ALARM LIMITS OVERLOAD 1
Use arrows to set the motor amps for the Motor Overload alarm (FLA - 150% FLA).
Press to confirm.
167
Feature Settings
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS INTERLOCK ALARM 1

Use arrows enable or disable the alarm for Interlock On. Press to confirm.
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS LOW SUCTION
ENABLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Low Suction Alarm. Press to confirm.
AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Low Suction Alarm. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output for the Low Suction Alarm. Press to confirm.
AUDIBLE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Pump Run Alarm. Press to confirm.
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output for the Pump Run Alarm. Press to confirm.
ENABLE 1
ON DELAY 1
Press to confirm.
AUDIBLE 1
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to select if the user input activates the common alarm output. Press to confirm.
ON MESSAGE TEXT 1
OFF MESSAGE TEXT 1
SETTINGS FEATURE SETTINGS WEEKLY TEST SETUP
ENABLE 1
Use arrows to disable or define the frequency of the Weekly Test feature (Disabled, Every Week, Every 2 Weeks,
...........Every 5 Weeks). Press to confirm.
ON 1
Use arrows to choose the day of the week that the Weekly Test is performed. Press to confirm.
AT 1
Use arrows to choose the time of day that the Weekly Test is performed. Press to confirm.
FOR 1
Use arrows to choose the duration (engine run time) of the Weekly Test. Press to confirm.
168
NOW IN WEEK 1
Use arrows to choose current time frame in reference to the Weekly Test schedule. Press to confirm.
(Example: If test is programmed for every 2 weeks on Sunday and today were Friday then - If testing is desired to start
this week, then every other week thereafter, we would now be in week 2 of 2 - If testing is desired to start on the fol-
lowing Sunday, not the coming Sunday, then we would now be in week 1 of 2).
Option Settings
NOTE: The list of available options and the settings associated with them will vary with each controller. Below are the
most common user defined settings that may appear.
DELAY 1
Use arrows to set the “on” delay time for selected option. Press to confirm.
AUDIBLE 1
COMMON ALARM 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the common alarm output for selected option.
Press to confirm.
Event Log
EVENT LOG
the event log:
Data History
DATA HISTORY
power on time • Last pump start time/date • Minimum system pressure • Maximum system pressure • Last phase
failure • Last phase reversal • Last locked rotor trip • Last locked rotor currents • Frequency minimum • Frequency
maximum • Maximum starting currents • Maximum run currents • Minimum voltage/phase while idle (not running)
• Maximum voltage/phase while idle (not running) • Minimum voltage/phase during start • Minimum voltage/phase
during run • Maximum voltage/phase during run
USB
USB
SAVE TO USB 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Save to USB function. Press to confirm.
The following is saved to the USB flash drive: Event Log, Data History, Controller Information and all user defined
settings (pressure settings, timer settings, alarm settings....etc.). The saved file is a text file named the same as the
controller serial number (87654321.txt) and can be viewed using most word processing software.
169
REMOVE DRIVE 1
Use arrows to enable or disable the Remove Drive feature. Press to confirm.
Much like a computer, the Remove Drive feature ensures file closure prior to removing the USB flash drive from the
Mark IIXG. Use of this feature helps prevent file corruption.
NOTE: The Mark IIXG also features an automatic daily save function. Every day at midnight (0:00) the events for that
day are written to a file on the USB flash drive. This file is also a text file (.txt) and is named for the month, in the current
year folder under Firetrol (x:\Firetrol\2009\Sept.txt).
SERIAL NUMBER 3
MODEL 3
HP (HORSEPOWER) 3
Use arrows to select required motor horsepower. Press to confirm.
VOLTAGE 3
Use arrows to select required voltage. Press to confirm.
FULL LOAD 3
Use arrows to set the full load amps (FLA) of the motor. Press to confirm.
CT RATIO 3
Use arrows to set required CT ratio for the controller. Press to confirm.
FREQUENCY 3
Use arrows to select required frequency (hertz) for the supplied power. Press to confirm.
PHASE SEQUENCE 1
PRESSURE SENSOR 3
Use to enable or disable the use of a pressure sensor (transducer). Press to confirm.
AUTOSTART NC 3
Use to enable or disable the use of a Normally Closed contact for the autostart input. Press to confirm.
USER INPUT NUMBER 3
Use to select input used for user defined option. Press to confirm.
LOW SUCTION 3
Use to set the input for low suction pressure option. Press to confirm.
170
SCREEN SAVER 1
Configuration - Options
Configuration - ADC Calibration

Diagnostics
FACTORY DIAGNOSTICS
RAW INPUT: ANALOG
RAW INPUT: DISCRETE
RAW INPUT: KEYS
MARK IIXG STARTS
Displays the total number of times the Mark IIXG has been booted.
LAMP TEST 1
AUDIBLE TEST 1
USB TEST 1
Use arrows to enable the USB test. Press to begin test. A small test file is written to the USB flash drive
then read back from the drive. If the write/read is successful, the test is passed. After completion of the test the set-
ting will automatically return to disabled.
PHASE FAIL 2
Use arrows to enable the phase failure test. Press to begin test. The phase failure should be indicated.
Use arrows to disable the phase failure test. Press to end test. The phase failure should clear.
PHASE REVERSE 2
Use arrows to enable the phase reversal test. Press to begin test. The phase reversal should be indicated.
Use arrows to disable the phase reversal test. Press to end test. The phase reversal should clear.
171
SHUNT 1 2
Use arrows to enable the shunt trip #1 test. Press to begin test. The normal (fire pump) circuit breaker
should trip. Note: If the controller is supplied with a power transfer switch, the generator should start and transfer to
the emergency power source.
Use arrows to disable the shunt trip #1 test. Press to end test. Reset the fire pump circuit breaker.
Note: If power transfer switch supplied and now in the emergency position, the generator will continue to run for 30
minutes before transferring back to normal power. To transfer back to normal power sooner, use the retransfer selec-
tor switch on the power transfer switch.
SHUNT 2 2
Use arrows to enable the shunt trip #2 test. Press to begin test. The emergency (transfer switch) circuit
breaker (if supplied) should trip. Note: If the transfer switch is in the normal position, the circuit breaker will trip and
that is all. If the transfer switch is in the emergency position, the circuit breaker will trip and the transfer switch will
transfer to the normal position if normal power is available.
Use arrows to disable the shunt trip #2 test. Press to end test. Reset the transfer switch circuit
breaker.
FLAGS
Tools
FACTORY TOOLS
CLEAR EVENT LOG 3
RESET TO DEFAULTS 3
settings.
FIRMWARE UPDATE 3
This is a tool for installing firmware updates. Updates are installed from a USB flash drive. On screen instructions will
guide the process. Installing firmware usually takes just a few minutes, however, the controller is out of service during
this time.
About
ABOUT
(Part Number, Version Information and Checksum Information).
172
MODELOS 413 Y 483
SENTIDO DE GIRO
CURVA DEL ALABE DEL IMPULSOR

INTERNO)
COMPONENTES DE SELLO
GRUPO
SE OMITE
CUANDO SE
UTILIZA SELLO
MECANICO
-� /��
\ 6 71 70
,, 77
76
NOTA: EL MODELO TIENE SELLOS MECANICOS PROVISTOS DE

MANERA ESTANDAR. EL MODELO 483 SE HALLA DISPONIBLE
CON EMPAQUETADURA SOLAMENTE.
*SOLAMENTE SERIES DE POTENCIA 68 Y 7
Figura 6. Vista de la unidad desarmada - modelos 413 y 483
173
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL MEDIDOR DE FLUJO

FI-YLP-24141
174
AURORA FIRE PUMPS Section 916 Page 209
OPTION 91 - FLOW METERING SYSTEM Date June 2008
Supersedes Section 916 Page 209
Dated June 2007
1200
900 1200 1300
900 1300 1400
0 1400
625 750
0 625 750 1500
500
500
USGPM 1500
450 USGPM
450
Global Vision Flow Meters

375 FM
FM
6"-1250
375 APPROVED
6"-1250
S/N: 0000
S/N: 0000
HIGH PRESSURE
FM
HIGH PRESSURE
FM
APPROVED
APPROVED
LOW PRESSURE
5-2
PIPE DIA
5"-789 PIPE DIA
5"-789
'B'
'B'
CLASS 150 FLANGES CLASS 300 FLANGES

NOMINAL AURORA PUMP AURORA PUMP
FLOW RATE OPTION PART OPTION PART
G.P.M. PIPE SIZE NUMBER "A" DIM. NUMBER NUMBER "A" DIM. NUMBER
150 3 91AJM 9.375 366 0879 649 91ALR 10.250 366 0916 649
200 3 91AJN 9.375 366 0880 649 91ALT 10.250 366 0917 649
250 4 91AJR 11.375 366 0882 649 91AMA 12.125 366 0919 649
300 4 91AJW 11.375 366 0884 649 91AMC 12.125 366 0921 649
400 4 91AKA 11.375 366 0885 649 91AMD 12.125 366 0922 649
4 91AKB 11.375 366 0886 649 91AME 12.125 366 0923 649
450
5 91AKC 13.000 366 0887 649 91AMF 13.750 366 0924 649
5 91AKE 13.000 366 0889 649 91AMH 13.750 366 0926 649
500
6 91AKF 14.000 366 0890 649 91AMJ 14.750 366 0927 649
5 91AKG 13.000 366 0891 649 91AMK 13.750 366 0928 649
750
6 91AKH 14.000 366 0892 649 91AML 14.750 366 0929 649
6 91AKJ 14.000 366 0893 649 91AMM 14.750 366 0930 649
1000
8 91AKK 15.250 366 0894 649 91AMN 16.000 366 0931 649
6 91AKL 14.000 366 0895 649 91AMP 14.750 366 0932 649
1250
8 91AKM 15.250 366 0896 649 91AMR 16.000 366 0933 649
8 91AKN 15.250 366 0897 649 91AMT 16.000 366 0934 649
1500
10 91AKP 16.000 366 0898 649 91AMW 17.250 366 0935 649
8 91AKR 15.250 366 0899 649 91ANA 16.000 366 0936 649
2000
10 91AKT 16.000 366 0900 649 91ANB 17.250 366 0937 649
8 91AKW 15.250 366 0901 649 91ANC 16.000 366 0938 649
2500 10 91ALA 16.000 366 0902 649 91AND 17.250 366 0939 649
12 91ALB 21.000 366 0903 649 91ANE 22.250 366 0940 649
8 91ALC 15.250 366 0904 649 91ANF 16.000 366 0941 649
3000 10 91ALD 16.000 366 0905 649 91ANG 17.250 366 0942 649
12 91ALE 21.000 366 0906 649 91ANH 22.250 366 0943 649
10 91ALF 16.000 366 0907 649 91ANJ 17.250 366 0944 649
3500
12 91ALG 21.000 366 0908 649 91ANK 22.250 366 0945 649
10 91ALH 16.000 366 0909 649 91ANL 17.250 366 0946 649
4000
12 91ALJ 21.000 366 0910 649 91ANM 22.250 366 0947 649
10 91ALK 16.000 366 0911 649 91ANN 17.250 366 0948 649
4500
12 91ALL 21.000 366 0912 649 91ANP 22.250 366 0949 649
S ee Notes on pages 207 and 208 section 916

5000 12 91ALN 21.000 366 0914 649 91ANT 22.250 366 0951 649
Pentair Water
175
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL INTERRUPTOR DE NIVEL

LSL-YLP-24151
176
Fire Pump Control Division
177
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL VALVULA DE ALIVIO

PSV-YLP-24211/24311
178
INSTALLATION / OPERATION / MAINTENANCE
MODEL 50B-4KG1/2050B-4KG1
Pressure Relief Valve
The Cla-Val Model 50B4KG-1 Globe /2050B-4KG Angle Pressure
Relief Valve is designed specifically to automatically relieve
excess pressure in fire protection pumping systems. Pilot con- UL
®
trolled, it maintains constant system pressure at the pump dis-
charge within very close limits as demands change.
The Fire Pump Pressure Relief Valve shall modulate to relieve
excess pressure in a fire protection system. It shall maintain con-
stant pressure in the system regardless of demand changes. It
shall be pilot controlled and back pressure shall not affect its set
point. It shall be actuated by line pressure through a pilot control
system and open fast in order to maintain steady system pressure
as system demand decreases. It shall close gradually to control
surges and shall re-seat drip-tight within 5% of its pressure setting.
INSTALLATION
1. Allow sufficient room around the valve assembly to make
adjustments and for servicing.
2. lt is recommended that gate or block valves be installed to
facilitate isolating valve for preventative maintenance. When used MAINTENANCE
as a surge control or pressure relief valve where valve outlet dis- 1. Cla-Val Valves and Controls require no lubrication or packing
charge is to atmosphere, then a gate or block valve is needed at and a minimum of maintenance. However, a periodic inspection
valve inlet. When used as a back pressure sustaining control schedule should be established to determine how the fluid is
valve where valve outlet is connected to pressurized downstream affecting the efficiency of the valve assembly. Minimum of once
system, then gate or block valves are needed at valve inlet and per year.
outlet. 2. Repair and maintenance procedures of the Hytrol Main Valve
NOTE: BEFORE THE VALVE IS INSTALLED, PIPE LINES and control components are included in a more detailed IOM
SHOULD BE FLUSHED OF ALL FOREIGN MATTER. manual. It can be downloaded from our web site (www.cla-val.com)
3. Place valve in line with flow through valve in direction indicated or obtained by contacting a Cla-Val Regional Sales Office.
on inlet plate or flow arrows. Check all fittings and hardware for 3. When ordering parts always refer to the catalog number
proper makeup and verify that no apparent damage is evident. and stock number on the valve nameplate.
4. Cla-Val Valves operate with maximum efficiency when mounted
in horizontal piping with the cover UP; however, other positions are SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY
acceptable. Due to size and weight of cover and internal components Main valve Inlet pressure below setting of Reset pilot valve. If change
on six inch and larger valves, installation with the cover up is won't open pilot valve in setting is from tampering,
advisable. This makes periodic inspection of internal parts readily seal cap with wire and
accessible. lead seal
5. Caution must be taken in the installation of this valve to insure that Pilot valve stuck closed Mineral Disassemble control and clean
galvanic and/or electrolytic action does not take place. The proper use deposit or foreign material between
disc retainer and power unit body
of dielectric fittings and gaskets are required in all systems using dis-
Pilot valve diaphragm ruptured or Disassemble and replace
similar metals. diaphragm nut loose. Water coming diaphragm Tighten nut
out of the vent hole in cover
OPERATION AND START-UP Main valve stuck closed Disassemble main valve,
1. Prior to pressurizing the valve assembly make sure the nec- clean
essary gauges to measure pressure in the system, are installed Mineral buildup on stem parts and/or replace damaged
Stem damaged part. Check downstream
as required by the system engineer.
CAUTION: During start-up and test a large volume of water
may be discharged downstream. Check that the downstream
venting is adequate to prevent damage to personnel and equip- Main valve Inlet pressure above setting of Reset pilot valve
won't close pilot valve
ment. All pilot adjustments should be made slowly in small
Clogged needle valve or strainer Disassemble and clean
increments. If the main valve closes too rapidly it may cause
Pilot valve stuck open. Mineral Disassemble and clean
surging in upstream piping. deposit or foreign material under
2. Remove cap from CRL then loosen adjusting screw counter- disc retainer or under diaphragm
clockwise. This will allow the valve to open at low pressure reliev- assembly
ing the full flow of the fire pump. Bleed all air from the valve at this Main valve stuck open. Mineral Disassemble and clean
time by carefully loosening the cover plug and tube fittings at the buildup on stem. Foreign material
between seat and disc assembly
high points. Slowly turn the adjusting screw clockwise on the CRL
Main valve diaphragm worn Disassemble and replace
while watching the gauge between the valve and the pump until
you reach the desired set-point. Tighten the jam nut on the CRL Valve leaks Pilot valve disc worn out Disassemble and replace
and replace the cap. DO NOT USE THE GAUGE PROVIDED ON Continuously Main valve disc worn or small Disassemble and replace
THE VALVE TO SET THE VALVE. IT IS ONLY THERE TO INDI- pin hole in main valve diaphragm
Set point too close to inlet pressure Reset CRL Pilot
CATE PRESSURE IN THE COVER.
179
X140-1
50B-4KG-1 SCHEMATIC CRL Security Cap
2. Cap
2 Option
Screw, Adjusting
Nut Hex (Locking)

4 3
Cover
Guide, Spring
Spring
5
Washer, Belleville
Guide, Spring
Nut, Stem, Upper Washer, Diaphragm
(Upper)
1/8 - 27 NPT Screw Fil. Hd.*
SENSING
CONNECTION Diaphragm*
INLET OUTLET Washer, Diaphragm
6 *O-Ring, Stem
(Lower)
O-Ring, Stem*
Stem
Nameplate
1 *Disc Retainer Assy. Body, Powerunit
BASIC COMPONENTS O-Ring, Body*
1 100-06 Hytrol (Main Valve)
2 CRL Pressure Relief Control INLET OUTLET
3 X44A Strainer & Orifice Strainer 1/2" or 3/4" NPT
(2 places)
4 81-01 Check Valve
5 Pressure Gauge
6 X46A Flow Clean Strainer Body
O-Ring, Seat* Nut, Stem, Lower
1. HYTROL MAIN VALVE Seat
PIPE PLUG
HEX NUT
CRL (20 - 200 psi) configuration shown
COVER
8" and Larger
PIPE PLUG CRL adjust range (psi) Spring Color psi change per turn
Cover Bolt 0 - 75 Red 8.5
6" and Smaller
20 - 200 Green 28
COVER BEARING
SPRING 100 - 300 Yellow 18
STEM NUT * approximate. Use gauge at valve inlet to set
DIAPHRAGM WASHER
CRL X44A
*DIAPHRAGM 2. 3.
DISC RETAINER
*SPACER WASHERS
*DISC
DISC GUIDE
STEM
Pressure Gauge X46A
Seat Screw 6.
SEAT 8" and Larger 5.
SEAT O-RING
STUD
8" and Larger
BODY
PIPE PLUG
(Globe or Angle)
For a more detailed IOM Manual go to www.cla-val.com or contact a

*Repair Parts
Cla-Val Regional Sales Office.
P.O. Box 1325 • Newport Beach, CA 92659-0325 • Phone: 949-722-4800 • Fax: 949-548-5441 • E-mail: claval@cla-val.com • Website cla-val.com
CLA-VAL © Copyright Cla-Val 2013 Printed in USA Specifications subject to change without notice. N-50B4KG1/2050B4KG1 (R-1/2013)
180
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-04545
MANUAL INDICADOR DE PRESION

PI-YLP-24121/24131/24221/24231/24321/24331
181
101D BOTTOM CONNECTED
• An inexpensive utility gauge for the broad commercial and industrial markets.
• Suitable for air, water, oil, gas or any other media not corrosive to brass.
• Other connection locations, mounting styles and accessories available.
• Ready for immediate shipment upon request.
SPECIFICATIONS:
• AVAILABLE DIAL SIZES: 1 ½”, 2”, 2 ½”, 3 ½”, 4 ½”
• AVAILABLE CONNECTION SIZES:
⅛”NPT on 1 ½” and 2”Dial Sizes
¼”NPT on 2" Thru 4 ½”Dial Sizes
• Black Steel Case, Chrome Bezel
• Phosphor Bronze Bourdon Tube
• Brass Socket
• Plastic Lens (Glass on 4 ½”Dial Size)
• 3-2-3 % Accuracy
• Dry Non-Fillable
• Ambient Temperature: -50 to 160˚F
• Dual scale: PSI & Bar (x100=kpa) standard
Single scale: PSI only available
Other: by special request
RANGE CODE Major Inc. Minor inc.

30/0"VAC A 5” hg .5” hg
30/0/15 CB 10”hg / 5 psi 1”hg / .5 psi
30/0/30 CC 10”hg / 10 psi 1”hg / 1 psi
30/0/60 CD 10”hg / 10 psi 2”hg / 1 psi
30/0/100 CE 30”hg / 20 psi 5”hg / 2 psi
30/0/150 CF 30”hg / 20 psi 5”hg / 2 psi
30/0/300 CH 30”hg / 50 psi 10”hg / 5 psi
0/15 B 2 PSI .2 PSI
0/30 C 5 PSI .5 PSI
0/60 D 10 PSI 1 PSI
0/100 E 20 PSI 2 PSI A B C D E
0/160 F 20 PSI 2 PSI 1 ½" In. 1.64" .93” .63” 2.27” 1/8”
0/200 G 40 PSI 5 PSI
0/300 H 50 PSI 5 PSI
Dial MM 42 24 16 58 MNPT
0/400 I 50 PSI 5 PSI 2" In. 2.07" 1.03” .83” 2.90” 1/8” or 1/4
0/600 K 100 PSI 10 PSI Dial MM 53 26 21 74 MNPT
0/1000 M 200 PSI 20 PSI 2 ½" In. 2.5" 1.17” .86” 3.36” 1/4
0/1500 N 200 PSI 20 PSI
0/2000 O 400 PSI 50 PSI
Dial MM 63 30 22 26 MNPT
0/3000 P 500 PSI 50 PSI 3 ½" In. 3.53" 1.14” 1.02” 4.55” 1/4
0/5000 R 1000 PSI 100 PSI Dial MM 90 29 26 116 MNPT
0/6000 S 1000 PSI 100 PSI 4 ½" In. 4.89" 1.16” 1.16” 6.05” 1/4
0/10,000 U 2000 PSI 200 PSI
Dial MM 124 29 30 154 MNPT
182
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL INTERRUPTOR DE DETECTOR DE FUGAS

LS-YLP-24161
183
PRODUC T D ATA Part # 032 1863 999
FLS-SS FUEL LEAKAGE SENSOR

for double wall diesel
fire pump fuel tanks
Utilizing a corrosion 1” NPT Outer Tank Connection F E A T U R ES
resistant float sensor, the
FLS-SS detects fuel • Detects leakage in the
leakage in the annular annular space of a
space, between the inner double wall diesel fire
and outer wall, of an pump engine fuel tank
above ground double wall 1/2” NPT Conduit Connection
diesel fire pump engine • Capable of sensing as
fuel tank. little as 3oz (90ml) of
leakage
The sensor is designed
for double wall tanks • Designed for use on
with a bottom located double wall fuel tanks
outer tank drain port. with a bottom located
The sensor simply screws outer tank drain
into the drain port replac- connection
Test / Drain Plug
ing the existing plug. Any
leakage flows to the outer • Connects to an alarm in
tank drain and into the FLS-SS Fuel Leakage Sensor Assembly the Fire Pump
sensor. The sensor is field the bottom of the assem- ally actuating the sensor Controller or other low
wired to a Fuel Leak bly. A wiring junction switch. voltage alarm system
alarm lamp provided by box with conduit connec- All electrical components
tion is provided. • Stainless Steel Body
fire pump controller in the FLS-SS are U.L.
manufacturer or to a All units are Recognized or Listed. The • Non-metallic float
separate low voltage factory tested prior to assembly is simple to in- switch for use with
alarm system. shipment. The sensor can stall, economical and re- Diesel Fuel
The FLS-SS includes a be field tested after quires no maintenance.
test plug and full size installation by removing • Field testable while
tank drain plug located on the test plug and manu- installed
T E C H N I C A L S P E CI F I C A T I O N S
• Piping Assembly .........................Type 304 Stainless Steel

• Temperature Rating ...................Ambient Temperature 32°F (0°C) to 150°F (65°C)
• Pressure Rating ..........................Pressure to 50 PSIG (345 kpa) @ 70°F (21°C)
• Switch Material ..........................Non-Metallic for use with Diesel Fuel
• Switched Output .........................Normally Open (NO) contact closes on leakage detection
• Switch Resistive Load ................24 VDC 0.28 Amps Max.
• Sensitivity ....................................Switch closes when 3oz. (90ml) or more fluid enters the assembly
• Tank Connection ........................1" Male NPT (may be bushed to match outer tank drain size)
• Test / Drain Plug .........................1/2" NPT
• Conduit Connection ...................1/2" Female NPT
• Wiring Connections ....................# 22 AWG Lead Wires
• Electrical Components ...............U.L. Recognized or Listed
• Shipping Weight .........................5 Lbs.
Assembled in USA by
Chicago Technical Sales, Inc., Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181
184
Part # 032 1863 999 FLS-
FLS-SS
FUEL LEAKAGE SENSOR
PD 0321863999
COMPONENTS AND DIMENSIONS
KEY
A Tank Connection
A 1 Inch NPT Tank Connection
B Installation wrenching area

B Wrench ONLY on shaded area
C Junction Box - 1/2 Inch NPT

G H F
1/2” NPT Conduit Connection
D 1/2 Inch NPT Test-Drain Plug
E Stainless Steel Piping

E C
F Sensor Switch
G 12 Inches free space (305 mm)
D Drain Plug H 7-1/4 Inches (185 mm)
I
I 8-3/4 Inches (223 mm)
Note: The sensor must be mounted vertically with the 1” NPT
Note: Dimensions H and I are
connection (A) on the top and the drain plug (D) on the bottom approximate for reference only
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
• THE SENSOR MUST BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY
• DO NOT USE THE JUNCTION BOX FOR LEVERAGE DURING INSTALLATION
• DURING INSTALLATION WRENCH ONLY ON AREA (B) OF THE PIPE NIPPLE
• DO NOT APPLY WEIGHT TO THE JUNCTION BOX. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT.
• THE SENSOR IS FOR USE ONLY ON DOUBLE WALL DIESEL FUEL TANKS WITH A
BOTTOM LOCATED ANNULAR SPACE DRAIN CONNECTION
1. Remove the plastic thread protector from the tank connection pipe end (A).
2. Locate the fuel tank OUTER WALL, annular space, drain plug. Remove plug.
3. Apply Pipe Thread Sealant, Rectorseal No. 5® (or equal suitable for use with diesel fuel (see note below)), to
the pipe threads on connection (A). Thread the 1” NPT connection (A) on the sensor assembly into the
annular space drain connection. Tighten the assembly with a pipe wrench.
CAUTION! Wrench only on area (B) located on the pipe nipple. Do not use the junction box for leverage.
The junction box (C) is attached to the sensor switch (F) and any leverage or weight applied to the box
may damage or break the sensor switch. Sensor switch damage caused by improper application or
installation is not covered by warranty.
4. Connect the conduit and wiring.
CAUTION! The junction box (C) is connected to the sensor switch (F) which is fragile and rotationally
sensitive. Support the junction box to prevent rotation and weight on the sensor switch during assembly.
After assembly verify that the arrow, located on the sensor switch, is vertical as shown in the drawing
above.
5. After installation is complete, the sensor may be tested. Remove the 1/2” NPT drain plug (D) on the bottom
of the assembly. Insure the leak detection electrical circuit is activated. GENTLY insert the eraser end of a
pencil vertically into the drain port. GENTLY raise and lower the float switch with the pencil to activate
and de-activate the fuel leak alarm. Reinstall the drain plug using pipe thread sealant.
Note: Rectorseal No. 5® is available in the USA from Grainger (www.grainger.com) Part # 4YRW3 (1.75 Oz.)
Assembled in USA by
Chicago Technical Sales, Inc., Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181
185
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
MANUAL PURGA DE AIRE
186
Air Release Valves
Operational Highlights:
• Maintains system flow efficiency
• Releases unwanted air pockets during system operation
• Protects system against air related surges
Product Features:
• Unconditionally guaranteed stainless steel floats
• Stainless steel 316 internal trim
• Resilient seating for positive shutoff
• Performance proven for over 40 years
• Non-clog design eliminates backwashing
Optional Accessories:
Clean Water* Wastewater
• Vacuum check (prevents inflow of air)
• Outlet hood with screen (prevents debris from entering valves)
• Ball and plug isolation valves (allows valve maintenance)
• Inflow Preventer on outlet (stops flood water and resulting
contamination from entering pipeline)
• Backwash kit (for severe wastewater applications)
*
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
COMPONENT STANDARD OPTIONAL
Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12
Body and Cover
< 300 psig Stainless Steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8M
Trim Type 316 Stainless Steel --

Coating Universal Alkyd Primer (external) Non-Stick Fusion Bonded Epoxy (internal & external)
Venting Capacity for Air Release Valve Orifice Sizes
187
Air Release Valves
Installation Dimensions
WATER AIR RELEASE VALVES
Inlet Outlet Model CWP Dimensions A
Orifice Size
Size Size Number PSI A B
1/2” NPT 1/2” NPT 15A*• 175 1/16” 4 3/4” 5 1/4”
3/4” NPT 1/2” NPT 15A.2*• 175 1/16” 4 3/4” 5 1/4”
1” NPT 1/2” NPT 15A.3*• 175 1/16” 4 3/4” 5 1/4”
B
1” NPT 1/2” NPT 22.3*• 175 3/32” 5 1/8” 6”
1/2” - 3/4” NPT 1/2” NPT 22.4*• 175 3/32” 5 1/8” 6”
1/2” NPT 1/2” NPT 22.7*• 300 1/16” 5 1/8” 6”
1/2” - 1” NPT 1/2” NPT 22.9* 300 1/16” 5 1/8” 6”
3/4” - 1” NPT 1/2” NPT 25.5* 150 1/8” 6 1/8” 7” 15A - 50HP
3/4” - 1” NPT 1/2” NPT 25.6* 300 3/32” 6 1/8” 7” Air Release Valve
1” NPT 1/2” NPT 38* 150 3/16” 7” 10”
1” NPT 1/2” NPT 38HP* 500 1/8” 7” 10”
2” NPT 1/2” NPT 38.2* 150 3/16” 7” 10”
A
1” NPT 1/2” NPT 38.5* 300 5/32” 7” 10”
2” NPT 1/2” NPT 38.6* 300 5/32” 7” 10”
2” NPT 1” NPT 45* 150 23/64” 9 1/2” 12 1/4”
2” NPT 1” NPT 45HP* 400 3/16” 9 1/2” 12 1/4”
B
3” NPT 1” NPT 45.2* 150 23/64” 9 1/2” 12 1/4”
2” NPT 1” NPT 45.5* 300 7/32” 9 1/2” 12 1/4”
3” NPT 1” NPT 45.6* 300 7/32” 9 1/2” 12 1/4”
2” NPT 1” NPT 50* 500 7/32” 10 7/8” 13” 61
2” NPT 1” NPT 50HP* 1000 1/8” 10 7/8” 13” Air Release Valve
6” 125lb Flg 1” NPT 61* 150 1” 18 3/4” 22”
*NSF/ANSI 61 Certified •UL Listed/FM Approved
WASTEWATER AIR RELEASE VALVES A
Inlet Outlet Model CWP Dimensions

Orifice Size
Size Size Number PSI A B
2” NPT 1/2” NPT 48A 150 3/16” 7” 15 5/16”
3” NPT 1/2” NPT 48A.2 150 3/16” 7” 15 5/16”
2” NPT 1/2” NPT 48A.4 75 5/16” 7” 15 5/16” B
3” NPT 1/2” NPT 48A.5 75 5/16” 7” 15 5/16”
2” NPT 1” NPT 49A 150 7/16” 9 1/2” 17 9/16”
3” NPT 1” NPT 49A.2 150 7/16” 9 1/2” 17 9/16”
2” NPT 1” NPT 49A.4 75 1/2” 9 1/2” 17 9/16”
48A - 49A.6
3” NPT 1” NPT 49A.5 75 1/2” 9 1/2” 17 9/16” Wastewater Air
4” NPT 1” NPT 49A.6 75 1/2” 9 1/2” 17 9/16” Release Valves
188
4 3/4"
OPTIONAL
23
OUTLET
21
14
2
6 7 5/8"
17
4
34 7
3
5 5 1/4"
13
12 1
10
11
R
FM
APPROVED
LISTED
28WL
INLET
TEST PRESSURE
1.5 TIMES COLD WORKING PRESSURE-CWP
SEE DRAWING NO. VM-15A-M FOR STANDARD MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION.

VALVE MODEL INLET OUTLET CWP ORIFICE
SIZE NO. * SIZE SIZE P.S.I. SIZE
1/2" 1 / 2 " -15A 1 / 2 " N.P.T. 1 / 2 " N.P.T. 175 1 / 16 "
3/4" 3 / 4 " -15A.2 3 / 4 " N.P.T. 1 / 2 " N.P.T. 175 1 / 16 "
1" 1 " -15A.3 1 " N.P.T. 1 / 2 " N.P.T. 175 1 / 16 "
* ADD “H” TO MODEL NO. FOR OPTIONAL SCREENED HOOD SPK-5H.
1 BODY 11 ORIFICE BUTTON

2 COVER 12 PIVOT PIN
3 LEVER FRAME 13 PIN RETAINER (NOT SHOWN)
4 SEAT 14 PIPE PLUG
5 FLOAT 17 FLOAT RETAINER
6 GASKET 21 LOCATOR
7 COVER BOLT 23 SCREENED HOOD
10 FLOAT ARM 34 LOCK WASHER
Revision 4-13-04
DATE
AIR RELEASE VALVE 2-23-87
DRWG. NO.
®
VALVE AND MANUFACTURING CORP. VM-15A
189
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045
TABLAS DE CONFIGURACION MODBUS

BOMBA JOCKEY
190
Firetrol Jockey XG Pump Controller
For software release 905100-004
This document describes the Modbus communications The maximum number of bytes contained within one
protocol as an optional function supported by the packet of communications is 64.
Firetrol Jockey XG Pump Controller. It includes
Device Address Field This is the first byte of
instructions on how to activate this Option and
each Modbus RTU transmission. The device
establish communication with the Jockey Pump
Controller via the network.
for the Jockey Pump Controller.
Modbus Protocol Function Code Field This is a second byte of
each transmission and represents the commanded
Implementation Basics action to the slave device (for queries from the
master) or the action that was taken by the slave
The Jockey Pump Controller supports the Modbus device (for responses from the slave). Codes
protocol via RS-485 communication network, where it between 1 and 127 are defined as Modbus RTU
functions as a slave device. The RS-485 medium is a functions. Presently, 2 functions are supported:
multi-drop standard, which allows for multiple slave
devices on a single loop. In order to use 1. Function #3. - Read Holding Registers.
communication functionality, the user needs to have 2. Function #6. - Preset Single Register.
the Option installed in the factory or order the
hardware connectivity kit and Option activation as an These function codes are detailed in the Supported
add-on. Function Codes section.
Hardware, Option activation requirements depending on whether the message is a request or
a response packet. This field typically contains
The Jockey Pump Controller Modbus communication
information required by the slave device to
via the RS-485 port is available as optional package.
perform the command specified in a request
For those don’t have this option pre-installed, they will
need to contact the factory.
Option activation:
Error Check Field The Error Check Field
The option activation is done through the Jockey
consists of a 16 bit Cyclical Redundancy Check
Pump Controller GUI by a factory authorized Rep.
(CRC16). It allows the receiving device to detect a
only. User can setup the parameters by following the
procedures below:
Modbus Slave Packet Framing and Timing
address and baud rate as desired. The default values The Modbus RTU protocol does not define any
are address 1 and 19200 baud rate. explicit packet synchronization bytes. Synchronization
 Baud rate selection range: from 1200 to 115200 is accomplished implicitly with the use of silent
for Serial hardware package. intervals. According to the Modbus RTU standard, all
 Address setting range: from 1- 247 master messages must start with a silent interval of at
least 3.5 character times. This means that every byte
Modbus RTU Packet Format within a packet must precede the next byte by fewer
than 3.5 character times based on the baud rate. And
 Device Address Field preceded it.
 Function Code Field CRC-16 Algorithm
 Data Field
 Error Check (CRC) Field Procedure The algorithm essentially treats the entire
data packet (less the start, stop, and, if used, parity
bits) as one continuous binary number. Since we are
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 1 XXXXXX-XXX
191 X
NEXT Y
the generator polynomial. In the case of the Modbus END
CRC checksum, when divided by the same Generator CRC-16 C Programming Language Example:
Polynomial at the receiver, will give a zero remainder CRC16_checksum is a C language function that
if no transmission errors have occurred. calculates and returns the 16-bit CRC checksum of a
The steps for generating the 16-bit CRC checksum following four parameters are passed as part of the
are as follows: function:
2. length of string (in bytes)
FFFF hex.
unsigned int CRC = 0xFFFF;
hex. Otherwise, just shift the 16-bit CRC register to unsigned int GenPoly = 0xA001;
While (Length--) { /* for each data byte in string */
4. Repeat step 3 until eight right shifts have been
data byte */
5. Exclusive OR the 16-bit CRC register with the next
If ((CRC & 0x0001) == 1) CRC = (CRC >> 1) ^ Genpoly;
6. Repeat steps 3-5 until all the bytes of the data packet Else (CRC = CRC >> 1);
} /* for statement */
7. The 16-bit CRC register contains the new checksum } /* while statement */
}
CRC-16 Pseudocode: Below is the pseudocode for send the ASCII string “ASCO”. Using an ASCII
generating the 16-bit CRC checksum. XOR is the character look-up table, we have the following
Exclusive-OR function: hexadecimal codes for each of the ASCO letters:
CRC16REG = FFFF hex A = 0x41 S = 0x53
GENPOLY = A001 hex C = 0x43 O = 0x4F
FOR Y = 1 to 8
BEGIN CRC16_checksum((unsigned char *)“ASCO”, 4)
IF [(the least-significant-bit of CRC16REG) = 1] THEN which returns CRC = 0xCD94
SHIFT CRC16REG one bit to the RIGHT or
OTHERWISE
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 2 XXXXXX-XXX X 192



or
“\x41\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”, 4)


checksum as:

or

packet.

193 X
Function # 03 (03h) – Read Holding Registers the data register definitions of the Jockey Pump
Controller.
more consecutive data registers from the Jockey Pump The following example shows the format of a
Controller. The data registers are always 16 bit (two transmission between a client device and the
byte) values, transmitted high order byte first. Refer to responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1. The
the Register Map for details about the data register client desires to set the Selected Event register 40159
definitions of the Jockey Pump Controller. to a data value 5 (05 hexadecimal).
responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1. The Slave address 01
master desires to read the Timestamp, beginning at Function code 06
Holding register location 40004 (which is a “Data Data starting address (low byte) 9E
starting address” of 3 decimal or 03 hexadecimal). Set Data (high byte) 00
Set Data (low byte) 05
Master Transmission
CRC16 (low byte) 28
Packet Format Example (in hex) CRC16 (high byte) 27
Slave address 01
Function code 03 Jockey Pump Controller Response
Data starting address (high byte) 00 Packet Format Example (in hex)
Data starting address (low byte) 03 Slave address 01
Number of registers (high byte) 00 Function code 06
Number of registers (low byte) 06 Data starting address (high byte) 00
CRC16 (low byte) 35 Data starting address (low byte) 9E
CRC16 (high byte) C8 Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 05
Jockey Pump Controller Response CRC16 (low byte) 28
Slave address 01
Function code 03
Byte count 0C Function # 16 (10h) – Preset Multiple Registers
Data word #1 (high byte) 00 This function currently is not supported.
Data word #2 (low byte) 09 Exception Responses
Data word #3 (low byte) 25 If the Modbus master device sends an unsupported
Data word #4 (high byte) 00 command, attempts to read an invalid holding register,
or attempts to write invalid data, the Jockey Pump
Data word #5 (low byte) 08 Controller issues an exception response. The format
Data word #6 (high byte) 00 for the exception response is as follows:
Data word #6 (low byte) 0A 1. SLAVE ADDRESS
CRC16 (low byte) 8E 2. FUNCTION CODE*
CRC16 (high byte) B7 (with the most-significant-bit set to a 1)
3. ERROR CODE
Function # 06 (06h) – Preset Single Register 4. CRC16 – low order byte
This function code allows the master device to modify * Note the high order bit of the function code has
the contents of a single configuration register within been set to one to indicate an exception response
the Jockey Pump Controller. The data registers are has been generated.
always 16 bit (two byte) values, transmitted high order
byte first. Refer to the Register Map for details about
supported by the Jockey Pump Controller.

Error Error Jockey Pump Controller Jockey Pump Controller Response

Illegal data
value
Negative
Acknowledge

the responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1.
The client device attempts to write an invalid data
register 40159 (9E hexadecimal). The Jockey Pump
Controller responds with Error code 03.
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 0C
Data (low byte) 1C
CRC16 (low byte) EC
Jockey Pump Controller Response

Slave address 01
Function code 86
Error code 03
CRC16 (low byte) 02

responding Jockey Pump Controller at address 1. The
master device attempts to write to an invalid address,
40141 (8C hexadecimal). The Jockey Pump Controller
responds with Error code 02.
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 06
CRC16 (low byte) C8
195 X
Register Map
The following table describes the mapping of the registers defined in the Modbus protocol within the Jockey
Pump Controller.
Jockey Pump Controller Modbus Register Map Table
Notes including a release number, e.g. “Rel. XX”, mean that the register number was introduced in that release, is
Function
Code(s)
40004 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Hour Hr RO 0 – 23

40005 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Minute Min RO 0 – 59
40006 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Second Sec RO 0 – 59
40007 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Month Month RO 1 – 12
40008 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Day Day RO 1 – 31
40009 0x03 Jockey Pump Time Stamp Year Year RO 1700 - 3000

D2 -
Reserved Bits
D15
40025 0x03
D8-
Reserved Bits
D15
40026 0x03
D0-D3 Reserved Bits
D4 Input 21 – Manual stop input / Auto (MOA) In RO BOOL
D5-D6 Reserved Bits
D7 Input 24 – Local start / Manual (MOA) In RO BOOL
D8-
Reserved Bits
D15
40027 0x03
D1-D3 Reserved Bits
D12-
Reserved Bits
D15

Function
Code(s)


40047 Undefined Registers

40048 0x03 Restart Delay Timer setting Sec RO 0 - 10
40049 0x03 Restart Delay Timer current value Sec RO 0 - 10
Data Logging



40084 0x03 No. Of Cycles RO 0 - 10000


197 X
Function
Code(s)

40123 0x03 Horse Power RO 0 - 29999
0 - Single Phase,
1 - 3 Phase
0 - Disabled,
1 - Enabled
0 - psi,
2 - kPA
40138-40141 0x03 Undefined Registers
0 - Off,
1 - Hourly
40148 – 40157
for diagnostic
40148 0x03 ADEMDR0 RO 0 - 65535
40149 0x03 ADEMDR1 RO 0 - 65535
40150 0x03 ADEMDR2 RO 0 - 65535
40151 0x03 ADEMDR3 RO 0 - 65535
40152 0x03 ADEMDR4 RO 0 - 65535
40153 0x03 ADEMDR5 RO 0 - 65535
40154 0x03 ADEMDR6 RO 0 - 65535
40155 0x03 ADEMDR7 RO 0 - 65535
40156 0x03 ADEMDR8 RO 0 - 65535
40157 0x03 ADEMDR9 RO 0 - 65535
Event Logging
0x03
0x06
40165 0x03 Event Day RO 1 - 31
40166 0x03 Event Year RO 1700 - 3000

Function
Code(s)
40177 0x03
D2-D4 Reserved Bits
D6-
Reserved Bits
D15





199 X
Function
Code(s)

0-do nothing
1-Message Only
2-User 1 Out
3-User 2 Out
4-User 3 Out
6-User 5 Out
7-User 6 Out
8-User 7 Out
9-User 8 Out
10-User 9 Out




Function
Code(s)

201 X
Function
Code(s)

40429-40438 Undefined Register

Function
Code(s)
203 X
Function
Code(s)



40705 0x03 Cycle count last hour RO 0 - 65535
40706 0x03 Cycle count last day RO 0 - 65535
40707 0x03 Cycle count last month (30-day period) RO 0.0 – 6553.5
40708 0x03 Cycle count average per hour (in tenths) RO 0.0 – 6553.5
40709 0x03 Cycle count average per day (in tenths) RO 0.0 – 6553.5
Cycle count average per month (30-day period) (in
40710 0x03 RO 0.0 – 6553.5
tenths)
40711 0x03 Cycle count per user-defined interval RO 0 - 65535
40712 0x03 Test Mode health flags (upper 16 bits) RO 0 - 65535
40713 0x03 Test Mode health flags (lower 16 bits) RO 0 - 65535

Jockey controller event message descriptions corresponding to event ID


1 Pump Running 38 Reserved 75 Reserved
2 Pump Stopped 39 Reserved 76 Reserved
3 Low Clock Battery 40 Reserved 77 Reserved
4 Fail to Start 41 Reserved 78 Reserved
5 Fail to Start Noted 42 Reserved 79 Pressure Log
6 Call to Start 43 Reserved 80 Pressure Log Run
7 Reserved 44 Reserved 81 Database Clear
8 Reserved 45 Reserved 82 System Reset
11 Reserved 48 User 1 On 85 Data Log Cleared
12 Reserved 49 User 1 Off 86 Clock Set Entered
13 Reserved 50 User 2 On 87 Clock Set Complete
14 Phase Failure 51 User 2 Off 88 Reserved
15 Phase Reversal 52 User 3 On 89 Reserved
17 Motor Overload 54 User 4 On 91 Reserved
27 Motor Normal 64 User 9 On 101 Reserved
28 Interlock On 65 User 9 Off 102 Reserved
29 Interlock Off 66 Reserved 103 Reserved
32 Low Pressure 69 Reserved 106 Parameters Reset
33 Normal Pressure 70 Reserved 107 Passwords Reset
34 Reserved 71 Pressure Fail 108 Service due – line 1 message
35 Reserved 72 Pressure in range 109 Service Due Reset
205 X
116 Automatic Start 159 Reserved 202 Reserved
117 Automatic Start Clear 160 Reserved 203 Reserved
130 Main Switch Off 173 Reserved 216 Reserved
131 Main Switch Auto 174 Daylight Savings 217 Reserved
132 Main Switch Manual 175 Service due – line 2 message 218 Reserved
133 System Overpressure 176 Reserved 219 Reserved
134 System Pressure OK 177 Reserved 220 Reserved
137 Reserved 180 Mode Off OFF 223 Reserved
138 Reserved 181 Mode Auto OFF 224 Service Due line 3
139 Reserved 182 Mode Manual OFF 225 Service Due line 4
150 Reserved 193 New firmware load
151 Auto start Input Off 194 New firmware detected
153 Pressure Delta 196 Reserved
154 1CR 197 Reserved

PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045

BOMBA MOTOR DIESEL
207
Firetrol Mark II XG Diesel Fire Pump Controller
Firetrol Mark II XG Diesel Fire Pump Controller. It
and establish communication with the Diesel Fire Device Address Field This is the first byte of
Modbus Protocol for the Diesel Fire Pump Controller.
The Diesel Fire Pump Controller supports the Modbus action to the slave device (for queries from the
protocol via the TTL port to an RS-485 or Ethernet master) or the action that was taken by the slave
communication network, where it functions as a slave device (for responses from the slave). Codes
device. The RS-485 medium is a multi-drop standard, between 1 and 127 are defined as Modbus RTU
which allows for multiple slave devices on a single functions. Presently, 2 functions are supported:
loop. In order to use communication functionality, the 1. Function #3. - Read Holding Registers.
user needs to have the Option installed in the factory 2. Function #6. - Preset Single Register.
or order the hardware connectivity kit and Option
activation as an add-on. These function codes are detailed in the Supported
Data Field The Data Field varies in length
The Diesel Fire Pump Controller Modbus depending on whether the message is a request or
communication via the TTL port is available as an a response packet. This field typically contains
Option activation:
The option activation is done through the Diesel Fire
Modbus Slave
preceded it.
 Data Field
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 11 381339-300
208 C
BEGIN
END
are as follows:
function:
}
CRC16REG = FFFF hex
C = 0x43 O = 0x4F
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 2 381339-300 C 209
or




or
“\x41\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”, 4)


checksum as:

or

packet.

210 C
Function # 03 (03h) – Read Holding Registers about the data register definitions of the Diesel Fire
Pump Controller.
more consecutive data registers from the Diesel Fire The following example shows the format of a
(two byte) values, transmitted high order byte first. responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
register definitions of the Diesel Fire Pump Controller. 40077 to a data value 5 (05 hexadecimal).
responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address 1. Slave address 01
The master desires to read the Timestamp (time & Function code 06
date), beginning at Holding register location 40004 Data starting address (low byte) 4C
(which is a “Data starting address” of 3 decimal or 03 Set Data (high byte) 00
hexadecimal). Set Data (low byte) 05
CRC16 (low byte) 88
Master Transmission CRC16 (high byte) 1E
Slave address 01
Number of registers (low byte) 06 Data starting address (low byte) 4C
CRC16 (low byte) 88
CRC16 (high byte) 1E
Slave address 01
Data word #4 (high byte) 00 or attempts to write invalid data, the Diesel Fire Pump
Controller issues an exception response. The format
Data word #5 (low byte) 08 for the exception response is as follows:
Function # 06 (06h) – Preset Single Register * Note the high order bit of the function code has
the Diesel Fire Pump Controller. The data registers The following table is a list of the exception codes
are always 16 bit (two byte) values, transmitted high supported by the Diesel Fire Pump Controller.
Error Error Diesel Fire Pump Controller Diesel Fire Pump Response
The slave does not support the
Illegal data
value
Negative
Acknowledge

the responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address
1. The client device attempts to write an invalid data
register 40077 (4C hexadecimal). The Diesel Fire
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 0C
Data (low byte) 1C
CRC16 (low byte) 4C
CRC16 (high byte) D4

Slave address 01
Function code 86
Error code 03
CRC16 (low byte) 02

responding Diesel Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
address, 40141 (8C hexadecimal). The Diesel Fire
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 06
CRC16 (low byte) C8
212 C
Register Map
The following table describes the mapping of the registers defined in the Modbus protocol within the Diesel Fire
Pump Controller.
Diesel Fire Pump Controller Modbus Register Map Table
Function
Code(s)
40004 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Hour Hr RO 0 – 23

40005 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Minute Min RO 0 – 59
40006 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Second Sec RO 0 – 59
40007 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Month Month RO 1 – 12
40008 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Day Day RO 1 – 31
40009 0x03 Fire Pump Time Stamp Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40010 0x03 D0 Main Switch in Auto LED RO BOOL

D2 Engine Fail To Start LED RO BOOL
D3 Charger Malfunction LED RO BOOL
D6 System Pressure Low LED RO BOOL
D7 Engine Running LED RO BOOL
D8 Engine Temperature High LED RO BOOL
D9 Engine Oil Pressure Low LED RO BOOL
D10 Engine Over speed LED RO BOOL
D11 Low Fuel Level LED RO BOOL
D12 –
Undefined bits
D15

40019 0x03 D0 Input 1 - User 1 RO BOOL

D9 Input 10 – Crank 1 RO BOOL
D10 Input 11 - Crank 2 RO BOOL
D11 Input 12 – Manual stop RO BOOL
D12 Input 13 - Manual mode RO BOOL
D13 Input 14 - Off RO BOOL
D14 Input 15 – Auto mode RO BOOL
40020 0x03 D0 Input 17 - Remote Start RO BOOL

D1 Input 18 - Remote Interlock RO BOOL
D2 Input 19 - Deluge Valve Open RO BOOL
D3 Input 20 - Engine Running RO BOOL
Function
Code(s)
D4 Input 21 - Engine Over-speed RO BOOL

D5 Input 22 - Engine Temperature High RO BOOL
D6 Input 23 - Engine Oil Pressure Low RO BOOL
D7 Input 24 - Low System Pressure Switch RO BOOL
D8-
Undefined Bits
D15
40021 0x03 D0-D7 Undefined RO BOOL

D8 Input 25 – Low fuel RO BOOL
D9 Input 26 – High fuel RO BOOL
D10 Input 27 – Low pump room temp RO BOOL
D11 Input 28 – High reservoir level RO BOOL
D12 Input 29 – Low reservoir level RO BOOL
D13 Input 30 – Relief Valve open RO BOOL
D14 Input 31 – Spare RO BOOL
D15 Input 32 – Control voltage RO BOOL
40022 0x03 D0 Output 1 - Crank 1 RO BOOL

D1 Output 2 - Crank 2 RO BOOL
D2 Output 3 - Audible Alarm RO BOOL
D3 Output 4 - Common Alarm RO BOOL
D12 Output 13 - Test Solenoid RO BOOL
D13 Output 14 - Engine Running RO BOOL
D14 Output 15 - Engine Over-speed RO BOOL
D15 Output 16 - CPU Failure RO BOOL
40023 0x03 D0 Output 17 - Fuel Valve RO BOOL

D1 Output 18 - Not In Auto RO BOOL
D2 Output 19 - Engine Trouble RO BOOL
D3 Output 20 - Common Pump Room Trouble RO BOOL
D4 Output 21 - Engine Temp High RO BOOL
D5 Output 22 - Engine Oil Pressure Low RO BOOL
D6 Output 23 - Fail To Start RO BOOL
D7 Output 24 - Spare RO BOOL
D8-
Undefined Bits
D15

40027 0x03 On Delay Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40029 0x03 Minimum Run Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40030 0x03 Off Delay Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40031 0x03 Motor Elapsed Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
40034 0x03 Motor Crank Timer RO 0 - 100
Data Logging
40035 0x03 Last Engine Start Hour Hr RO 0 - 23
40036 0x03 Last Engine Start Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40037 0x03 Last Engine Start Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40038 0x03 Last Engine Start Month RO 1 - 12
40039 0x03 Last Engine Start Day RO 1 - 31

214
Function
Code(s)
40040 0x03 Last Engine Start Year RO 1700 - 3000
40041 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40042 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40043 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40044 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Month RO 1 - 12
40045 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Day RO 1 - 31
40046 0x03 Last Engine Over Speed Year RO 1700 - 3000
40047 0x03 Last Charger Failure Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40048 0x03 Last Charger Failure Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40049 0x03 Last Charger Failure Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40050 0x03 Last Charger Failure Month RO 1 - 12
40051 0x03 Last Charger Failure Day RO 1 - 31
40052 0x03 Last Charger Failure Year RO 1700 - 3000
40053 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40054 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40055 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40056 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Month RO 1 - 12
40057 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Day RO 1 - 31
40058 0x03 Last Battery Trouble Year RO 1700 - 3000
40059 0x03 Last Low Fuel Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40060 0x03 Last Low Fuel Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40061 0x03 Last Low Fuel Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40062 0x03 Last Low Fuel Month RO 1 - 12
40063 0x03 Last Low Fuel Day RO 1 - 31
40064 0x03 Last Low Fuel Year RO 1700 - 3000

40069 0x03 Minimum System Pressure PSI RO 0 - 6000 0.1 * Raw

40070 0x03 Maximum System Pressure PSI RO 0 - 6000 0.1 * Raw
40071 0x03 Calls To Start RO 0 - 50000
40072 0x03 Number Engine Starts RO 0 - 50000
40073 0x03 Last Engine Run Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
40074 0x03 Total Engine Run Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
40075 0x03 Total Unit Time Sec RO 0 - 50000
Event Logging
0x03
0x06
40078 0x03 Event ID (See Diesel event description table) RO 1-191
40083 0x03 Event Day RO 1 - 31
40084 0x03 Event Year RO 1700 - 3000
40085 0x03 Event value (Pressure value or error codes) PSI RO 0 - 65535
40086 0x03 Event Onscreen Buffer RO 0-255
40089 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Battery 1 AC Volts V RO 0 - 3000
40092 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Bttery 2 AC Volts V RO 0 - 3000

215
Function
Code(s)
40093 0x03 AC Power Loss Start Enable RO BOOL

40094 0x03 AC Power Loss Start Time Sec RO 5 - 300
10 – System
40095 Battery Trouble Volts RO 0.1*raw
voltage
40096 0x03 Over Pressure setting PSI RO 0 - 600
40097 0x03 AC Power Loss Restart Hours
40098 0x03 ECM FIM Delay Enable
40099 0x03 ECM FIM Delay Time
40100 0x03 Heat Soak High Temp Delay Enable
40101 0x03 Heat Soak High Temp Delay Time


40122 0x03 Number of Events in Onscreen Buffer RO 0 - 255
40123 0x03 Alarm 1 RO

40124 0x03 Alarm 2 RO
40125 0x03 Alarm 3 RO
40126 0x03 Alarm 4 RO
40127 0x03 Alarm 5 RO
40128 0x03 Alarm 6 RO
40129 0x03 Alarm 7 RO
40130 0x03 Alarm 8 RO
40131 0x03 Alarm 9 RO
40135 0x03 Configuration Byte RO BOOL Match MarkII

D1 Reserved RO BOOL
D3 Reserved RO BOOL
Result same as
D4 Remote Start On Delay Enabled RO BOOL
register 40235
40136 0x03 Manual Stop Only RO BOOL

1 - PSI
40137 0x03 Pressure Units RO 2 – BAR
3 - kPA
0 - Off
40138 0x03 Low Suction Control RO 1 - Alarm
2 - Shutdown
40139 0x03 Low Suction Input RO 0 - Suction

216
Function
Code(s)
1 - Level
40140 0x03 Low Suction Delay Sec. RO 0 - 65535
0 - Auto
1 - Manual
40142 0x03 Pressure Recording Hourly Enable RO BOOL
40143 0x03 Pressure Recording Delta P PSI RO 9 - 50
40144 Undefined
Day of
40145 0x03 Weekly Test Day RO 0-6 0 - Sunday
Week
Minute
40146 0x03 Weekly Test Run Time RO 5, 30 - 60
s
40147 0x03 Weekly Test Week Interval Weeks RO 0-5
40148 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40149 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40150 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40151 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Month RO 1 - 12
40152 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Day RO 1 - 31
40153 0x03 Last High Temperature Alarm Year RO 1700 - 3000
40154 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40155 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40156 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40157 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Month RO 1 - 12
40158 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Day RO 1 - 31
40159 0x03 Last Low Oil Pressure Alarm Year RO 1700 - 3000
40160 0x03 ADEMDR00 RO 0 - 65535
40161 0x03 ADEMDR01 RO 0 - 65535
40162 0x03 ADEMDR02 RO 0 - 65535
40163 0x03 ADEMDR03 RO 0 - 65535
40164 0x03 ADEMDR04 RO 0 - 65535
40165 0x03 ADEMDR05 RO 0 - 65535
40166 0x03 ADEMDR06 RO 0 - 65535
40167 0x03 ADEMDR07 RO 0 - 65535
40168 0x03 ADEMDR08 RO 0 - 65535
40169 0x03 ADEMDR09 RO 0 - 65535
40170 0x03 ADEMDR10 RO 0 - 65535
40171 0x03 ADEMDR11 RO 0 - 65535

40177 0x03 D0 LED 1-AC Power Available RO BOOL
D2 LED 3-Main Switch In Auto RO BOOL
D3 LED 4-Main Switch In Manual RO BOOL
D4 LED 5-System Pressure Low RO BOOL
D5 LED 6-Engine Running RO BOOL
D6 LED 7-Engine Fail To Start RO BOOL
D7 LED 8-Engine Temperature High RO BOOL
D8 LED 9-Engine Oil Pressure Low RO BOOL
D9 LED 10-Engine Over speed RO BOOL
D10 LED 11-Engine Alternate ECM RO BOOL
D11 LED 12-Engine Fuel Injector Malfunction RO BOOL
D12 LED 13-Fuel Level Low RO BOOL
D14 LED 15-Charger Malfunction RO BOOL
D15 LED 16-Battery # 1 Trouble RO BOOL
40178 0x03 D0 LED 17-Battery # 2 Trouble RO BOOL

217
Function
Code(s)
D1-
Undefined RO
D15


40209 0x03 Primary crank type RO 1-2
40210 0x03 Primary crank attempts RO 0 - 255
40211 0x03 Primary crank interrupt RO 0-8
40212 0x03 Primary crank fail output RO 0 - 16
40213 0x03 Primary crank reset time Sec. RO 0-
40214 0x03 Secondary crank type RO 1 - 23
40215 0x03 Secondary crank attempts RO 0 - 255
40216 0x03 Secondary crank test RO BOOL
40217 0x03 Secondary backup RO BOOL

40219 0x03 Non alternating RO 0-2
40221 0x03 Engine speed factor RO 100

40222 0x03 Engine type RO 0-2

40224 0x03 Primary start RO BOOL
40225 0x03 Battery voltage RO 0-999 0.1*raw
40226 0 – Lead
0x03 Battery type RO
1 - NiCad
40227 0x03 Battery voltage Min. alarm limit setting V RO 0 - 5000 0.1*raw
40228 0x03 Battery voltage Max. alarm limit setting V RO 0 - 999 0.1*raw
40229 0x03 Battery AC voltage Min. alarm limit setting V RO 0-3000
40230 0x03 Battery AC voltage Min. limit enabled RO BOOL
40231 0x03 Battery AC voltage Max. alarm limit setting V RO 0-999
40232 0x03 Battery AC voltage Max. limit enabled RO BOOL
0 – OFF
40233 0x03 Coil continuity RO 1 - Coil 1 only
2 - Coil 2 only

218
Function
Code(s)
3 - Coils 1 & 2
40234 0x03 Manual test duration feature settings Min. RO 0 - 99
40235 0x03 Remote start use on delay RO BOOL
40236 0x03 Remote start auto shutdown RO BOOL
RO 0–
1 – PTR
40237 0x03 User input pump room
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40239 0x03 Program mode input RO BOOL
40240 0x03 Test mode input RO BOOL
40242 0x03 Total Engine Run Time hour Hr. RO 0 - 65535
40243 0x03 Total Engine Run Time Min. Min. RO 0 - 59
40244 0x03 Last Engine Run Time hour Hr. RO 0 - 65535
40245 0x03 Last Engine Run Time Min. Min. RO 0 - 59
40246 0x03 Total Unit Time hour Hr. RO 0 - 65535
40247 0x03 Total Unit Time Min Min. RO 0 - 59
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40262 0x03 Undefined register
0–
1 – PTR
40263 0x03 Opt. AF pump room temp setting RO
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
40264 0x03 Opt. AG low reservoir pump room setting RO
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40265 0x03 Opt. EG relive valve pump room setting RO 0–

219
Function
Code(s)
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
0–
1 – PTR
2 – ETR
3 – ETR + PTR
40269 0x03 Opt. AF pump room temp audible RO BOOL
40270 0x03 Opt. AG low reservoir pump room audible RO BOOL
40271 0x03 Opt. EG relive valve pump room audible RO BOOL
40275 0x03 Opt. AF pump room alarm RO BOOL
40276 0x03 Opt. AG low reservoir pump room alarm RO BOOL
40277 0x03 Opt. EG relive valve pump room alarm RO BOOL
0 – Disabled
1 – EN Low Zone
2 – EL High Zone
3 – EM Mid Zone
0 – inactive
1-8 User Input
0 – inactive
1-8 User Output

40312 0x03 Power starts RO 0 - 65535
0-do nothing
1-Message Only
2-User 1 Out
3-User 2 Out
4-User 3 Out
6-User 5 Out
7-User 6 Out
8-User 7 Out
9-User 8 Out
10-User 9 Out

220
Function
Code(s)



221
Function
Code(s)


222
Function
Code(s)


223
Function
Code(s)

224
Function
Code(s)


225
Function
Code(s)

226
Function
Code(s)

227
Diesel controller event message descriptions corresponding to event ID

1 Engine Running 50 Reserved 99 Relief Valve Closed
2 Engine Stopped 51 USB drive near full 100 Charger 1 Fail
3 Low Clock Battery 52 USB drive has space 101 Charger 1 Recovered
4 Fail to Start 53 USB drive error 102 Charger 2 Fail
5 Fail to Start Noted 54 USB drive OK 103 Charger 2 Recovered
6 Call to Start 55 Pressure Log 104 Battery 1 Trouble
7 Over Voltage 56 Pressure Log Run 105 Battery 1 Clear
8 Under Voltage 57 Database Clear 106 Battery 2 Trouble
9 Battery Normal 58 System Reset 107 Battery 2 Clear
10 Nominal Voltage 59 Disk Dump 108 Crank 1 Button
11 Nominal Voltage 60 Disk Dump Clear 109 Crank 1 Button Clear
12 Interlock On 61 Data Log Cleared 110 Crank 2 Button
13 Interlock Off 62 Clock Set Entered 111 Crank 2 Button Clear
14 Deluge Open 63 Clock Set Complete 112 Calibration Error
15 Deluge Closed 64 Low Suction Pressure 113 Cal. Error Cleared
16 Low Pressure 65 Suction Pressure Clear 114 No Control Voltage
17 Normal Pressure 66 Pump Room Trouble 115 Control Voltage OK
18 Manual Stop Button 67 Pump Room Normal 116 Missing Battery
19 Manual Stop Released 68 Zone Enabled 117 Missing Battery OK
20 Local Start On 69 Zone Disabled 118 AC Power Lost
21 Local Start Clear 70 Zone Call To Star 119 AC Power Restored
22 Remote Start Run 71 Zone Start Done 120 Test In Progress
23 Remote Start Term 72 Weekly Test Running 121 Test Completed
24 Emergency Run On 73 Weekly Test Done 122 Automatic Start
25 Emergency Run Clear 74 Parameters Reset 123 Automatic Start Clr
26 User 1 On 75 Passwords Reset 124 City Water Press LOW
27 User 1 Off 76 Service due – line 1 message 125 City Water Press OK
28 User 2 On 77 Service Due Reset 126 Low Suction Level
29 User 2 Off 78 Flow Meter On 127 Suction Level OK
30 User 3 On 79 Flow Meter Clear 128 Target Alarm
31 User 3 Off 80 Fuel Spill Input 129 Target Alarm Clear
32 User 4 On 81 Fuel Spill Clear 130 Main Switch Off
33 User 4 Off 82 Engine Over speed 131 Main Switch Auto
34 User 5 On 83 Engine Over speed Clear 132 Main Switch Manual
35 User 5 Off 84 Engine Temp High 133 Jockey Pump Running
36 User 6 On 85 Engine Temp High OK 134 Jockey Pump Off
37 User 6 Off 86 Oil Pressure Low 135 Jockey Pump Trouble
38 User 7 On 87 Oil Pressure Low OK 136 Jockey Pump OK
39 User 7 Off 88 Fuel Level Low 137 Battery 1 Out
40 User 8 On 89 Fuel Level Low OK 138 Battery 1 Out Off
41 User 8 Off 90 Fuel Level High 139 Battery 2 Out
42 Secondary ECM On 91 Fuel Level High OK 140 Battery 2 Out Off
43 Secondary ECM Clear 92 Low Pump Room Temp 141 Charger 1 Out
44 Emergency Switch On 93 Pump Room Temp. OK 142 Charger 1 Out Off
45 Emergency Switch Off 94 Reservoir High 143 Charger 2 Out
46 Motor Start Checked 95 Reservoir High Clear 144 Charger 2 Out Off
47 Pressure Fail 96 Reservoir Low 145 Weekly Test Due
48 Pressure in range 97 Reservoir Low Clear 146 Weekly Test Due Clear
49 Reserved 98 Relief Valve Open 147 System Overpressure

228
148 System Pressure OK 184 Test Button 220 Reserved
149 Fuel Injector Fail 185 Test Failed 221 Input 26 ON
150 Fuel Injector OK 186 Test Override 222 Input 26 OFF
151 Primary Fail Start 187 Auto Shutdown Disabled 223 Input 27 ON
152 Primary Fail Clear 188 Auto Shutdown Enabled 224 Input 27 OFF
153 Primary Interrupt 189 Manual Start 225 Input 28 ON
154 Primary Int. Cleared 190 Reserved 226 Input 28 OFF
155 Reserved 191 Daylight Savings 227 Input 29 ON
156 Coil continuity 1 Fail 192 Service due – line 2 message 228 Input 29 OFF
157 Coil continuity 2 Fail 193 Reserved 229 Input 30 ON
158 AC Power Loss Start 194 Reserved 230 Input 30 OFF
159 AC voltage high 195 Reserved 231 Reserved
160 AC voltage normal 196 Reserved 232 Reserved
161 AC voltage low 197 Reserved 233 Reserved
162 Secondary Crank 198 Reserved 234 Reserved
163 Secondary Crank Off 199 Reserved 235 Manual Test Input
164 AC Power Loss Delay 200 Duty pump 236 Manual Test Clear
165 Fuel Valve Relay Status 201 Standby pump 237 Tank 1 Fail Input
166 Low Pressure Sensor 202 Unit available 238 Tank 1 Fail Clear
167 Auto start Input 203 Unit not available 239 Tank 2 Fail Input
168 Auto start Input Off 204 Dump valve On 240 Tank 3 Fail Clear
169 Reserved 205 Dump valve Off 241 Service Due line 3
170 Pressure Delta 206 Shutdown activated 242 Service Due line 4
171 Cranking 1 207 Shutdown released 243
172 Cranking 2 208 User input On 244
173 Reserved 209 User input Off 245
174 USB Drive Found 210 New firmware load 246
175 USB Access 211 New firmware detected 247
176 USB Open 212 Reserved 248
177 USB Open Failed 213 Reserved 249
178 USB Writing 214 Reserved 250
179 USB closed 215 Reserved 251
180 Mode Off OFF 216 Reserved
181 Mode Auto OFF 217 Reserved
182 Mode Manual OFF 218 Reserved

229
PROYECTO
INCENDIOS
3808-S525-M-VD-014-045

BOMBA MOTOR ELECTRICO
230
Firetrol Mark II XG Electric VFD Fire Pump Controller
Firetrol Mark II XG Electric Fire Pump Controller. It
and establish communication with the Electric Fire Device Address Field This is the first byte of
Modbus Protocol for the Electric Fire Pump Controller.
The Electric Fire Pump Controller supports the action to the slave device (for queries from the
Modbus protocol via the TTL port to RS-485 or master) or the action that was taken by the slave
Ethernet communication network, where it functions device (for responses from the slave). Codes
as a slave device. The RS-485 medium is a multi-drop between 1 and 127 are defined as Modbus RTU
standard, which allows for multiple slave devices on a functions. Presently, 2 functions are supported:
single loop. In order to use communication 1. Function #3. - Read Holding Registers.
functionality, the user needs to have the Option 2. Function #6. - Preset Single Register.
installed in the factory or order the hardware
connectivity kit and Option activation as an add-on. These function codes are detailed in the Supported
The Electric Fire Pump Controller Modbus depending on whether the message is a request or
communication via the TTL port is available as a response packet. This field typically contains
Option activation:
The option activation is done through the Electric Fire
Modbus Slave
preceded it.
 Data Field
231 E
BEGIN
END
are as follows:
function:
}
CRC16REG = FFFF hex
C = 0x43 O = 0x4F
Modbus is a registered trademark of Gould Inc. 2 381339-301 E 232
or




or
“\x41\x53\x43\x4F\x94\xCD”, 4)


checksum as:

or

packet.

233 E
Function # 03 (03h) – Read Holding Registers about the data register definitions of the Electric Fire
Pump Controller.
more consecutive data registers from the Electric Fire The following example shows the format of a
(two byte) values, transmitted high order byte first. responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
register definitions of the Electric Fire Pump 40159 to a data value 5 (05 hexadecimal).
Controller. Master Transmission
The following example shows the format of a Packet Format Example (in hex)
transmission between a master client device and the Slave address 01
responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at address 1. Function code 06
The master desires to read the Timestamp, beginning Data starting address (low byte) 9E
at Holding register location 40004 (which is a “Data Set Data (high byte) 00
starting address” of 3 decimal or 03 hexadecimal). Set Data (low byte) 05
CRC16 (low byte) 28
Master Transmission CRC16 (high byte) 27
Slave address 01
Number of registers (low byte) 06 Data starting address (low byte) 9E
CRC16 (low byte) 28
Slave address 01
Data word #4 (high byte) 00 or attempts to write invalid data, the Electric Fire
Pump Controller issues an exception response. The
Data word #5 (low byte) 08 format for the exception response is as follows:
Function # 06 (06h) – Preset Single Register 5. CRC16 – high order byte
* Note the high order bit of the function code has
the Electric Fire Pump Controller. The data registers
are always 16 bit (two byte) values, transmitted high
supported by the Electric Fire Pump Controller.
Error Error Electric Fire Pump Controller Electric Fire Pump Response
Illegal data
value
Negative
Acknowledge

the responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at
address 1. The client device attempts to write an
invalid data value 3100 (0C1C hexadecimal) to the
Selected Event register 40159 (9E hexadecimal). The
Fire Pump Controller responds with Error code 03.
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 0C
Data (low byte) 1C
CRC16 (low byte) EC

Slave address 01
Function code 86
Error code 03
CRC16 (low byte) 02

responding Electric Fire Pump Controller at address 1.
address, 40141 (8C hexadecimal). The Electric Fire
Master Transmission
Slave address 01
Function code 06
Data (high byte) 00
Data (low byte) 06
CRC16 (low byte) C8
235 E
Register Map
The following table describes the mapping of the registers defined in the Modbus protocol within the Electric Fire
Pump Controller.
Electric Fire Pump Controller Modbus Register Map Table
Function
Code(s)
40003 0x03
D0 Power Available LED RO BOOL
D2 Low Pressure LED RO BOOL
D3 Phase Reversal LED RO BOOL
0-Phase Failure,
D4 Phase Failure LED RO
1-Not Phase Fail.
0-Deluge Open,
D5 Deluge Open LED RO
1-Delug. Not Open
D6 Interlock LED RO BOOL
Pump Running LED
D7 RO BOOL
(Motor On and Current > 0.2 * FLA)
D8 -
Undefined Bits
D15
40004 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Hour Hr RO 0 – 23

40005 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Minute Min RO 0 – 59
40006 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Second Sec RO 0 – 59
40007 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Month Month RO 1 – 12
40008 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Day Day RO 1 – 31
40009 0x03 Electric Fire Pump Time Stamp Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40011 0x03 Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40012 0x03 Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40013 0x03 Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40014 0x03 Ia A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40015 0x03 Ib A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40016 0x03 Ic A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40017 0x03 Frequency Hz RO 0 - 1000 0.1*Raw
D2 -
Undefined Bits
D15
40019 0x03 Min Start Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40020 0x03 Min Start Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40021 0x03 Min Start Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40022 0x03 Max Start Ia A RO 0 - 30000 0.1*Raw
40023 0x03 Max Start Ib A RO 0 - 30000 0.1*Raw
40024 0x03 Max Start Ic A RO 0 - 30000 0.1*Raw
40025 0x03
D9 Input 10 – Auto Start RO BOOL
Function
Code(s)
D11 Input 12 – AC control voltage present RO BOOL

D12 Input 13 – Transfer load disconnect RO BOOL
D13 Input 14 – Emergency isolating switch RO BOOL
D14 Input 15 –Transfer to emergency input RO BOOL
D15 Input 16 – Soft starter over temp. input RO BOOL
40026 0x03
D0 Input 17 – Soft starter full speed input RO BOOL
D1 Input 18 – Motor acceleration RO BOOL
D2 Input 19 – Deluge open input RO BOOL
D3 Input 20 – Interlock input RO BOOL
D4 Input 21 – Manual stop input RO BOOL
D5 Input 22 – Emergency run input RO BOOL
D6 Input 23 – Remote start RO BOOL
D7 Input 24 – Local start RO BOOL
D8-
Undefined bits RO BOOL
D15
40027 0x03
D1 Output 2 – Motor run secondary (2CR) RO BOOL
D2 Output 3 – Audible alarm output RO BOOL
D3 Output 4 – Common alarm output RO BOOL
D12 Output 13 – Test solenoid output RO BOOL
D13 Output 14 – Phase reversal output RO BOOL
D14 Output 15 - Phase reversal output RO BOOL
D15 Output 16 – Phase failure output (NC) RO BOOL

40034 0x03 Off Delay Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 5999
40036 0x03 Motor Elapsed Time Off Delay Sec RO 0 -60000
40037 0x03 Motor Acceleration Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 60
40038 0x03 Motor Acceleration Count Down Sec RO 0 - 60
40039 0x03 Load Shed Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 60
40040 0x03 Load Shed Count Down Sec RO 0 - 60
40041 0x03 Series Pumping Timer Setting Sec RO 0 - 60
40042 0x03 Series Pumping Count Down Sec RO 0 - 60

Data Logging
237 E
Function
Code(s)


40068 0x03 Last LR Trip Hour Hr RO 0 - 23

40069 0x03 Last LR Trip Minute Min RO 0 - 59
40070 0x03 Last LR Trip Second Sec RO 0 - 59
40071 0x03 Last LR Trip Month Month RO 1 - 12
40072 0x03 Last LR Trip Day Day RO 1 - 31
40073 0x03 Last LR Trip Year Year RO 1700 - 3000
40074 0x03 Minimum Run Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw

40075 0x03 Minimum Run Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40076 0x03 Minimum Run Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40077 0x03 Maximum Run Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40078 0x03 Maximum Run Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40079 0x03 Maximum Run Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1 * Raw
40080 0x03 Minimum Frequency Hz RO 0 - 1000 0.1 * Raw
40081 0x03 Maximum Frequency Hz RO 0 - 1000 0.1 * Raw
40084 0x03 Engine Calls to Start RO 0 - 10000

40093 0x03 Max Run Ia A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw

40094 0x03 Max Run Ib A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40095 0x03 Max Run Ic A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40096 0x03 Last LR Trip Ia A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40097 0x03 Last LR Trip Ib A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw
40098 0x03 Last LR Trip Ic A RO 0 - 50000 1.0 * Raw

Function
Code(s)

40122 0x03 CT Ratio RO 0 - 29999
40123 0x03 Horse Power RO 0 - 29999
40124 0x03 Under Voltage V RO 0 - 9000
40125 0x03 Over Voltage V RO 0 - 9000
40126 0x03 Voltage Imbalance % RO 0 - 100
40127 0x03 Frequency Low Limit Hz RO 0 - 70
40128 0x03 Frequency High Limit Hz RO 0 - 70
40129 0x03 Motor Current Overload (1.5 * FLA) A RO 0 - 29999
40131 0x03 System Voltage V RO 0 - 10000
40132 0x03 System Frequency Hz RO 500-600 Hz
40133 0x03 Motor FLA A RO 0 - 29999
0 - Single Phase,
1 - 3 Phase
40135 Undefined
0 - Disabled,
1 - Enabled
0 - psi,
2 - kPA
0 - Off,
40138 0x03 Low Suction Control RO 1 - Alarm,
2 - Shutdown
0 - Suction,
40139 0x03 Low Suction Input RO
1 - level
40140 0x03 Low Suction Delay Sec RO 0 - 255
0 - Auto,
1 - Manual
0 - Off,
1 - Hourly
40144 undefined
0 – 6,
Day of
40145 0x03 Weekly Test Day RO Sunday = 0,
Week
Monday = 1, etc
40146 0x03 Weekly Test Run Interval Min RO 0 - 255
40147 0x03 Weekly Test Week Interval Week RO 0-5
0 = normal Rel34
40148 0x03 VFD Bypass Switch Position RO
1 = bypass
0 = not ready Rel34
40149 0x03 VFD Drive Ready Status bool RO
1 = ready
0 = off / sleep Rel34
40150 0x03 VFD power contactors energized bool RO
1 = powered
0 = off Rel34
40151 0x03 VFD soft start command (controller output) bool RO
1 = active run
0 = VFD active Rel34
40152 0x03 VFD Bypass (controller has bypassed the VFD) bool RO
1 = Bypass
40155 0x03 VFD Overpressure (overpressure alarm is active) bool RO Rel34
40156 0x03 VFD Failure (VFD Failure state and output) bool RO Rel34
40157 0x03 VFD Maximum Current Permitted A RO 0 – rating of VFD Rel34
Event Logging
0x03
0x06

239 E
Function
Code(s)

40165 0x03 Event Day RO 1 - 31
40166 0x03 Event Year RO 1700 - 3000
THIS IS THE END OF MARK 2 MODBUS LIST. All subsequent fields are XG only
40171 0x03 Minimum idle voltage Vab V RO 0 - 1000

40172 0x03 Minimum idle voltage Vbc V RO 0 - 1000
40173 0x03 Minimum idle voltage Vca V RO 0 - 1000
40174 0x03 Maximum idle voltage Vab V RO 0 - 1000
40175 0x03 Maximum idle voltage Vbc V RO 0 - 1000
40176 0x03 Maximum idle voltage Vca V RO 0 - 1000

40177 0x03
D2 LED 3-Transfer Switch Normal RO BOOL
D3 LED 4-Transfer Switch Emergency RO BOOL
1-Phase Failure,
D4 LED 5-System Pressure Low RO
0-Not Phase Fail.
1-Deluge Open,
0-Delug. Not Open
D6 LED 7-Deluge Open RO BOOL
D7 LED 8-Remote Start RO BOOL
D8 LED 9-Interlock On RO BOOL
D9 LED 10-Fail to Start RO BOOL
D10 LED 11-Motor Overload RO BOOL
D11 LED 12-Emergency ISO Switch Off RO BOOL
D12 LED 13-Phase Failure RO BOOL
D13 LED 14-Phase Reversal RO BOOL
D15 LED 16-OverVoltage RO BOOL
40178 0x03 D0 LED 17-Under Voltage RO BOOL
D1-
Undefined
D15

40203 0x03 Voltage Min limit enabled RO BOOL
40204 0x03 Voltage Max limit enabled RO BOOL

Function
Code(s)
40205 0x03 Frequency Min Limit enabled RO BOOL

40206 0x03 Frequency Max limit enabled RO BOOL
40209 0x03
D0 Output 17 – Shunt trip normal RO BOOL
D1 Output 18 – Shunt trip emergency RO BOOL
D2-
Undefined
D15

40242-40256 Undefined registers. Reserved for options

40262 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Vab V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw

40263 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Vbc V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40264 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Vca V RO 0 - 60000 0.1*Raw
40265 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Ia A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40266 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Ib A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40267 0x03 Displayed (possibly filtered) Ic A RO 0 - 50000 0.1*Raw
40268 0x03 ADEMDR00 RO 0 - 65535

40269 0x03 ADEMDR01 RO 0 - 65535
40270 0x03 ADEMDR02 RO 0 - 65535
40271 0x03 ADEMDR03 RO 0 - 65535
40272 0x03 ADEMDR04 RO 0 - 65535
40273 0x03 ADEMDR05 RO 0 - 65535
40274 0x03 ADEMDR06 RO 0 - 65535
40275 0x03 ADEMDR07 RO 0 - 65535
40276 0x03 ADEMDR08 RO 0 - 65535
40277 0x03 ADEMDR09 RO 0 - 65535
40278 0x03 ADEMDR10 RO 0 - 65535
40279 0x03 ADEMDR11 RO 0 - 65535
0 – Disabled
1 – EN Low Zone
2 – EL High Zone
3 – EM Mid Zone
0 – inactive
1-8 User Input
0 – inactive
1-8 User Output


241 E
Function
Code(s)

0-do nothing
1-Message Only
2-User 1 Out
3-User 2 Out
4-User 3 Out
6-User 5 Out
7-User 6 Out
8-User 7 Out
9-User 8 Out
10-User 9 Out

Function
Code(s)

243 E
Function
Code(s)

Function
Code(s)
245 E
Function
Code(s)

0 = disabled
40577 0x03 VFD Type RO 1 = Control Rel34
Techniques
40578 0x03 VFD Communications Fault bool RO BOOL Rel34
40579 0x03 VFD Parameter Fault (parameter is not set as desired) bool RO BOOL Rel34
0 = off
1 Terminal PID
40580 0x03 VFD Diagnostics RO Rel34
2 Terminal NoPID
3 = Keypad
40581 0x03 VFD Rated RPM 1/min RO 0 - 65535 Rel34
40582 0x03 VFD Set Pressure PSI RO 0 - 600 Rel34
40583 0x03 VFD Set Pressure Band PSI RO dependent Rel34
40584 0x03 VFD P-gain 0.1 RO Rel34
40585 0x03 VFD I-gain 0.1 RO Rel34
40586 0x03 VFD (reserved) RO Rel34
40587 0x03 VFD Acceleration Time sec RO Rel34
40588 0x03 VFD Deceleration Time sec RO Rel34
40569 0x03 VFD Bypass Timer Enabled bool RO BOOL Rel34
40590 0x03 VFD Bypass Timer Delay sec RO Rel34
40591 0x03 VFD Metering Trip Fault Code RO Rel34
40592 0x03 VFD Metering Pressure PSI RO Rel34
40593 0x03 VFD Metering RPM 1/min RO Rel34
40594 0x03 VFD Metering PID error percentage 0.01% RO -32767 to +32767 Rel34 Signed
40595 0x03 VFD Metering Current (high portion for dual system) amp RO high part of 32-bit Rel34 Unsigned
40596 0x03 VFD Metering Current (low portion of 32-bit value) amp RO 0 – 65535 Rel34 Unsigned
40597 0x03 VFD Pause Time – Length of ½ speed sincerity test sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40598 0x03 VFD Shutdown Reboot Time – from bypass to normal sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40599 0x03 VFD Soft Starter Bypass time sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40600 0x03 VFD Set Pressure Validation Time sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40601 0x03 VFD Stopping Time sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40602 0x03 VFD Sleep Time – time before automatic VFD poweroff sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
40603 0x03 VFD Failure Timeout sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
VFD Wakeup Time – time o allow for VFD Ready after
405604 0x03 sec RO 1 - 60 Rel34 Unsigned
powerup
40605-40676 Undefined registers

Function
Code(s)

247 E
Electric controller event message descriptions corresponding to event ID

1 Pump Running 52 User 3 On 103 Load Restored
2 Pump Stopped 53 User 3 Off 104 Weekly Test Running
3 Low Clock Battery 54 User 4 On 105 Weekly Test Done
4 Fail to Start 55 User 4 Off 106 Parameters Reset
5 Fail to Start Noted 56 User 5 On 107 Passwords Reset
6 Call to Start 57 User 5 Off 108 Service due – line 1 message
7 Locked Rotor Trip 58 User 6 On 109 Service Due Reset
8 Rotor Trip Clear 59 User 6 Off 110 Target Alarm
9 Over Voltage 60 User 7 On 111 Target Alarm Clear
10 Over Frequency 61 User 7 Off 112 City Water Press LOW
11 Under Voltage 62 User 8 On 113 City Water Press OK
12 Under Frequency 63 User 8 Off 114 Low Suction Level
13 Voltage Imbalance 64 User 9 On 115 Suction Level OK
14 Phase Failure 65 User 9 Off 116 Automatic Start
15 Phase Reversal 66 Emergency Switch On 117 Automatic Start Clear
16 Current > 320% FLA 67 Emergency Switch Off 118 Calibration Error
17 Motor Overload 68 Over temp Bypass 119 Cal. Error Cleared
18 Battery Normal 69 Over temp Normal 120 Test In Progress
19 Nominal Voltage 70 Motor Start Checked 121 Test Completed
20 Nominal Voltage 71 Pressure Fail 122 Jockey Pump Running
21 Voltage Balanced 72 Pressure in range 123 Jockey Pump Off
22 Nominal Frequency 73 Reserved 124 Jockey Pump Trouble
23 Nominal Frequency 74 Reserved 125 Jockey Pump OK
24 Phase Nominal 75 USB drive near full 126 Emergency Stop
25 Phase Sequence 76 USB drive has space 127 Emergency Stop Released
26 Nominal Current 77 USB drive error 128 Factory Mode
27 Motor Normal 78 USB drive OK 129 VFD Bypass
28 Interlock On 79 Pressure Log 130 VFD Active
29 Interlock Off 80 Pressure Log Run 131 VFD Failure
30 Deluge Open 81 Database Clear 132 VFD Failure Clear
31 Deluge Closed 82 System Reset 133 System Overpressure
32 Low Pressure 83 Disk Dump 134 System Pressure OK
33 Normal Pressure 84 Disk Dump Clear 135 VFD Drive Diagnostics On
34 Manual Stop Button 85 Data Log Cleared 136 VFD Drive Diagnostics Off
35 Manual Stop Released 86 Clock Set Entered 137 Weekly Test Due
36 Power Transferred 87 Clock Set Complete 138 Weekly Test Due Clear
37 Power Re-transferred 88 Low Suction Pressure 139 Softstarter fault
38 Control Voltage OK 89 Suction Pressure OK 140 Softstarter Ok
39 No Control Voltage 90 Reservoir Low 141 Log softstarter fault
40 Load Disconnect 91 Reservoir OK 142 Log VFD failure
41 Load Reconnect 92 Low Pump Room Temp 143 VFD Ready
42 Local Start Input 93 Pump Room Temp. OK 144 VFD Not Ready
43 Local Start Clear 94 Pump Room Trouble 145 Shunt trip normal
44 Remote Start Input 95 Pump Room Normal 146 Shunt trip emergency
45 Remote Start Clear 96 Min Start Volts 147 Flow meter On
46 Emergency Run On 97 Max Start Current 148 Flow meter Off
47 Emergency Run Off 98 Zone Enabled 149 Low Pressure Sensor
48 User 1 On 99 Zone Disabled 150 Auto start Input
49 User 1 Off 100 Zone Call To Start 151 Auto start Input Off
50 User 2 On 101 Zone Start Done 152 Reserved
51 User 2 Off 102 Load Shed 153 Pressure Delta
154 1CR 182 Reserved 210 Reserved
155 2CR 183 Duty pump 211 Reserved
156 Reserved 184 Standby pump 212 Reserved
157 USB Drive Found 185 Unit available 213 Reserved
158 USB Drive Access 186 Unit not available 214 DSS PARAM fault
159 USB Open 187 Dump valve On 215 DSS PARAM Clear
160 USB Open Failed 188 Dump valve Off 216 VFD PARAM fault
161 USB Writing 189 Shutdown activated 217 VFD PARAM Clear
162 USB closed 190 Shutdown released 218 Manual Test Input
163 Reserved 191 User input On 219 Manual Test Clear
164 Reserved 192 User input Off 220 Reserved
165 Reserved 193 New firmware load 221 Reserved
166 Reserved 194 New firmware detected 222 Reserved
167 Test Button 195 DSS COMM fault 223 Reserved
168 Test Failed 196 DSS COMM Ok 224 Service Due line 3
169 Test Override 197 VFD COMM fault 225 Service Due line 4
170 Auto Shutdown Disabled 198 VFD COMM OK 226 VFD Sleep (power off)
171 Auto Shutdown Enabled 199 Relief valve open electric 227 VFD Wakeup (power on)
172 Manual Start 200 Relief valve open OFF electric 228
173 Reserved 201 DSS UTS too slow 229
174 Daylight Savings 202 Reserved 230
175 Service due – line 2 message 203 Reserved

249 E
ANEXOS
POS
POS
NEG
NEG
AS BUILT
RESPONSABLES:
FECHA:..../...../.....
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
SYSTEM INFORMATION

AS BUILT
RESPONSABLES:
COMMERCIAL INFORMATION
FECHA:..../...../.....
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
WEIGHT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
(LBS)
AS BUILT
RESPONSABLES:
FECHA:..../...../.....
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
WEIGHT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
(LBS)
AS BUILT
RESPONSABLES:
FECHA:..../...../.....
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
AS BUILT
RESPONSABLES:
FECHA:..../...../.....
SYSTEM INFORMATION
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
AS BUILT
SYSTEM INFORMATION
RESPONSABLES: ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY
FECHA:..../...../.....
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
AS BUILT
RESPONSABLES:
FECHA:..../...../.....
SYSTEM INFORMATION
SHAYA
SKID PARTS
SYSTEM INFORMATION
AS BUILT
RESPONSABLES:
FECHA:..../...../.....
SHAYA

Manual Del Vendedor-S525

Cargado por

Información del documento

Descripción original:

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Manual Del Vendedor-S525

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

AUCA FC9.

19- MANEJO DE FLUIDOS EN YULEBRA

1 Orden (Instrumento Contractual) N/A

2 Acta de Entrega Recepción Original N/A

3 Garantía Técnica emitida por el Fabricante N/A

4 Lista de documentos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-002-1

5 Programa detallado de actividades (Cronograma) 3808-S525-M-VD-014-003-0

6 Plan detallado de control de Calidad y PPI (Programa de puntos de inspección) 3808-S525-M-VD-014-004-2

7 Descripción general de los equipos y catálogos 3808-S525-M-VD-014-005-0

8 Skid Sistema Contra Incendios 3808-S525-M-VD-014-006-5

9 Vista Isométrica Arreglo General Skid YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-007-3

10 Hojas de Datos Bombas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-008-0

11 Curvas de Desempeño de las Bombas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-009-0

12 Plano Detalle: Acople 3808-S525-M-VD-014-010-0

13 Plano del Bastidor Skid Sistema Contra Incendio YLP-SCI-SBCI-01 3808-S525-M-VD-014-011-3

14 Memoria de Cálculo del Bastidor 3808-S525-M-VD-014-013-5

15 Lista Partes y Piezas de las Bombas 3808-S525-M-VD-014-014-0

System: PACKAGED FIRE PUMP SYSTEM MONTH N O V I E M D I C I E M B R E E N E R O F E B R E R O M A R Z O A B R I L M A Y O

ITEM DESCRIPTION STATUS

Date NOVIEMBRE 28 DEL 2017

EQUIP.: BOMBAS DE SISTEMA CONTRA INCENDIO REV. DATE

DESCRIPCIÓN : DESCRIPCION GENERAL DE LOS EQUIPOS 0 2/20/2018

TAG Nº: PCF-YLP-2402 PCF-YLP-2402

DWG/DOC. Nº: 3808-S525-M-VD-014-005

MR / SP Nº: 3808-E525-M-MR-100-003 / 61HFC0919-YLP-20-SP-005

VISTO APROBADO C / COM .

Jorge Romero May 10, 2018

PACKAGED FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS

Packaged Fire Pump Systems

Fire Pump Packages Standard Equipment Options Available

• Casing pressure relief valve (electric packages) • Backflow preventor

• All electrical components pre-wired at factory • Complete fire pump house

• Complete system hydrostatically tested

Diesel Driven Fire Pump Packages

A. Aurora Fire Pump

(Guard Not Shown)

(Jockey Pump Line)

Drawing Component List

Vertical Turbine Horizontal Split Case

Vertical Split Case Vertical In-line

Fire Pump Houses Summary

800 AIRPORT ROAD, 3601 FAIRBANKS AVENUE,

NORTH AURORA, ILLINOIS 60542 KANSAS CITY, KANSAS 66106

Firetrol® FTA550E Series JockeyXG Pump Control- · Pressure recording

111 Corning Road

Diesel Engine Fire Pump Controllers

Compatible with mechanical and

Electric Fire Pump Controllers

Combined automatic and manual fire pump

AURORA 900 SERIES

SPLIT CASE FIRE PUMPS

AURORA 900 SERIES

Split Case Fire Pumps

• Easy access to all working parts;

• Liberal water passages; and

• Bronze shaft sleeves • Right- or left-hand rotation

• Bronze case wearing rings • Impeller wearing rings

• Dynamically balanced impellers • Stainless steel shafts

• Regreaseable ball bearings

• Double row thrust bearing (outboard side)

• Upper casing lifting lugs

• Water slingers and grease seals